This is a modern-English version of The Old and the New Magic, originally written by Evans, Henry Ridgely. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


THE OLD AND THE NEW MAGIC,
by Henry Ridgely Evans.

MIEUSEMENT, photography in Blois; LECESNE, publisher
ROBERT-HOUDIN
THE OLD AND THE NEW
MagiC
BY
HENRY RIDGELY EVANS
ILLUSTRATED

D’rum hab’

Drum have

ich mich der

ich mich der

Magie ergeben!

Magic happens!

INTRODUCTION
BY
DR. PAUL CARUS
CHICAGO
THE OPEN COURT PUBLISHING CO.
KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER & CO., LIMITED. LONDON
1906
COPYRIGHT 1906
BY
TE OPEN Court Publishing C.O.
CHICAGO

SKETCH OF HENRY RIDGELY EVANS.

“Henry Ridgely Evans, journalist, author and librarian, was born in Baltimore, Md., November 7, 1861. He is the son of Henry Cotheal and Mary (Garrettson) Evans. Through his mother he is descended from the old colonial families of Ridgely, Dorsey, Worthington and Greenberry, which played such a prominent part in the annals of early Maryland. Mr. Evans was educated at the preparatory department of Georgetown (D. C.) College and at Columbian College, Washington, D. C. He studied law at the University of Maryland, and began its practice in Baltimore City; but abandoned the legal profession for the more congenial avocation of journalism. He served for a number of years as special reporter and dramatic critic on the ‘Baltimore News,’ and subsequently became connected with the U. S. Bureau of Education, as one of the assistant librarians. In 1891 he was married to Florence, daughter of Alexander Kirkpatrick, of Philadelphia.”—National Cyclopedia of American Biography.

“Henry Ridgely Evans, journalist, author, and librarian, was born in Baltimore, MD, on November 7, 1861. He is the son of Henry Cotheal and Mary (Garrettson) Evans. Through his mother, he is related to the old colonial families of Ridgely, Dorsey, Worthington, and Greenberry, which played a significant role in the early history of Maryland. Mr. Evans was educated at the preparatory department of Georgetown College in D.C. and at Columbian College in Washington, D.C. He studied law at the University of Maryland and started practicing in Baltimore City, but he left the legal field for the more fitting career of journalism. He worked for several years as a special reporter and drama critic for the ‘Baltimore News,’ and later joined the U.S. Bureau of Education as an assistant librarian. In 1891, he married Florence, the daughter of Alexander Kirkpatrick of Philadelphia.” —National Cyclopedia of American Biography.

Mr. Evans is an ardent student of folk-lore, masonic antiquities, psychical research, and occultism. Many of his writings have been contributed to the Monist and Open Court. He is the author of a work on psychical research, entitled “Hours with the Ghosts,” published in 1897, and many brochures on magic and mysticism, etc.

Mr. Evans is a passionate student of folklore, Masonic history, psychic research, and the occult. He has contributed many of his writings to the Monist and Open Court. He is the author of a book on psychic research called “Hours with the Ghosts,” published in 1897, as well as several pamphlets on magic and mysticism, among other topics.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
Introduction by Dr. Paul Carus ix
History of Natural Magic
and Prestidigitation
  1
The Chevalier Pinetti 23
Cagliostro: A Study in Charlatanism 42
Ghost-making Extraordinary 87
The Romance of Automata 107
Robert-Houdin:
Conjurer, Author and Ambassador
123
Some Old-time Conjurers 160
The Secrets of Second Sight 188
The Confessions
of an Amateur Conjurer
201
A Day with Alexander the Great 215
A Twentieth Century Thaumaturgist 237
A Gentleman of Thibet 254
Magicians I Have Met 271
The Riddle of the Sphinx 318
Treweyism 331
THE OLD AND THE NEW MAGIC

INTRODUCTION. BY DR. PAUL CARUS.

The very word magic has an alluring sound, and its practice as an art will probably never lose its attractiveness for people’s minds. But we must remember that there is a difference between the old magic and the new, and that both are separated by a deep chasm, which is a kind of color line, for though the latter develops from the former in a gradual and natural course of evolution, they are radically different in principle, and the new magic is irredeemably opposed to the assumptions upon which the old magic rests.

The word magic has a captivating ring to it, and its practice as an art will likely always hold a certain appeal for people. However, we need to recognize that there's a distinction between the old magic and the new, and that they are set apart by a significant divide, akin to a color line. While the new magic evolves from the old in a gradual and natural process, they differ fundamentally in principle, and the new magic is fundamentally opposed to the beliefs that the old magic is based on.

Magic originally meant priestcraft. It is probable that the word is very old, being handed down to us from the Greeks and Romans, who had received it from the Persians. But they in their turn owe it to the Babylonians, and the Babylonians to the Assyrians, and the Assyrians to the Sumero-Akkadians.

Magic originally referred to priestcraft. It's likely that the term is very old, being passed down to us from the Greeks and Romans, who got it from the Persians. But they, in turn, owe it to the Babylonians, and the Babylonians to the Assyrians, and the Assyrians to the Sumero-Akkadians.

Imga in Akkad meant priest, and the Assyrians changed the word to maga, calling their high-priest Rab-mag; and considering the fact that the main business of priests in ancient times consisted in exorcising, fortune-telling, miracle-working, and giving out oracles, it seems justifiable to believe that the Persian term, which in its Latin version is magus, is derived from the Chaldæan and is practically the same; for the connotation of a wise man endowed with supernatural powers has always been connected with the word magus, and even to-day magician means wizard, sorcerer, or miracle-worker. {x}

Imga in Akkad meant priest, and the Assyrians adapted the word to maga, referring to their high priest as Rab-mag; considering that the main role of priests in ancient times involved exorcising, fortune-telling, performing miracles, and providing oracles, it makes sense to think that the Persian term, which translates to magus in Latin, is derived from the Chaldæan and is essentially the same; because the idea of a wise person with supernatural abilities has always been tied to the word magus, and even today, magician means wizard, sorcerer, or miracle worker. {x}

While the belief in, and practice of, magic are not entirely absent in the civilization of Israel, we find that the leaders of orthodox thought had set their faces against it, at least as it appeared in its crudest form, and went so far as to persecute sorcerers with fire and sword.

While the belief in and practice of magic are not completely absent in Israeli civilization, we see that the leaders of orthodox thought strongly opposed it, at least in its most primitive form, and went so far as to persecute sorcerers with fire and sword.

SAUL AND THE Witch OF ENDOR. (After Schnorr von Carolsfeld.)

We read in the Bible that when the Lord “multiplied his signs” in Egypt, he sent Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh to turn their rods into serpents, that the Egyptian magicians vied with them in the performance, but that Aaron’s rod swallowed up their rods, demonstrating thus Aaron’s superiority. It is an interesting fact that the snake charmers of Egypt perform to-day a similar feat, which consists in paralyzing a snake so as to render it motionless. The snake then looks like a stick, but is not rigid. {xi}

We read in the Bible that when the Lord “multiplied his signs” in Egypt, He sent Moses and Aaron to Pharaoh to turn their rods into snakes. The Egyptian magicians tried to do the same, but Aaron’s snake swallowed theirs, showing his superiority. Interestingly, the snake charmers in Egypt today can perform a similar act, where they make a snake motionless, so it looks like a stick, but isn’t actually stiff. {xi}

Jesus Casting Out DEVILS (After Schnorr von Carolsfeld.)

Symbolizing Christ’s power even over demons, according to the view of early Christianity.

Symbolizing Christ’s power over demons, as seen in early Christianity.

CHRIST WITH THE WAND.

From a Christian Sarcophagus.†

From a Christian tomb.†

† Reproduced from Mrs. Jameson’s and Lady Eastlake’s History of our Lord, London, 1872, Longmans, Green & Co., Vol. I., pp. 347 and 349.

† Reproduced from Mrs. Jameson’s and Lady Eastlake’s History of our Lord, London, 1872, Longmans, Green & Co., Vol. I., pp. 347 and 349.

{xii}

How tenacious the idea is that religion is and must be magic, appears from the fact that even Christianity shows traces of it. In fact, the early Christians (who, we must remember, recruited their ranks from the lowly in life) looked upon Christ as a kind of magician, and all his older pictures show him with a magician’s wand in his hand. The resurrection of Lazarus, the change of water into wine, the miracle of the loaves and fishes, the healing of diseases by casting out devils, and kindred miracles, according to the notions of those centuries, are performed after the fashion of sorcerers.

How strong the belief is that religion is and should be magic is clear from the fact that even Christianity shows signs of it. Early Christians (who, let’s not forget, came from humble backgrounds) viewed Christ as some sort of magician, and all his earlier images depict him holding a magician’s wand. The raising of Lazarus, turning water into wine, the miracle of the loaves and fishes, healing illnesses by casting out demons, and similar miracles were seen in those times as being done in the style of sorcerers.

The adjoined illustration, one of the oldest representations of Christ, has been reproduced from Rossi’s Roma Sotterranea (II, Table 14). It is a fresco of the catacombs, discovered in the St. Callisto Chapel, and is dated by Franz Xaver Kraus (Geschichte der christlichen Kunst, I, p. 153) at the beginning of the third century. Jesus holds in his left hand the scriptures, while his right hand grasps the wand with which he performs the miracle. Lazarus is represented as a mummy, while one of his sisters kneels at the Saviour’s feet.

The attached illustration, one of the oldest depictions of Christ, has been reproduced from Rossi’s Roma Sotterranea (II, Table 14). It is a fresco from the catacombs, found in the St. Callisto Chapel, and is dated by Franz Xaver Kraus (Geschichte der christlichen Kunst, I, p. 153) to the early third century. Jesus holds the scriptures in his left hand, while his right hand grips the staff with which he performs the miracle. Lazarus is shown as a mummy, and one of his sisters is kneeling at the Savior’s feet.

Goethe introduces the belief in magic into the very plot of Faust. In his despair at never finding the key to the world-problem in science, which, as he thinks, does not offer what we need, but useless truisms only, Faust hopes to find the royal road to knowledge by supernatural methods. He says:

Goethe brings the idea of magic right into the storyline of Faust. In his frustration with never discovering the solution to the world's problems through science, which he believes only provides pointless truths, Faust hopes to uncover the path to knowledge using supernatural means. He says:

Therefore, from Magic I seek assistance,
That many a secret perchance I reach
Through spirit-power and spirit-speech,
And thus the bitter task forego
Of saying the things I do not know,—
That I may detect the inmost force
Which binds the world, and guides its course;
Its germs, productive powers explore,
And rummage in empty words no more!”
{xiii}
Moses AND AARON PERFORMING THE MIRACLE OF THE SERPENTS BEFORE PPHARAOH
(After Schnorr von Carolsfeld.)
THE EGYPTIAN SNAKE NAJA HAJE MDE Still BY Pressure UON THE NECK
(Reproduced from Verworn after Photographs.)
{xiv}

Faust follows the will o’ the wisp of pseudo-science, and so finds his efforts to gain useful knowledge balked. He turns agnostic and declares that we cannot know anything worth knowing. He exclaims:

Faust chases the false promise of pseudo-science, which leads to his frustration in trying to acquire meaningful knowledge. He becomes agnostic and claims that we can't know anything truly valuable. He says:

"That which we do not know is dearly needed;
And what we need we do not know.”

And in another place:

And elsewhere:

I see that nothing can be known.”

But, having acquired a rich store of experience, Faust, at the end of his career, found out that the study of nature is not a useless rummage in empty words, and became converted to science. His ideal is a genuinely scientific view of nature. He says:

But after gaining a wealth of experience, Faust, at the end of his career, discovered that studying nature isn't just a pointless dive into empty words and embraced science. His goal is a truly scientific understanding of nature. He says:

Not yet have I my liberty made good:
So long as I can’t banish magic’s fell creations
And totally unlearn the incantations.
Stood I, O Nature, as a man in thee,
Then were it worth one’s while a man to be.
And such was I ere I with the occult conversed,
And ere so wickedly the world I cursed.”

To be a man in nature and to fight one’s way to liberty is a much more dignified position than to go lobbying to the courts of the celestials and to beg of them favors. Progress does not pursue a straight line, but moves in spirals or epicycles. Periods of daylight are followed by nights of super­sti­tion. So it happened that in the first and second decades of the nineteenth century the rationalism of the eighteenth century waned, not to make room for a higher rationalism, but to suffer the old bugbears of ghosts and hobgoblins to reappear in a reactionary movement. Faust (expressing here Goethe’s own ideas) continues:

To be a man in nature and to fight for freedom is a much more respectable stance than groveling in front of celestial courts for favors. Progress doesn’t follow a straight path; instead, it moves in spirals or cycles. Days of enlightenment are often followed by nights of superstition. This is how, in the first and second decades of the nineteenth century, the rational thinking of the eighteenth century diminished, not to clear space for a higher form of rationalism, but to allow old fears of ghosts and goblins to resurface in a reactionary trend. Faust (reflecting Goethe’s own views) continues:

Now fills the air so many a haunting shape,
That no one knows how best he may escape.
What though the day with rational splendor beams,
The night entangles us in webs of dreams.
By super­sti­tion constantly ensnared,
It spooks, gives warnings, is declared.
Intimidated thus we stand alone.
The portal jars, yet entrance is there none.”
{xv}

The aim of man is his liberty and independence. As soon as we understand that there are no spooks that must be conciliated by supplications and appeased, but that we stand in nature from which we have grown in constant interaction between our own aspirations and the natural forces regulated by law, we shall have confidence in our own faculties, which can be increased by investigation and a proper comprehension of conditions, and we shall no longer look beyond but around. Faust says:

The goal of humanity is freedom and independence. Once we realize that there are no ghosts to be appeased through pleas or sacrifices, but that we exist in nature, evolving through our own aspirations and the natural forces governed by law, we will gain confidence in our own abilities, which can be enhanced through exploration and a proper understanding of our circumstances. We will stop looking beyond us and start looking around us. Faust says:

A fool who to the Beyond his eyes directeth
And over the clouds a place of peers detecteth.
Firm must man stand and look around him well,
The world means something to the capable.”

This manhood of man, to be gained by science through the conquest of all magic, is the ideal which the present age is striving to attain, and the ideal has plainly been recognized by leaders of human progress. The time has come for us “to put away childish things,” and to relinquish the beliefs and practices of the medicine-man.

This maturity of humanity, achieved through science by overcoming all forms of magic, is the goal that our era is working towards, and this aim has clearly been acknowledged by the pioneers of human advancement. The moment has arrived for us “to put away childish things” and to let go of the beliefs and practices of the shaman.

The old magic is sorcery, or, considering the impossibility of genuine sorcery, the attempt to practise sorcery. It is based upon the pre-scientific world-conception, which in its primitive stage is called animism, imputing to nature a spiritual life analogous to our own spirit, and peopling the world with individual personalities, spirits, ghosts, goblins, gods, devils, ogres, gnomes and fairies. The old magic stands in contrast to science; it endeavors to transcend human knowledge by supernatural methods and is based upon the hope of working miracles by the assistance of invisible presences or intelligences, who, according to this belief, could be forced or coaxed by magic into an alliance. The savage believes that the evil influence of the powers of nature can be averted by charms or talismans, and their aid procured by proper incantations, conjurations and prayers.

The old magic is basically witchcraft or, considering the impossibility of actual witchcraft, the effort to practice it. It’s rooted in a pre-scientific worldview, which in its early form is known as animism, attributing a spiritual existence to nature similar to our own spirits and filling the world with individual personalities, spirits, ghosts, goblins, gods, devils, ogres, gnomes, and fairies. Old magic is in stark contrast to science; it tries to go beyond human understanding through supernatural means and relies on the hope of performing miracles with the help of unseen forces or intelligences, who, according to this belief, could be persuaded or compelled by magic to form an alliance. The primitive person believes that the negative influence of natural forces can be countered with charms or talismans, and their assistance can be gained through appropriate incantations, conjurations, and prayers.

The world-conception of the savage is long-lingering, and its influence does not subside instantaneously with the first appearance of science. The Middle Ages are full of magic, and the belief in it has not died out to this day.

The worldview of the savage lasts a long time, and its impact doesn’t disappear immediately with the arrival of science. The Middle Ages are full of magic, and belief in it has not faded even today.

The old magic found a rival in science and has in all its aspects, in religion as well as in occultism, in mysticism and obscurantism, treated science as its hereditary enemy. It is now {xvi} succumbing in the fight, but in the meantime a new magic has originated and taken the place of the old, performing miracles as wonderful as those of the best conjurers of former days, nay, more wonderful; yet these miracles are accomplished with the help of science and without the least pretense of supernatural power.

The old magic found a competitor in science and has, in every aspect—whether in religion, occultism, mysticism, or obscurantism—treated science as its traditional enemy. It is now {xvi} losing this battle, but meanwhile, a new magic has emerged and replaced the old one, performing miracles as impressive as those of the greatest magicians of the past, and even more astonishing; yet these miracles are achieved with the aid of science and without any claim to supernatural power.

The new magic originated from the old magic when the belief in sorcery began to break down in the eighteenth century, which is the dawn of rationalism and marks the epoch since which mankind has been systematically working out a scientific world-conception.

The new magic came from the old magic when belief in sorcery started to decline in the eighteenth century, marking the beginning of rational thought and the era when humanity began to actively develop a scientific understanding of the world.

In primitive society religion is magic, and priests are magicians. The savage would think that if the medicine-man could not work miracles there would be no use for religion. Religion, however, does not disappear with the faith in the medicine-man’s power. When magic becomes discredited by science, religion is purified. We must know, though, that religious reforms of this kind are not accomplished at once, but come on gradually in slow process of evolution, first by disappointment and then in exultation at the thought that the actualities of science are higher, nobler and better than the dreams of super­sti­tion, even if they were possible, and thus it appears that science comes to fulfil, not to destroy.

In early societies, religion was essentially magic, and priests acted like magicians. The primitive person would believe that if the healer couldn’t perform miracles, then religion wouldn’t have any value. However, religion doesn’t fade away just because people stop believing in the healer’s powers. When science starts to discredit magic, religion can evolve. It’s important to realize that these kinds of religious reforms don’t happen overnight; they develop gradually through a slow process of change, beginning with disappointment and eventually leading to joy at the realization that the realities of science are more elevated, noble, and beneficial than the illusions of superstition, even if those illusions were ever achievable. Hence, science is seen as something that fulfills rather than destroys.

Science has been pressed into the service of magic by ancient pagan priests, who utilized mechanical contrivances in their temples to impress the credulous with the supernatural power of their gods.

Science has been used for magic by ancient pagan priests, who used mechanical devices in their temples to impress the gullible with the supernatural power of their gods.

The magic lantern, commonly supposed to be an invention of the Jesuit Kircher, in 1671, must have been secretly known among the few members of the craft of scientific magic at least as early as the end of the middle ages, for we have an old drawing, which is here reproduced, showing that it was employed in warfare as a means of striking terror in the ranks of the enemy. We have no information as to the success of the stratagem, but we may assume that in the days of a common belief in witchcraft and absolute ignorance of the natural sciences, it must have been quite effective with super­sti­tious soldiers {xvii}

The magic lantern, often thought to be invented by the Jesuit Kircher in 1671, must have been secretly known among a few people involved in the craft of scientific magic at least as early as the end of the Middle Ages. We have an old drawing, which is reproduced here, showing that it was used in warfare to instill fear in the enemy ranks. We don’t have any details about how successful this tactic was, but we can assume that in a time when belief in witchcraft was common and knowledge of natural sciences was lacking, it must have been quite effective on superstitious soldiers. {xvii}

MAGIC LANTERN OF JOHANNES DE FONTANA,
ABOUT 1420.

[The apparatus is quite crude in comparison with modern instruments of the same kind. It possesses no lens, the picture being drawn in an upright position upon cylindrical glass, presumably blackened with the exception of the figure. So far as known this is the oldest record of the use of the magic lantern.

[The device is pretty rough compared to modern instruments of the same type. It doesn't have a lens, with the image being drawn upright on cylindrical glass, likely blackened except for the figure. As far as we know, this is the oldest record of using the magic lantern.]

Fontana’s lantern was used, as F. M. Feldhaus informs us (Gartenlaube, 1905, Nov. 23, p. 848) by the encignerius or antwere maister, i. e., the master of siege and fortress defenses, who from an appropriate hiding-place projected the image upon a convenient wall in the outside works of a fort so as to let assailants unexpectedly be confronted with the hideous form of a demon.]

Fontana’s lantern was used, as F. M. Feldhaus tells us (Gartenlaube, 1905, Nov. 23, p. 848) by the encignerius or antwere maister, meaning the master of siege and fortress defenses, who from a suitable hiding place cast the image onto a convenient wall in the outer area of a fort to catch attackers off guard with the terrifying shape of a demon.

{xviii}

While magic as super­sti­tion and as fraud is doomed, magic as an art will not die. Science will take hold of it and permeate it with its own spirit, changing it into scientific magic which is destitute of all mysticism, occultism and super­sti­tion, and comes to us as a witty play for our recreation and diversion.

While magic as superstition and as fraud is doomed, magic as an art will not die. Science will take hold of it and infuse it with its own essence, transforming it into scientific magic that is free of all mysticism, occultism, and superstition, presenting itself to us as a clever performance for our enjoyment and entertainment.

It is an extraordinary help to a man to be acquainted with the tricks of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs, and we advise parents not to neglect this phase in the education of their children. The present age is laying the basis of a scientific world-conception, and it is, perhaps, not without good reasons that it has produced quite a literature on the subject of modern magic.

It’s incredibly beneficial for a person to know the tricks of magicians, and we recommend that parents not overlook this aspect in their children's education. Today’s world is establishing the foundation for a scientific view of the world, and it may not be a coincidence that there’s a growing body of literature on modern magic.

It might seem that if the public became familiar with the methods of the magicians who give public entertainments, their business would be gone. But this is not the case. As a peep behind the scenes and a knowledge of the machinery of the stage only help us to appreciate scenic effects, so an insight into the tricks of the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur will only serve to whet our appetite for seeing him perform his tricks. The pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur will be forced to improve his tricks before an intelligent audience; he will be obliged to invent new methods, but not to abandon his art.

It might seem like if the public understood how the magicians who perform shows do their tricks, their business would disappear. But that's not true. Just like getting a behind-the-scenes look and knowing how stage effects work helps us appreciate them more, learning about the tricks of the magician only makes us more eager to see him perform. The magician will have to step up his game for a smart audience; he’ll need to come up with new methods, but he won't have to give up his craft.

Moreover, it is not the trick alone that we admire, but the way in which it is performed. Even those who know how things can be made to disappear by sleight of hand, must confess that they always found delight in seeing the late Alexander Herrmann, whenever he began a soirée, take off his gloves, roll them up and make them vanish as if into nothingness.

Moreover, it's not just the trick itself that we admire, but the way it's performed. Even those who understand how things can disappear through sleight of hand have to admit that they always found joy in watching the late Alexander Herrmann, whenever he started a show, take off his gloves, roll them up, and make them vanish as if they were nothing.

It is true that magic in the old sense is gone; but that need not be lamented. The coarseness of Cagliostro’s frauds has given way to the elegant display of scientific inventiveness and an adroit use of human wit. Traces of the religion of magic are still prevalent to-day, and it will take much patient work before the last remnants of it are swept away. The notions of magic still hold in bondage the minds of the uneducated and half-educated, and even the leaders of progress feel themselves now and then hampered by ghosts and super­sti­tions.

It's true that traditional magic is gone, but there's no need to mourn its loss. The blatant tricks of Cagliostro have been replaced by the sophisticated showcase of scientific creativity and clever use of human intellect. Elements of magical belief still exist today, and it will take a lot of effort before the last remnants are completely eliminated. Ideas about magic still trap the minds of the uneducated and semi-educated, and even progressive leaders occasionally find themselves hindered by ghosts and superstitions.

We believe that the spread of modern magic and its proper comprehension are an important sign of progress, and in this {xix} sense the feats of our Kellars and Herrmanns are a work of religious significance. They are instrumental in dispelling the fogs of super­sti­tion by exhibiting to the public the astonishing but natural miracles of the art of legerdemain; and while they amuse and entertain they fortify the people in their conviction of the reliability of science.

We believe that the growth of modern magic and its proper understanding are an important sign of progress, and in this {xix} sense, the performances of our Kellars and Herrmanns hold religious significance. They play a key role in clearing away the clouds of superstition by showcasing the incredible yet natural wonders of sleight of hand. While they entertain and amuse, they also strengthen people’s belief in the reliability of science.

Zöllner’s ILLUSION

In speaking of modern magic, we refer to the art of the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, and exclude from its domain the experiments of hypnotism as well as the vulgar lies of fraud. There is no magic in the psychosis of an hysterical subject, who at the hypnotizer’s suggestion becomes the prey of hal­luc­i­na­tions; nor is there any art in the deceptions of the fortune-teller, whose business will vanish when the public ceases to be credulous and super­sti­tious. The former is a disease, the latter mostly fraud. Magic proper (i. e., the artifices of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion) is produced by a combination of three factors: (1) legerdemain proper, or sleight of hand; (2) psy­cho­log­i­cal illusions, and (3) surprising feats of natural science with clever concealment of their true causes. The success of almost every trick depends upon the introduction of these three factors.

In talking about modern magic, we’re referring to the art of the magician, and we’re not including hypnotism or the outright lies of fraud. There isn’t any magic in the psychosis of a hysterical person who, at the hypnotist’s suggestion, falls victim to hallucinations; nor is there any skill in the tricks of the fortune-teller, whose business will disappear when people stop being gullible and superstitious. The former is a disorder, and the latter is mostly deception. True magic (i.e., the tricks of the magician) is created by a combination of three elements: (1) sleight of hand; (2) psychological illusions; and (3) surprising demonstrations of natural science with clever concealment of their real causes. The success of nearly every trick relies on the inclusion of these three elements.

The throwing of cards is mere dexterity; Zöllner’s famous figures of parallel lines having an apparent inclination toward {xx} one another is a pure sense-illusion (see cut here reproduced); so is the magical swing; while fire-eating (or better, fire-breathing) is a purely physical experiment. But it goes without saying that there is scarcely any performance of genuine pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion which is not a combination of all three elements. The production of a bowl of water with living fishes in it is a combination of dexterity with psychology.

The act of throwing cards is just skill; Zöllner’s well-known figures of parallel lines, which seem to tilt toward {xx} one another, are simply an illusion (see the cut shown here); the same goes for the magical swing; and fire-eating (or, more accurately, fire-breathing) is just a physical trick. However, it's clear that almost every genuine magic performance combines all three elements. Creating a bowl of water with live fish in it blends skill with psychology.

The trick with the glass dial (which is now exhibited by both Mr. Kellar and Mr. Herrmann, the nephew of the late Alexander Herrmann) is purely physical. The machinery used by them is entirely different, but in either case no sleight of hand nor any psy­cho­log­i­cal diversion is needed, except in letting the accomplice behind the stage know the number to which he should point.

The trick with the glass dial (which is now performed by both Mr. Kellar and Mr. Herrmann, the nephew of the late Alexander Herrmann) is purely physical. The equipment they use is completely different, but in both cases, no sleight of hand or psychological distraction is required, except for informing the accomplice backstage of the number he should point to.

As an instance of a wonderful trick which is a mere sense-illusion we mention the magic swing, which is explained by Albert A. Hopkins in his comprehensive book on magic1 as follows:

As an example of a fantastic trick that’s just a sense illusion, we bring up the magic swing, which is explained by Albert A. Hopkins in his detailed book on magic1 as follows:

“Those who are to participate in the apparent gyrations of the swing—and there may be quite a number who enjoy it simultaneously—are ushered into a small room. From a bar crossing the room, near the ceiling, hangs a large swing, which is provided with seats for a number of people. After the people have taken their places, the attendant pushes the car and it starts into oscillation like any other swing. The room door is closed. Gradually those in it feel after three or four movements that their swing is going rather high, but this is not all. The apparent amplitude of the oscillations increases more and more, until presently the whole swing seems to whirl completely over, describing a full circle about the bar on which it hangs. To make the thing more utterly mysterious, the bar is bent crank fashion, the swing continues apparently to go round and round this way, imparting a most weird sensation to the occupants, until its movements begin gradually to cease and the complete rotation is succeeded by the usual back and forth swinging. The door of the room is opened, and the swinging party leave. Those who have tried it say the sensation is most peculiar.

“Those about to experience the intriguing twists of the swing—there may be quite a few who enjoy it all at once—are welcomed into a small room. Across the room, near the ceiling, there’s a large swing with seats for several people. Once everyone is seated, the attendant pushes the swing, and it begins to rock back and forth like any regular swing. The door to the room is closed. After three or four movements, those inside start to feel like their swing is going pretty high, but that’s not all. The perceived range of the swings keeps increasing until eventually, the whole swing appears to flip completely over, making a full circle around the bar it hangs from. To add to the mystery, the bar is bent in a crank-like shape, and the swing continues to rotate this way, creating a very strange sensation for those in it, until its movements gradually slow down and shift back to the usual back-and-forth swing. The door of the room opens, and the swinging group exits. Those who have experienced it say the sensation is quite unusual.”

“The illusion is based on the movements of the room proper. During the entire exhibition the swing is practically stationary, while the room rotates about the suspending bar. At the beginning of operations the swing may be given a slight push; the operators outside the room then begin to swing the room itself, which is really a large box journaled on the swing bar, starting {xxi} it off to correspond with the movements of the swing. They swing it back and forth, increasing the arc through which it moves until it goes so far as to make a complete rotation. The operatives do this without special machinery, taking hold of the sides and corners of the box or ‘room.’ At this time the people in the swing imagine that the room is stationary while they are whirling through space. After keeping this up for some time, the movement is brought gradually to a stop, a sufficient number of back and forth swings being given at the finale to carry out the illusion to the end.

The illusion relies on the movements of the room itself. Throughout the entire exhibition, the swing mostly stays still while the room rotates around the hanging bar. At the beginning, the swing can be given a light push; then the operators outside the room begin to move the room itself, which is essentially a large box mounted on the swing bar, syncing it with the swing's movements. They swing it back and forth, gradually increasing the range until it completes a full rotation. The operators do this manually, holding onto the sides and corners of the box or "room." At this point, the people in the swing believe the room is stationary as they spin through space. After maintaining this for a while, the movement is slowly brought to a stop, with enough back-and-forth swings at the finale to complete the illusion.

1 MAGIC, STAGE ILLUSIONS, AND SCIENTIFIC DIVERSIONS, INCLUDING TRICK PHOTOGRAPHY. Compiled and edited by Albert A. Hopkins. With 400 illustrations. New York: Munn & Co. 1898.

1 Magic, STAGE ILLUSIONS, AND SCIENTIFIC DIVERSIONS, Including TRICK Photo. Compiled and edited by Albert A. Hopkins. With 400 illustrations. New York: Munn & Co. 1898.

ILLUSION PRODUCED BY A RIDE IN THE SING
{xxii}
TRUE Position OF THE SWING

“The room is as completely furnished as possible, everything being, of course, fastened in place. What is apparently a kerosene lamp stands on a table, near at hand. It is securely fastened to the table, which in its turn is fastened to the floor, and the light is supplied by a small incandescent lamp within the chimney, but concealed by the shade. The visitor never imagines that it is an electric lamp, and naturally thinks that it would be impossible for a kerosene lamp to be inverted without disaster, so that this adds to the deception materially. The same is to be said of the pictures hanging on the {xxiii} wall, of the cupboard full of chinaware, of the chair with a hat on it, and of the baby carriage. All contribute to the mystification. Even though one is informed of the secret before entering the swing, the deception is said to be so complete that passengers involuntarily seize the arms of the seats to avoid being precipitated below.”

“The room is completely furnished, with everything securely in place. What looks like a kerosene lamp is on a nearby table. It’s attached to the table, which is itself secured to the floor, and the light comes from a small incandescent bulb inside the lamp, concealed by the shade. A visitor would never suspect it’s an electric lamp and naturally thinks a kerosene lamp would be too dangerous to be upside down, which enhances the illusion. The same goes for the pictures on the {xxiii} wall, the cupboard filled with china, the chair with a hat on it, and the baby carriage. All of these details add to the mystery. Even if someone is told the secret before getting on the swing, the trick is said to be so convincing that passengers instinctively grip the arms of the seat to keep from being thrown off.”

The illusion is purely an instance of misguided judgment, which is commonly but erroneously called illusion of the senses, and belongs to the same category as the well-known Zöllner figures mentioned above and consisting of heavy lines crossed slantingly by lighter lines. The heavy lines are parallel but appear to diverge in the direction of the slant.

The illusion is simply a case of poor judgment, often mistakenly referred to as an illusion of the senses. It falls into the same category as the famous Zöllner figures mentioned earlier, which are made up of thick lines crossed at an angle by thinner lines. The thick lines are actually parallel but seem to diverge in the direction of the angle.

THE SWORD-TRICK.

Another very ingenious trick consists in apparently stabbing a man to death, the bloody end of the sword appearing at the back, yet leaving the man uninjured. Since the audience naturally will suspect that the point emerging from the back is not the true end of the sword, the trick has been altered to the effect of replacing the sword with a big needle (A), having tape threaded through its eye. When the assassin’s needle has passed through the victim, it can be pulled out at the other side, together with the tape, where it appears reddened with blood. The stabbing, when performed quickly, before the spectator begins to {xxiv} notice that the blade is somewhat reduced in size, is most startling, and makes a deep impression on the audience; but the artifice through which the manipulation is rendered possible is very simple. The sword, or needle, used for the purpose, is made of a very thin and flexible plate of steel, sufficiently blunt to prevent it from doing any harm. The victim, as if trying to ward off the dangerous weapon, takes hold of it and causes it to slip into the opening of a concealed sheath (B), which he carries strapped around his body, whereupon the assassin makes his thrust. The interior of the sheath contains a red fluid, which dyes the blade and helps to make the deception complete. The accompanying illustration sufficiently explains the performance.

Another very clever trick involves seemingly stabbing someone to death, with the bloody tip of the sword coming out the back, yet leaving the person unharmed. Since the audience will naturally think that the point sticking out is not the real end of the sword, the trick has been modified to use a large needle (A) with tape threaded through its eye. When the assassin's needle goes through the victim, it can be pulled out the other side, along with the tape, which appears to be stained with blood. The stabbing, when done quickly, before the spectator notices that the blade is a bit shorter, is incredibly shocking and leaves a strong impression on the audience; however, the trick that makes the manipulation possible is very simple. The sword or needle used is made of a very thin, flexible steel plate that is blunt enough to avoid causing any injury. The victim, pretending to fend off the dangerous weapon, grabs it and causes it to slide into a hidden sheath (B) strapped around his body, at which point the assassin makes his move. The inside of the sheath contains a red liquid, which colors the blade and helps complete the illusion. The accompanying illustration explains the performance well.


While the performance of magical tricks is an art, the observation of them and also their description is a science, presupposing a quick and critical eye, of which very few people are possessed; and scientists by profession are sometimes the least fit persons to detect the place and mode of the deception.

While performing magic tricks is an art, watching them and describing them is a science that requires a sharp, critical eye, which very few people have; and professional scientists are sometimes the least likely to figure out where and how the trick is done.

How differently different persons watch the same events becomes apparent when we compare Professor Zöllner’s reports of spiritualistic séances with those of other more critical wit­nes­ses. Pro­fessor Zöllner, for instance, writes (Wis­sen­schaft­liche Ab­handl., Vol. III, p. 354) in his description of one of the experiments with the famous American medium, Dr. Slade, that Professor Fechner’s chair was lifted up about half a foot above the ground, while Dr. Slade touched the back of it lightly with his hand, and he emphasizes that his colleague, after hovering some time in the air, was suddenly dropped with great noise. The event as thus described is mystifying. However, when we carefully compare Professor Fechner’s account, we come to the conclusion that the whole proceeding is no longer miraculous, but could be repeated by pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs. Fechner writes that at the request of Dr. Slade, he himself (Professor Fechner), who was slim and light, took the place of Professor Braune. Dr. Slade turned round to Professor Fechner and bore his chair upward in a way which is not at all inexplicable by the methods of legerdemain. Professor Fechner does not mention that he hovered for some time in the air, but it is obvious that Dr. Slade {xxv} made the two professors change seats because he would scarcely have had the strength to lift up the heavy Professor Braune.

How differently people perceive the same events becomes clear when we compare Professor Zöllner’s accounts of spiritualist séances with those of other more skeptical witnesses. For example, Professor Zöllner writes (Wissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, Vol. III, p. 354) in his description of one of the experiments with the well-known American medium, Dr. Slade, that Professor Fechner’s chair was lifted about half a foot off the ground while Dr. Slade lightly touched the back of it with his hand. He emphasizes that his colleague, after staying in the air for a while, was suddenly dropped with a loud noise. The event, as described, seems mystifying. However, when we closely examine Professor Fechner’s account, we conclude that the whole event is no longer miraculous and could be replicated by magicians. Fechner writes that at Dr. Slade's request, he (Professor Fechner), who was slim and light, took Professor Braune’s place. Dr. Slade turned to Professor Fechner and lifted his chair in a way that can easily be explained through sleight of hand. Professor Fechner does not mention hovering in the air for a period of time, but it is clear that Dr. Slade {xxv} had the two professors switch seats since he likely wouldn’t have had the strength to lift the heavier Professor Braune.

Professor ZÖLLNER AND Dr. SLADE. (From Willmann.)

Similarly, the accounts of the famous painter, Gabriel Max, who also attended some of Slade’s séances with Zöllner, make the performances of the medium appear in a less wonderful light. {xxvi}

Similarly, the stories from the famous painter, Gabriel Max, who was also present at some of Slade’s séances with Zöllner, make the medium's performances seem less impressive. {xxvi}

Mr. Carl Willmann, a manufacturer of magical apparatus at Hamburg, and the author of several books on modern magic, publishes a circumstantial description of Professor Zöllner’s double slates used in séances with Dr. Slade, which are now in possession of Dr. Borcherdt of Hamburg, who bought them, with other objects of interest, from the estate of the deceased Professor Zöllner. The seals of these slates are by no means so intact as not to arouse the suspicion that they have been tampered with. To a superficial inspection they appear unbroken, but the sealing wax shows vestiges of finger marks, and Mr. Willmann has not the slightest doubt that the slates were opened underneath the seals with a thin heated wire, and that the seals were afterwards replaced.

Mr. Carl Willmann, a manufacturer of magical devices in Hamburg and the author of several books on modern magic, provides a detailed description of Professor Zöllner’s double slates used in séances with Dr. Slade. These slates are now owned by Dr. Borcherdt of Hamburg, who purchased them along with other interesting items from the estate of the late Professor Zöllner. The seals on these slates are not in such good condition as to prevent suspicion that they have been tampered with. At first glance, they look unbroken, but the sealing wax shows signs of fingerprints. Mr. Willmann is completely convinced that the slates were opened beneath the seals using a thin heated wire, and that the seals were then replaced.

The OPENING OF SLADE’S SLATE BY MEANS OF A HEATED WIRE.
(After Willmann.)

Professor Zöllner, the most famous victim of the bold medium, lacked entirely the necessary critical faculty, and became an easy prey of fraud. One of his colleagues, a professor of surgery in the University of Leipsic, had entered upon a bet with Professor Zöllner that a slate carefully sealed and watched by himself could not be written upon by spirits; he had left the slate in Professor Zöllner’s hands in the confidence that the latter would use all necessary precautions. Professor Zöllner, however, not finding Dr. Slade at home, saw nothing wrong in leaving the sealed slate at the medium’s residence and thus allowing it to pass for an indefinite time out of his own control, thinking that the seals were a sufficient protection. It goes without saying that his colleague at once cancelled the bet and took no more interest in the experiment. {xxvii}

Professor Zöllner, the most well-known victim of the bold medium, completely lacked the necessary critical thinking skills and became an easy target for fraud. One of his colleagues, a professor of surgery at the University of Leipsic, made a bet with Professor Zöllner that a slate, carefully sealed and monitored by him, could not be written on by spirits. He left the slate in Professor Zöllner’s hands, confident that Zöllner would take all the necessary precautions. However, since Zöllner couldn’t find Dr. Slade at home, he saw nothing wrong in leaving the sealed slate at the medium's place, allowing it to be out of his control for an indefinite period, thinking that the seals provided enough protection. Naturally, his colleague immediately canceled the bet and lost interest in the experiment. {xxvii}

The foot and hand prints which Dr. Slade produced were apparently made from celluloid impressions, which could easily be carried about and hidden in the pocket. This explains why these vestiges of the spirit were not of the size of Dr. Slade’s hands or feet.

The hand and foot prints that Dr. Slade created were clearly made from celluloid impressions, which could be easily carried and concealed in a pocket. This explains why these traces of the spirit weren't the same size as Dr. Slade's hands or feet.

Mr. Willmann calls attention to the fact that the footprints, as published by Professor Zöllner, were made from feet whose stockings had been removed but a few moments before, for they still show the meshes of the knitting which quickly disappear as soon as the skin of the foot grows cold. Professor Zöllner did not see such trifles, and yet they are important, even if it were for the mere purpose of determining whether the spirits wear stockings made in Germany or America.

Mr. Willmann points out that the footprints, as presented by Professor Zöllner, were made by feet that had their stockings taken off just moments before, as you can still see the pattern of the knitting, which quickly fades once the foot's skin cools down. Professor Zöllner overlooked these details, but they matter, even if it’s just to figure out if the spirits are wearing stockings made in Germany or America.


The accounts of travelers are, as a rule, full of extravagant praise of the accomplishments of foreign magicians; thus, the feats of our American Indians are almost habitually greatly exaggerated. The same is true in a greater measure of fakirs and Hindu magicians. Recent accounts of a famous traveler are startling, but the problem is not whether or not what he tells is true (for only a little dose of good judgment is sufficient to recognize their impossibility), but whether or not he believes his tales himself. The problem is neither physical nor historical as to the reality of the events narrated; the problem is purely psy­cho­log­i­cal as to his own state of mind.

Travelers' accounts are usually full of over-the-top praise for the skills of foreign magicians; as a result, the abilities of our American Indians are often significantly exaggerated. This exaggeration is even more pronounced with fakirs and Hindu magicians. Recent stories from a well-known traveler are shocking, but the issue isn't whether what he says is true (since just a bit of common sense is enough to see their implausibility); rather, the issue is whether he truly believes his own stories. The question isn't about the actual events being physical or historical; it's purely psychological regarding his own state of mind.

The primitive simplicity of the methods of the Hindu jugglers and the openness of the theatre where they perform their tricks cause wonderment to those who are not familiar with the methods of legerdemain. Mr. Willmann, who had occasion to watch Hindu magicians, says in his book, Moderne Wunder, page 3: “After a careful investigation, it becomes apparent that the greatest miracles of Indian conjurers are much more insignificant than they appear in the latest reports of travelers. The descriptions which in our days men of science have furnished about the wonderful tricks of fakirs, have very little value in the shape in which they are rendered. If they, for instance, speak with admiration about the invisible growth of a flower before their very eyes, produced from the seed deposited by a fakir in {xxviii} a flower-pot, they prove only that even men of science can be duped by a little trick the practice of which lies without the pale of their own experience.”

The basic simplicity of the techniques used by Hindu jugglers and the openness of the venues where they showcase their tricks amaze those who aren’t familiar with sleight of hand. Mr. Willmann, who had the chance to observe Hindu magicians, states in his book, Moderne Wunder, page 3: “After a thorough investigation, it becomes clear that the most impressive feats of Indian conjurers are much less remarkable than they seem in the latest accounts from travelers. The descriptions provided by scientists today regarding the incredible tricks of fakirs have very little value in the way they are presented. For example, when they speak with awe about a flower seemingly growing before their eyes, emerging from a seed placed by a fakir in {xxviii} a flower pot, they simply show that even scientists can be fooled by a small trick that lies outside their own experience.”

Eye-witnesses whose critical capacities are a safeguard against imposition, relate more plausible stories. John T. McCutcheon describes the famous trick of growing a mango tree, as follows:

Eye-witnesses whose critical thinking skills protect them from being misled share more believable stories. John T. McCutcheon explains the well-known trick of growing a mango tree like this:

“The further away from India one is the greater appears the skill of these Hindu magicians. How often have we read the traveler’s tales about the feats of Indian jugglers, and how eagerly we have looked forward to the time when we might behold them and be spellbound with amazement and surprise. When I first saw the Indian juggler beginning the preparations for the mango trick I was half prepared by the traveler’s tales to see a graceful tree spring quickly into life and subsequently see somebody climb it and pick quantities of nice, ripe mangoes. Nothing of the kind happened, as will be seen by the following description of the mango trick as it is really performed:

“The farther you are from India, the more amazing these Hindu magicians seem. We’ve all read travel stories about the incredible tricks of Indian jugglers and eagerly awaited the moment we could see them in person, ready to be wowed and surprised. When I first saw an Indian juggler getting ready for the mango trick, I was partly influenced by those travel tales, expecting to see a beautiful tree suddenly appear and someone climb it to pick a bunch of delicious, ripe mangoes. But nothing like that happened, as you’ll see in the following description of how the mango trick is really performed:

THE SINGALESE CONJURER BEN-KI-BEY.
(After Carl Willmann.)

“The juggler, with a big bag of properties, arrived on the scene and immediately began to talk excitedly, meanwhile unpacking various receptacles taken from the bag. He squatted down, piped a few notes on a wheezy reed whistle and the show began. From his belongings he took a little tin can about the size of a cove oyster can, filled it with dirt and saturated the dirt with water. Then he held up a mango seed to show that there was nothing concealed by his sleeves; counted ‘ek, do, tin, char,’ or ‘one, two, three, four,’ and imbedded the seed in the moist earth. He spread a large cloth over the can and several feet of circumjacent ground. Then he played a few more notes on his reed instrument and allowed the seed a few minutes in which to take root and develop into a glorious shade tree. While he was waiting he {xxix} unfolded some snakes from a small basket, took a mongoose from a bag and entertained his audience with a combat between the mongoose and one of the snakes.

“The juggler, with a big bag of tricks, appeared and immediately started talking enthusiastically while pulling various items from the bag. He squatted down, played a few notes on an old reed whistle, and the show began. He took out a small tin can, about the size of a can of cove oysters, filled it with dirt, and moistened the dirt. Then he held up a mango seed to prove that there was nothing hidden up his sleeves; counted ‘one, two, three, four,’ and planted the seed in the wet soil. He spread a large cloth over the can and some of the surrounding ground. After playing a few more notes on his reed instrument, he gave the seed a few moments to take root and grow into a beautiful shade tree. While waiting, he {xxix} unfolded some snakes from a small basket, pulled a mongoose from a bag, and entertained the crowd with a battle between the mongoose and one of the snakes.

“ ‘Ek, do, tin, char; one, two, three, four—plenty fight—very good mongoose—biga snake—four rupee mongoose—two rupee snake—mongoose fight snake. Look—gentlymans—plenty big fight.’

“ ‘One, two, three, four; lots of fights—really good mongoose—big snake—four rupee mongoose—two rupee snake—mongoose vs. snake. Look—gentlemen—big fight happening.’”

MODERN SNAKE CHARMERS. (From Brehm.)

“All this time the cloth remained peaceful and quiet, and there were no uneasy move­ments of its folds to indicate that the mango crop was flourishing. The juggler now turned his attention to it, however, poked his hands under the cloth, and after a few seconds of mysterious fumbling triumphantly threw off the cloth, and lo! there was a little bunch of leaves about as big as a sprig of water cress sticking up dejectedly from the damp earth. This was straightway deluged with some water and the cloth again thrown over it.

“All this time, the cloth remained still and quiet, with no restless movements in its folds to indicate that the mango crop was growing. The juggler then focused on it, slid his hands under the cloth, and after a few moments of secretive fiddling, he confidently tossed the cloth aside, revealing a small bunch of leaves about the size of a sprig of watercress, looking sadly out of place on the damp ground. He quickly splashed some water on it and threw the cloth back over it again.”

“Once more there was a diversion. This time an exhibition of a shell game, in which the juggler showed considerable dexterity in placing the little ball where you didn’t think it would be. Still the cloth revealed no disposition to bulge skyward, and a second time the juggler fumbled under it, talking hurriedly in Hindustani and making the occasion as interesting as possible. After much poking around he finally threw off the cloth with a glad cry, and there was a mango tree a foot high, with adult leaves which glistened with moisture. When his spectators had gazed at it for awhile he pulled the little tree up by the roots, and there was a mango seed attached, with the little sprouts springing out from it.

“Once again, there was a distraction. This time it was a shell game, where the juggler showed impressive skill in hiding the small ball where you’d least expect it. Still, the cloth showed no signs of bulging upward, and for a second time, the juggler fumbled beneath it, speaking quickly in Hindustani and making the event as exciting as possible. After a lot of searching, he finally threw off the cloth with a joyful shout, and there was a mango tree about a foot tall, with fully developed leaves that shimmered with moisture. After the audience admired it for a moment, he pulled the tiny tree up by the roots, revealing a mango seed attached, with small sprouts coming out of it.”

“The trick was over, the juggler’s harvest of rupees and annas began, and soon his crowd faded away. A few minutes later, from a half-hidden seat {xxx} on the hotel veranda, I saw the wizard over across the street, beneath the big shade trees, folding up the mango tree and tucking it compactly into a small bag.”2

“The show was over, and the juggler started collecting his earnings in rupees and annas. Before long, the audience began to disperse. A few minutes later, from a partly hidden spot {xxx} on the hotel porch, I spotted the magician across the street, under the large shade trees, folding up the mango tree and carefully packing it into a small bag.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

To conjure ghosts has always been the highest ambition of performers of magical tricks, and we know that the magic lantern has been used for this purpose since mediæval days, but modern necromancy has been brought to perfection by Robertson and Pepper, through the invention of a simple contrivance, known under the name of Pepper’s ghost, by which impalpable specters become plainly visible to the astonished eyes of the spectators.

To summon ghosts has always been the ultimate goal of magic trick performers, and we know that the magic lantern has been used for this since medieval times. However, modern-day necromancy has been perfected by Robertson and Pepper, thanks to the invention of a simple device called Pepper’s ghost, which makes invisible apparitions clearly visible to the amazed audience.

For a description of these performances, as well as many other feats in the same line, we refer to Mr. Evans’ fascinating explanations in the body of the present volume.

For a description of these performances, along with many other similar feats, we refer you to Mr. Evans’ engaging explanations in the main part of this volume.

Tricks performed by mediums are in one respect quite different from the feats of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs; if they come up to the standards, they are, or might be, based upon the psychic dispositions of people. Believers will gladly be caught in the traps set for them and are, as a rule, grateful for the deception, while determined unbelievers will either prove altogether hopeless or will become so bewildered as to be likely to become believers. Sleight of hand is always a valuable aid to the medium; but, as tricks pure and simple, mediumistic séances are not different from the performances of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs, and differ only in this, that they claim to be done with the assistance of spirits. Mediums must be on the lookout and use different methods as the occasion may require. They produce rappings with their hands or their feet,3 or with mechanical devices hidden in their shoes; neither do they scorn the use of rapping tables with concealed batteries and electric wires.

Tricks performed by mediums are, in one way, quite different from the feats of magicians; if they meet certain criteria, they are, or could be, based on the psychic tendencies of people. Believers will happily fall for the traps set for them and are generally thankful for the deception, while staunch skeptics will either be completely lost or will become so confused that they might turn into believers. Sleight of hand is always a useful tool for the medium; however, as simple tricks, mediumistic séances are not different from the performances of magicians, only differing in that they claim to be done with the help of spirits. Mediums need to stay alert and use different methods as the situation demands. They create sounds with their hands or feet, or with mechanical devices hidden in their shoes; they also don't shy away from using rapping tables with hidden batteries and electric wires.

2 Chicago Record, April 22, 1899.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chicago Record, April 22, 1899.

3 One of the Fox sisters could produce rappings through a peculiar construction of the bones of her foot, and Cumberland’s big toe was blessed with a tendon of its own, enabling him to rap the floor quite vigorously without being detected.

3 One of the Fox sisters could make knocking sounds by using a special arrangement of the bones in her foot, and Cumberland's big toe had its own tendon, allowing him to tap the floor quite forcefully without anyone noticing.

The instances here adduced are sufficient to show that even the most complete deceptions admit of explanations which, in many instances, are much simpler than the spectators think. {xxxi} Neither the marvelous feats of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs nor the surprising revelations of mediums should shake our confidence in science or make us slaves of super­sti­tion. The success of modern magic, which accomplishes more than the old magic or sorcery ever did, is a sufficient guarantee of the reliability of reason, and even where “now we see through a glass darkly,” we must remain confident that when we grow in wisdom and comprehension we shall learn to see “face to face.”

The examples given here are enough to show that even the most elaborate tricks can have explanations that are often much simpler than the audience thinks. {xxxi} Neither the amazing performances of magicians nor the astonishing claims of psychics should shake our trust in science or make us dependent on superstition. The success of modern magic, which achieves more than the old forms of magic or sorcery ever could, is a strong indication of the reliability of reason. Even when “now we see through a glass darkly,” we must remain confident that as we gain wisdom and understanding, we will eventually learn to see “face to face.”

THE CONJURER. (By Prof. W. Zimmer.)

For all these reasons, knowledge of magic and its history, the false pretenses of the old magic and the brilliant success of modern magic should have a place in our educational program. I do not advocate its introduction into schools, but would recommend parents to let their children become acquainted with the remarkable performances of the best and greatest among modern magicians. We all should know something of the general methods of magic, and some time in our lives witness the {xxxii} extraordinary feats, bordering on miracles, with which a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur can dazzle our eyes and misguide our judgment.

For all these reasons, understanding magic and its history, the misconceptions of old magic and the impressive achievements of modern magic should be included in our educational curriculum. I don't suggest that it be taught in schools, but I would encourage parents to let their kids experience the incredible performances of the best and most talented modern magicians. We should all have some knowledge of the general techniques of magic and, at some point in our lives, see the {xxxii} extraordinary acts, which are almost miraculous, that a magician can use to captivate our attention and cloud our judgment.

Modern magic is not merely a diversion or a recreation, but may become possessed of a deeper worth when it broadens our insight into the rich possibilities of mystification, while a peep behind the scenes will keep us sober and prevent us from falling a prey to super­sti­tion.

Modern magic isn't just entertainment or a pastime; it can have greater value when it enhances our understanding of the fascinating possibilities of mystification. Additionally, looking behind the curtain helps us stay grounded and prevents us from being taken in by superstition.

HISTORY OF
NATURAL MAGIC AND PRESTIDIGITATION.

“Therefore made I a decree to bring in all the wise men of Babylon before me. . . . Then came in the magicians, the astrologers, the Chaldeans, and the soothsayers.”—Dan. iv., 6–7.

“Therefore, I made a decree to summon all the wise men of Babylon to present themselves before me. . . . Then the magicians, astrologers, Chaldeans, and soothsayers came in.”—Dan. iv., 6–7.

What, Sir! you dare to make so free,
And play your hocus-pocus on us!”
GOETHE: Faust, Scene V.

I.

The art of natural magic dates back to the remotest antiquity. There is an Egyptian papyrus4 in the British Museum which chronicles a magical seance given by a certain Tchatcha-em-ankh before King Khufu, B. C. 3766. The manuscript says of the wizard: “He knoweth how to bind on a head which hath been cut off; he knoweth how to make a lion follow him as if led by a rope; and he knoweth the number of the stars of the house (constellation) of Thoth.” It will be seen from this that the decapitation trick was in vogue ages ago, while the experiment with the lion, which is unquestionably a hypnotic feat, shows hypnotism to be very ancient indeed. Ennemoser, in his History of Magic, devotes considerable space to Egyptian thaumaturgy, especially to the wonders wrought by animal magnetism, which in the hands of the priestly hierarchy must have been miracles indeed to the uninitiated. All that was known of science was in {2} possession of the guardians of the temples, who frequently used their knowledge of natural phenomena to gain ascendancy over the ignorant multitude.

The art of natural magic goes back to the very earliest times. There is an Egyptian papyrus4 in the British Museum that describes a magical séance performed by a man named Tchatcha-em-ankh for King Khufu, around 3766 B.C. The manuscript mentions the wizard: “He knows how to attach a head that has been cut off; he knows how to make a lion follow him as if it were on a leash; and he knows the number of stars in the constellation of Thoth.” This shows that the decapitation trick was popular ages ago, while the lion trick, which is clearly a hypnotic feat, indicates that hypnotism is very ancient indeed. Ennemoser, in his History of Magic, dedicates a significant amount of space to Egyptian magic, particularly the amazing things accomplished through animal magnetism, which must have seemed like real miracles to those who didn't understand it. All that was known of science was held by the temple guardians, who often used their knowledge of natural events to establish control over the uninformed masses.

4 Westcar papyrus, XVIII dynasty; about B. C. 1550. In this ancient manuscript are stories which date from the early empire. “They are as old,” says Budge (Egyptian Magic, London, 1899), “as the Great Pyramid.”

4 Westcar papyrus, 18th dynasty; around 1550 B.C. This ancient manuscript contains stories that date back to the early empire. “They are as old,” says Budge (Egyptian Magic, London, 1899), “as the Great Pyramid.”

An acquaintance with stage machinery and the science of optics and acoustics was necessary to the production of the many marvelous effects exhibited. Every temple in Egypt and Greece was a veritable storehouse of natural magic. Thanks to ancient writers like Heron of Alexandria, Philo of Byzantium, and the Fathers of the early Christian Church, we are able to fathom some of the secrets of the old thaumaturgists. The magi of the temples were adepts in the art of phan­tas­ma­goria. In the ancient temple of Hercules at Tyre, Pliny states that there was a seat of consecrated stone “from which the gods easily rose.”

An understanding of stage technology, along with optics and sound, was essential for creating the numerous amazing effects displayed. Every temple in Egypt and Greece was essentially a treasure trove of natural magic. Thanks to old authors like Heron of Alexandria, Philo of Byzantium, and the early Christian Church Fathers, we can uncover some of the secrets of the ancient magicians. The priests of the temples were experts in the art of phantasmagoria. In the ancient temple of Hercules at Tyre, Pliny mentions that there was a sacred stone seat “from which the gods easily rose.”

In the temple at Tarsus, Esculapius showed himself to the devout. Damascius says: “In a manifestation, which ought not to be revealed, . . . there appeared on the wall of a temple a mass of light, which at first seemed to be very remote; it transformed itself, in coming nearer, into a face evidently divine and supernatural, of severe aspect, but mixed with gentleness and extremely beautiful. According to the institutions of a mysterious religion the Alexandrians honored it as Osiris and Adonis.”

In the temple at Tarsus, Esculapius revealed himself to the faithful. Damascius writes: “In a manifestation that shouldn’t be shared, . . . a bright light appeared on the wall of a temple, which initially seemed very far away; as it got closer, it changed into a clearly divine and supernatural face, stern yet gentle and incredibly beautiful. Following the practices of a secret religion, the Alexandrians revered it as Osiris and Adonis.”

By means of concave mirrors, made of highly polished metal, the priests were able to project images upon walls, in the air, or upon the smoke arising from burning incense. In speaking of the art of casting specula of persons upon smoke, the ingenious Salverte says: “The Theurgists caused the appearance of the gods in the air in the midst of gaseous vapors disengaged from fire. Porphyrus admires this secret; Iamblichus censures the employment of it, but he confesses its existence and grants it to be worthy the attention of the inquirer after truth. The Theurgist Maximus undoubtedly made use of a secret analogous to this, when, in the fumes of the incense which he burned before the statute of Hecate, the image was seen to laugh so naturally as to fill the spectators with terror.”

Using concave mirrors made of highly polished metal, the priests could project images onto walls, into the air, or onto the smoke from burning incense. When discussing the technique of casting reflections of people onto smoke, the clever Salverte mentions: “The Theurgists created the appearance of gods in the air amidst the gases released from fire. Porphyrus admires this secret; Iamblichus criticizes its use but acknowledges its existence and agrees that it deserves the attention of those seeking the truth. The Theurgist Maximus definitely used a technique similar to this when, in the incense smoke he burned before the statue of Hecate, the image appeared to laugh so lifelike that it terrified the onlookers.”

A. Rich, in his Dictionary of Roman and Greek Antiquities, relates, under the heading of the word “Adytum,” that many of the ancient temples possessed chambers the existence of which was known only to the priests, and which served for the {3} production of their illusions. He visited one at Alba, upon the lake of Fucius. It was located amid the ruins of a temple, and was in a perfect state of preservation. This chamber of mysteries was formed under the apsis—that is to say, under the large semi-circular niche which usually sheltered the image of the god, at the far extremity of the edifice. “One part of this chamber,” says he, “is sunk beneath the pavement of the principal part of the temple (cella) and the other rises above it. The latter, then, must have appeared to the worshipers gathered together in the temple merely like a base that occupied the lower portion of the apsis, and that was designed to hold in an elevated position the statue of the god or goddess whose name was borne by the edifice. This sanctuary, moreover, had no door or visible com­mu­ni­ca­tion that opened into the body of the building. Entrance therein was effected through a secret door in an enclosure of walls at the rear of the temple. It was through this that the priests introduced themselves and their machinery without being observed by the hoi polloi. But there is one remarkable fact that proves beyond the shadow of a doubt the purpose of the adytum. One discovers here a number of tubes or pipes which pierce the walls between the hiding-place and the interior of the temple. These tubes debouch at different places in the partitions of the cella, and thus permit a voice to be heard in any part of the building, while the person and place from which the sound issues remain unknown to the auditors.”

A. Rich, in his Dictionary of Roman and Greek Antiquities, mentions under the term "Adytum" that many ancient temples had chambers known only to the priests that were used for crafting their illusions. He visited one at Alba, by Lake Fucius. It was located among the ruins of a temple and was perfectly preserved. This chamber of mysteries was situated under the apsis—that is, under the large semi-circular niche that usually housed the image of the god at the far end of the building. “One part of this chamber,” he says, “is below the floor of the main part of the temple (cella), and the other part is above it. The upper part must have appeared to the worshipers in the temple as merely a base occupying the lower part of the apsis, designed to hold the statue of the god or goddess to whom the temple was dedicated. Additionally, this sanctuary had no door or visible entry into the main building. Access was through a secret door in a wall at the back of the temple. This was how the priests brought themselves and their equipment in without being seen by the hoi polloi. However, there is one striking fact that clearly demonstrates the purpose of the adytum. There are several tubes or pipes that pass through the walls from the hidden chamber to the inside of the temple. These tubes open at different points in the partitions of the cella, allowing a voice to be heard anywhere in the building while the source of the sound and its location remain unknown to the audience.”

Sometimes the adytum was simply a chamber situated behind the apsis, as in a small temple which was still in existence at Rome in the sixteenth century. An architect named Labbacco has left us a description of the edifice. Travelers who have visited the remains of the temple of Ceres, at Eleusis, have observed a curious fact. The pavement of the cella is rough and unpolished, and much lower than the level of the adjacent porch, thereby indicating that a wooden floor, on a level with the portico, covered the present floor, and hid from view a secret vault designed to operate the machinery that moved the flooring. This view is confirmed by vertical and horizontal grooves, and the holes constructed in the side walls. Similar contrivances existed in India. Philostratus, in his Life of Apollonius (1, III, {4} Ch. v), says: “The Indian sages conducted Apollonius toward the temple of their god, marching in solemn procession and singing sacred hymns. Occasionally they would strike the earth in cadence with their staves, whereupon the ground moved like a sea in turmoil, now rising with them to the height of almost two feet, then subsiding to its regular level.” The blows from the wands were evidently the cue for the concealed assistants to operate the machinery that moved the soil. Says Brown, in his Stellar Theology: “Among the buildings uncovered at Pompeii is a temple of Isis, which is a telltale of the mysteries of the Egyptian deity, for the secret stair which conducted the priests unseen to an opening back of the statue of the goddess, through whose marble lips pretended oracles were given and warnings uttered, now lies open to the day, and reveals the whole imposition.”

Sometimes the inner sanctuary was just a room located behind the altar, like in a small temple that still existed in Rome during the sixteenth century. An architect named Labbacco has left us a description of the building. Travelers who have explored the remains of the temple of Ceres at Eleusis have noted something interesting. The floor of the main chamber is rough and unpolished, sitting much lower than the level of the nearby porch. This suggests that there was a wooden floor that aligned with the portico, covering up the current floor and hiding a secret vault intended to operate the machinery that moved the flooring. This idea is backed up by vertical and horizontal grooves and the holes made in the side walls. Similar setups could be found in India. Philostratus, in his Life of Apollonius (1, III, {4} Ch. v), writes: “The Indian sages led Apollonius to their god's temple, marching in a solemn procession and singing sacred hymns. Occasionally, they would strike the ground in rhythm with their staffs, causing the earth to move like a troubled sea, rising almost two feet and then returning to its normal level.” The taps from the staffs clearly signaled the hidden helpers to activate the machinery that shifted the soil. Brown mentions in his Stellar Theology: “Among the ruins uncovered at Pompeii is a temple of Isis, which reveals the mysteries of the Egyptian goddess. The secret staircase that allowed the priests to access a hidden spot behind the statue of the goddess, from where false oracles were delivered and warnings were spoken, is now exposed to the light, uncovering the entire deception.”

The Bible has preserved to us the story of the struggle of Daniel with the priests of Bel, in which the secret door played its part. The Hebrew prophet refused to worship the idol Bel, whereupon the King said to him: “Doth not Bel seem to thee to be a living god? Seest thou not how much he eateth and drinketh every day?” Then Daniel smiled and said: “O King, be not deceived; for this is but clay within and brass without, neither hath he eaten at any time.” The King sent for his priests and demanded the truth of them, declaring his intention of putting them to the sword should they fail to demonstrate the fact that the god really consumed the offerings of meat and wine. And the priests of Bel said: “Behold, we go out; and do thou, O King, set on the meats, and make ready the wine, and shut the door fast, and seal it with thy own ring. And when thou comest in the morning, if thou findest not that Bel hath eaten up all, we will suffer death, or else Daniel that hath lied against us.” And they “little regarded it, because they had made under the table a secret entrance, and they always came in by it, and consumed those things.”

The Bible tells us the story of Daniel's conflict with the priests of Bel, where a secret door played a role. The Hebrew prophet refused to worship the idol Bel, so the King asked him, “Doesn't Bel seem to you like a living god? Don't you see how much he eats and drinks every day?” Daniel smiled and replied, “O King, don’t be fooled; this is just clay inside and brass outside, and he has never eaten anything.” The King called for his priests and demanded the truth, threatening to execute them if they couldn't prove that the god actually consumed the meat and wine offerings. The priests of Bel said, “Look, we will go out; you, O King, should set out the food, prepare the wine, and shut the door tightly, sealing it with your own ring. When you come back in the morning, if you find that Bel hasn’t eaten everything, we will face death, or else it will be Daniel who lied about us.” They dismissed it easily because they had made a hidden entrance under the table, and they always used it to sneak in and eat the offerings.

Daniel detected the imposture in a very original manner. He caused ashes to be sifted upon the floor of the temple, whereby the footsteps of the false priests were made manifest to the enraged King of Babylon. {5}

Daniel figured out the deception in a unique way. He had ashes spread on the floor of the temple, which revealed the footprints of the fake priests to the furious King of Babylon. {5}

One reads in Pausanias (Arcadia, 1 VIII, Ch. xvi) that at Jerusalem the sepulcher of a woman of that country, named Helena, had a door which was of marble like the rest of the monument, and that this door opened of itself on a certain day of the year, and at a certain hour, by means of concealed machinery, thus antedating our time-locks. Eventually it closed itself. “At any other time,” adds the author, “if you had desired to open it, you would have more easily broken it.”

One reads in Pausanias (Arcadia, 1 VIII, Ch. xvi) that in Jerusalem, there was a tomb of a woman from that area named Helena. This tomb had a marble door like the rest of the monument, and on a specific day of the year, at a certain hour, the door would open on its own due to hidden machinery, which was ahead of our current time-locks. Eventually, it would close by itself. “At any other time,” the author adds, “if you wanted to open it, you would find it much easier to break it.”

When Aeneas went to consult the Cumæan Sibyl, the hundred doors of the sanctuary opened of themselves, in order that the oracle might be heard.

When Aeneas went to consult the Cumaean Sibyl, the hundred doors of the sanctuary opened by themselves so that the oracle could be heard.

Ostia jamque domus patuere ingentia centum
Sponte sua, vatisque ferunt responsa per auras.”
APPARATUS FOR BLOWING A TRUMPET ON OPENING A DOOR.

According to Pliny, the doors of the labyrinth of Thebes were constructed in such a manner that when they were opened a sound resembling that of thunder greeted the astonished worshipers.

According to Pliny, the doors of the labyrinth of Thebes were built in such a way that when they opened, a sound like thunder met the amazed worshipers.

Heron, in his Pneumatics, describes an apparatus for blowing a trumpet on opening the door of a temple, the effect of which must have been awe inspiring to the uninitiated common people.

Heron, in his Pneumatics, describes a device for blowing a trumpet when the door of a temple is opened, which must have been amazing to the ordinary people who were unfamiliar with it.

It is hardly necessary to give a detailed translation of the text of the Greek engineer, as the modus operandi of the experiment is sufficiently explained by reference to the descriptive {6} picture. It will suffice to add: One sees that when the door of the temple is opened, a system of cords, rods and pulleys causes a hemispherical cap, to the upper part of which the trumpet is attached, to sink into a vase full of water. The air compressed by the water escapes through the instrument, causing it to sound.

It’s not really necessary to provide a detailed translation of the Greek engineer’s text because the way the experiment works is clearly explained in the descriptive {6} picture. It’s enough to add that when the temple door opens, a system of cords, rods, and pulleys makes a hemispherical cap—where the trumpet is attached—sink into a vase full of water. The air compressed by the water escapes through the instrument, making it sound.

MECHANISM WHICH CAUSED THE TEMPLE DOORS TO OPEN WHEN A FIRE WAS LIGHTED ON THE ALTAR.

Another remarkable device is described in the Pneumatics of Heron, and consists of an apparatus which is entitled: “Construction of a chapel wherein, when fire is lighted upon the altar, the doors open, and when it is extinguished, they close.” {7}

Another impressive device is detailed in the Pneumatics of Heron, and it features a system called: “Building a chapel where, when a fire is lit on the altar, the doors open, and when it goes out, they close.” {7}

The altar is hollow, and when a fire is lighted thereon, the air contained in the interior expands and begins to press upon the water with which the globe situated beneath is filled. The water then rises through a bent tube which leads to a species of pot, into which it falls. The pot is suspended upon a cord which passes along a pulley, doubling immediately, in order to enroll itself about two cylinders, which turn upon pivots, said cylinders forming the prolongation of the axes upon which the doors above turn. Around the same cylinders are enrolled in a contrary manner, two other cords, which also unite into one before passing along a pulley, and then hanging vertically for the support of a counterpoise.

The altar is hollow, and when a fire is lit on it, the air inside expands and starts to press down on the water in the globe below. The water then rises through a bent tube that leads to a kind of pot, where it falls. The pot is suspended by a cord that runs over a pulley, doubling back to wrap around two cylinders that rotate on pivots; these cylinders extend the axes on which the doors above turn. Wrapped around the same cylinders in the opposite direction are two other cords that also come together before passing over a pulley, then hanging down vertically to support a counterweight.

EGYPTIAN ALTAR

It is clear that when the water from the globe enters the pot, the weight of the latter will be augmented and it will sink, pulling upon the cord which has been wound about the cylinders {8} in such a way as to cause the doors to open, when it is drawn in this direction.

It’s obvious that when the water from the globe goes into the pot, the pot will become heavier and sink, pulling on the cord that’s wrapped around the cylinders {8} in a way that makes the doors open when it gets pulled this way.

The doors close themselves in the following manner: The bent tube, which places in com­mu­ni­ca­tion the globe and the pot, forms a siphon, the longest branch of which plunges into the globe. When the fire is extinguished upon the altar, the air contained in the latter and in the globe, cools, and diminishes in volume. The water in the pot is then drawn into the globe, and the siphon, being thus naturally influenced, operates until the water in the pot has passed over into the globe. In measure as the pot lightens, it remounts under the constraint of the counterpoise, and the latter, in its descent, closes the doors through the intermedium of the cords wound around the cylinders.

The doors close automatically like this: The bent tube that connects the globe and the pot acts as a siphon, with the longer part submerged in the globe. When the fire on the altar goes out, the air inside the globe and the altar cools down and takes up less space. This causes water from the pot to be drawn into the globe, and the siphon naturally works until all the water from the pot has moved into the globe. As the pot gets lighter, it rises back up because of the counterweight, and as it moves down, it closes the doors using the cords wrapped around the cylinders.

HOW THE STATUES WERE MADE TO POUR LIBATIONS WHEN A FIRE WAS KINDLED ON THE ALTAR.

Heron says that mercury was sometimes used in place of water, by reason of its superior weight. {9}

Heron says that mercury was sometimes used instead of water because it's heavier. {9}

Certain altars were provided with such mechanism as to afford to the faithful even more astonishing spectacles. Here is another experiment from the learned Heron:

Certain altars were equipped with mechanisms that offered the faithful even more incredible displays. Here’s another experiment from the knowledgeable Heron:

To construct an altar so that when one kindles the fire thereon, the statues which are at the sides shall pour out libations.”

To build an altar so that when someone lights the fire on it, the statues on the sides will pour out offerings.

There should be a pedestal, upon which are placed the statues, and an altar closed on all sides. The pedestal should communicate with the altar through a central tube, also with the statues by means of tubes, the ends of the latter terminating in cups held by the statues. Water is poured into the pedestal through a hole, which is stopped up immediately afterward.

There should be a pedestal where the statues are placed, and an altar that is enclosed on all sides. The pedestal should connect to the altar through a central tube, and also to the statues through tubes that end in cups held by the statues. Water is poured into the pedestal through a hole, which is immediately sealed afterward.

If, then, a fire be kindled upon the altar, the air within expanding, will penetrate the pedestal and force out the water; but the latter, having no other outlet than the tubes, mounts into the cups and the statues thus perform libations, which last as long as the fire does. Upon the fire being extinguished, the libations cease, and recommence as many times as it is rekindled.

If a fire is started on the altar, the air inside will expand, pushing out the water from the pedestal; however, since the water has no other way out except through the tubes, it rises into the cups, causing the statues to pour out libations that last as long as the fire is burning. When the fire goes out, the libations stop, and they start again every time the fire is lit.

The tube through which the heat is conveyed should be larger at the middle than at the extremities, to allow the heat, or more especially, the draft, which it produces, to accumulate in an inflation, in order to be most effectual.

The tube used to carry the heat should be wider in the middle than at the ends, so that the heat, or more specifically, the draft it creates, can gather and build up effectively.

The priests of the temples of old were truly masters of the arts of mechanics and pneumatics.

The priests of the ancient temples were actual experts in mechanics and pneumatics.

According to Father Kircher (Oed. Aegypt., Vol. II), an author, whom he calls Bitho, states that there was at Saïs a temple of Minerva containing an altar upon which, when a fire was kindled, Dionysos and Artemis (Bacchus and Diana) poured out milk and wine, while a dragon hissed. The use of steam is indicated here.

According to Father Kircher (Oed. Aegypt., Vol. II), an author he refers to as Bitho mentions that there was a temple of Minerva in Saïs that had an altar where, when a fire was lit, Dionysos and Artemis (Bacchus and Diana) poured out milk and wine, while a dragon hissed. This suggests the use of steam.

THE MIRACULOUS STATUE OF CYBELE.

The Jesuit savant possessed in his museum an apparatus which probably came from some ancient Egyptian temple. It consisted of a hollow hemispherical dome supported by four columns, and placed over the image of the goddess of the numerous breasts. To two of the columns were adjusted movable holders, upon which lamps were fixed. The hemisphere was hermetically closed beneath by a metallic plate. The small altar, into which the milk was poured, communicated with the interior {10} of the statue by a tube reaching nearly to the bottom; it was also connected with the hollow dome by a tube having a double bend. At the moment of sacrifice, the two lamps, which were turned by means of movable holders directly beneath the lower plate of the dome, were lighted, thereby causing the air inclosed in the dome to expand. This expanded air, passing through the tube, pressed upon the milk shut within the altar, forcing it to ascend the straight tube into the interior of the statue and up to the height of the breasts of the goddess. A series of little ducts, branching off from the principal tube, conveyed the liquid into the breasts. From these mammary glands of bronze the {11} lacteal fluid streamed out, to the great admiration of the spectators, who believed that a miracle had taken place. When the sacrifice was finished, the lamps were extinguished by the attendant priest of the shrine, and the milk ceased to flow.

The Jesuit scholar had in his museum a device that probably came from an ancient Egyptian temple. It consisted of a hollow hemispherical dome supported by four columns, placed over the statue of the goddess with many breasts. Two of the columns had movable holders, where lamps were attached. The hemisphere was sealed at the bottom with a metal plate. The small altar, where the milk was poured, connected to the inside of the statue through a tube that reached almost to the bottom. It was also linked to the hollow dome by a tube with a double bend. At the moment of the sacrifice, the two lamps, adjusted by movable holders directly beneath the lower plate of the dome, were lit, causing the air trapped inside to expand. This expanding air traveled through the tube, pushing on the milk trapped in the altar, forcing it to rise through the straight tube into the statue and up to the height of the goddess's breasts. A series of small ducts branching off from the main tube delivered the liquid into the breasts. From these bronze mammary glands, the milky fluid streamed out, to the amazement of the spectators, who believed a miracle had occurred. After the sacrifice was complete, the attendant priest of the shrine extinguished the lamps, and the milk stopped flowing.

There were many other mechanical devices of great interest, such as the miraculous vessels used in the temples of Egypt and Greece, and the apparatus that formed part of the Grecian puppet-shows and other theatrical performances; but these hardly come within the scope of this chapter. Philo of Byzantium and Heron of Alexandria both left exhaustive treatises on the mechanic arts as understood by the ancients. Philo’s work has unfortunately been lost, but Heron’s treatise has a world of interest to anyone who is attracted to the subject.

There were many other fascinating mechanical devices, like the amazing vessels used in the temples of Egypt and Greece, and the equipment that was part of the Grecian puppet shows and other theatrical performances; however, these barely fit within the scope of this chapter. Philo of Byzantium and Heron of Alexandria both wrote extensive works on the mechanical arts as understood by the ancients. Unfortunately, Philo’s work has been lost, but Heron’s treatise is full of interesting information for anyone who is drawn to the subject.

A RECENTLY PATENTED SLOT MACHINE ALMOST IDENTICAL WITH HERON’S WATER-VESSEL LUSTRAL WATER-VESSEL DESCRIBED BY HERON ABOUT 100 B.C.
ORIENTAL CONJURER PERFORMING THE CUP-AND-BALL TRICK, WITH SNAKE Effect IINTRODUCED.

From an old and rare book called The Universal Conjurer or the Whole Art as Practised by the Famous Breslaw, Katerfelto, Jonas, Flockton, Conus, and by the Greatest Adepts in London and Paris, etc. London.

From an old and rare book called The Universal Conjurer or the Whole Art as Practised by the Famous Breslaw, Katerfelto, Jonas, Flockton, Conus, and by the Greatest Adepts in London and Paris, etc. London.

(From the Ellison Collection, New York.)

Besides the miracle-mongers of antiquity there were also cup-and-ball conjurers, who were called “acetabularii,” from the Latin word acetabulum, which means a cup, and professors of natural magic in general who laid no claim to supernatural powers. They wandered from place to place, giving their shows. The grammarian, Athenæus, in his Deipnosophists, or “Banquet of the Learned” (A. D. 228), mentions a number of famous conjurers and jugglers of Greece. He says: “The people of Histiæa and of Oreum erected in their theatre a brazen statue holding a die in its hand to Theodorus the juggler.” Xenophon, the conjurer, was very popular at Athens. He left behind him a pupil named Cratisthenes, “a citizen of Phlias; a man who {12} used to make fire spout up of its own accord, and who contrived many other extraordinary sights, so as almost to make men discredit the evidence of their own senses. And Nymphodorus, the conjurer, was another such man. . . . And Diopeithes, the Locrian, according to the account of Phanodemus, when he came to Thebes, fastened round his waist bladders full of wine and milk, and then, squeezing them, pretended that he was drawing up those liquids out of his mouth. And Noëmon gained a great reputation for the same sort of tricks. . . . There were also, at Alexander’s court, the following jugglers who had a great name: Scymnus of Tarentum, and Philistides of Syracuse, and Heraclitus of Mitylene.” (Deipn. Epit., B. 1, c. 34, 35.)

Besides the miracle workers of ancient times, there were also cup-and-ball performers called “acetabularii,” from the Latin word acetabulum, which means cup, and practitioners of natural magic in general who didn't claim to have supernatural abilities. They traveled from place to place putting on their shows. The grammarian Athenæus, in his Deipnosophists, or “Banquet of the Learned” (A.D. 228), mentions several famous magicians and jugglers from Greece. He notes: “The people of Histiæa and Oreum set up a bronze statue in their theater holding a die in its hand to honor Theodorus the juggler.” Xenophon, the magician, was very popular in Athens. He had a pupil named Cratisthenes, “a citizen of Phlias; a man who {12} could make fire shoot up on its own and came up with many other amazing feats, making people question what their senses were telling them. And Nymphodorus, another magician, had similar abilities. . . . Diopeithes from Locri, according to Phanodemus, when he visited Thebes, strapped on bladders filled with wine and milk and pretended to draw those liquids out of his mouth by squeezing them. Noëmon also earned a great reputation for similar tricks. . . . At Alexander’s court, there were notable jugglers like Scymnus of Tarentum, Philistides of Syracuse, and Heraclitus of Mitylene.” (Deipn. Epit., B. 1, c. 34, 35.)

CJUROR PULLING A TOOTH BY Pistol.

From a rare book called The Whole Art of Hocus Pocus, Containing the Most Dexterous Feats of Sleight-of-hand Performed by Katerfelto, Breslaw, Boas, etc. London, 1812. (From the Ellison Collection, New York.)

From a rare book called The Whole Art of Hocus Pocus, Containing the Most Dexterous Feats of Sleight-of-hand Performed by Katerfelto, Breslaw, Boas, etc. London, 1812. (From the Ellison Collection, New York.)

{13}

II.

In the Middle Ages the art of magic was ardently cultivated, in spite of the denunciations of the Church. Many pretenders to necromancy made use of the secrets of optics and acoustics, and gained thereby a wonderful reputation as genuine sorcerers. Benvenuto Cellini, sculptor, goldsmith and man-at-arms, in that greatest of autobiographies,5 records a magical seance which reads like a chapter from the Arabian Nights.

In the Middle Ages, the art of magic was passionately pursued, despite the Church’s protests. Many fake necromancers used the secrets of optics and acoustics, earning a remarkable reputation as real sorcerers. Benvenuto Cellini, a sculptor, goldsmith, and soldier, recounts a magical séance in his incredible autobiography, 5, which reads like a story from the Arabian Nights.

5 Memoirs of Cellini, Book I, Chapter LXIV.

5 Memoirs of Cellini, Book I, Chapter LXIV.

He says: “It happened through a variety of singular accidents that I became intimate with a Sicilian priest, who was a man of very elevated genius and well instructed in both Latin and Greek letters. In the course of conversation one day, we were led to talk about the art of necromancy, à propos of which I said: ‘Throughout my whole life I have had the most intense desire to see or learn something of this art.’ Thereto the priest replied: ‘A stout soul and a steadfast must the man have who sets himself to such an enterprise.’ I answered that of strength and steadfastness of soul I should have enough and to spare, provided I found the opportunity. Then the priest said: ‘If you have the heart to dare it, I will amply satisfy your curiosity.’ Accordingly we agreed upon attempting the adventure.

He says: “It happened through a variety of unique accidents that I became close with a Sicilian priest, who was a very talented man and well-versed in both Latin and Greek literature. During one of our conversations, we ended up discussing the art of necromancy, to which I said: ‘Throughout my whole life, I’ve had a strong desire to see or learn something about this art.’ The priest replied: ‘A strong and resolute soul is needed for anyone who takes on such a venture.’ I answered that I would have more than enough strength and determination, as long as I found the chance. Then the priest said: ‘If you have the courage to pursue it, I will fully satisfy your curiosity.’ So we agreed to attempt the adventure.”

“The priest one evening made his preparations, and bade me find a comrade, or not more than two. I invited Vincenzio Romoli, a very dear friend of mine, and the priest took with him a native of Pistoja, who also cultivated the black art. We went together to the Colosseum; and there the priest, having arrayed himself in necromancers’ robes, began to describe circles on the earth with the finest ceremonies that can be imagined. I must say that he had made us bring precious perfumes and fire, and also drugs of fetid odor. When the preliminaries were completed, he made the entrance into the circle; and taking us by the hand, introduced us one by one inside of it. Then he assigned our several functions; to the necromancer, his comrade, he gave the pentacle to hold; the other two of us had to look after the fire and the perfumes; and then he began his incantations. This {14} lasted more than an hour and a half, when several legions appeared and the Colosseum was all full of devils. I was occupied with the precious perfumes, and when the priest perceived in what numbers they were present, he turned to me and said: ‘Benvenuto, ask them something.’ I called on them to reunite me with my Sicilian Angelica.”

“The priest one evening got ready and told me to find a buddy, or at most two. I invited my good friend Vincenzio Romoli, and the priest brought along a local from Pistoja who also practiced dark magic. We all went together to the Colosseum; there, the priest donned his necromancer's robes and began drawing circles on the ground with the fanciest rituals you can imagine. I should mention that he had us bring expensive perfumes and fire, as well as some really foul-smelling herbs. Once the preliminaries were done, he made the entrance to the circle and, taking our hands, led us one by one inside it. Then he assigned us our roles; he gave the pentacle to his friend to hold, while the two of us had to manage the fire and the perfumes, and then he started his incantations. This {14} went on for more than an hour and a half, during which several legions showed up and the Colosseum was filled with demons. I was busy with the precious perfumes, and when the priest noticed how many were there, he turned to me and said: ‘Benvenuto, ask them something.’ I called on them to reunite me with my Sicilian Angelica.”

It seems the spirits did not respond. The magic spells were found inoperative, whereupon the priest dismissed the demons, observing that the presence of a pure boy was requisite to the successful accomplishment of the séance.

It seems the spirits didn't respond. The magic spells were ineffective, so the priest sent the demons away, noticing that having a pure boy was necessary for successfully completing the séance.

Another night Cellini and the sorcerer repaired to the ruins of the Colosseum. The artist was accompanied by a boy of twelve years of age, who was in his employ, and by two friends, Agnolino Gaddi and the before-mentioned Romoli. The necromancer, after describing the usual magic circle and building a fire, “began to utter those awful invocations, calling by name on multitudes of demons who are captains of their legions . . . ; insomuch that in a short space of time the whole Colosseum was full of a hundredfold as many as had appeared upon the first occasion.” At the advice of the wizard, Cellini again asked to be reunited with his mistress. The sorcerer turned to him and said: “Hear you what they have replied; that in the space of one month you will be where she is.” The company within the magic circle were now confronted by a great company of demons. The boy declared that he saw four armed giants of immense stature who were endeavoring to get within the circle. They trembled with fear. The necromancer, to calm the fright of the boy, assured him that what they beheld was but smoke and shadows, and that the spirits were under his power. As the smoke died out, the demons faded away, and Cellini and his friends left the place fully satisfied of the reality of the conjurations. As they left the Colosseum, the boy declared that he saw two of the demons leaping and skipping before them, and often upon the roofs of the houses. The priest paid no attention to them, but endeavored to persuade the goldsmith to renew the attempt on some future occasion, in order to discover the secret treasures of the earth. But Cellini did not care to meddle more in the black art. {15}

Another night, Cellini and the sorcerer went to the ruins of the Colosseum. The artist was accompanied by a twelve-year-old boy who worked for him and two friends, Agnolino Gaddi and the previously mentioned Romoli. The necromancer, after drawing the usual magic circle and starting a fire, “began to chant those terrifying invocations, calling out the names of numerous demons who lead their legions...; so much so that in a short time the entire Colosseum was filled with many more than had appeared the first time.” Following the wizard's advice, Cellini asked to be reunited with his lover once again. The sorcerer turned to him and said: “Listen to what they replied; in one month’s time, you will be where she is.” The group inside the magic circle was soon confronted by a large number of demons. The boy said he saw four giant armed figures of enormous size trying to enter the circle. They were trembling with fear. To calm the boy's fright, the necromancer assured him that what they were seeing was just smoke and shadows, and that the spirits were under his control. As the smoke cleared, the demons disappeared, and Cellini and his friends left the place completely convinced of the reality of the conjurations. As they exited the Colosseum, the boy said he saw two of the demons jumping and skipping in front of them and often on the rooftops of the houses. The priest ignored them but tried to persuade the goldsmith to attempt it again in the future to uncover the secret treasures of the earth. However, Cellini was not interested in delving into the dark arts any further. {15}

What are we to believe about this magic invocation? Was Cellini romancing? Though a vainglorious, egotistical man, he was truthful, and his memoirs may be relied on.

What are we supposed to think about this magical invocation? Was Cellini just exaggerating? Even though he was a bragging, self-centered guy, he was honest, and we can trust his memoirs.

John Addington Symonds, one of the translators of Cellini’s autobiography, remarks: “Imagination and the awe-inspiring influences of the place, even if we eliminate a possible magic lantern among the conjurer’s appurtenances, are enough to account for what Cellini saw. He was credulous; he was super­sti­tious.”

John Addington Symonds, one of the translators of Cellini’s autobiography, notes: “Imagination and the impressive influences of the place, even if we leave out a possible magic lantern among the conjurer’s tools, are enough to explain what Cellini experienced. He was gullible; he was superstitious.”

Sir David Brewster, who quotes Cellini’s narrative in his Natural Magic, explains that the demons seen in the Colosseum “were not produced by any influence upon the imag­i­na­tions of the spectators, but were actual optical phantasms, or the images of pictures or objects produced by one or more concave mirrors or lenses. A fire is lighted and perfumes and incense are burnt, in order to create a ground for the images, and the beholders are rigidly confined within the pale of the magic circle. The concave mirror and the objects presented to it having been so placed that the persons within the circle could not see the aerial image of the objects by the rays directly reflected from the mirror, the work of deception was ready to begin. The attendance of the magician upon his mirror was by no means necessary. He took his place along with the spectators within the magic circle. The images of the devils were all distinctly formed in the air immediately above the fire, but none of them could be seen by those within the circle.

Sir David Brewster, who quotes Cellini's narrative in his Natural Magic, explains that the demons seen in the Colosseum “weren't created by any influence on the imaginations of the spectators, but were actual optical illusions, or images of pictures or objects made by one or more concave mirrors or lenses. A fire is lit and perfumes and incense are burned to create a backdrop for the images, and the viewers are strictly confined within the magic circle. The concave mirror and the objects positioned to it were set up so that the people within the circle couldn't see the aerial image of the objects through the rays directly reflected from the mirror, setting the stage for deception. The magician's presence by his mirror wasn’t necessary. He stood with the spectators inside the magic circle. The images of the devils were all clearly formed in the air right above the fire, but none of them could be seen by those within the circle.

“The moment, however, the perfumes were thrown into the fire to produce smoke, the first wreath of smoke that rose through the place of one or more of the images would reflect them to the eyes of the spectators, and they would again disappear if the wreath was not followed by another. More and more images would be rendered visible as new wreaths of smoke arose, and the whole group would appear at once when the smoke was uniformly diffused over the place occupied by the images.”

“The moment the perfumes were tossed into the fire to create smoke, the first swirl of smoke that rose around one or more of the images would reflect them to the audience, and they would vanish again if that swirl wasn’t followed by another. More and more images would become visible as new swirls of smoke rose, and the entire group would show up at once when the smoke spread evenly over the area where the images were.”

Again, the magician may have been aided by a confederate amid the ruins, who manipulated a magic lantern, or some device of the kind. The magician himself may have been provided with a box fitted up with a concave mirror, the lights and figures of {16} the demons. The assertion of the boy that he saw demons skipping in front of him, etc., would be accounted for by the magic box being carried with them.

Again, the magician might have had help from an accomplice among the ruins, who operated a magic lantern or a similar device. The magician himself could have been equipped with a box containing a concave mirror that projected the lights and figures of {16} the demons. The boy's claim that he saw demons dancing in front of him could be explained by the magic box being taken along with them.

Says the Encyclopaedia Britannica, in speaking of Cellini’s adventure: “The existence of a camera at this latter date (middle of sixteenth century) is a fact, for the instrument is described by Baptista Porta, the Neapolitan philosopher, in the Magia Naturalis (1558). And the doubt how magic lantern effects could have been produced in the fourteenth century, when the lantern itself is alleged to have been invented by Athanasius Kircher in the middle of the seventeenth century, is set at rest by the fact that glass lenses were constructed at the earlier of these dates,—Roger Bacon, in his Discovery of the Miracles of Art, Nature and Magic (about 1260), writing of glass lenses and perspectives so well made as to give good telescopic and microscopic effects, and to be useful to old men and those who have weak eyes.”

According to the Encyclopaedia Britannica, when discussing Cellini's adventure: “The presence of a camera at this time (mid-sixteenth century) is a fact, as the device is described by Baptista Porta, the Neapolitan philosopher, in the Magia Naturalis (1558). The question of how magic lantern effects could have been created in the fourteenth century—when the lantern itself is said to have been invented by Athanasius Kircher in the mid-seventeenth century—is resolved by the fact that glass lenses were made during the earlier period. Roger Bacon, in his Discovery of the Miracles of Art, Nature and Magic (around 1260), wrote about glass lenses and perspectives that were crafted well enough to provide good telescopic and microscopic effects, which were helpful for elderly individuals and those with weak eyesight.”

Chaucer, in the House of Fame, Book III, speaks of “appearances such as the subtil tregetours perform at feasts”—images of hunting, falconry and knights jousting, with the persons and objects instantaneously disappearing.

Chaucer, in the House of Fame, Book III, talks about “illusions that clever tricksters create at banquets”—visuals of hunting, falconry, and knights jousting, where people and things vanish in an instant.

Later on Nostradamus conjured up a vision of the future king of France in a magic mirror, for the benefit of Marie de Medeci. This illusion was effected by mirrors adroitly concealed amid hanging draperies.

Later on, Nostradamus created a vision of the future king of France in a magic mirror for Marie de Medici. This illusion was achieved using mirrors cleverly hidden among hanging drapes.

In the sixteenth century conjurers wandered from place to place, exhibiting their tricks at fairs, in barns, and at the castles of noblemen. They were little more than strolling gypsies or vagabonds. Reginald Scott, in his Discoverie of Witchcraft (1584), enumerates some of the stock feats of these mountebanks. The list includes, “swallowing a knife; burning a card and reproducing it from the pocket of a spectator; passing a coin from one pocket to another; converting money into counters, or counters into money; conveying money into the hand of another person; making a coin pass through a table or vanish from a handkerchief; tying a knot and undoing it ‘by the power of words’; taking beads from a string, the ends of which are held fast by another person; making a coin to pass from one box to another; turning wheat into flour ‘by the power of {17} words’; burning a thread and making it whole again; pulling ribbons from the mouth; thrusting a knife into the head of a man; putting a ring through the cheek, and cutting off a person’s head and restoring it to its former position.”

In the sixteenth century, conjurers traveled from place to place, showcasing their tricks at fairs, in barns, and at the castles of nobles. They were hardly more than wandering gypsies or drifters. Reginald Scott, in his Discoverie of Witchcraft (1584), lists some of the common tricks of these performers. The list includes, “swallowing a knife; burning a card and pulling it from a spectator’s pocket; moving a coin from one pocket to another; changing money into tokens, or tokens into money; slipping money into someone else's hand; making a coin go through a table or disappear from a handkerchief; tying a knot and undoing it ‘with the power of words’; taking beads from a string held by someone else; making a coin move from one box to another; turning wheat into flour ‘with the power of {17} words’; burning a thread and making it whole again; pulling ribbons from one’s mouth; stabbing a knife into a man’s head; putting a ring through a cheek, and cutting off someone’s head and putting it back into place.”

Conjuring with cups and balls belongs to this list.

Conjuring with cups and balls is part of this list.

Eighteenth CENTURY CONJURE Performing THE CUP-AND-BALL Truck.
(From an Old Print, Ellison Collection.)

The conjurer of the sixteenth century, and even of later date, wore about his waist a sort of bag, called gibécière, from its resemblance to a game bag, ostensibly to hold his paraphernalia. While delving into this bag for various articles to be used in his tricks, the magician succeeded in making substitutions and secretly getting possession of eggs, coins, balls, etc. It was a very clumsy device, but indispensable for an open-air {18} performer, who usually stood encircled by the spectators. Finally, the suspicious-looking gibécière was abandoned by all save strolling mountebanks, and a table with a long cloth substituted. This table concealed an assistant, who made the necessary transformations required in the act, by means of traps and other devices. Comus, the elder, in the eighteenth century, abandoned the long table covers and the concealed assistant for the servante. But his immediate competitors still adhered to the draped tables, and a whole generation of later conjurers, among whom may be mentioned Comte, Bosco and Phillippe, followed their example. Robert-Houdin struck the keynote of reform in 1844. He sarcastically called the suspiciously draped table a boite à compère (wooden confederate).

The magician of the sixteenth century, and even later on, wore a kind of bag around his waist called a gibécière, which looked like a game bag, mainly to hold his gear. While rummaging through this bag for various items to use in his tricks, the magician was able to make swaps and secretly acquire eggs, coins, balls, and so on. It was a rather awkward setup, but essential for a performer working outdoors, who normally stood surrounded by spectators. Eventually, the suspicious-looking gibécière was discarded by everyone except for street performers, who replaced it with a table covered with a long cloth. This table hid an assistant who made the necessary transformations for the act using traps and other tools. Comus, the elder, in the eighteenth century, moved away from the long tablecloths and the concealed assistant in favor of the servante. However, his direct competitors still stuck with the draped tables, and a whole generation of later magicians, including Comte, Bosco, and Phillippe, followed suit. Robert-Houdin initiated a reform in 1844, sarcastically referring to the suspiciously draped table as a boite à compère (wooden confederate).

Conjurers in the seventeenth century were frequently known as Hocus Pocus. These curious words first occur in a pamphlet printed in 1641, in which the author, speaking of the sights of Bartholomew fair, mentions “Hocus Pocus, with three yards of tape or ribbon in his hand, showing his art of legerdemain.” The seventeenth century is the age of the strolling mountebank, who performed wherever he could get an audience—in the stable, barnyard, street or fair. From him to the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur of the theatre is a long step, but no longer than from the barnstorming actor to the artist of the well-appointed playhouse. There is evolution in everything. It was not until the eighteenth century that conjuring became a legitimate profession. This was largely owing to the fact that men of gentle birth, well versed in the science of the age, took up the magic wand, and gave the art dignity and respectability.

Conjurers in the seventeenth century were often referred to as Hocus Pocus. These intriguing words first appeared in a pamphlet printed in 1641, where the author talks about the attractions of Bartholomew fair, mentioning “Hocus Pocus, with three yards of tape or ribbon in his hand, demonstrating his skill in sleight of hand.” The seventeenth century was the era of the traveling mountebank, who performed wherever he could find an audience—in the stable, barnyard, street, or fair. The leap from him to the stage magician is significant, but not any larger than the jump from the itinerant actor to the performer of a well-appointed theater. There is evolution in everything. It wasn't until the eighteenth century that conjuring became a legitimate profession. This was mainly due to the fact that men from reputable backgrounds, who were knowledgeable about contemporary science, took up the magic wand, lending the art dignity and respectability.

It was not until the eighteenth century that natural magic was shorn of charlatanism, but even then the great Pinetti pretended to the occult in his exhibition of so-called “second sight.” He always avoided the Papal States, taking warning from the fate of Cagliostro. Magic and spiritism were in bad odor in the dominions of the Pope. Towards the middle of the century we hear of Jonas, Carlotti, Katerfelto, Androletti, Philadelphia, Rollin, Comus I and II. Comus II was famous for coining hard words. He advertised in London, “various uncommon experiments with his Enchanted Horologium, Pyxidees Literarum, {19} and many curious operations in Rhabdology, Steganography and Phylacteria, with many wonderful performances on the grand Dodecahedron, also Chartomantic Deceptions and Kharamatic Operations. To conclude with the performance of the Teretopaest Figure and Magical House; the like never seen in this kingdom before; and will astonish every beholder.” These magical experiments were doubtless very simple. What puzzled the spectators must have been the names of the tricks.

It wasn't until the eighteenth century that natural magic got rid of its frauds, but even then, the great Pinetti still pretended to have supernatural abilities with his show of so-called "second sight." He always stayed away from the Papal States, taking heed of Cagliostro's fate. Magic and spiritism were looked down upon in the Pope's territories. By the middle of the century, we hear about Jonas, Carlotti, Katerfelto, Androletti, Philadelphia, Rollin, Comus I and II. Comus II was known for coming up with complex terminology. He advertised in London, "various uncommon experiments with his Enchanted Horologium, Pyxidees Literarum, {19} and many curious operations in Rhabdology, Steganography and Phylacteria, along with many amazing performances with the grand Dodecahedron, plus Chartomantic Deceptions and Kharamatic Operations. To conclude with the performance of the Teretopaest Figure and Magical House; something never seen in this kingdom before that will astonish everyone." These magical experiments were probably quite simple. What baffled the audience must have been the names of the tricks.

Rollin, a Frenchman, after accumulating a fortune, purchased the chateau of Fontenoy-aux-Roses, in the department of the Seine. He was denounced under the Red Terror, and suffered death by the guillotine, in 1793. When the warrant for his execution was read to him, he remarked, with a smile, “That is the first paper I cannot conjure away.”

Rollin, a Frenchman, after making a fortune, bought the chateau of Fontenoy-aux-Roses in the Seine department. He was targeted during the Red Terror and was executed by guillotine in 1793. When the warrant for his execution was delivered to him, he smiled and said, “That’s the first piece of paper I can’t make disappear.”

III.

I now come to the Count Edmond de Grisy, Pinetti’s great rival in the field of conjuring.

I now turn to Count Edmond de Grisy, Pinetti’s main rival in the world of magic.

The duel for supremacy between these eminent magicians is told in the chapter on Pinetti. The father of De Grisy, the Count de Grisy, was killed at the storming of the Tuilleries, while defending the person of his king, Louis XVI, from the mob. Young De Grisy was in Paris at the time, and, profiting by the disorders in the capital, was enabled to pass the barriers and reach the small family domain in Languedoc. Here he dug up a hundred louis, which his father had concealed for any unforseen accident; to this money he added some jewels left by his mother. With this modest sum, he proceeded to Florence, where he studied medicine, graduating as a physician at the age of twenty-seven. He became a professional magician, and had an adventure at Rome which is well worth relating. He was requested to perform before Pius VII, and ransacked his brains to devise a trick worthy of a Pope. On the day before the mystic séance he happened to be in the shop of a prominent watchmaker, when a lackey came in to ask if His Eminence the Cardinal de ——’s watch was repaired. {20}

The duel for dominance between these famous magicians is detailed in the chapter about Pinetti. Young De Grisy's father, Count de Grisy, died while defending King Louis XVI from the mob during the storming of the Tuileries. Young De Grisy was in Paris at that time, and, taking advantage of the chaos in the city, managed to slip past the barriers and get to his family's small estate in Languedoc. There, he unearthed a hundred louis that his father had hidden for emergencies, along with some jewels left by his mother. With this modest amount of money, he went to Florence, where he studied medicine and graduated as a doctor at the age of twenty-seven. He then became a professional magician and had an adventure in Rome that’s definitely worth sharing. He was asked to perform for Pius VII and racked his brain to come up with a trick worthy of a Pope. The day before the mystical performance, he happened to be in a prominent watchmaker's shop when a servant came in to check if Cardinal de ——’s watch was ready. {20}

“It will not be ready until this evening,” answered the watchmaker. “I will do myself the honor of personally carrying it to your master.”

“It won’t be ready until this evening,” replied the watchmaker. “I’ll take the pleasure of delivering it to your master myself.”

The lackey retired.

The assistant retired.

“That is a handsome watch you have there,” said De Grisy.

“That’s a nice watch you have there,” said De Grisy.

“Yes,” replied the jeweler, “it is valued at more than ten thousand francs. It was made by the celebrated Bréguet. Strangely enough, the other day I was offered a similar timepiece, by the same artist, for one thousand francs.”

“Yes,” replied the jeweler, “it’s worth over ten thousand francs. It was made by the famous Bréguet. Interestingly, just the other day, I was offered a similar watch by the same artist for one thousand francs.”

“Who was he?” asked the Count.

“Who was he?” the Count asked.

“A young prodigal and gambler, belonging to a noble family, who is now reduced to selling his family jewels.”

“A young gambler and wastrel from a noble family, who is now forced to sell his family's jewelry.”

Like a flash of lightning, a scheme for working a splendid mystification passed through De Grisy’s mind. He nonchalantly said:

Like a flash of lightning, an idea for pulling off an incredible trick crossed De Grisy's mind. He casually said:

“Where is this young rake to be found?”

“Where can we find this young playboy?”

“In a gaming house, which he never quits.”

“In a gaming house that he never leaves.”

“Well, then, I will buy this masterpiece of Bréguet’s. Have the kindness to purchase it for me, and engrave upon it the Cardinal’s coat-of-arms, so that it will be a replica of His Eminence’s chronometer.”

“Well, then, I’ll buy this masterpiece by Bréguet. Please be kind enough to purchase it for me and engrave the Cardinal’s coat-of-arms on it, so it will be a replica of His Eminence’s chronometer.”

The jeweler, assured of De Grisy’s discretion and honor, though probably suspecting the use to which the timepiece would be subjected, immediately left his shop, and returned after a little while with the gambler’s watch.

The jeweler, confident in De Grisy’s discretion and integrity, though likely suspecting how the watch would be used, quickly left his shop and came back after a short time with the gambler’s watch.

“Here it is,” he cried. “To-night I shall have it ready for you.”

“Here it is,” he exclaimed. “Tonight I’ll have it ready for you.”

At the appointed hour he brought the two watches for De Grisy’s inspection. They were facsimiles. The conjurer took his purchase, and the next day appeared at the pontifical palace, where a most distinguished audience greeted him. The Pope sat on a raised dais; near him were the cardinals in their brilliant robes of crimson.

At the scheduled time, he showed De Grisy the two watches for review. They were replicas. The magician took his buy, and the next day he arrived at the papal palace, where he was welcomed by a very distinguished audience. The Pope was seated on a raised platform, with cardinals in their bright crimson robes nearby.

After performing a series of magical feats, De Grisy came to his pièce de résistance. The difficulty was to obtain the loan of the Cardinal’s watch, and that without asking him directly for it. To succeed the conjurer had recourse to a ruse. At his {21} request several watches were offered to him, but he returned them as not suited to the experiment.

After showing off a bunch of magical tricks, De Grisy reached his pièce de résistance. The challenge was to borrow the Cardinal’s watch without directly asking for it. To pull this off, the magician came up with a clever plan. At his {21} request, several watches were presented to him, but he turned them down, saying they weren’t right for the experiment.

“I desire a timepiece that will be easily identified. I should prefer one of rather large size,” said De Grisy.

“I want a watch that’s easy to recognize. I’d prefer one that’s pretty big,” said De Grisy.

“Cardinal,” said His Holiness, “oblige me by lending your watch to M. de Grisy.”

“Cardinal,” said His Holiness, “please do me a favor and lend your watch to M. de Grisy.”

With great reluctance the Cardinal de —— handed his precious chronometer to the conjurer. It seems he set great value on its exaggerated size, alleging, with considerable show of reason, that the works acted better in a large case.

With great hesitation, Cardinal de —— handed over his valuable chronometer to the magician. He seemed to really appreciate its oversized design, arguing, with a fair amount of logic, that the mechanics performed better in a larger case.

In order to prove the solidity and excellence of the chronometer, De Grisy let it fall to the ground. A cry of alarm arose on all sides. The Cardinal, pale with rage, bounded from his chair, exclaiming: “This is a sorry jest, sir!”

In order to prove the strength and quality of the chronometer, De Grisy dropped it on the ground. A shout of alarm erupted all around. The Cardinal, furious and pale, jumped from his chair, exclaiming: “This is a terrible joke, sir!”

“Do not be alarmed, monsignor,” said De Grisy, “the watch will escape scathless from its many trials.” He handed the broken timepiece to the Cardinal. “Do you recognize this as your watch?”

“Don’t worry, monsignor,” De Grisy said, “the watch will come through all its challenges just fine.” He handed the broken timepiece to the Cardinal. “Do you recognize this as your watch?”

The prelate gazed anxiously at the coat-of-arms engraved inside of the case, and replied, with a profound sigh:

The bishop looked nervously at the coat of arms etched inside the case and said, with a deep sigh:

“Yes, that is my watch.”

"Yeah, that's my watch."

“You are certain of it?”

"Are you sure about that?"

“Quite certain! But I seriously doubt your power to restore it.”

“Absolutely! But I honestly doubt your ability to bring it back.”

“We shall see!” said the conjurer.

"We'll see!" said the magician.

De Grisy’s assistant now brought in a brass mortar and pestle. The watch was cast into the mortar and pounded to atoms. Some magic powder was poured into the receptacle and a torch applied. There was a detonation, followed by a cloud of smoke. The spectators were invited to examine the ingot of gold—all that remained of the precious chronometer. Pius VII peered curiously into the mortar. De Grisy, seizing the opportunity, adroitly popped the duplicate timepiece into a pocket of the Pope’s robe. At the proper moment he pretended to pass the ingot into the pontiff’s pocket, which resulted in the discovery of the Cardinal’s watch, made whole again. This clever trick created a great sensation in Rome, and drew crowds to De Grisy’s performances. Poor De Grisy seemed doomed to {22} misfortune. His young son was killed accidentally by a spectator, during an exhibition of the pistol trick at Strasburg. A real bullet got mixed up with the false bullets, and was loaded into the weapon. De Grisy was tried and convicted of “homicide through imprudence,” and sentenced to six months’ imprisonment, during which time his wife died. On his release, he assumed the name of Torrini, which was that of his brother-in-law and faithful assistant. He retired to the provinces of France, and never appeared again in the large cities. He died a brokenhearted man at Lyons.

De Grisy's assistant now brought in a brass mortar and pestle. The watch was thrown into the mortar and ground to bits. Some magical powder was poured into the bowl, and a torch was lit. There was a loud bang, followed by a cloud of smoke. The spectators were invited to examine the lump of gold—all that remained of the valuable watch. Pius VII looked curiously into the mortar. De Grisy, seizing the chance, skillfully slipped the duplicate watch into a pocket of the Pope’s robe. At the right moment, he pretended to pass the gold lump into the pontiff’s pocket, which led to the discovery of the Cardinal’s watch, restored to its original state. This clever trick caused a huge sensation in Rome and drew crowds to De Grisy’s shows. Unfortunately, De Grisy seemed destined for trouble. His young son was accidentally killed by a spectator during a pistol trick performance in Strasburg. A real bullet got mixed with the fake ones and was loaded into the gun. De Grisy was tried and found guilty of “homicide through recklessness,” and sentenced to six months in prison, during which time his wife died. Upon his release, he took on the name Torrini, which was his brother-in-law's and loyal assistant's name. He moved to the countryside of France and never returned to the big cities. He died a broken man in Lyons.

Torrini was a skillful performer with cards, as Robert-Houdin testifies. He invented a trick which he called “The Blind Man’s Game of Piquet.” While blindfolded he would play piquet and defeat adepts at the game. This trick was one of the features of his entertainments, and always gained him great applause. The secret consisted in substituting a prepared pack for the ordinary pack used. After the spectator had shuffled the cards and handed them to Torrini to cut, the conjurer would rest his hand momentarily upon the pack, while he made some observation to his opponent. Then it was that the substitution was artfully effected by means of a “magic box,” which the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur had concealed in the sleeve of his coat. Pressure upon the table caused a spring in the box to shoot out a prepared pack of cards, while a pair of pincers at the same time seized the recently shuffled pack and drew it up into the hidden receptacle. This ingenious piece of apparatus Torrini had obtained from a gambler named Zilbermann.

Torrini was a skilled card performer, as Robert-Houdin confirms. He created a trick he called “The Blind Man’s Game of Piquet.” While blindfolded, he would play piquet and beat experts at the game. This trick was a highlight of his shows and always earned him loud applause. The secret lay in swapping a prepared deck for the regular one. After the spectator shuffled the cards and handed them to Torrini to cut, the magician would briefly place his hand on the deck while he made a comment to his opponent. That’s when the swap was cleverly executed using a “magic box” hidden in the sleeve of his coat. A slight pressure on the table triggered a spring in the box to launch a prepared deck of cards, while a pair of pincers simultaneously grabbed the recently shuffled deck and pulled it into the concealed compartment. Torrini got this clever device from a gambler named Zilbermann.

While attempting to cheat an opponent, the apparatus had hung fire, and Zilbermann was detected in flagrante delicto. A duel was the result, and Zilbermann was mortally wounded. He sent for Torrini, whose conjuring abilities he greatly admired, and presented him with the box. Soon afterwards he died.

While trying to cheat an opponent, the device malfunctioned, and Zilbermann was caught in flagrante delicto. This led to a duel, and Zilbermann was mortally wounded. He called for Torrini, whose magic skills he greatly admired, and gave him the box. Soon after, he died.

Torrini never used the apparatus except in his conjuring performances. He was a man of honor and not a chevalier d’industrie.

Torrini only used the device during his magic shows. He was an honorable man and not a con artist.

THE CHEVALIER PINETTI.

“The Age of Romance has not ceased; it never ceases; it does not, if we will think of it, so much as very sensibly decline.”—CARLYLE: The Diamond Necklace.

“The Age of Romance hasn't ended; it never does; it doesn't, if we consider it, really even start to fade.” —CARLYLE: The Diamond Necklace.

I.

Paris! Time—the latter half of the eighteenth century!

Paris! Time—the latter half of the 1700s!

Louis XVI is on the throne of France, relieving the ennui of court etiquette by working at locksmithing. His beautiful consort, Marie Antoinette, amuses herself playing at dairy-farming, small italic a with grave and macron below la Watteau, in the gardens of the little Trianon. Dr. Guillotin, as yet, has not even dreamed of that terrible machine of wood and steel to be called by his name. Danton, Marat and Robespierre—the “bloody triumvirate”—are unknown to fame.

Louis XVI is on the throne of France, breaking up the monotony of court life by taking up locksmithing. His stunning wife, Marie Antoinette, finds joy in pretending to run a dairy farm, small italic a with grave and macron below la Watteau, in the gardens of the little Trianon. Dr. Guillotin hasn't even imagined the dreadful machine made of wood and steel that will bear his name. Danton, Marat, and Robespierre—the “bloody triumvirate”—are still obscure figures.

It is the age of powder and patches, enormous hoop-skirts, embroidered coats, lace ruffles, cocked hats, silk stockings and swords. Gentlemen meet and exchange snuff boxes; fight duels at times, despite the royal edict; indulge in grandiose gallantries. Noblemen in their coaches-and-four, on their way to Versailles (which to them is heaven on earth), drive recklessly through the narrow streets of the capital, splashing the pedestrians with mud from the kennels, and knocking down citizens with impunity. The aristocracy live to be amused.

It’s the era of makeup and fancy accessories, huge hoop skirts, embroidered jackets, lace ruffles, stylish hats, silk stockings, and swords. Men meet up and share snuff boxes; they occasionally duel, even with royal orders against it; and engage in extravagant flirtations. Noblemen in their fancy carriages, heading to Versailles (which feels like paradise to them), drive carelessly through the narrow streets of the city, splashing mud on pedestrians and knocking down citizens without any consequences. The aristocrats live for entertainment.

Vive la bagatelle! is the watchword of the gentle born, and when the Chevalier Pinetti, knight of the German Order of Merit of St. Philippe, comes to town, there is a grand rush for seats at the theatre to see him perform. The Chevalier is the greatest conjurer of the age, also a learned student of physics and member of various scientific bodies in France, England and Germany. {24}

Long live the trivial! is the motto of the upper class, and when Chevalier Pinetti, a knight of the German Order of Merit of St. Philippe, arrives in town, there's a mad scramble for theater seats to watch him perform. The Chevalier is the greatest magician of our time, a knowledgeable scholar of physics, and a member of various scientific organizations in France, England, and Germany. {24}

I have in my possession an old print, picked up in Paris, a portrait of the Chevalier. This picture is an allegorical affair. Two winged cupids are depicted placing the bust of Pinetti in the Temple of Arts. Strewn about the place are various instruments used in physics and mathematics. The motto appended to this curious print is as follows: Des genies placent le buste de M. le Professeur Pinetti dans le temple des arts, au milieu des instruments de physique et de mathematique. {25}

I have an old print that I got in Paris, a portrait of the Chevalier. This picture is quite symbolic. Two winged cupids are shown setting up the bust of Pinetti in the Temple of Arts. Various instruments related to physics and mathematics are scattered around. The motto attached to this interesting print reads: Des genies placent le buste de M. le Professeur Pinetti dans le temple des arts, au milieu des instruments de physique et de mathematique. {25}

PINETTI

At Versailles the Chevalier is received with acclaim. His “shirt trick” produces a great sensation. Imagine whisking the shirt off a gentleman’s back without disturbing the rest of his clothing. But of that, anon! The “second-sight” of the Chevalier’s spouse savors of the supernatural; and his “ring and fish” feat is just too wonderful for anything. In short, the conjurer is voted to be very amusing; therefore, he should be patronized.

At Versailles, the Chevalier is welcomed with applause. His “shirt trick” creates quite a stir. Just picture pulling a shirt off a gentleman’s back without messing up the rest of his outfit. But more on that later! The “second sight” of the Chevalier’s wife seems almost supernatural, and his “ring and fish” act is simply amazing. In short, the magician is considered very entertaining; therefore, he deserves support.

Pinetti was the prince of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs of the eighteenth century. His life reads like a romance. After a brilliant, pyrotechnic career, he faded out into darkness. I have gathered my facts concerning him from old French and German brochures. Little or nothing is known about his ancestry, his youth and early experiences.

Pinetti was the leading magician of the eighteenth century. His life is like a story straight out of a novel. After a dazzling and spectacular career, he disappeared into obscurity. I’ve collected my information about him from old French and German pamphlets. There's very little known about his background, early life, and initial experiences.

He may have purposely guarded the secret of his origin, being inordinately boastful. He thoroughly understood how to avail himself of all the arts of the toilet to appear much younger than, according to his contemporaries, he must have been in reality.

He might have intentionally kept his background a secret, being excessively proud. He fully knew how to use all the grooming tricks to look much younger than he actually was, according to his peers.

It is believed that he first saw the light of day in 1750, in Orbitello, a small fortified town of about three thousand inhabitants, lying in the foothills of what was then the Grand Duchy of Tuscany.

It’s thought that he was born around 1750 in Orbitello, a small fortified town with about three thousand residents, located in the foothills of what was then the Grand Duchy of Tuscany.

He is first heard of while traveling through the provinces of Germany, in 1783. In 1784 he appeared in Paris, where he gave a series of performances, and exhibited several times before the court of Louis XVI with distinguished success. At this time the public showed a marked predilection for all kinds of mystical and inexplicable exhibitions, which had been awakened by the performances of various adventurers, like Cagliostro, St. Germain and Mesmer. Pinetti thoroughly understood how to make the most of this bent of the public mind, and succeeded in setting Paris in ecstasy, as well as becoming himself a model for all contemporary and succeeding necromancers, for a long time. Though without fine or regular features, his physiognomy possessed much distinction; while his manners were excellent. It is probable, however, that the latter were acquired rather than innate; for extremely bad taste is betrayed by his frequently wearing on the stage the uniform of a general, decorated with {26} numerous orders. This is an oddity with a fatal suggestion of charlatanism. He was given to vaunting, and was in no wise careful to adhere to the truth in com­mu­ni­ca­tions regarding his magical art. A vicious trait of his character was his readiness to adopt the most contemptible measures to free himself of the rivalry of another; and this unworthy characteristic undoubtedly led to his ultimate downfall.

He is first mentioned while traveling through the provinces of Germany in 1783. In 1784, he showed up in Paris, where he performed a series of shows and appeared several times before the court of Louis XVI, achieving notable success. At this time, the public had a strong interest in all sorts of mystical and mysterious spectacles, sparked by the performances of various con artists like Cagliostro, St. Germain, and Mesmer. Pinetti knew how to capitalize on this public fascination and managed to captivate Paris, becoming a role model for many contemporary and future illusionists for quite some time. Although he didn’t have striking or symmetrical features, his face had a certain distinction, and he had excellent manners. However, it's likely that his manners were learned rather than inherent; he showed a complete lack of taste by often wearing a general's uniform adorned with numerous medals on stage. This was a peculiar choice that had a troubling hint of charlatanism. He loved to boast and wasn’t very careful about sticking to the truth when discussing his magical skills. A negative aspect of his character was his willingness to resort to the most despicable tactics to eliminate his competition, and this unworthy trait ultimately contributed to his downfall.

II.

Pinetti’s repertory was very extended. However interesting it might be to pass in review the whole series of his feats, I must here limit myself to a few, which appear typical of him and of his public.

Pinetti’s repertoire was quite extensive. While it may be interesting to go through all of his performances, I will limit myself here to a few that seem typical of him and his audience.

There was first the wonderful automaton known as “The Grand Sultan,” also called “The clever little Turk,” which was about forty centimeters in height, and which struck a bell with a hammer, or nodded and shook his head, in answer to questions propounded. “The golden head and the rings” was as follows: In a glass, the bottom of which was covered with coins, a previously shown, massive head was placed. A cover was then placed on the glass. The head answered yes or no to inquiries, or counted numbers by leaping in the glass. In a second glass borrowed rings were laid, which moved in unison with the head, as though by sympathy. The “Clever Swan” was put into a vessel of water, and varied its course according to the will of the onlooker. Moreover, when a spectator had drawn a card from a pack of inscribed cards, it spelled the word written thereon, by moving toward the appropriate letters, which were printed on strips of cardboard hung about the vessel.

There was initially the amazing automaton known as “The Grand Sultan,” also referred to as “The clever little Turk,” which stood about forty centimeters tall, and could strike a bell with a hammer or nod and shake its head in response to questions asked. “The golden head and the rings” worked as follows: A glass, the bottom of which was filled with coins, held a previously shown, large head. A cover was then placed on the glass. The head answered yes or no to questions or counted numbers by jumping in the glass. In a second glass, borrowed rings were placed, which moved in sync with the head, as if by sympathy. The “Clever Swan” was put into a container of water and changed its direction based on the observer's will. Additionally, when a spectator drew a card from a pack of labeled cards, it spelled the word written on the card by moving toward the corresponding letters, which were printed on strips of cardboard hanging around the container.

A kind of sympathetic action is shown in the following experiment. A lighted lamp was deposited on a table. As soon as a spectator, stationed at a considerable distance, blew through a reed, the lamp was immediately extinguished. Another: a live dove was fastened, by means of two ribbons about its neck, to two opposite columns. On the instant when a picture of the dove, or even the shadow of the suspended bird, was pierced by a sword, the dove itself was beheaded, although it had not been disturbed, and the severed and still bleeding head, and the rest {27} of the body, fell separately to the ground. This experiment, called “Theophrastus Paracelsus,” recalls an old super­sti­tion, namely, that evil can be wrought upon a person by injury to a picture of him, accompanied by a spoken incantation. It is the so-called “Picture charm.”

A type of sympathetic action is demonstrated in the following experiment. A lit lamp was placed on a table. As soon as a spectator, positioned at a significant distance, blew through a reed, the lamp was instantly extinguished. Another example: a live dove was tied, with two ribbons around its neck, to two opposite columns. The moment a picture of the dove, or even the shadow of the suspended bird, was pierced by a sword, the dove itself was beheaded, even though it had not been touched, and the severed, still-bleeding head and the rest of the body fell separately to the ground. This experiment, called “Theophrastus Paracelsus,” recalls an old superstition, namely, that harm can be inflicted on a person by damaging a picture of them, accompanied by a spoken incantation. It is known as the “Picture charm.”

Fettering and binding experiments were shown, but of a simpler nature than modern ones. To each leg of the magician was fastened a ring, and through each ring an iron chain was passed, its ends locked on a pillar. “The Prisoner” seemed aided by some external power to release himself, for in a very short time he was free from his bonds. More difficult was another experiment, wherein a chain was fastened by a strip of cloth directly about the leg, and secured to the pillar; but here also, a half minute sufficed the “Galley Slave” to free himself of the shackles. The most pleasing was the following trick: Pinetti allowed both thumbs to be tied together with a cord, and his hands, so bound, to be covered with a hat; hardly was this done than he stretched out his right hand, seized a flask of wine and drank to the health of the person who had tied him, and tossed the emptied glass to the ceiling, whence it fell as a ball of finely-cut paper. At the same instant, he allowed the hat to fall, and displayed his hands, still as closely bound as at the beginning of the experiment.6 Also, the well-known trick, in which several borrowed rings are passed over two ribbon bands, the ends of which are knotted together and held by some of the spectators; nevertheless the rings can be drawn off without severing the ribbons. This was hardly new, but merely a variation of a trick described in 1690, in a work by Ozanam, in his Récréations Mathematiques, and exhibited by the jugglers of that time under the name of “My Grandmother’s Rose Wreath.” They made use of small balls, strung on two cords, from which they were withdrawn, notwithstanding that the cords were held by strangers. To-day this trick is explained in most books of games and amusements, which fact does not hinder the public from being quite as much astounded when the feat is performed small italic a with grave and macron below la Pinetti, with rings or a watch, accompanied by clever patter. {28}

Fettering and binding tricks were demonstrated, but they were simpler than today's versions. Each leg of the magician was attached to a ring, and through each ring, an iron chain was threaded, with the ends locked to a pillar. "The Prisoner" appeared to be aided by some external force to free himself, as he was quickly released from his restraints. Another trick was more challenging, wherein a chain was tied around the leg with a strip of cloth and secured to the pillar; yet also here, in half a minute, the "Galley Slave" managed to escape his shackles. The most entertaining trick was as follows: Pinetti had both his thumbs tied together with a cord, and his bound hands were covered with a hat; hardly had this been done when he stretched out his right hand, grabbed a flask of wine, drank to the health of the person who had tied him, and tossed the empty glass to the ceiling, where it fell as a ball of finely-cut paper. At the same moment, he let the hat drop, revealing his hands, which were still tied just as they were at the start of the experiment. Also, the famous trick where several borrowed rings are slipped off two ribbon bands, the ends of which are knotted together and held by some spectators; nonetheless, the rings can be removed without cutting the ribbons. This was hardly new, merely a variation of a trick described in 1690 by Ozanam in his Récréations Mathématiques, and it was performed by magicians of that time under the name "My Grandmother's Rose Wreath." They used small balls strung on two cords, from which the balls were pulled off, even though the cords were held by strangers. Today, this trick is explained in most books on games and entertainment, but that doesn't stop the audience from being just as amazed when it's performed small italic a with grave and macron below la Pinetti, with rings or a watch, complemented by clever banter. {28}

6 There is nothing new under the sun. A Japanese conjurer, named Ten-Ichi, at the present writing, is creating a sensation in our vaudeville theatres with this same thumb-tying trick.

6 There’s nothing new under the sun. A Japanese magician named Ten-Ichi is currently causing a stir in our vaudeville theaters with the same thumb-tying trick.

PINETTI AND THE DOVE. (From an Old Print.)

Pinetti’s magical bouquet was a very pretty trick. In a vase were placed the dry, leafless stems of a bunch of flowers, tied together. At the magician’s command, leaves, flowers and fruit appeared, transforming the bouquet into a thing of beauty; but all its splendor disappeared again at the command of the performer. His feat of the “recovered ring” was as follows: A ring was borrowed from a lady and fired from a pistol into a casket, which had been previously shown empty and devoid of preparation. When the casket was opened, after the shot was fired, a dove was seen within, holding in its bill the ring. But, in addition, the pretty bird knew precisely the possessor of the ring, for it shook its head in rotation at each lady to whom the trinket did not belong. When the owner appeared, the dove {29} voluntarily presented the ring to her in its beak. In Naples, where Pinetti’s theatre was situated directly on the sea shore, he varied the trick by firing the pistol loaded with the ring out of the window. On opening the casket a large fish was seen, bearing the ring in its mouth.

Pinetti’s magical bouquet was a beautiful illusion. In a vase, there were dry, leafless stems tied together. At the magician's command, leaves, flowers, and fruit appeared, turning the bouquet into something stunning; but all its beauty vanished again at the magician's word. His trick of the “recovered ring” went like this: A ring was borrowed from a lady and shot from a pistol into a casket that had been previously shown to be empty and unprepared. When the casket was opened after the shot, a dove was found inside, holding the ring in its beak. Moreover, the clever bird knew exactly who the ring belonged to, as it shook its head at each lady to whom the trinket didn't belong. When the rightful owner was identified, the dove voluntarily presented the ring to her in its beak. In Naples, where Pinetti's theater was right on the seashore, he changed the trick by firing the pistol loaded with the ring out of the window. When the casket was opened, a large fish was found inside, with the ring in its mouth.

Another clever experiment was the mechanical bird, which, when set upon a flask, fluttered its wings and whistled any favorite melody called for by the audience, also blowing out a lighted candle and immediately relighting it. It would accomplish these feats just as well when removed from the flask to a table, or when held in the performer’s hand upon any part of the stage. The sounds were produced by a “confederate who imitated song birds after Rossignol’s method, by aid of the inner skin of an onion in the mouth, and speaking trumpets directed the sounds to whatever position was occupied by the bird.” Though the two last described feats were the most celebrated of Pinetti’s masterpieces, the most remarkable, without doubt, was the one he called “The stolen shirt.” In spite of its somewhat unseemly appearance, it was shown before the king and his family, and consisted of this: A gentleman from the audience, not in league with the performer, came upon the stage and, at Pinetti’s request, unfastened the buttons of his shirt at the neck and cuffs, and Pinetti, with only a few movements of his hand drew the shirt from his body, though the gentleman had not removed a single article of his clothing.

Another clever experiment was the mechanical bird, which, when placed on a flask, flapped its wings and whistled any favorite tune requested by the audience, also blowing out a lit candle and instantly relighting it. It performed these tricks just as well when taken off the flask to a table or held in the performer’s hand anywhere on stage. The sounds were created by a “confederate who mimicked songbirds using Rossignol’s technique, with the inner skin of an onion in his mouth, and speaking trumpets directed the sounds to wherever the bird was positioned.” Although the last two feats were among the most famous of Pinetti’s creations, the most impressive, without a doubt, was the one he referred to as “The stolen shirt.” Despite its somewhat inappropriate appearance, it was presented before the king and his family, and it involved this: A gentleman from the audience, not in cahoots with the performer, came onto the stage and, at Pinetti’s request, unbuttoned his shirt at the neck and cuffs. Pinetti, with just a few hand movements, drew the shirt off his body, even though the gentleman hadn’t removed a single item of clothing.

PINETTI’S CARD TRICK.

Pinetti eventually revealed the process by which this surprising result was obtained. He was moved to do so, because all those who saw the trick performed in the Theatre des Menus-Plaisirs held the conviction that the other party to it was in collusion with him. The public was not to be blamed for this erroneous conclusion, for not only at that time, but much later, many of the astonishing feats of the magician were effected through the complicity of assistants seated among the audience. Such confederates were called by the French, Compères and Commères, which translated into the vulgar vernacular, stand for “pals,” “cronies.” These gentlemen brought articles, of which the magician possessed duplicates, and loaned them—apparently as unrelated spectators—when such articles were asked for in {30} the course of the experiments. Robert-Houdin ended this régime of confederacy. When he asked for the loan of an article, he genuinely borrowed it, and exchanged it for a substitute by sleight of hand. This is the modern method. The following is Pinetti’s explanation of the shirt trick: “The means of performing this trick are the following—only observing that the clothes of the person whose shirt is to be pulled off be wide and easy: Begin by making him pull off his stock and unbuttonning his {31} shirt at the neck and sleeves, afterwards tie a little string in the buttonhole of the left sleeve; then, passing your hand behind his back, pull the shirt out of his breeches and slip it over his head; then, pulling it out before in the same manner, you will leave it on his stomach; after that, go to the right hand and pull the sleeve down, so as to have it all out of the arm; the shirt being then all of a heap, as well in the right sleeve as before the stomach, you are to make use of this little string fastened to the buttonhole of the left sleeve to get back the sleeve that must have slipt up, and to pull the whole shirt out that way. To hide your way of operating from the person whom you unshift, and from the assembly, you may cover his head with a lady’s cloak, holding a corner of it in your teeth. In order to be more at your ease, you may mount on a chair and do the whole operation under the cloak.”

Pinetti eventually explained how he achieved this surprising result. He felt compelled to do so because everyone who witnessed the trick performed at the Theatre des Menus-Plaisirs believed that his accomplice was in on it with him. The public’s error was understandable, as not only at that time but for a long while afterward, many of the magician’s astonishing feats were carried out with the help of collaborators hidden in the audience. These accomplices were called Compères and Commères in French, which translates roughly to “pals” or “cronies.” These gentlemen brought items that the magician had duplicates of and lent them—seemingly as casual spectators—when those items were requested during the performance. Robert-Houdin put an end to this practice of collusion. When he asked to borrow an item, he genuinely borrowed it and switched it for a duplicate using sleight of hand. This is the modern approach. Here’s Pinetti’s explanation of the shirt trick: “To perform this trick, ensure that the person whose shirt will be removed is wearing loose and comfortable clothing: Start by having him take off his scarf and unbutton his {31} shirt at the neck and sleeves. Next, tie a small string to the buttonhole of the left sleeve; then, while your hand is behind his back, pull the shirt out of his pants and pull it over his head. Afterward, pull it out in front in the same manner, leaving it on his stomach. Then, go to his right side and pull down the sleeve to make sure it’s completely out. When the shirt is bunched up, both in the right sleeve and in front of his stomach, use the little string attached to the buttonhole of the left sleeve to retrieve the sleeve that may have slipped up and pull the entire shirt out that way. To conceal your method from the person you’re operating on and the audience, you can cover his head with a lady’s cloak, holding one corner in your teeth. For added ease, you might stand on a chair and do the entire operation under the cloak.”

III.

Pinetti’s explanation of the shirt trick was contained in a work entitled Amusements Physiques, Paris, 1784. An edition in English of this book was published in London in the same year. It was called: “Amusements in physics, and various entertaining experiments, invented and executed at Paris and the various courts of Europe by the Chevalier M. Jean-Joseph Pinetti Willedale de Merci, Knight of the German Order of Merit of St. Philip, professor of mathematics and natural philosophy, pensioned by the Court of Prussia, patronized by all the Royal Family of France, aggregate of the Royal Academy of Sciences and Belle-Lettres of Bordeaux, etc.” As an exposé of conjuring feats in general this work was an imposition on the public. It was intended to mislead the reader. In spite of the high-sounding title of the work, it contained nothing outside of the solution of the “stolen shirt” mystery. There was no explanation of any trick upon which Pinetti set value, but merely experiments already published in preceding books on the juggler’s art, and which belonged to a long-past time, consisting mostly of chemical experiments and childish diversions. {32}

Pinetti’s explanation of the shirt trick was found in a work called Amusements Physiques, Paris, 1784. An English edition of this book was published in London the same year. It was titled: “Amusements in physics, and various entertaining experiments, invented and executed in Paris and the various courts of Europe by Chevalier M. Jean-Joseph Pinetti Willedale de Merci, Knight of the German Order of Merit of St. Philip, professor of mathematics and natural philosophy, pensioned by the Court of Prussia, supported by the entire Royal Family of France, member of the Royal Academy of Sciences and Belle-Lettres of Bordeaux, etc.” As an exposé of conjuring tricks in general, this work was a deception on the public. It was meant to mislead the reader. Despite the grand title, it offered nothing beyond the solution to the “stolen shirt” mystery. There was no explanation of any trick that Pinetti valued, just experiments already published in earlier books on juggling that belonged to a bygone era, mostly consisting of chemical experiments and childish amusements. {32}

This unworthy publication, and Pinetti’s custom of speaking of himself as endowed with preternatural powers, aroused an adversary in the person of M. Henri Decremps, of the Museum of Paris, an accomplished and enthusiastic lover of the art of magic. From him appeared a book entitled, La Magie blanche dévoilée, Paris, 1784, addressed, as he declares in the preface, not to the great public, since “the world loves to be deceived, and would rather believe the fairy tales of the imposter than the unvarnished truth of his opponent,” but to the real lovers of an entertaining art. As this work set forth the real explanation of Pinetti’s wonders, one may imagine what reception it met with from him and his admiring public. Characteristic of Pinetti is the manner in which he sought revenge on Decremps. In one of his performances he deplored the fact that an ignorant imposter, solely with the intent of injuring him (Pinetti), sought to reveal mysteries which his intelligence was insufficient to grasp. All knew to whom he referred, who had the slightest knowledge of Decremps. And what now ensued? Hardly had Pinetti finished speaking, when a shabbily-dressed and unprepossessing individual arose, assailed Pinetti with abuse and bade him take care, he would be fully exposed. The audience, indignant at the disturbance of an amusing performance, jeered the man from whom it proceeded, and made preparation to expel the poor devil. Here intervened, however, the “good” Pinetti. In conciliatory, kindly fashion, he accompanied his assailant to the door, ostentatiously presenting him also with several louis d’or as indemnification for the harshness shown him.

This unacceptable publication, along with Pinetti’s habit of claiming he had supernatural abilities, sparked a rivalry with M. Henri Decremps from the Museum of Paris, a skilled and passionate fan of magic. He published a book titled, La Magie blanche dévoilée, Paris, 1784, aimed not at the general public, as he states in the preface, since “people love to be fooled and would rather buy into the fairy tales of a fraud than the straightforward truth from his opponent,” but for true fans of entertaining art. Since this work explained Pinetti’s tricks, you can imagine how he and his loyal audience reacted to it. True to form, Pinetti sought revenge on Decremps in a particularly dramatic way. During one of his shows, he lamented that a misguided fraud, only intending to harm him, was attempting to expose secrets that he wasn’t smart enough to understand. Everyone who knew anything about Decremps understood who he was talking about. And what happened next? As soon as Pinetti finished speaking, a poorly dressed and unremarkable man stood up, attacked Pinetti verbally, and warned him that he would be fully exposed. The audience, irritated by the disruption of the entertaining show, mocked the man and prepared to kick him out. But then the “good” Pinetti stepped in. In a conciliatory, friendly manner, he escorted his attacker to the door, ostentatiously giving him several louis d’or as compensation for the way he had been treated.

L’Art de faire les Portraits à la Silhouette en Miniature à la manière angloise, à l’aide de la Chambre obscure.

The Art of Creating Miniature Silhouette Portraits in the English Style, Using the Camera Obscura.

Chap. VIII, pag. 55.

Chap. 8, p. 55.

H. DECREMPS, Né à Beduer en Querci, le 15. Avril. 1746.

H. DECREMPS, born in Beduer in Querci, on April 15, 1746.

Il a su démasquer, dans ses heureux Écrits,
Du grand art de jongler les trop nombreux Apôtres.
Il eut des envieux, mais encor plus d’amis,
Et mérita d’avoir & les uns & les autres.
Par M. Sal * * *.
M. DECREMPS

Needless to explain, the expelled intruder was not the author of the book in question, but genuinely a “poor devil” who played his part in the comedy, for a money consideration. However, Decremps was an able man, who could act with as much shrewdness as energy. In 1785 he followed his first book with a second, explaining Pinetti’s newest tricks, the self-playing organ, artificial snakes and birds, chess-playing automatons, ascending balloons in human shape, perpetual motion, learned animals, automatic flute playing, etc. The handling of the topic is much more thorough than in the first volume, and the matter interestingly set forth. It is in the form of letters of travel; the author {34} in company with a Mr. Hill, an Englishman, traverses distant lands, where remarkable and astonishing things are met with, and the causes and construction which bring about their wonderful results, are ascertained and explained.

Needless to say, the expelled intruder was not the author of the book in question, but genuinely a “poor devil” who played his role in the show for a fee. However, Decremps was a capable man, who could act with both cleverness and energy. In 1785 he followed up his first book with a second, explaining Pinetti’s latest tricks, including the self-playing organ, artificial snakes and birds, chess-playing automatons, humanoid balloons, perpetual motion, trained animals, automatic flute playing, and more. The treatment of the topic is much more detailed than in the first volume, and the content is presented in an engaging manner. It is structured as travel letters; the author {34} accompanies a Mr. Hill, an Englishman, as they explore distant lands, encountering remarkable and astonishing things while discovering and explaining the causes and construction behind their amazing results.

They reach the Cape of Good Hope, where, amid a savage population, with many arts of refined civilization, they encounter a wizard, who, in a bombastic declaration, extols his own wonder-working powers. In the course of the narrative these feats are described and their operation explained. The behavior of the wizard is amusingly depicted. How strenuously he denies the truth of the solution of his wonders found by the strangers; how he endeavors, by means of every artifice, to hoodwink the public; how he first strives, through cunning and bribery, then through abuse and injury, to rid himself of his dangerous adversaries—in all this is Pinetti’s character so intimately pictured that we cannot err in supposing this entire portion of the book directed solely against him. And what name does he give the wizard? He calls him “Pilferer.” Decidedly, Decremps could be severe.

They arrive at the Cape of Good Hope, where, surrounded by a savage population but also advanced in many aspects of culture, they meet a wizard who, in a grandiose statement, boasts about his miraculous abilities. Throughout the story, these feats are detailed, and their workings are explained. The wizard's behavior is portrayed humorously. He vehemently denies the explanations for his wonders discovered by the outsiders; he tries, using every trick in the book, to deceive the public; and he initially attempts to get rid of his dangerous challengers through manipulation and bribes, then resorts to threats and violence. Pinetti’s character is depicted so clearly in all of this that we can safely assume that this entire section of the book is aimed specifically at him. And what does he call the wizard? He refers to him as "Pilferer." Clearly, Decremps could be quite harsh.

These books were translated into English in 1785, and published as a single volume, under the title of The Conjurer Unmasked, etc.

These books were translated into English in 1785 and published as a single volume titled The Conjurer Unmasked, etc.

Pinetti, who was an original genius, sought to overcome the effects of Decremps’ revelations in other ways besides chicanery. He invented new illusions, performed his old tricks with greater dash and brilliancy, and added new appointments to his mise en scène, to dazzle and overcome the spectators. His patter was unceasing and convincing. But now was heard the distant thunder of the approaching social upheaval—the French Revolution. The political horizon was full of black clouds. The people of Paris began to desert the theatres for clubs and cafés, there to enter upon political discussions. Pinetti, seeing the audiences of his Temple of Magic dwindling away, packed up his apparatus and went to England, which is the immediate aim of all fugitives from France.

Pinetti, a true original, looked for ways to deal with the impact of Decremps’ revelations beyond just trickery. He created new illusions, performed his classic tricks with more flair and brilliance, and enhanced his mise en scène to amaze and impress the audience. His chatter was endless and persuasive. But in the background, the rumble of the approaching social upheaval—the French Revolution—could be heard. The political climate was dark and foreboding. People in Paris started leaving the theaters for clubs and cafés, where they engaged in political debates. Noticing the crowds at his Temple of Magic dwindling, Pinetti packed up his gear and headed to England, a common destination for those fleeing France.

During his stay in London he made the following announcement in the newspapers: “The Chevalier Pinetti and his consort will exhibit most wonderful, stupendous and absolutely {35} inimitable, mechanical, physical and philosophical pieces, which his recent deep scrutiny in these sciences, and assiduous exertion, have enabled him to invent and construct; among which Chevalier Pinetti will have the special honor and satisfaction of exhibiting various experiments, of new discovery, no less curious than seemingly incredulous, particularly that of Mme. Pinetti being seated in one of the front boxes with a handkerchief over her eyes and guessing at everything imagined and proposed to her by any person in the company.” Here we have the first mention of the “Second-Sight” trick, which Robert-Houdin re-invented sixty-one years later, and which Robert Heller, not many years ago, by using electricity combined with verbal signals, made into such an astonishing feat of magic. The teachings of Mesmer and the so-called sorcery of Cagliostro, evidently suggested the idea of this pretended clairvoyance to Pinetti. Truly was the Chevalier an original and creative genius. His repertoire consisted almost entirely of his own inventions, and eclipsed those of contemporary conjurers. His rope-tying experiments were the prototypes for the cabinet evolutions of modern mediums.

During his time in London, he made the following announcement in the newspapers: “The Chevalier Pinetti and his partner will showcase the most amazing, incredible, and absolutely {35} unique mechanical, physical, and philosophical creations, which his recent in-depth research in these fields and dedicated effort have allowed him to invent and create; among these, Chevalier Pinetti will have the special privilege and pleasure of presenting various experiments of new discovery, just as curious as they are seemingly unbelievable, especially the one where Mme. Pinetti sits in one of the front boxes with a handkerchief over her eyes, accurately guessing everything suggested to her by anyone in the audience.” This is the first mention of the “Second-Sight” trick, which Robert-Houdin reinvented sixty-one years later, and which Robert Heller, not long ago, transformed into an astonishing magic performance by using electricity combined with verbal signals. The teachings of Mesmer and the so-called sorcery of Cagliostro clearly inspired the idea of this feigned clairvoyance for Pinetti. Truly, Chevalier Pinetti was an original and creative genius. His repertoire was almost entirely made up of his own inventions, outshining those of other magicians of his time. His rope-tying tricks served as the basis for the stage performances of modern mediums.

IV.

Late in the year 1769, Pinetti appeared in Hamburg and exhibited with great success in the “Drillhause,” where Degabriel and Philadelphia had played previously. From there he went to the principal cities of Germany and arrived at Berlin, where, in the then “Doebbelin’schen Theatre,” in the Behrenstrasse, he produced his “Amusements Physiques,” and soon became the avowed idol of the public.

Late in 1769, Pinetti showed up in Hamburg and had a great success at the “Drillhause,” where Degabriel and Philadelphia had performed before. From there, he traveled to the major cities in Germany and reached Berlin, where, at the then “Doebbelin’schen Theatre” on Behrenstrasse, he presented his “Amusements Physiques” and quickly became the undisputed favorite of the public.

In August, 1796, he appeared in Hamburg, at the French Theatre, on the Drehbahn, where his receipts were considerable. Such was not the case, however, in Altona, whose inhabitants were distinguished by lack of interest in any manifestation of his art. He gave there three exhibitions, which terminated with two empty houses. In Bremen, whither he next turned, the public was even more indifferent than in Altona, so that he abandoned the intention of performing there, returned to Berlin and there remained for some time. {36}

In August 1796, he showed up in Hamburg at the French Theatre on the Drehbahn, where he made a good amount of money. However, that wasn't the case in Altona, where the locals showed a notable lack of interest in his art. He held three performances there, but two of them had no audience at all. In Bremen, where he went next, the public was even more uninterested than in Altona, so he decided to skip performing there and returned to Berlin, where he stayed for a while. {36}

Pinetti derived large profits from his entertainments. His entrance fee was by no means low. In Hamburg and Berlin, for instance, the price of the best places was a thaler—equivalent at present values to about ten marks, $2.50. Pinetti saw carefully to the comfort and pleasure of his patrons, and heightened the effect of his skill by every available means. The eye was gratified by the splendor of the scenic accessories. In the middle of the stage, upon a superb carpet, stood two massive tables, which served in performance of the experiments. They were covered with scarlet cloths, bordered with broad stripes of dark velvet, richly embroidered in gold and silver. Further in the background stood a larger and a smaller table, with the same decorations, and with relatively slender and elaborately carved legs. Close to the rear of the stage, with a cover extending to the carpet, was a very long table which was set forth with magnificent candelabra and brilliant apparatus. The above-mentioned tables were not moved from their places. In the middle of the stage, hung from the ceiling an immense chandelier of crystal, with countless candles. The artist made his entrance and exit through silken hangings.

Pinetti made a lot of money from his shows. His admission fee was definitely not cheap. In cities like Hamburg and Berlin, for example, the price for the best seats was a thaler—equivalent today to about ten marks, or $2.50. Pinetti paid close attention to the comfort and enjoyment of his audience, enhancing the impact of his talent using every available method. The visuals impressed with the elegance of the stage decorations. In the center of the stage, on an exquisite carpet, were two large tables used for his experiments. They were draped in scarlet cloths bordered with wide dark velvet stripes, richly embroidered with gold and silver. In the back stood a larger and a smaller table, similarly decorated with slender, intricately carved legs. Towards the rear of the stage was a long table that extended onto the carpet, adorned with stunning candelabra and brilliant equipment. The previously mentioned tables remained in place. Hanging from the ceiling in the center of the stage was a massive crystal chandelier with countless candles. The artist made his entrance and exit through silk drapes.

As in Paris, so also in Berlin, Pinetti found an adversary, in the person of Kosmann, professor of physics, who in daily and periodical publications sought to explain Pinetti’s experiments. These elucidations were collected, bound together and published in Berlin in the year 1797. The English translation of the title is as follows: Chevalier Pinetti’s Recreations in Physics, or Explanation of His Tricks. As with Decremps, so fared it with Kosmann. His explanations did not meet with public accord, and the contemporary press denominated the two authors “who sought to belittle Pinetti’s skill,” as mere apprentices compared with the latter, and their expositions “shallow and unsatisfactory.” Naturally! The laity invariably form a false conception of the nature of the art of magic. They suppose the most complicated mechanism in the apparatus which the artist uses, and overestimate the manual skill of the performer; and when their ability is insufficient to explain matters after their own fashion, they prefer to endow the performer with preternatural power rather than accept the “shallow” elucidations of {37} “ignorant” expounders. They do not realize that every trick is only what the artist is able to make it, and that the simplest illusion may take an imposing aspect through the accessories thrown about it and the manner in which it is presented.

As in Paris, in Berlin too, Pinetti faced a challenger in Kosmann, a physics professor, who tried to explain Pinetti’s experiments in daily and periodical articles. These explanations were compiled, published, and bound together in Berlin in 1797. The English translation of the title is: Chevalier Pinetti’s Recreations in Physics, or Explanation of His Tricks. Just like with Decremps, Kosmann's explanations were not well received by the public, and the contemporary press referred to the two authors "who tried to undermine Pinetti’s talent," as mere amateurs compared to him, and their explanations as "shallow and unsatisfactory." Naturally! The general public often misunderstands the nature of magic. They think there’s a complex mechanism involved in the apparatus that the performer uses and overrate the performer’s manual skills; and when they can’t explain things in their own way, they prefer to credit the performer with supernatural powers rather than accept the "shallow" explanations from "uninformed" commentators. They don’t realize that every trick is only what the artist can make it, and that the simplest illusion can appear grand based on the props used and the way it’s presented.

Whatever opinion the laity might have of these works, their value was in no wise lessened for the instructed. Robert-Houdin, an incontestable connoisseur, as well as a “classical” witness, calls the work of M. Decremps, White Magic Unveiled—the first edition of which could not have been unknown to the Berlin professor—“an excellent work.”

Whatever the general public thinks of these works, their value isn't diminished for the knowledgeable few. Robert-Houdin, an undeniable expert and a “classical” authority, refers to M. Decremps' work, White Magic Unveiled—the first edition of which the Berlin professor surely knew—“an excellent work.”

V.

At the beginning of the carnival of 1798, Pinetti appeared in Naples, and saw the whole city crowding to his performances.

At the start of the 1798 carnival, Pinetti showed up in Naples and watched as the entire city gathered for his shows.

Among the constant visitors to his theatre (on the strand) was numbered a young French nobleman, Count de Grisy, who had settled in Naples as a physician, and was a welcome guest in the most distinguished circles of the town. A passionate lover of the art of magic, he succeeded in finding the key to a large portion of Pinetti’s experiments, and amused himself in the closest circles of his intimates, by repeating them. His ability became generally known, and gained for him a kind of celebrity; he was invited to perform in the most aristocratic salons, but through modesty seldom accepted.

Among the regular visitors to his theatre (on the strand) was a young French nobleman, Count de Grisy, who had settled in Naples as a doctor and was a welcomed guest in the most elite circles of the town. A passionate lover of the art of magic, he managed to unlock many of Pinetti’s tricks and entertained his close friends by performing them. His talent became well-known, earning him a sort of celebrity; he was invited to perform in the most exclusive salons but often declined due to his modesty.

Finally his fame came to the ears of Pinetti, who was so much the more chagrined because of the fact that people of fashion, who had at first thronged his theatre, now were deserting him. Nevertheless, he listened with apparent pleasure to the reports given him of De Grisy’s skill, and sought to gain the acquaintance of the young physician. He frankly proffered his friendship, initiated De Grisy into his mysteries, and showed him the arrangement of his stage. The familiarity which Pinetti openly and intentionally displayed towards him might have displeased the young man under other circumstances, but his passion for magic and the persuasive eloquence which Pinetti employed to arouse his ambition, made him blind to conduct, which, {38} in the mind of one more versed in men, might have awakened suspicion.

Finally, his fame reached Pinetti, who felt even more frustrated because the fashionable crowd that once flocked to his theater was now abandoning him. Still, he pretended to enjoy hearing about De Grisy’s talent and tried to befriend the young doctor. He openly offered his friendship, introduced De Grisy to his secrets, and showed him how his stage was set up. The familiarity Pinetti displayed might have upset the young man in other situations, but his passion for magic and Pinetti's persuasive charm to ignite his ambition blinded him to behavior that, {38} in the eyes of someone more experienced with people, might have raised some red flags.

So Pinetti succeeded, finally, in overcoming De Grisy’s timidity in regard to a public appearance. He repeated the most flattering assurances of the latter’s skill, and urged him to give a performance for the benefit of the poor of Naples. He would, declared Pinetti, attract a more distinguished audience than he himself could hope to do; and so, De Grisy, who had already earned the gratitude of the poor, would become their greatest benefactor in all the city. Pinetti would himself make all previous arrangements most carefully, and would, moreover, hold himself in readiness, behind the scenes, to come to the young performer’s assistance, if required. De Grisy at last gave reluctant consent. Fortune seemed to favor him, moreover, for the King signified his intention to attend in company with his entire court.

So Pinetti finally managed to get De Grisy over his shyness about performing in public. He kept giving the most flattering compliments about De Grisy's talent and encouraged him to put on a show to help the poor in Naples. Pinetti insisted that De Grisy would draw a more distinguished crowd than he could ever hope to attract; thus, De Grisy, who had already earned the gratitude of the less fortunate, would become their greatest benefactor in the city. Pinetti promised to handle all the arrangements meticulously and would also be ready backstage to assist the young performer if needed. De Grisy eventually agreed, albeit reluctantly. Luck seemed to be on his side, too, as the King announced that he would attend along with his entire court.

August 20, 1798, this extraordinary exhibition took place. The house was packed. The royal family received the young French emigrant with tokens of favor and sympathy. De Grisy, confident of success, was in the happiest mood, but in his very first experiment a bitter disillusion awaited him. A secret confederate, posted by Pinetti, had loaned a ring to carry out the already-described trick, “The Recovered Ring,” which was properly found in the mouth of the great fish. Conscious of the success of this loudly-applauded feat, De Grisy bowed his thanks, when an angry remonstrance was heard from the person who had loaned the ring. This man declared that in lieu of his costly gold ring, set with diamonds, there had been returned to him a trumpery imitation set with ordinary glass stones. A long and painful discussion ensued, and De Grisy owed it only to his tact that he finally extricated himself from the affair. He was not clear himself as to whether the ring had somehow been changed, or whether the assistant played a role from some secret motive.

On August 20, 1798, this incredible show took place. The venue was packed. The royal family welcomed the young French emigrant with signs of support and sympathy. De Grisy, confident of his success, was in a great mood, but his very first trick brought a harsh disappointment. A secret ally, set up by Pinetti, had lent a ring to perform the already-mentioned trick, “The Recovered Ring,” which was supposedly found in the mouth of the large fish. Aware of the success of this well-received stunt, De Grisy expressed his gratitude, when suddenly an angry protest came from the person who had lent the ring. This individual claimed that instead of his expensive gold ring, adorned with diamonds, he had received a cheap imitation with ordinary glass stones. A lengthy and uncomfortable debate followed, and it was only thanks to De Grisy's diplomacy that he managed to get out of the situation. He wasn't sure himself whether the ring had actually been swapped or if the assistant had a hidden agenda.

He proceeded to the performance of his next experiment with less concern, in that no secret confederate was needed. He approached the King’s box and asked him to do him the honor of drawing a card from a pack he tendered. The King complied with much graciousness; but scarcely had he looked at it than {39} he flung it to the ground with every mark of his displeasure. De Grisy, confounded, picked up the card, and read on it a scandalous insult to the king, in Pinetti’s handwriting! An attempt to explain and clear himself was checked by an imperative gesture from the King. The betrayed man, who now understood the situation, distracted with rage, rushed behind the scenes with the intent to kill his deceitful friend. Like a maniac he traversed every portion of the house, but the Chevalier Pinetti had disappeared, as though the earth had swallowed him! Wherever De Grisy now showed himself, he was received with jeers, hisses and insults from his audience, until he fell senseless and was borne by servants to his house. After his rival’s removal, Pinetti appeared as though by chance; whereupon several persons in the secret called on him to continue the performance, to which he courteously acceded, and gained enthusiastic plaudits.

He went into his next experiment with less worry since he didn’t need a secret partner. He approached the King’s box and asked if he could have the honor of drawing a card from the deck he offered. The King graciously agreed, but as soon as he looked at it, he threw it to the ground in a fit of anger. De Grisy, stunned, picked up the card and saw a scandalous insult directed at the King, written in Pinetti’s handwriting! When he tried to explain and defend himself, the King silenced him with a commanding gesture. Realizing his betrayal, De Grisy, furious, stormed backstage intending to confront his deceitful friend. He frantically searched every part of the venue, but the Chevalier Pinetti had vanished as if the ground had swallowed him! Everywhere De Grisy went, he was met with jeers, hisses, and insults from the audience until he collapsed and was carried home by servants. After De Grisy was gone, Pinetti reappeared as if by coincidence; several insiders then urged him to continue the show, which he politely agreed to, earning enthusiastic applause.

During a violent fever which ensued, De Grisy constantly called in his delirium for revenge on Pinetti; but the latter quitted Naples soon after the occurrence. Poor De Grisy was socially and professionally tabooed by the aristocracy of Naples. Pinetti’s revenge seemed complete.

During a severe fever that followed, De Grisy kept calling out in his delirium for revenge on Pinetti; however, Pinetti left Naples shortly after the incident. Poor De Grisy was shunned by both social and professional circles in Naples. Pinetti's revenge appeared to be total.

Though De Grisy thoroughly comprehended the contemptible ruse of his opponent, he was long in uncertainty how to punish him. His first impulse was to challenge the magician to fight a duel, but that idea he rejected. Pinetti was not worthy of such an honor. For the purpose of completing his restoration to health, De Grisy passed some time in the quiet of the country, and here the thought occurred to him to fight his betrayer with his own weapons, and, in this contest, to either conquer or wholly abandon all ideas of revenge. He set himself for half a year to the most assiduous study, in order to attain perfection in the art of magic, not merely equal to Pinetti’s, but superior to it. He improved on many of his rival’s experiments, invented new ones, and expended his entire fortune in providing apparatus and decorations which should cast into the shade Pinetti’s superb appointments.

Though De Grisy completely understood the despicable trick of his opponent, he spent a long time unsure how to retaliate. His first instinct was to challenge the magician to a duel, but he quickly dismissed that idea. Pinetti wasn't worthy of such an honor. To focus on his recovery, De Grisy spent some time in the peaceful countryside, where the idea came to him to confront his betrayer using his own methods, and in this challenge, either win or completely give up any thoughts of revenge. For six months, he dedicated himself to intense study to achieve mastery in magic, not just to match Pinetti, but to surpass him. He improved on many of his rival's tricks, created new ones, and poured his entire fortune into acquiring equipment and stagecraft that would overshadow Pinetti's impressive setup.

And now issued De Grisy forth to a duel, bloodless, it is true, but none the less a struggle to the death. {40}

And now De Grisy stepped forward for a duel, bloodless, it’s true, but still a fight to the death. {40}

He learned that Pinetti had, in the meantime, visited the principal cities of central Italy, and had just left Lucca with the view of visiting Bologna next; later Modena, Parma, Piacenza, etc. Without loss of time, De Grisy took his way to Modena, in order to forestall his rival there, and debar him from any further performances. The latter had already caused the announcement of his forthcoming entertainments to be spread over the city, and the Modena journals had widely advertised the speedy coming of the wonder worker, when suddenly the exhibitions of the “Count de Grisy, the French escamoteur,” were announced. The people crowded the house from top to bottom. De Grisy’s success was unparalleled. Then, as the date for Pinetti’s appearance drew near, he left the town and went to Parma. Pinetti had no faith in De Grisy’s success, and installed himself in the same theatre which the latter had lately quitted, in reliance on his own celebrity. But here began that humiliating experience which was henceforth to be his lot. The town was sated with this species of entertainment, and the Chevalier’s house was empty. Still, accustomed to take the highest place, he would not yield to a “novice.” Accordingly, he directed his steps to Parma immediately, and established himself in a theatre just opposite to De Grisy’s. In vain! He had the mortification of seeing his house deserted, while his rival’s was constantly filled. Nevertheless, Pinetti would not yield, but wheresoever De Grisy went he followed.

He learned that Pinetti had visited the main cities of central Italy and had just left Lucca to head to Bologna next, and then Modena, Parma, Piacenza, and so on. Without wasting any time, De Grisy made his way to Modena to get there before his rival and prevent him from performing. Pinetti had already spread the word about his upcoming shows throughout the city, and the Modena newspapers had widely advertised the arrival of the amazing performer, when suddenly the shows of “Count de Grisy, the French magician,” were announced. The crowd packed the venue completely. De Grisy’s success was unmatched. Then, as the date for Pinetti’s show approached, he left town and went to Parma. Pinetti didn’t believe De Grisy would succeed and took over the same theater that De Grisy had recently vacated, trusting in his own fame. But here began the humiliating experience that would continue to follow him. The town was tired of this type of entertainment, and the Chevalier’s theater was empty. Still, used to being at the top, he refused to give in to a “novice.” So, he quickly headed to Parma and set up in a theater directly across from De Grisy’s. It was useless! He was mortified to see his theater deserted while his rival’s was always full. Nevertheless, Pinetti refused to back down, and wherever De Grisy went, he followed.

Thus were visited, one after another, Piacenza, Cremona, Mantua, Vicenza, Padua, and Venice, whose walls witnessed the embittered strife of the two rivals, until Pinetti, whose most zealous supporters were turning recreant, could blind himself no longer to the fact that he had lost the game which he and De Grisy had been playing. He closed his theatre and betook himself to Russia.

Thus were visited, one after another, Piacenza, Cremona, Mantua, Vicenza, Padua, and Venice, whose walls witnessed the bitter conflict between the two rivals, until Pinetti, whose most loyal supporters were abandoning him, could no longer ignore the fact that he had lost the game he and De Grisy had been playing. He closed his theater and headed to Russia.

For a short time it seemed as though Fortune would indemnify him for his ill luck. But, after having for so long showered her favors on him, it now appeared that she had finally and definitely turned her back upon him. Long and severe illness exhausted not only his vigor, but the slender means he had saved from shipwreck. Pinetti fell into the most abject want. A {41} nobleman in the village of Bartitschoff in Volhynien took him in from pity. And thus, at the turn of the century, ended the life of this richly gifted artist, who was so wanting in nobility of spirit.

For a brief moment, it seemed like luck would make up for his misfortunes. But after showering him with blessings for so long, it now felt like luck had completely abandoned him. A long and serious illness sapped not only his strength but also the little savings he had managed to keep from the shipwreck. Pinetti fell into deep poverty. A {41} nobleman in the village of Bartitschoff in Volhynia took him in out of compassion. And so, at the turn of the century, the life of this talented artist, who lacked nobility of spirit, came to an end.

The extraordinary story of Pinetti’s downfall was told to Robert-Houdin by De Grisy himself, and is given at length in Houdin’s memoirs. Pinetti had married a Russian girl, the daughter of a carriage-maker. By her he had two children. He was hardly fifty when he died. Etienne-Gaspard Robertson when traveling in Russia met the widow Pinetti at Bialistock. She showed him her husband’s cabinet of physics and endeavored to sell it to him, but he did not purchase it. However, he bought a medallion, set with diamonds, and a ring which the Czar had presented to Pinetti. Says Robertson, in his memoirs: “Pinetti had the audacity to ask the Russian Emperor to stand god-father for his children at the baptismal font, and the Emperor actually consented.”

The incredible story of Pinetti’s downfall was shared with Robert-Houdin by De Grisy himself and is detailed in Houdin’s memoirs. Pinetti had married a Russian woman, the daughter of a carriage maker, and they had two children together. He was barely fifty when he passed away. Etienne-Gaspard Robertson, while traveling in Russia, met Pinetti’s widow in Bialistock. She showed him her husband’s physics cabinet and tried to sell it to him, but he wasn't interested. However, he did buy a diamond-set medallion and a ring that the Czar had given to Pinetti. Robertson writes in his memoirs: “Pinetti had the boldness to ask the Russian Emperor to be the godfather for his children at the baptism, and the Emperor actually agreed.”

To me this seems nothing wonderful.

To me, this doesn't seem amazing at all.

Why should not the greatest conjurer of the age ask a favor of the greatest autocrat? Both were sovereigns in their particular domain.

Why shouldn't the greatest magician of the time ask for a favor from the greatest ruler? Both were masters in their own realms.

CAGLIOSTRO—A STUDY IN CHARLATANISM.

“Mundus vult decipi, ergo decipiatur.”—Latin Proverb.

“Mundus vult decipi, ergo decipiatur.”—Latin Proverb.

“The pseudo-mystic, who deceives the world because he knows that the world wishes to be deceived, becomes an attractive subject for psy­cho­log­i­cal analysis.”—HUGO MÜNSTERBERG: Psychology and Life.

“The fake mystic, who tricks the world because he understands that the world wants to be fooled, becomes an interesting topic for psychological analysis.”—HUGO Münsterberg: Psychology and Life.

“Unparalleled Cagliostro! Looking at thy so attractively decorated private theatre, wherein thou actedst and livedst, what hand but itches to draw aside thy curtain; overhaul thy pasteboards, paint-pots, paper-mantles, stage-lamps, and turning the whole inside out, find thee in the middle thereof!”—CARLYLE: Miscellaneous Essays.

“Unmatched Cagliostro! Looking at your beautifully decorated private theater, where you performed and lived, which hand wouldn’t want to pull back the curtain, rummage through your props, paint, paper decorations, and stage lights, and turn the whole place inside out to find you in the middle of it all!”—Carlyle: Miscellaneous Essays.

I.

In the summer of 1893, I was in Paris, partly on business, partly on pleasure. In the Figaro one day, shortly after my arrival, I read about the marvelous exhibitions of magic of M. Caroly, who was attracting crowds to his séances diaboliques at the Capucine Theatre of the Isola Brothers. I went to see the nineteenth-century necromancer exhibit his marvels. I saw some very clever illusions performed during the evening, but nothing that excited my especial interest as a devotee of the weird and wonderful, until the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur came to his pièce de résistance—the Mask of Balsamo. That aroused my flagging attention. M. Caroly brought forward a small table, undraped, which he placed in the center aisle of the theatre; and then passed around for examination the mask of a man, very much resembling a death-mask, but unlike that ghastly memento mori in the particulars that it was exquisitely modeled in wax and artistically colored.

In the summer of 1893, I was in Paris, partly for business and partly for pleasure. One day in the Figaro, shortly after I arrived, I read about the amazing magic shows by M. Caroly, who was drawing large crowds to his séances diaboliques at the Capucine Theatre of the Isola Brothers. I decided to check out the nineteenth-century magician showcasing his wonders. I saw some really impressive illusions performed throughout the evening, but nothing that truly captured my interest as someone fond of the strange and extraordinary, until the magician presented his pièce de résistance—the Mask of Balsamo. That grabbed my diminishing attention. M. Caroly brought out a small, uncovered table, placing it in the center aisle of the theater; then he passed around for examination a mask of a man, which closely resembled a death mask, but unlike that disturbing memento mori, it was beautifully crafted in wax and artistically colored.

“Messieurs et mesdames,” said the professor of magic and mystery, “this mask is a perfect likeness of Joseph Balsamo, Count de Cagliostro, the famous sorcerer of the eighteenth {43} century. It is a reproduction of a death-mask which is contained in the secret museum of the Vatican at Rome. Behold! I lay the mask upon this table in your midst. Ask any question you please and it will respond.”

“Ladies and gentlemen,” said the professor of magic and mystery, “this mask is a perfect representation of Joseph Balsamo, Count de Cagliostro, the famous sorcerer of the eighteenth century. It is a reproduction of a death mask that is kept in the secret museum of the Vatican in Rome. Here! I place the mask on this table before you. Feel free to ask any question and it will respond.”

The mask rocked to and fro with weird effect at the bidding of the conjurer, rapping out frequent answers to queries put by the spectators. It was an ingenious electrical trick.7 Being already acquainted with the secret of the surprising experiment in natural magic, I evinced no emotion at the extraordinary behavior of the mask. But I was intensely interested in the mask itself. Was it indeed a true likeness of the great Cagliostro, the prince of charlatans? I repaired to the manager’s office at the close of the soirée magique, and sought an introduction to M. Caroly.

The mask swayed back and forth in a strange way at the conjurer's command, giving quick responses to questions from the audience. It was a clever electrical trick. Since I already knew the secret behind the surprising natural magic experiment, I didn't show any reaction to the mask’s unusual movements. But I was really intrigued by the mask itself. Was it actually a true likeness of the great Cagliostro, the king of con artists? After the soirée magique, I went to the manager’s office to ask for an introduction to M. Caroly.

“Is monsieur an aspiring amateur who wishes to take lessons in legerdemain?”

“Is the gentleman an aspiring amateur who wants to take lessons in sleight of hand?”

“No!” I replied.

“No!” I said.

“Pardon! Then monsieur is desirous of purchasing the secrets of some of the little jeux?”

“Excuse me! So, sir, are you looking to buy the secrets of some of the little games?”

I replied as before in the negative. The manager shrugged his shoulders, toyed with his ponderous watch-chain, and elevated his eyebrows inquiringly.

I answered as I had before, saying no. The manager shrugged his shoulders, played with his heavy watch chain, and raised his eyebrows in question.

“I simply wish to ascertain whether the mask of Balsamo was really modeled from a genuine death-mask of the old-world wizard.”

“I just want to find out if the mask of Balsamo was actually made from a real death mask of the ancient wizard.”

“Monsieur, I can answer that question,” said the theatrical man, “without an appeal to the artist who performed this evening. It was taken from a likeness of the eighteenth-century sorcerer, not a death-mask as stated, but a rare old medallion cast in the year 1785. Unfortunately this is not in our possession.”

“Sir, I can answer that question,” said the dramatic man, “without needing to ask the artist who performed tonight. It was based on a likeness of the 18th-century sorcerer, not a death mask as mentioned, but a rare old medallion made in 1785. Unfortunately, we don’t have it.”

7 “The secret of the trick is as follows: That part of the wood which forms the chin is replaced by a small strip of iron, which is painted the same color as the mask, so that it cannot be seen; an electro-magnet is let into the top of the table, so that the cores shall be opposite the strip of iron when the mask is laid upon the table. Contact is made by means of a push-button somewhere in the side scenes; the wires run under the stage, and connection is made through the legs of the table when the legs are set on the foreordained place.”—Hopkins’ Magic, etc.

7 “The secret of the trick is simple: The part of the wood that forms the chin is replaced with a small strip of iron, painted the same color as the mask so it’s invisible. An electromagnet is installed at the top of the table, ensuring the magnet aligns with the iron strip when the mask is placed on the table. Contact is triggered by a push-button located in the side scenes; the wires run beneath the stage, connecting through the table legs when they are positioned in the designated spot.” —Hopkins’ Magic, etc.

{44}

I thanked the manager for his information. The story about the death-mask in the possession of the Vatican was simply a part of the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur’s patter, but everything is permissible in a conjuring séance.

I thanked the manager for the information. The story about the death mask owned by the Vatican was just part of the magician's routine, but anything goes in a magic show.

I went home to the little hotel where I lodged in the historic Rue de Beaune, a stone’s throw from the house where Voltaire died. In my bedroom, over the carved oak mantel, was a curious old mirror set in a tarnished gilt frame, a relic of the eighteenth century. Said I to myself: “Would this were a ghost-glass, a veritable mirror of Nostradamus, wherein I might conjure up a phan­tas­ma­goria of that vanished Paris of long ago.” Possessed with this fantastic idea, I retired to rest, closed in the crimson curtains of the antique four-poster, and was soon wafted into the land of dreams. Strange visions filled my brain. In the mirror I seemed to see Cagliostro searching for the “elixir of life,” in the laboratory of the Hotel de Strasbourg, while near him stood the Cardinal de Rohan, breathlessly awaiting the results of the mystic operation. The red glow from the alchemist’s furnace illumined the great necromancer with a coppery splendor.

I went back to the little hotel where I stayed on the historic Rue de Beaune, just a short walk from the house where Voltaire died. In my bedroom, above the carved oak mantel, there was a strange old mirror in a tarnished gold frame, a relic from the eighteenth century. I thought to myself, “If only this were a ghost mirror, a true mirror of Nostradamus, where I could summon up a vision of that faded Paris from long ago.” With this whimsical idea in mind, I went to sleep, closed the crimson curtains of the antique four-poster bed, and soon drifted off into the dream world. Odd visions filled my mind. In the mirror, I seemed to see Cagliostro searching for the “elixir of life” in the laboratory of the Hotel de Strasbourg, while the Cardinal de Rohan stood nearby, eagerly waiting for the results of the mystical experiment. The red glow from the alchemist’s furnace bathed the great magician in a coppery light.

Cagliostro! Cagliostro! I was pursued all the next day, and for weeks afterward, with visions of the enchanter. “Ah, wretched mask of Balsamo,” I said to myself, “why have you bewitched me thus with your false oleaginous smile?” I took to haunting the book-stalls and antiquarian shops of the Quai Voltaire, in the hope of picking up some old medallion or rare print of the arch-quack. The second-hand literature of the world may be found here. Amid the flotsam and jetsam of old books tossed upon this inhospitable shore of literary endeavor many a precious Elzevir or Aldus has been picked up. My labors were not in vain. I was fortunate in discovering a quaint little volume, the life of Cagliostro, translated from the Italian work printed under the auspices of the Apostolic Chamber, Rome, 1790. It was entitled Vie de Joseph Balsamo, Connu Sous le Nom de Comte Cagliostro. Traduite d’après l’original italien, imprimé à la Chambre Apostolique; enrichie de Notes curieuses, et ornée de son Portrait. Paris et Strasbourg, 1791. The frontispiece was an engraved portrait of Cagliostro. Yes, here {45} was the great magician staring at me from out the musty, faded pages of a quaint old chronicle. A world of cunning lay revealed in the depths of his bold, gleaming eyes. His thick lips wore a smile of Luciferian subtlety. Here, indeed, was a study for Lavater. Here was the biography of the famous sorcerer of the old régime, the prince of charlatans, who foretold the fall of the Bastille, the bosom friend of the Cardinal de Rohan, and founder of the Egyptian Rite of Freemasonry. Fascinated with the subject of magic and magicians, I visited the Bibliothèque Nationale and dipped into the literature on Cagliostro. Subsequently, at the British Museum, I examined the rare brochures and old files of the Courrier de l’Europe for information concerning the incomparable necromancer, who made use of hypnotism, and, like Mesmer, performed many strange feats of pseudo-magic, and made numerous cures of diseases which baffled the medicos of the time.8

Cagliostro! Cagliostro! I was haunted all the next day, and for weeks after, by visions of the enchanter. “Oh, miserable mask of Balsamo,” I thought to myself, “why have you enchanted me with your false, oily smile?” I started visiting the book stalls and antique shops on the Quai Voltaire, hoping to find some old medallion or rare print of the arch-quack. You can discover the world’s second-hand literature here. Among the clutter of old books tossed on this unwelcoming shore of literary endeavor, many a valuable Elzevir or Aldus has been uncovered. My efforts were not wasted. I was lucky to find a charming little book, the life of Cagliostro, translated from the Italian work printed under the auspices of the Apostolic Chamber in Rome, 1790. It was titled Vie de Joseph Balsamo, Connu Sous le Nom de Comte Cagliostro. Traduite d’après l’original italien, imprimé à la Chambre Apostolique; enrichie de Notes curieuses, et ornée de son Portrait. Paris et Strasbourg, 1791. The frontispiece featured an engraved portrait of Cagliostro. Yes, here {45} was the great magician staring at me from the musty, faded pages of an old chronicle. A world of cunning shone from his bold, gleaming eyes. His thick lips wore a smile of devilish subtlety. Here was indeed a subject for Lavater. Here was the biography of the famous sorcerer of the old regime, the prince of charlatans, who predicted the fall of the Bastille, was a close friend of Cardinal de Rohan, and founder of the Egyptian Rite of Freemasonry. Captivated by the subject of magic and magicians, I visited the Bibliothèque Nationale and explored the literature on Cagliostro. Later, at the British Museum, I examined rare brochures and old issues of the Courrier de l’Europe for information about the incomparable necromancer, who used hypnotism, and like Mesmer, performed many strange feats of fake magic and accomplished numerous cures of diseases that baffled the doctors of the time.8

Goethe9 and Catharine II. wrote plays about him; George Sand introduced him into her novel, “The Countess of Rudolstadt;” Alexander Dumas made him the hero of several romances; Scribe, St. Georges, and Adam in the year 1844 brought out “Cagliostro,” a comic opera in three acts, which was successfully performed at the Opéra Comique, Paris; Alexander Dumas fils wrote a drama in five acts called “Joseph Balsamo” which was produced at the Odéon, March 18, 1878; and Thomas Carlyle philosophized concerning him.

Goethe9 and Catherine II wrote plays about him; George Sand introduced him in her novel, "The Countess of Rudolstadt"; Alexander Dumas made him the hero of several romances; Scribe, St. Georges, and Adam released "Cagliostro," a comic opera in three acts, in 1844, which was successfully performed at the Opéra Comique in Paris; Alexander Dumas fils wrote a five-act drama called "Joseph Balsamo," which premiered at the Odéon on March 18, 1878; and Thomas Carlyle reflected on him.

8 “Der Gros-Cophta” (a comedy in five acts). Goethe’s Werke, vol. 18, Stuttgart, 1868.

8 “Der Gros-Cophta” (a comedy in five acts). Goethe’s Werke, vol. 18, Stuttgart, 1868.

9 A superb bibliography of Cagliostro is to be found in “Börsenblatt fürden deutschen Buchhandel,” 1904, Nos. 210–212, and 214 (Sept. 9–12, 14), pp. 7488–92, 7524–30, 7573–75. This publication is to be found in the Library of Congress, Washington, D. C.

9 A great bibliography of Cagliostro can be found in “Börsenblatt für den deutschen Buchhandel,” 1904, Nos. 210–212, and 214 (Sept. 9–12, 14), pp. 7488–92, 7524–30, 7573–75. This publication is available in the Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

To understand Cagliostro, one must understand the period in which he lived and acted his strange world-drama, its philosophical and religious background. The arch-enchanter appeared on this mortal scene when the times were “out of joint.” It was the latter part of that strange, romantic eighteenth century of scepticism and credulity. The old world like a huge Cheshire cheese was being nibbled away from within, until little but the {46} rind was left to tell the tale. The rotten fabric of French society, in particular, was about to tumble down in the sulphurous flames of the Revolution, and the very people who were to suffer most in the calamity were doing their best to assist in the process of social and political disintegration. The dogmas of the Church were bitterly assailed by learned men. But the more sceptical the age, the more credulity extant. Man begins by denying, and then doubts his doubts. Charles Kingsley says: “And so it befell, that this eighteenth century, which is usually held to be the most ‘materialistic’ of epochs, was in fact a most ‘spiritualistic’ one.” The soil was well fertilized for the coming of Cagliostro, the sower of super­sti­tion. Every variety of mysticism appealed to the imaginative mind. There were societies of Illuminati, Rosicrucians, and Alchemists.

To understand Cagliostro, you need to grasp the era he lived in and the unusual drama he played out in that world, along with its philosophical and religious backdrop. The master magician entered the scene when times were "out of joint." It was the latter part of that strange, romantic eighteenth century marked by both skepticism and gullibility. The old world, much like a giant Cheshire cheese, was being eaten away from the inside, leaving behind little more than the rind to tell the story. The crumbling structure of French society, in particular, was on the verge of collapsing into the fiery chaos of the Revolution, and those who would suffer the most were actively contributing to the breakdown of social and political order. The Church's teachings faced fierce criticism from educated individuals. Yet, the more skeptical the time, the more gullibility persisted. People start by denying, then begin to doubt their own doubts. Charles Kingsley states: "And so it happened that this eighteenth century, often seen as the most 'materialistic' era, was actually one of the most 'spiritualistic'." The ground was well-prepared for the arrival of Cagliostro, the spreader of superstition. All kinds of mysticism attracted the imaginative mind, leading to the formation of societies like the Illuminati, Rosicrucians, and Alchemists.

From a painting in the Versailles Historical Gallery After an engraving which served as a frontis piece of Balsamo’s Life, published in 1781
Joseph Balsamo, Known as Count Cagliostro.
MEMOIRE
POUR
LE COMTE DE CAGLIOSTRO,
ACCUSE;
CONTRE
M. LE PROCUREUR-GENÉRAL,
ACCUSATEUR;
En préſence de M. le Cardinal DE ROHAN, de la Comteſſe DE LA MOTTE, et autres Co-Accusés.

M. DE CAGLIOSTRO NE DEMANDE QUE TRAN­QUIL­LITÉ ET SURETÉ; l’HOS­PI­TAL­I­TÉ LES LUI AS­SURE. EX­TRAIT d’une Let­tre écrite per M. le Comte de VERGENNES, Ministre des Affaires Etrangères, à M. GÉRARD, Préteur de Strasbourg, le 13 Mars 1783.

M. DE CAGLIOSTRO JUST REQUESTS TRANQUILITY AND SAFETY; hOSPITALITY IS GUARANTEED TO HIM. EXTRACT from a letter written by Mr. Count de Vergennes, Minister of Foreign Affairs, to M. Gérard, Mayor of Strasbourg, on March 13, 1783.

1786.
TITLE-PAGE OF THE DEFENSE OF CAGLIOSTRO.
VIE
DE JOSEPH BALSAMO,
CONNU SOUS LE NOM
DE
COMTE CAGLIOSTRO,
Extraite de la Procédure instruite contre lui à Rome, en 1790,

Traduite d’après l’orig­i­nal ital­ien, im­primé à la Chambre Apost­o­lique; en­richie de Notes cur­ieuses, et ornée de son Por­trait.

Traduited from the original Italian, printed at the Apostolic Chamber; enhanced with interesting notes, and adorned with its portrait.


A PARIS,
Chez ONFROY, libraire, rue Saint-Victor, no. 11.
ET A STRASBOURG,
Chez Jean-George TREUTTEL, libraire.
1791.
TITLE-PAGE OF THE LIFE OF CAGLIOSTRO.

Speaking of the great charlatan, the Anglo-Indian essayist Greeven in an article published a few years ago in the {47} Calcutta Review writes: “It is not enough to say that Cagliostro posed as a magician, or stood forth as the apostle of a mystic religion. After all, in its mild way, our own generation puts on its evening dress to worship at the feet of mediums, whose familiar spirits enable them to wriggle out of ropes in cupboards, or to project cigarette papers from the ceiling [à la Madame Blavatsky]. We ride our hobby, however, only when the whim seizes us, and, as soon as it wearies, we break it in pieces and fling it aside with a laugh. But Cagliostro impressed himself deeply on the history of his time. He flashed on the world like a meteor. He carried it by storm. Princes and nobles thronged to his ‘magic operations.’ They prostrated themselves before him for hours. His horses and his coaches and his liveries rivaled a king’s in magnificence. He was offered, and refused, a ducal throne. No less illustrious a writer than the Empress of Russia deemed him a worthy subject of her plays. Goethe made him the hero of a famous drama. A French Cardinal and an English Lord were his bosom companions. In an age which arrogated {48} to itself the title of the philosophic, the charm of his eloquence drew thousands to his lodges, in which he preached the mysteries of his Egyptian ritual, as revealed to him by the Grand Kophta under the shadow of the pyramids.”

Speaking of the great con artist, the Anglo-Indian essayist Greeven wrote a few years ago in the {47} Calcutta Review: “It’s not enough to say that Cagliostro pretended to be a magician or presented himself as the leader of a mystical religion. After all, in our own way, our generation dresses up to attend the shows of mediums, whose spirit guides help them escape from ropes in cupboards or make cigarette papers appear from the ceiling [à la Madame Blavatsky]. We indulge in these fads only when we feel like it, and as soon as they lose their appeal, we discard them with a laugh. But Cagliostro made a lasting impression on the history of his time. He burst onto the scene like a meteor. He captivated everyone. Princes and nobles flocked to his ‘magic shows.’ They bowed before him for hours. His horses, carriages, and servants were as magnificent as a king’s. He was offered, and turned down, a ducal throne. No less a figure than the Empress of Russia considered him a worthy subject for her plays. Goethe made him the star of a famous drama. A French Cardinal and an English Lord were his close friends. In an era that proudly called itself {48} the philosophic, the allure of his speeches attracted thousands to his gatherings, where he shared the secrets of his Egyptian ritual, as revealed to him by the Grand Kophta under the shadow of the pyramids.”

II.

And now for a brief review of his life. Joseph Balsamo, the son of Peter Balsamo and Felicia Braconieri, both of humble extraction, was born at Palermo, on the eighth day of June, 1743. He received the rudiments of an education at the Seminary of St. Roche, Palermo. At the age of thirteen, according to the Inquisition biographer, he was intrusted to the care of the Father-General of the Benfratelli, who carried him to the Convent of that Order at Cartagirone. There he put on the habit of a novice, and, being placed under the tuition of the apothecary, he learned from him the first principles of chemistry and medicine. He proved incorrigible, and was expelled from the monastery in disgrace. Then began a life of dissipation in the city of Palermo. He was accused of forging theatre-tickets and a will. Finally he had to flee the city for having duped a goldsmith named Marano of sixty pieces of gold, by promising to assist him in unearthing a buried treasure by magical means. The super­sti­tious Marano entered a cavern situated in the environs of Palermo, according to instructions given to him by the enchanter, and discovered, not a chest full of gold, but a crowd of Balsamo’s confederates, who, disguised as infernal spirits, administered to him a terrible castigation. Furious at the deception, the goldsmith vowed to assassinate the pretended sorcerer. Balsamo, however, took wing to Messina, where he fell in with a strolling mountebank and alchemist named Althotas, or Altotas, who spoke a variety of languages. They traveled to Alexandria in Egypt, and finally brought up at the island of Malta. Pinto, the Grand Master of the Knights of Malta, was a searcher after the philosopher’s stone, an enthusiastic alchemist. He extended a warm reception to the two adventurers, and took them under his patronage. They remained for some time at Malta, working in the laboratory of the deluded {49} Pinto. Eventually Althotas died, and Balsamo went to Naples, afterwards to Rome, where he married a beautiful girdle-maker, named Lorenza Feliciani. Together with a swindler calling himself the Marchese d’Agliata, he had a series of disreputable adventures in Italy, Spain, and Portugal. Unmasked at one place, he fled in hot haste to another.

And now for a brief review of his life. Joseph Balsamo, the son of Peter Balsamo and Felicia Braconieri, both from humble backgrounds, was born in Palermo on June 8, 1743. He received a basic education at the Seminary of St. Roche in Palermo. At thirteen, according to his biographer from the Inquisition, he was placed under the care of the Father-General of the Benfratelli, who took him to the convent of that Order in Cartagirone. There, he became a novice and learned the basics of chemistry and medicine from the apothecary. He proved to be incorrigible and was expelled from the monastery in disgrace. This marked the beginning of a life of excess in Palermo. He was accused of forging theatre tickets and a will. Eventually, he had to escape the city after swindling a goldsmith named Marano out of sixty gold pieces by promising to help him find buried treasure through magical means. The superstitious Marano followed the enchanter's instructions and entered a cave near Palermo, where he found not treasure, but a group of Balsamo's accomplices disguised as demonic spirits, who severely punished him. Furious at the trickery, the goldsmith vowed to kill the supposed sorcerer. However, Balsamo fled to Messina, where he met a traveling con artist and alchemist named Althotas, or Altotas, who spoke several languages. They traveled to Alexandria in Egypt and ultimately ended up on the island of Malta. Pinto, the Grand Master of the Knights of Malta, was searching for the philosopher’s stone and was a passionate alchemist. He welcomed the two adventurers and took them under his wing. They stayed in Malta for some time, working in Pinto's laboratory, which was run by a deluded {49} Pinto. Eventually, Althotas died, and Balsamo went to Naples, then to Rome, where he married a beautiful girdle-maker named Lorenza Feliciani. Together with a fraudster who called himself the Marchese d’Agliata, he had a series of disreputable adventures in Italy, Spain, and Portugal. When exposed in one location, he would flee hastily to another.

In 1776 he arrived in London. He had assumed various aliases during the course of his life, but now he called himself the “Conte di Cagliostro.” The title of nobility was assumed, but the name of Cagliostro was borrowed from an uncle on his mother’s side of the house, Joseph Cagliostro, of Messina, who was an agent or factor of the Prince of Villafranca. His beautiful wife called herself the “Countess Serafina Feliciani.” Cagliostro announced himself as a worker of wonders, especially in medicine. He carried about two mysterious substances—a red powder, known as his “Materia Prima,” with which he transmuted baser metals into gold, and his “Egyptian Wine,” with which he prolonged life.

In 1776, he arrived in London. He had used various fake names throughout his life, but now he referred to himself as the “Conte di Cagliostro.” The noble title was made up, but he took the name Cagliostro from an uncle on his mother’s side, Joseph Cagliostro, from Messina, who was an agent for the Prince of Villafranca. His beautiful wife referred to herself as the “Countess Serafina Feliciani.” Cagliostro claimed to be a miracle worker, especially in medicine. He carried around two mysterious substances—a red powder, known as his “Materia Prima,” which he used to turn base metals into gold, and his “Egyptian Wine,” which he said could extend life.

He dropped hints that he was the son of the Grand-Master Pinto of Malta and the Princess of Trebizonde. He foretold the lucky numbers in a lottery and got into difficulty with a gang of swindlers, which caused him to flee from England to avoid being imprisoned. While in London he picked up, at a second-hand book-stall, the mystic writings of an obscure spiritist, one George Coston, “which suggested to him the idea of the Egyptian ritual”; and he got himself initiated into a masonic lodge. Henri d’Alméras (Cagliostro: la Franc-Maçonnerie et l’Occultisme au XVIII siècle, Paris, 1904) states authoritatively that the famous charlatan received the masonic degrees in the Esperance Lodge, April 12, 1777. This lodge, composed mainly of French and Italian residents in London, held its sessions at the King’s Head Tavern (Gerard Street). It was attached to the Continental Masonic order of the Higher Observance, which was supposed to be a continuation and perfection of the ancient association of the Knights Templars. According to Alméras, Cagliostro was initiated under the name of Joseph Cagliostro, Colonel of the 3d regiment of Brandenburg. On June 2, the Grand Lodge of London gave him his masonic patent, which is to {50} be found in the collection of autographs of the Marquis de Chateaugiron, V. Catalogue, Paris, 1851. Cagliostro is regarded as the greatest masonic imposter of the world. His pretentions were bitterly repudiated by the English members of the fraternity, and many of the Continental lodges. But the fact remains that he made thousands of dupes. As Grand Master of the Egyptian Rite he leaped at once into fame. His swindling operations were now conducted on a gigantic scale. He had the entrée into the best society. According to him, freemasonry was founded by Enoch and Elias. It was open to both sexes. Its present form, especially with regard to the exclusion of women, is a corruption. The true form was preserved only by the Grand Kophta, or High Priest of the Egyptians. By him it was revealed to Cagliostro. The votaries of any religion are admissible, subject to these conditions, (1) that they believe in the existence of a God; (2) that they believe in the immortality of the soul; and (3) that they have been initiated into common Masonry. The candidate must swear an oath of secrecy, and obedience to the Secret Superiors. It is divided into the usual three grades of Apprentice, Fellowcraft, and Mastermason.

He hinted that he was the son of Grand-Master Pinto of Malta and the Princess of Trebizonde. He predicted the winning numbers in a lottery and got into trouble with a group of con artists, which forced him to flee England to avoid imprisonment. While in London, he found, at a second-hand book stall, the mystical writings of an obscure spiritist named George Coston, “which inspired him with the idea of the Egyptian ritual"; and he had himself initiated into a Masonic lodge. Henri d’Alméras (Cagliostro: la Franc-Maçonnerie et l’Occultisme au XVIII siècle, Paris, 1904) asserts that the infamous charlatan received his Masonic degrees in the Esperance Lodge on April 12, 1777. This lodge, made up mostly of French and Italian residents in London, held its meetings at the King’s Head Tavern (Gerard Street). It was connected to the Continental Masonic order of the Higher Observance, which was believed to be a continuation and enhancement of the ancient Knights Templar association. Alméras claims that Cagliostro was initiated under the name Joseph Cagliostro, Colonel of the 3rd Regiment of Brandenburg. On June 2, the Grand Lodge of London granted him his Masonic patent, which can be found in the autograph collection of the Marquis de Chateaugiron, V. Catalogue, Paris, 1851. Cagliostro is seen as the greatest Masonic imposter in history. His claims were strongly rejected by English members of the fraternity and many Continental lodges. Nevertheless, he managed to swindle thousands of people. As Grand Master of the Egyptian Rite, he quickly gained fame. His fraudulent activities were now on a massive scale. He had access to high society. He claimed that Freemasonry was founded by Enoch and Elias. It was open to both men and women. Its current form, particularly the exclusion of women, is a corruption. The true form was preserved only by the Grand Kophta, or High Priest of the Egyptians. It was revealed to Cagliostro by him. Followers of any religion could join, provided they met these conditions: (1) they believe in the existence of a God; (2) they believe in the immortality of the soul; and (3) they have been initiated into regular Masonry. The candidate must take an oath of secrecy and obedience to the Secret Superiors. It is divided into the usual three levels: Apprentice, Fellowcraft, and Master Mason.

In this system he promised his followers “to conduct them to perfection, by means of a physical and moral regeneration; to enable them by the former (or physical) to find the prime matter, or Philosopher’s Stone, and the acacia, which consolidates in man the forces of the most vigorous youth and renders him immortal; and by the latter (or moral) to procure them a Pantagon, which should restore man to his primitive state of innocence, lost by original sin.”

In this system, he promised his followers "to guide them to perfection, through a physical and moral regeneration; to help them through the former (or physical) to discover the prime matter, or Philosopher’s Stone, and the acacia, which strengthens the most energetic youth in a person and makes them immortal; and through the latter (or moral) to provide them with a Pantagon, which would bring humanity back to its original state of innocence, lost due to original sin."

Cagliostro declared Moses, Elias and Christ to be the Secret Superiors of the Order, because having “attained to such perfection in masonry that, exalted into higher spheres, they are able to create fresh worlds for the glory of the Lord. Each is still the head of a secret community.”

Cagliostro claimed that Moses, Elias, and Christ were the Secret Superiors of the Order, saying they had “reached such perfection in their craft that, elevated to higher realms, they can create new worlds for the glory of the Lord. Each one still leads a hidden community.”

No wonder the Egyptian Rite became popular among lovers of the marvelous, because it promised its votaries, who should attain to perfection, or adeptship, the power of transmuting baser metals into gold; prolonging life indefinitely by means of {51} an elixir; communing with the spirits of the dead; and many other necromantic feats and experiments.

No wonder the Egyptian Rite became popular among those who love the extraordinary, because it promised its followers, who achieved perfection or mastery, the ability to turn base metals into gold; extend their lives indefinitely through an elixir; communicate with the spirits of the dead; and perform many other magical feats and experiments.

The meetings of the Egyptian Lodges were in reality spiritualistic séances. The medium was a young boy (pupille) or young girl (colombe) in the state of virgin innocence, “to whom power was given over the seven spirits that surround the throne of the divinity, and preside over the seven planets.” The Colombe would kneel in front of a globe of clarified water which was placed upon a table covered with a black cloth, and Cagliostro would summon the angels of the spheres to enter the globe, whereupon the youthful clairvoyant would behold the visions presented to view, and describe events transpiring in distant places. “It would be hard,” says Count Beugnot, “to believe that such scenes could have taken place in France at the end of the eighteenth century; yet they aroused great interest among people of importance in the Court and the town.”

The meetings of the Egyptian Lodges were basically spiritual séances. The medium was either a young boy (pupille) or a young girl (colombe) in a state of pure innocence, “given power over the seven spirits that surround the throne of the divine and preside over the seven planets.” The Colombe would kneel in front of a globe of clear water placed on a table draped with a black cloth, and Cagliostro would call upon the angels of the spheres to enter the globe. The young clairvoyant would then see visions and describe events happening far away. “It would be hard,” says Count Beugnot, “to believe that such scenes could have happened in France at the end of the eighteenth century; yet they sparked great interest among important people in both the Court and the town.”

In the mysticism of the twentieth century the above-mentioned form of divination is known as “crystal gazing,” though the medium employed is usually a ball of rock crystal, and not a globe of water such as Cagliostro generally used. Occultism classes all such experiments under the head of magic mirrors. The practice is very ancient. The Regent d’Orléans of France experimented with the magic mirror, as Saint Simon records. The great traveler, Lane, speaks of such divination among the modern Egyptians by means of ink held in the palm of the hand. Mirrors of ivory, metal, and wood coated with gypsum have been used. As Andrew Lang puts it: “There is, in short, a chain of examples, from the Greece of the fourth century B. C., to the cases observed by Dr. Mayo and Dr. Gregory in the middle of the nineteenth century, and to those which Mrs. De Morgan wished to explain by ‘spiritualism.’ ” In the opera “Parsifal” by Richard Wagner, the necromancer, Klingsor, sees the approach of the young knight in a magic mirror. In the Middle Ages the use of these mirrors was well known. Deeply imbued with the spirit of mediævalism, Wagner properly equipped the magician of his sublime opera with the mirror.

In the mysticism of the twentieth century, the divination method mentioned earlier is known as “crystal gazing,” though the medium typically used is a ball of rock crystal, rather than a globe of water like the one Cagliostro usually employed. Occultism categorizes all such experiments under the term magic mirrors. This practice is very ancient. The Regent d’Orléans in France experimented with the magic mirror, as recorded by Saint Simon. The famous traveler Lane notes that modern Egyptians practice this divination using ink in the palm of their hands. Mirrors made of ivory, metal, and wood coated with gypsum have also been utilized. As Andrew Lang puts it: “There is, in short, a chain of examples, from the Greece of the fourth century B.C. to the cases observed by Dr. Mayo and Dr. Gregory in the mid-nineteenth century, and to those which Mrs. De Morgan sought to explain through ‘spiritualism.’” In Richard Wagner's opera “Parsifal,” the necromancer Klingsor sees the approach of the young knight in a magic mirror. The use of these mirrors was well known during the Middle Ages. Deeply influenced by medievalism, Wagner appropriately equipped the magician of his sublime opera with the mirror.

Max Dessoir, the German psychologist, writes as follows concerning the magic mirror (Monist, Vol. I, No. 1): {52}

Max Dessoir, the German psychologist, writes the following about the magic mirror (Monist, Vol. I, No. 1): {52}

“The phenomena produced by the agency of the magic mirror with regard to their contents proceed from the realm of the sub­con­scious­ness; and that with regard to their form they belong to the category of hal­luc­i­na­tions. . . . Hallucinations, the production of which are facilitated by the fixation of shining surfaces, do not occur with all persons; and there may be a kernel of truth in the tradition which designates women and children as endowed with especial capacities in this respect. The investigations of Fechner upon the varying vividness of after-images; the statistics of Galton upon hallucinatory phantasms in artists; and the extensive statistical work of the Society for Psychical Research, appear to point to a connection of this character. . . . Along with the inner process the outward form of the hal­luc­i­na­tion requires a brief explanation. The circumstance, namely, which lends magic-mirror phenomena their salient feature, is the sensory reproduction of the images that have sprung up from the sub­con­scious­ness. The sub­ter­ranean ideas produced do not reach the surface as thoughts, but as pseudo-perceptions.”

“The phenomena generated by the magic mirror are deeply rooted in the subconscious, and in terms of their form, they fit into the category of hallucinations. . . . Hallucinations, which are triggered by focusing on shiny surfaces, don’t happen to everyone; there might be some truth to the idea that women and children have special abilities in this area. Fechner’s research on the varying intensity of after-images, Galton’s statistics on hallucinations in artists, and the extensive statistical studies by the Society for Psychical Research suggest a connection here. . . . Alongside the internal process, a brief explanation of the external form of the hallucination is necessary. Specifically, the aspect that gives the magic mirror phenomena their distinctive quality is the sensory reproduction of the images that emerge from the subconscious. The underlying ideas do not surface as clear thoughts but as pseudo-perceptions.”

Cagliostro sometimes made use of a metallic mirror. This fact we have on the authority of the Countess du Barry, the frail favorite of Louis XV. When the “Well Beloved” went the way of dusty death, the charming Countess divided her years of banishment from the glories of the Court at her Chateau of Luciennes and her houses in Paris and Versailles. She relates that on one occasion the Cardinal de Rohan paid her a visit. During the conversation the subject of Mesmer and magnetism was discussed.

Cagliostro sometimes used a metallic mirror. We know this from the Countess du Barry, the delicate favorite of Louis XV. When the “Well Beloved” faced his demise, the charming Countess split her years of exile from the splendors of the Court between her Chateau of Luciennes and her homes in Paris and Versailles. She recounts that on one occasion the Cardinal de Rohan came to visit her. During their conversation, they talked about Mesmer and magnetism.

“My dear Countess,” said the Cardinal, “the magnetic séances of Mesmer are not to be compared with the magic of my friend the Count de Cagliostro. He is a genuine Rosicrucian, who holds communion with the elemental spirits. He is able to pierce the veil of the future by his necromantic power. Permit me to introduce him to you.”

“My dear Countess,” said the Cardinal, “the magnetic sessions of Mesmer can't hold a candle to the magic of my friend, Count de Cagliostro. He is a true Rosicrucian, who connects with elemental spirits. He can see into the future through his necromantic abilities. Let me introduce him to you.”

The curiosity of the Countess was excited, and she consented to receive the illustrious sorcerer at her home. The next day the Cardinal came, accompanied by Cagliostro. The magician was magnificently dressed, but not altogether in good taste. Diamonds sparkled on his breast and upon his fingers. The {53} knob of his walking-stick was incrusted with precious stones. Madame du Barry, however, was much struck with the power of his bold, gleaming eyes. She realized that he was no ordinary charlatan. After discussing the question of sorcery, Cagliostro took from the breast pocket of his coat a leather case which he handed to the Countess, saying that it contained a magic mirror wherein she might read the events of the past and future. “If the vision be not to your liking,” he remarked, impressively, “do not blame me. You use the mirror at your own risk.”

The Countess was intrigued and agreed to welcome the famous sorcerer into her home. The next day, the Cardinal arrived with Cagliostro. The magician was dressed extravagantly, though not entirely in good taste. Diamonds glimmered on his chest and fingers. The {53} handle of his walking stick was adorned with precious stones. However, Madame du Barry was deeply impressed by the intensity of his bold, shining eyes. She sensed that he wasn't just an ordinary fraud. After they discussed the topic of sorcery, Cagliostro pulled a leather case from his coat pocket and handed it to the Countess, saying it contained a magic mirror through which she could see events from the past and future. “If the vision isn’t to your liking,” he said earnestly, “don’t blame me. You use the mirror at your own risk.”

She opened the case and saw a “metallic glass in an ebony frame, ornamented with a variety of magical characters in gold and silver.” Cagliostro recited some cabalistic words, and bade her gaze intently into the glass. She did so, and in a few minutes was overcome with fright and fainted away.

She opened the case and saw a "metallic glass in a black frame, decorated with various magical symbols in gold and silver." Cagliostro recited some mystical words and told her to look closely into the glass. She did, and after a few minutes, she was filled with fear and fainted.

Such is the story as related by Du Barry in her memoirs, which have been recently edited by Prof. Leon Vallée, librarian of the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Such is the story as told by Du Barry in her memoirs, which have recently been edited by Prof. Leon Vallée, librarian of the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

She gives us no clew as to the vision witnessed by her in the magic glass. She says she afterwards refused to receive Cagliostro under any circumstances.

She gives us no clue about the vision she saw in the magic mirror. She says she later refused to see Cagliostro under any circumstances.

What are we to believe concerning this remarkable story? We might possibly conjecture that she saw in the mirror a phan­tas­ma­goria of the guillotine, and beheld her blonde head “sneeze into the basket,” and held up to public execration. Coming events cast their shadows before.

What are we supposed to believe about this incredible story? We might guess that she saw in the mirror a vision of the guillotine and watched her blonde head “sneeze into the basket,” held up for public scorn. Future events have a way of hinting at themselves.

But all this is mere fancy, “midsummer madness,” as the Bard of Avon has it.

But all this is just fancy, "midsummer madness," as the Bard of Avon puts it.

God alone knows the future. Wisely has it been veiled to us.

God alone knows the future. It has wisely been kept hidden from us.

Possibly Madame la Comtesse from her subliminal consciousness conjured up an hal­luc­i­na­tion of the loathsome death by smallpox of her royal lover, at whose corpse even the “night men” of Versailles recoiled with horror. Telepathy from Cagliostro may have played a part in inducing the vision. Ah, who knows! We leave the problem to the psychologists for solution. {54}

Possibly Madame la Comtesse, from her subconscious, imagined a vision of her royal lover’s gruesome death from smallpox, a corpse so horrifying that even the “night men” of Versailles recoiled in fear. Telepathy from Cagliostro might have influenced this vision. Ah, who knows! We leave the issue for the psychologists to figure out. {54}

III.

From England Cagliostro went to the Hague, where he inaugurated a lodge of female masons, over which his wife presided as Grand Mistress. Throughout Holland he was received by the lodges with masonic honors—beneath “arches of steel.” He discoursed volubly upon magic and masonry to enraptured thousands. In March, 1779, he made his appearance at Mitau,10 in the Baltic Provinces, which he regarded as the stepping-stone to St. Petersburg. He placed great hope in Catherine II of Russia—“the avowed champion of advanced thought.” He hoped to promulgate widely his new and mysterious religious cult in the land of the Czars, with all the pomp and glamour of the East. The nobility of Kurland received him with open arms. Some of them offered to place him on the ducal throne, so he claimed. He wisely refused the offer. Cagliostro eventually made a fiasco at Mitau and left in hot haste. In St. Petersburg his stay was as short. Catherine II was too clever a woman to be his dupe. She ordered the charlatan to leave Russia, which he forthwith did. Prospects of Siberia doubtless hastened his departure. In May, 1780, he turned up at Warsaw. A leading prince lodged him in his palace. Here Cagliostro “paraded himself in the white shoes and red heels of a noble.” His spirit séances were not a success. He chose as his clairvoyant a little girl, eight years of age. After pouring oil into her hands, he closed her in a room, the door of which was hung with a black curtain. The spectators sat outside. He interrogated the child concerning the visions that appeared to her. Among other tests, he requested the spectators to inscribe their names on a piece of paper which he appeared to burn before their very eyes. Calling to the child that a note would flutter down at her feet, he requested her to pass it to him through the door. He passed his hand through the opening of the door to receive the note. In the next instant he produced a note closed with a freemason’s seal, which contained the signatures of the spectators. This was nothing more than the trick of a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, such {55} as was performed by Philadelphia and Pinetti, the two great sleight of hand artists of the period. The next day the clairvoyant confessed the fact that she had been tutored by the magician, and that the visions were but figments of the imag­i­na­tion. Cagliostro secured a new subject, a girl of sixteen, but had the folly to fall in love with his accomplice. In exasperation she repeated the confession of her predecessor. The Polish nobles now insisted that Cagliostro invoke the spirit of the Grand Kophta (the Egyptian High Priest). This séance took place “in a dark room, on a sort of stage, lit with two candles only, and filled with clouds of incense.” The Grand Kophta appeared. Through the uncertain light the spectators beheld an imposing figure in white robes and turban. A snowy beard fell upon its breast.

From England, Cagliostro traveled to The Hague, where he set up a lodge for female masons, with his wife serving as Grand Mistress. Throughout Holland, he was welcomed by the lodges with masonic honors—under "arches of steel." He spoke passionately about magic and masonry to captivated crowds. In March 1779, he arrived in Mitau, in the Baltic Provinces, which he saw as a stepping stone to St. Petersburg. He had high hopes for Catherine II of Russia—"the declared supporter of progressive ideas." He aimed to spread his new and mysterious religious cult in the land of the Czars, complete with all the splendor of the East. The nobility of Kurland welcomed him warmly. Some even offered to place him on the ducal throne, according to his claims. He wisely turned down the offer. Cagliostro ultimately faced a disaster in Mitau and left in a hurry. His time in St. Petersburg was short as well. Catherine II was too astute to be fooled. She ordered the charlatan to leave Russia, and he complied immediately. The threat of Siberia likely sped up his exit. In May 1780, he showed up in Warsaw. A prominent prince housed him in his palace. Here, Cagliostro "showed off in white shoes and red heels like a noble." His spiritual séances were a flop. He chose an eight-year-old girl as his clairvoyant. After pouring oil into her hands, he locked her in a room with a black curtain over the door. The audience sat outside. He questioned the child about the visions she experienced. Among other tests, he asked the audience to write their names on a piece of paper that he pretended to burn right before their eyes. He told the child that a note would float down at her feet and asked her to pass it to him through the door. He reached his hand through the door to take the note. In the next moment, he produced a note sealed with a freemason’s seal, containing the signatures of the audience members. This was nothing more than a trick by a magician, similar to those performed by Philadelphia and Pinetti, the two great sleight-of-hand artists of the time. The following day, the clairvoyant admitted that she had been trained by the magician and that the visions were merely figments of her imagination. Cagliostro found a new subject, a sixteen-year-old girl, but foolishly fell in love with her accomplice. Frustrated, she repeated her predecessor's confession. The Polish nobles then insisted that Cagliostro summon the spirit of the Grand Kophta (the Egyptian High Priest). This séance occurred "in a dark room, on a sort of stage, lit by only two candles and filled with clouds of incense." The Grand Kophta appeared. In the dim light, the audience saw an impressive figure in white robes and a turban, with a snowy beard resting on its chest.

10 Nachricht von des berüchtigten Cagliostro’s Aufenthalt in Mithau im Jahre, 1779, und von dessen dortigen magischen Operationen.—Charlotte Elisabeth von der Recke. Berlin und Stettin, 1787. 8vo.

10 Message about the notorious Cagliostro's stay in Mithau in the year 1779, and his magical operations there.—Charlotte Elisabeth von der Recke. Berlin and Stettin, 1787. 8vo.

“What see ye?” cried in a hoarse voice the sage of the pyramids.

“What do you see?” the wise man of the pyramids shouted in a hoarse voice.

“I see,” replied a sceptical gentleman from the audience, “that Monsieur le Comte de Cagliostro has disguised himself with a mask and a white beard.”

“I see,” replied a skeptical gentleman from the audience, “that Monsieur le Comte de Cagliostro has put on a mask and a white beard.”

Everybody recognized the portly figure of the vision. A rush seemed imminent. Quick as thought, the Grand Kophta, by a wave of his hands, extinguished the two candles. A sound followed as the slipping off of a mantle. The tapers were relit. Cagliostro was observed sitting where the sage had disappeared.

Everybody recognized the stout figure of the vision. A rush seemed inevitable. Quick as a thought, the Grand Kophta, with a wave of his hands, put out the two candles. A sound followed that was like the slipping off of a cloak. The candles were relit. Cagliostro was seen sitting where the sage had vanished.

At Wola, in a private laboratory, he pretended to transmute mercury into silver. The scene must have been an impressive one. Girt with a freemason’s apron, and standing on a black floor marked with cabalistic symbols in chalk, Cagliostro worked at the furnace. In the gloom of twilight the proceedings were held. By a clever substitution of crucibles, Cagliostro apparently accomplished the feat of transmutation, but the fraud was detected the next morning, when one of the servants of the house discovered the original crucible containing the mercury, which had been cast upon a pile of rubbish by the pretended alchemist, or one of his confederates.

At Wola, in a private lab, he pretended to turn mercury into silver. The scene must have been quite impressive. Dressed in a freemason’s apron and standing on a black floor marked with chalk symbols, Cagliostro worked at the furnace. The events took place in the dim light of twilight. Through a clever switch of crucibles, Cagliostro seemed to achieve the transformation, but the trick was uncovered the next morning when one of the household servants found the original crucible containing the mercury, which had been tossed onto a pile of trash by the fake alchemist or one of his accomplices.

In September, 1780, Cagliostro arrived in Strasburg. Here he was received with unbounded enthusiasm. He lavished money right and left, cured the poor without pay, and treated the great with haughtiness. Just outside of the city he erected a {56} country villa in Chinese architecture, wherein to hold his Egyptian lodges. This place was long pointed out as the Cagliostræum. The peasants are said to have passed it with uncovered heads, such was their admiration and awe of the great wonder-worker. At Strasburg resided at that time the Cardinal Louis de Rohan, who was anxious to meet the magician. Cagliostro, to whom the fact was reported, said: “If the Cardinal is sick, he may come to me and I will cure him; if he is well, he has no further need of me, nor I of him.” Cardinal de Rohan, Grand Almoner of France, Commander of the order of the Holy Ghost, enormously rich, and an amateur dabbler in alchemy and the occult sciences, was now more anxious than ever to become acquainted with the charlatan. Such disdain on the part of a layman was a new experience to the haughty churchman. His imag­i­na­tion, too, was fired by the stories told of the enchanter. The upshot of it was that Cagliostro and the Cardinal became bosom friends. The prelate invited the juggler and his wife to live at his episcopal palace.

In September 1780, Cagliostro arrived in Strasbourg. He was welcomed with overwhelming enthusiasm. He freely spent money, helped the poor for free, and treated the wealthy with arrogance. Just outside the city, he built a {56} country villa in a Chinese style, where he held his Egyptian lodges. This place became known as the Cagliostræum. It's said that the peasants passed by with their heads uncovered, filled with admiration and respect for the great miracle worker. At that time, Cardinal Louis de Rohan lived in Strasbourg and was eager to meet the magician. Cagliostro, upon hearing this, remarked, “If the Cardinal is sick, he can come to me and I will heal him; if he’s well, he has no need of me, nor I of him.” Cardinal de Rohan, the Grand Almoner of France, Commander of the Order of the Holy Ghost, extremely wealthy, and an amateur in alchemy and the occult, was now more determined than ever to meet the charlatan. This kind of disdain from a layperson was a new experience for the proud clergyman. His imagination was further ignited by the tales of the enchanter. Ultimately, Cagliostro and the Cardinal became close friends. The prelate invited the magician and his wife to stay at his episcopal palace.

The Baroness d’Oberkirch, who saw him there, says in her memoirs:11 “No one can ever form the faintest idea of the fervor with which everybody pursued Cagliostro. He was surrounded, besieged; every one trying to win a glance or a word. . . . A dozen ladies of rank and two actresses had followed him in order to continue their treat­ment. . . . If I had not seen it, I should never have imagined that a Prince of the Roman Church, a man in other respects intelligent and honorable, could so far let himself be imposed upon as to renounce his dignity, his free will, at the bidding of a sharper.”

The Baroness d’Oberkirch, who saw him there, says in her memoirs:11 “No one can ever truly understand the intensity with which everyone pursued Cagliostro. He was surrounded, overwhelmed; everyone was trying to catch his eye or get a word with him. . . . A dozen noblewomen and two actresses followed him to continue their treatment. . . . If I hadn’t witnessed it myself, I would never have believed that a Prince of the Roman Church, a man who was otherwise intelligent and honorable, could so completely allow himself to be fooled into giving up his dignity and free will at the demand of a con artist.”

Cagliostro said to the Cardinal one day: “Your soul is worthy of mine, and you deserve to be the confidant of all my secrets.” He presented the Cardinal with a diamond worth 20,000 francs which he pretended to have made, the churchman claiming to have been an eye-witness of the operation. The Cardinal said to the Baroness: “But that is not all; he makes gold; he has made five or six thousand francs worth before me, up there in the top of the palace. I am to have more; I am to have a great deal; he will make me the richest prince in Europe {57} These are not dreams, madame; they are proofs. And his prophecies that have come true! And the miraculous cures that he has wrought! [He really cured the Cardinal of the asthma.] I tell you, he is the most extraordinary man, the sublimest man in the world.”12

Cagliostro said to the Cardinal one day, “Your soul is just as valuable as mine, and you deserve to know all my secrets.” He gave the Cardinal a diamond worth 20,000 francs that he claimed to have created, with the churchman asserting that he had seen the process. The Cardinal told the Baroness, “But that’s not all; he makes gold; he has produced five or six thousand francs' worth right in front of me, up at the top of the palace. I’m going to get more; I’m going to become the richest prince in Europe {57}. These aren’t just wishes, madame; they’re real. And the prophecies he’s made that have come true! And the miraculous cures he’s performed! [He really cured the Cardinal of asthma.] I’m telling you, he is the most extraordinary man, the greatest man in the world.”12

11 Mémoires de la Baronne d’Oberkirche, I.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Memoirs of Baroness d’Oberkirch, Volume I.

12 It is an interesting fact to note that Cagliostro was recommended as a physician to our Benjamin Franklin, at that time residing in Paris. See Hale’s Franklin in France, vol. 2, p. 226.

12 It's interesting to point out that Cagliostro was suggested as a doctor to our Benjamin Franklin, who was living in Paris at the time. See Hale’s Franklin in France, vol. 2, p. 226.

From Strasburg Cagliostro went to Naples, and from thence to Bordeaux. After residing at Bordeaux for eleven months, he proceeded to Lyons in great pomp, with lackeys, grooms, guards armed with battle-axes, and heralds garbed in cloth of gold, blowing trumpets. In the year 1785 he founded at Lyons the Lodge of Triumphant Wisdom, and made many converts to his mystical doctrines. The fame of his Egyptian masonry reached Paris and created quite a stir among the lodges. The chiefs of a masonic convocation assembled in Paris wrote to him for information concerning his new rite. He scornfully refused to have anything to do with them, unless they burned all their masonic books and implements as useless trash and acknowledged their futility, claiming that his Egyptian Rite was the only true freemasonry and worthy of cultivation among men of learning. His next move was to the French capital. Behold him on his travels with coach-and-four, flunkies and outriders in gorgeous liveries of red and gold; vehicles filled with baggage and paraphernalia. Best of all, he carries with him an iron coffer which contains the silver, gold, and jewels reaped from his dupes.

From Strasburg, Cagliostro traveled to Naples, and from there to Bordeaux. After staying in Bordeaux for eleven months, he made a grand entrance into Lyons, accompanied by servants, grooms, guards wielding battle-axes, and heralds dressed in gold fabric, playing trumpets. In 1785, he established the Lodge of Triumphant Wisdom in Lyons and gained many followers for his mystical beliefs. The notoriety of his Egyptian masonry spread to Paris and created quite a commotion among the lodges. The leaders of a masonic meeting in Paris wrote to him seeking information about his new rite. He dismissively refused to cooperate unless they burned all their masonic books and tools as worthless and admitted their uselessness, insisting that his Egyptian Rite was the only genuine freemasonry deserving of attention from educated men. His next destination was the French capital. Picture him traveling in a lavish carriage drawn by four horses, with attendants and outriders dressed in bright red and gold uniforms; his vehicles were packed with luggage and equipment. Most notably, he carried an iron chest filled with the silver, gold, and jewels he had extracted from his victims.

IV.

Cagliostro’s greatest triumph was achieved in Paris. A gay and frivolous aristocracy, mad after new sensations, welcomed the magician with open arms. The way had been paved for him by St. Germain and Mesmer. He made his appearance in the French capital, January 30, 1785. Fantastic stories were circulated about him. The Cardinal de Rohan selected and furnished a house for him, and visited him three or four times a week, arriving at dinner time and remaining until an advanced {58} hour in the night. It was said that the great Cardinal assisted the sorcerer in his labors, and many persons spoke of the mysterious laboratory where gold bubbled and diamonds sparkled in crucibles brought to a white heat. But nobody except Cagliostro, and perhaps the Cardinal, ever entered that mysterious laboratory. All that was known for a certainty was that the apartments were furnished with Oriental splendor, and that Count Cagliostro in a dazzling costume received his guests with kingly dignity, and gave them his hand to kiss. Upon a black marble slab in the antechamber carved in golden letters was the universal prayer of Alexander Pope. “Father of all! in every age,” etc., the parody of which ten years later Paris sang as a hymn to the Supreme Being.

Cagliostro’s biggest success happened in Paris. A fun-loving and extravagant aristocracy, eager for new experiences, welcomed the magician enthusiastically. He was introduced by St. Germain and Mesmer. He made his entrance into the French capital on January 30, 1785. Wild stories started circulating about him. Cardinal de Rohan chose and set up a house for him, visiting three or four times a week, arriving at dinner time and staying late into the night. People said that the great Cardinal helped the sorcerer with his work, and many talked about the mysterious laboratory where gold bubbled and diamonds shimmered in crucibles heated to a bright glow. But only Cagliostro, and perhaps the Cardinal, ever entered that enigmatic laboratory. What was known for sure was that the rooms were decorated with lavish Eastern luxury, and Count Cagliostro, dressed in a dazzling outfit, received his guests with regal dignity and offered them his hand to kiss. On a black marble slab in the antechamber, carved in golden letters, was the universal prayer by Alexander Pope: “Father of all! in every age," etc., which ten years later Paris sang as a hymn to the Supreme Being.

Says Funck-Brentano:13 “At Paris Cagliostro showed himself what he had been at Strasburg, dignified and reserved. He refused with haughtiness the invitations to dinner sent to him by the Count of Artois, brother of the king, and the Duke of Chartres, prince of the blood. He proclaimed himself chief of the Rosicrucians, who regarded themselves as chosen beings placed above the rest of mankind, and he gave to his adepts the rarest pleasure. . . . To all who pressed him with questions as to who he was, he replied in a grave voice, knitting his eyebrows and pointing his forefinger towards the sky, ‘I am he who is’; and as it was difficult to make out that he was ‘he who is not,’ the only thing was to bow with an air of profound deference.

Says Funck-Brentano:13 “At Paris, Cagliostro presented himself as he had in Strasburg, dignified and reserved. He arrogantly declined dinner invitations from the Count of Artois, brother of the king, and the Duke of Chartres, a member of the royal family. He declared himself the leader of the Rosicrucians, who saw themselves as special beings elevated above the rest of humanity, and he offered his followers the greatest joys... To everyone who pressed him with questions about his identity, he replied in a serious tone, furrowing his brows and pointing his forefinger towards the sky, ‘I am he who is’; and since it was hard to determine that he was 'he who is not,' the only option was to bow with an air of deep respect.

“He possessed the science of the ancient priests of Egypt. His conversation turned generally on three points: (1) Universal Medicine, of which the secrets were known to him. (2) Egyptian Freemasonry, which he wished to restore, and of which he had just established a parent lodge at Lyons, for Scotch masonry, then predominant in France, was in his eyes only an inferior, degenerate form. (3) The Philosopher’s Stone, which was to ensure the transmutation of all the imperfect metals into fine gold.” {59}

“He had the knowledge of the ancient priests of Egypt. His conversations usually focused on three main topics: (1) Universal Medicine, for which he knew the secrets. (2) Egyptian Freemasonry, which he wanted to revive and had recently established a main lodge in Lyons, as he viewed the prevailing Scottish masonry in France as just a lesser, corrupted version. (3) The Philosopher’s Stone, which was supposed to make it possible to turn all imperfect metals into pure gold.” {59}

13 The Diamond Necklace. Being the true Story of Marie Antoinette and the Cardinal de Rohan. From the new documents recently discovered in Paris. By Frantz Funck-Brentano. Translated from the French by H. S. Edwards. Philadelphia, 1901. 8vo.

13 The Diamond Necklace. The real story of Marie Antoinette and Cardinal de Rohan. Based on new documents recently found in Paris. By Frantz Funck-Brentano. Translated from the French by H. S. Edwards. Philadelphia, 1901. 8vo.

“He thus gave to humanity, by his universal medicine, bodily health; by Egyptian masonry, spiritual health; and by the philosopher’s stone, infinite wealth.” These were his principal secrets, but he had a host of others, that of predicting the winning numbers in lotteries; prophesying as to the future; softening marble and restoring it to its pristine hardness; of giving to cotton the lustre and softness of silk, which has been re-invented in our day by a chemical process.

“He provided humanity with his universal medicine, giving us physical health; through Egyptian masonry, he offered spiritual health; and with the philosopher’s stone, he promised limitless wealth.” These were his main secrets, but he had many others, including predicting winning lottery numbers; foretelling the future; softening marble and bringing it back to its original hardness; and giving cotton the shine and softness of silk, which has been re-invented today through a chemical process.

Many writers on magic have fancied that the art of making gold was the secret that lay hid under the forms of Egyptian theology. Says the Benedictine monk, Pernetz: “The hermetic science was the source of all the riches of the Egyptian kings, and the object of these mysteries so hidden under the veil of their pretended religion.” In a subterranean chamber beneath the Great Pyramid of Gizeh, Hermes Trismegistus is supposed, according to mediæval alchemists, to have placed his Table of Emerald, upon which he engraved the secret of transmuting metals into gold.

Many writers about magic have believed that the secret to making gold was hidden beneath the surface of Egyptian theology. The Benedictine monk, Pernetz, states: “The hermetic science was the source of all the wealth of the Egyptian kings, and the purpose of these mysteries was concealed under the guise of their false religion.” In an underground chamber beneath the Great Pyramid of Giza, Hermes Trismegistus is said, according to medieval alchemists, to have placed his Emerald Tablet, where he inscribed the secret of turning metals into gold.

Among the many stories told of Cagliostro, that of the supper in the hotel of the Rue Saint Claude, where the ghosts made merry, is the most extraordinary. Six guests and the host took their places at a round table upon which there were thirteen covers. Each guest pronounced the name of the dead man whose spirit he desired to appear at the banquet table. Cagliostro, concentrating his mysterious forces, gave the invitation in a solemn and commanding tone. One after another the six guests appeared. They were the Duc de Choiseul, Voltaire, d’Alembert, Diderot, the Abbé de Voisenon, and Montesquieu.

Among the many stories about Cagliostro, the one about the dinner at the hotel on Rue Saint Claude, where the ghosts had a good time, is the most remarkable. Six guests and the host sat down at a round table that had thirteen settings. Each guest said the name of the deceased person whose spirit they wanted to show up at the dinner. Cagliostro, focusing his mysterious powers, extended the invitation in a serious and commanding voice. One by one, the six guests appeared. They were the Duke de Choiseul, Voltaire, d’Alembert, Diderot, Abbé de Voisenon, and Montesquieu.

The story of this spirit séance created a sensation in Paris. It reached the court, and one evening, when the conversation turned upon the banquet of the ghosts, Louis XVI frowned, shrugged his shoulders, and resumed his game of cards. The queen became indignant, and forbade the mention of the name of the charlatan in her presence. Nevertheless, some of the light-headed ladies of the court burned for an introduction to the superb sorcerer. They begged Lorenza Feliciani to get him to give them a course of lectures or lessons in magic to which no gentlemen were to be admitted. Lorenza replied that he would consent, provided there were thirty-six pupils. The list was made {60} up in a day, and a week afterward the fair dames got their first lesson. But they gossiped about it. This caused another scandal, and consequently the first lesson was the last.

The story of this spirit séance caused quite a stir in Paris. It reached the royal court, and one evening, when the conversation shifted to the banquet of the ghosts, Louis XVI frowned, shrugged his shoulders, and went back to his card game. The queen was outraged and banned anyone from mentioning the charlatan's name in her presence. Still, some of the fanciful ladies of the court were eager for an introduction to the impressive sorcerer. They urged Lorenza Feliciani to convince him to offer them a series of lectures or magic lessons with no men allowed. Lorenza agreed, on the condition that there would be thirty-six students. The list was created in a day, and a week later, the ladies had their first lesson. However, they couldn't stop gossiping about it. This led to another scandal, so the first lesson also turned out to be the last.

Cagliostro’s Egyptian Rite of Masonry was well received in Paris, especially the lodge for ladies, which was presided over by the beautiful Lorenza, his wife. It was appropriately called Isis. Among the members of this female lodge were the Countesses de Brienne, Dessalles, de Polignac, de Brassac, de Choiseul, d’Espinchal, the Marchioness d’Avrincourt, and Mmes. de Loménie, de Genlis, de Bercy, de Trevières, de Baussan, de Monteil, d’Ailly, etc.

Cagliostro’s Egyptian Rite of Masonry was popular in Paris, especially the lodge for women, which was led by the beautiful Lorenza, his wife. It was aptly named Isis. Among the members of this women’s lodge were Countesses de Brienne, Dessalles, de Polignac, de Brassac, de Choiseul, d’Espinchal, the Marchioness d’Avrincourt, and Mmes. de Loménie, de Genlis, de Bercy, de Trevières, de Baussan, de Monteil, d’Ailly, and others.

Cagliostro lived like a lord, thanks to the revenues obtained from the initiates into his masonic rite, and the money which he unquestionably received from his dupe, the Cardinal de Rohan, who was magic mad.

Cagliostro lived like a wealthy nobleman, thanks to the income he got from the people he initiated into his masonic ritual, as well as the money he definitely received from his gullible target, Cardinal de Rohan, who was obsessed with magic.

“His wife,” says a gossipy writer, “was rarely seen, but by all accounts she was a woman of bewildering beauty, realizing the Greek lines in all their antique purity and enhanced by an Italian expression. The most enthusiastic of her so-called admirers were precisely those who had never seen her face. There were many duels to decide the question as to the color of her eyes, some contending that they were black, and others that they were blue. Duels were also fought over the dimple which some admirers insisted was on the right cheek, while others said that the honor belonged to the left cheek. She appeared to be no more than twenty years old, but she spoke sometimes of her eldest son, who was for some years a captain in the Dutch army.”

“His wife,” says a gossip writer, “was hardly ever seen, but everyone said she was incredibly beautiful, embodying the classic Greek features in all their ancient purity and enhanced by an Italian flair. The most eager of her so-called admirers were actually those who had never seen her face. There were many duels to settle the debate about the color of her eyes, with some claiming they were black, while others insisted they were blue. Duels also broke out over the dimple that some admirers claimed was on the right cheek, while others argued it was on the left. She looked to be no more than twenty years old, but sometimes she talked about her oldest son, who had been a captain in the Dutch army for several years.”

The magician’s sojourn in Paris caused the greatest excitement. His portrait and that of his wife were to be seen everywhere, on fans, on rings, on snuff-boxes, and on medallions. His bust was cut in marble by the famous sculptor, Houdon, cast in bronze, and placed in the mansions of the nobility. He was called by his admirers “the divine Cagliostro.” To one of the old portraits was appended the following verse:

The magician’s stay in Paris created a huge buzz. His portrait and that of his wife were everywhere—on fans, rings, snuff-boxes, and medallions. His bust was sculpted in marble by the renowned artist Houdon, cast in bronze, and displayed in the homes of the nobility. His fans called him “the divine Cagliostro.” One of the old portraits had the following verse attached:

De l’Ami des Humains reconnaissez les traits:
Tous ses jours sont marqués par de nouveaux bienfaits,
Il prolonge la Vie, il secourt l’indigence;
Le plaisir d’être utile est seul sa recompense.”
{61}
BUST OF CAGLIOSTRO.
After Houdon.
(In the possession of M. Storelli.)
CAGLIOSTRO.
From Vie de Joseph Balsamo, etc. Paris, 1791.

Hats and neckties were named after him. In Paris as in Strasburg, he gave away large sums of money to the poor and cured them of their ailments free of charge. His mansion was always crowded with noble guests. The idle aristocracy could find nothing better to do than attend the spirit séances of the charlatan. The shades of Voltaire, Rousseau, and other dead celebrities were summoned from the “vasty deep,” impersonated doubtless by clever confederates in the pay of Cagliostro, often aided by mechanical and optical accessories. The art of phan­tas­ma­goria, in which the concave mirror plays a part, was well known to the enchanter. The Count de Beugnot gives in detail, in his interesting autobiography, an account of Cagliostro’s performances at the residences of Madame de la Motte and the Cardinal de Rohan. The niece of Count de la Motte, a Mlle. de {62} la Tour, a charming girl of fifteen, frequently acted as clairvoyant in the mystical séances. She is reported to have possessed all the requisites of a seeress: angelic purity, delicate nerves, and blue eyes, also to have been born under the constellation Capricorn. “Her mother nearly died of joy.”

Hats and neckties were named after him. In Paris and Strasbourg, he donated large amounts of money to the poor and treated their illnesses for free. His mansion was always bustling with noble guests. The idle aristocrats had nothing better to do than attend the fake psychic sessions held by the con artist. The spirits of Voltaire, Rousseau, and other famous figures were called up from the "vasty deep," impersonated no doubt by clever associates on Cagliostro’s payroll, often assisted by mechanical and optical tricks. The art of phantasmagoria, where concave mirrors play a role, was well-known to the magician. The Count de Beugnot provides a detailed account in his fascinating autobiography of Cagliostro’s performances at the homes of Madame de la Motte and Cardinal de Rohan. The niece of Count de la Motte, a young woman named Mlle. de {62} la Tour, a charming fifteen-year-old girl, often acted as a clairvoyant in the mystical sessions. She was said to have all the qualities of a seeress: angelic purity, sensitive nerves, and blue eyes, and was also believed to have been born under the Capricorn constellation. "Her mother nearly died of joy."

Says Count Beugnot: “When she learned that her child fulfilled all these conditions of Egyptian thaumaturgy, she thought the treasures of Memphis and of that large city in the interior of Africa were about to fall upon her family, which was badly in need of them.” In the report of the necklace trial (Arch. Nat. X2, B‐1417), the young girl confesses to have aided the charlatan in his magical operations at the house of the Cardinal, by pretending to see visions of Marie Antoinette and others in a globe of water, which was surrounded by lighted tapers and figures of Isis and Apis. He had decked her out in a freemason’s apron embroidered with cabalistic characters. She aided him because “she did not want to be bothered,” and answered his leading questions, etc. But there was perhaps another reason for her acquiescence in the fraud. Cagliostro had declared to her, in the presence of the prelate, her aunt and mother, when she first attempted to play the part of pythoness and failed, that her inability to see anything in the globe was evidence that she was not innocent. Stung by his inuendos, she immediately yielded and saw all she was desired to see, thereby becoming his confederate to deceive De Rohan.

Count Beugnot says: “When she found out that her child met all these requirements of Egyptian magic, she thought the treasures of Memphis and that big city deep in Africa were about to come to her family, which really needed them.” In the report of the necklace trial (Arch. Nat. X2, B‐1417), the young girl admits to helping the con artist with his magical acts at the Cardinal’s house, pretending to see visions of Marie Antoinette and others in a bowl of water surrounded by lit candles and figures of Isis and Apis. He had dressed her in a freemason’s apron decorated with mystical symbols. She assisted him because “she didn’t want to be bothered” and responded to his leading questions, etc. But there may have been another reason for her agreement in the deception. Cagliostro had told her, in front of the prelate, her aunt, and her mother, when she first tried to act as a seer and failed, that her inability to see anything in the bowl meant she was not innocent. Hurt by his insinuations, she quickly gave in and saw everything she was supposed to see, thus becoming his partner in deceiving De Rohan.

An interesting pen portrait of Cagliostro is contained in Beugnot’s memoirs. The Count met the enchanter for the first time at the house of Madame de la Motte:

An interesting description of Cagliostro can be found in Beugnot’s memoirs. The Count first met the enchanter at Madame de la Motte's house:

“Cagliostro was of medium height, rather stout, with an olive complexion, a very short neck, round face, two large eyes on a level with the cheeks, and a broad, turned-up nose. . . . His hair was dressed in a way new to France, being divided into several small tresses that united behind the head, and were twisted up into what was then called a club.

“Cagliostro was of average height, somewhat heavyset, with an olive skin tone, a very short neck, a round face, large eyes that were level with his cheeks, and a wide, upturned nose. . . . His hair was styled in a way that was new to France, split into several small braids that came together at the back of his head and were twisted up into what was then called a club.”

“He wore on that day an iron gray coat of French make, with gold lace, a scarlet waistcoat trimmed with broad Spanish lace, red breeches, his sword looped to the skirt of his coat, and a laced hat with a white feather, the latter a decoration still {63} required of mountebanks, tooth-drawers and other medical practitioners, who proclaim and retail their drugs in the open air. Cagliostro set off this costume by lace ruffles, several valuable rings, and shoe-buckles which were, it is true, of antique design, but bright enough to be taken for real diamonds. . . . The face, attire, and the whole man made an impression on me that I could not prevent. I listened to the talk. He spoke some sort of medley, half French and half Italian, and made many quotations which might be Arabic, but which he did not trouble himself to translate. I could not remember any more of [his conversation] than that the hero had spoken of heaven, of the stars, of the Great Secret, of Memphis, of the high-priest, of transcendental chemistry, of giants and monstrous beasts, of a city ten times as large as Paris, in the middle of Africa, where he had correspondents.”14

“He was wearing an iron gray coat made in France, with gold lace, a red waistcoat trimmed with wide Spanish lace, red breeches, and his sword attached to the skirt of his coat. He topped it off with a laced hat featuring a white feather, which was still a required decoration for quacks, tooth pullers, and other medical practitioners who market their drugs in public. Cagliostro accessorized this outfit with lace ruffles, several valuable rings, and shoe-buckles that, although they had an antique design, were shiny enough to be mistaken for real diamonds. . . . His appearance and demeanor left a strong impression on me that I couldn’t shake. I listened to him speak; his words were a mix of half French and half Italian, and he made many references that might have been Arabic, but he didn’t bother to translate them. The only thing I could remember from his conversation was that he spoke about heaven, the stars, the Great Secret, Memphis, the high priest, transcendental chemistry, giants and monstrous beasts, and a city ten times the size of Paris, located in the heart of Africa, where he had contacts.”14

Cagliostro often boasted of his great age.

Cagliostro frequently bragged about his advanced years.

One day in Strasburg, he stopped before a huge crucifix of carved wood, and contemplated it with melancholy countenance.

One day in Strasburg, he paused in front of a massive wooden crucifix and gazed at it with a sad expression.

“The likeness is excellent,” he remarked to one of his votaries, “but I cannot understand how the artist, who certainly never saw Christ, could have secured such a perfect portrait.”

“The likeness is amazing,” he said to one of his followers, “but I can't understand how the artist, who definitely never saw Christ, could have captured such a perfect portrait.”

“You knew Christ, then?” inquired the neophyte, breathlessly.

“You knew Christ, then?” the newcomer asked, breathlessly.

“We were on the most intimate terms.”

"We were super close."

“My dear Count!—”

“My dear Count!”

“I mean what I say. How often we strolled together on the sandy shore of the Lake of Tiberias. How infinitely sweet his voice. But, alas, he would not heed my advice. He loved to walk on the seashore, where he picked up a band of lazzaroni—of fishermen and beggars. This and his preaching brought him to a bitter end.”

“I mean what I say. How often we walked together on the sandy shore of the Lake of Tiberias. How incredibly sweet his voice was. But, unfortunately, he wouldn’t listen to my advice. He loved to walk on the beach, where he picked up a group of lazzaroni—fishermen and beggars. This and his preaching led him to a tragic end.”

Turning to his servant, Cagliostro added: “Do you remember that evening at Jerusalem when they crucified Christ?”

Turning to his servant, Cagliostro said, “Do you remember that night in Jerusalem when they crucified Christ?”

“No, Monsieur le Comte,” replied the well-tutored lackey, bowing low, “you forget that I have only been in your employ for the last fifteen hundred years.”

“No, Monsieur le Comte,” replied the well-trained servant, bowing deeply, “you forget that I have only worked for you for the last fifteen hundred years.”

Baron Munchausen is not to be compared to Cagliostro. {64}

Baron Munchausen shouldn't be compared to Cagliostro. {64}

14 Beugnot, Comte de. Mémoires. Paris, 1866.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Beugnot, Comte de. Memoirs. Paris, 1866.

V.

Cagliostro was at the height of his fame, when suddenly he was arrested and thrown into the Bastille. He was charged with complicity in the affair of the diamond necklace. Here is his own account of the arrest: “On the 22d of August, 1785, a commissaire, an exempt, and eight policemen entered my home. The pillage began in my presence. They compelled me to open my secretary. Elixirs, balms, and precious liquors all became the prey of the officers who came to arrest me. I begged the commissaire to permit me to use my carriage. He refused! The agent took me by the collar. He had pistols, the stocks of which appeared from the pockets of his coat. They hustled me into the street and scandalously dragged me along the boulevard all the way to the rue Notre Dame du Nazareth. There a carriage appeared which I was permitted to enter to take the road to the Bastille.”

Cagliostro was at the peak of his fame when he was suddenly arrested and thrown into the Bastille. He faced charges for his involvement in the diamond necklace scandal. Here’s his own account of the arrest: “On August 22, 1785, a commissioner, an exempt, and eight police officers entered my home. The looting began right in front of me. They forced me to open my desk. Elixirs, balms, and precious liquids were all taken by the officers who came to arrest me. I pleaded with the commissioner to let me use my carriage. He refused! The officer grabbed me by the collar. He had pistols visible from the pockets of his coat. They shoved me out into the street and disgracefully dragged me along the boulevard all the way to rue Notre Dame du Nazareth. There, a carriage showed up that I was allowed to enter to head to the Bastille.”

What was this mysterious affair of the diamond necklace which led to his incarceration in a state prison? In brief the story is as follows:

What was this mysterious incident with the diamond necklace that got him locked up in a state prison? In short, the story goes like this:

The court jewelers, Böhmer and Bassange, had in their possession a magnificent diamond necklace, valued at 1,800,000 livres, originally designed for the ivory neck of the fair but frail Madame du Barry, mistress of Louis XV. But Louis—“the well beloved”—died before the necklace was completed; the Sultana went into exile, and the unlucky jewelers found themselves with the diamond collar on their hands, instead of on the neck of Du Barry. They were obliged to dispose of it, or become bankrupt. Twice Böhmer offered it to Marie Antoinette, but she refused to purchase it, or permit her husband, Louis XVI., to do so, alleging that France had more urgent need of war ships than jewels. Poor Böhmer, distracted at her refusal to buy the necklace, threatened to commit suicide. The matter became food for gossip among the quid nuncs of the Court. Unfortunate necklace! it led to one of the most romantic intrigues of history, involving in its jeweled toils a Queen, a cardinal, a courtesan and a conjurer. Living at the village of Versailles at the time was the Countess de la Motte, an ex-mantua maker and {65} a descendant of an illegitimate scion of the Valois family who had committed a forgery under Louis XIII. Her husband was a sort of gentleman-soldier in the gendarmerie, a gambler, and a rake. Madame de la Motte-Valois, boasting of the royal blood that flowed in her veins, had many times petitioned the King to assist her. A small pension had been granted, but it was totally inadequate to supply her wants. She wished also to gain a foothold at Versailles and flutter amidst the butterfly-countesses of the Salle de l’Oeil-de-Boeuf. Looking about for a noble protector, some one who could advance her claims, she pitched upon the Cardinal de Rohan, who was the Grand Almoner of the King. He supplied her with money, but accomplished very little else for her. Though Grand Almoner and a Cardinal, Louis de Rohan was persona non grata at the court. He was cordially detested by Marie Antoinette not only because of his dissolute habits, but on account of slanderous letters he had written about her when she was still a Dauphiness. This coldness on the part of the Queen caused the Cardinal great anguish, as he longed to be Prime Minister, and sway the destinies of France through the Queen like a second Richelieu, Fleury or Mazarin. More than that, he loved the haughty Antoinette. All these things he confided to Madame de la Motte. When the story of Böhmer and the diamond necklace was noised abroad, Madame de la Motte conceived a plot of wonderful audacity. She determined to possess the priceless collar and make the Cardinal the medium of obtaining it. She deluded the Cardinal into the belief that she was in the Queen’s confidence. She asserted that Marie Antoinette had at last yielded to her pleadings for recognition as a descendant of the Valois and granted her social interviews. She confided to him that the Queen secretly desired to be reconciled to him. She became the pretended “go-between” between the Cardinal and the Queen, and delivered numerous little notes to him, signed “Antoinette de France.” Finally she arranged an interview for him, at night, in the park of Versailles, ostensibly with the Queen, but in reality with a young girl named d’Oliva who bore a remarkable resemblance to Marie Antoinette. The d’Oliva saw him only for a few moments and presented him with a rose. {66} The Cardinal was completely duped. “Madame de la Motte persuaded him,” says Greeven, “into the belief that the Queen was yearning for the necklace, but, as she could not afford it, he could assure himself of her favor by becoming security for the payment. She produced a forged instrument, which purported to have been executed by the Queen, and upon which he bound himself as security.” The necklace was delivered to the Cardinal, who handed it over to Madame de la Motte, to be given to Marie Antoinette. Thus it was, as Carlyle says, the collier de la reine vanished through “the horn-gate of dreams.”

The court jewelers, Böhmer and Bassange, had a stunning diamond necklace worth 1,800,000 livres, originally designed for the delicate neck of the beautiful but frail Madame du Barry, the mistress of Louis XV. However, Louis—“the well-beloved”—died before the necklace was finished; the Sultana went into exile, and the unfortunate jewelers found themselves stuck with the diamond necklace instead of it adorning Du Barry. They had to sell it or face bankruptcy. Böhmer offered it to Marie Antoinette twice, but she refused to buy it or let her husband, Louis XVI., do so, claiming that France needed warships more than jewels. Poor Böhmer, distraught by her refusal to purchase the necklace, threatened to commit suicide. This became gossip fodder among the quid nuncs of the Court. What an unfortunate necklace! It led to one of history's most romantic intrigues, entangling a Queen, a cardinal, a courtesan, and a conjurer. At that time, the Countess de la Motte, an ex-mantua maker and {65} a descendant of an illegitimate branch of the Valois family who had committed forgery under Louis XIII, was living in the village of Versailles. Her husband was a kind of gentleman-soldier in the gendarmerie, a gambler, and a rake. Madame de la Motte-Valois, proud of her royal lineage, repeatedly petitioned the King for help. She received a small pension, but it was far too little to meet her needs. She also wanted to establish herself at Versailles and mingle with the upper-class ladies of the Salle de l’Oeil-de-Boeuf. In search of a noble protector who could help further her ambitions, she set her sights on Cardinal de Rohan, the Grand Almoner of the King. He supplied her with money but did little else for her. Despite being Grand Almoner and a Cardinal, Louis de Rohan was persona non grata at court. Marie Antoinette cordially disliked him, not just for his dissolute behavior but also because of slanderous letters he had written about her when she was still the Dauphiness. This cold treatment from the Queen caused the Cardinal great distress, as he longed to be Prime Minister and influence France's fate through the Queen like a second Richelieu, Fleury, or Mazarin. More than that, he was in love with the proud Antoinette. All of this he confided to Madame de la Motte. When the story of Böhmer and the diamond necklace spread, Madame de la Motte devised an incredibly bold scheme. She decided she would get the priceless necklace and use the Cardinal to do it. She tricked the Cardinal into believing she was in the Queen’s confidence. She claimed that Marie Antoinette had finally agreed to acknowledge her as a descendant of the Valois and granted her social meetings. She told him that the Queen secretly wanted to reconcile with him. She became the fake “go-between” between the Cardinal and the Queen, delivering numerous little notes to him signed “Antoinette de France.” Eventually, she set up a night meeting for him in the park of Versailles, pretending it was with the Queen, but it was actually with a young girl named d’Oliva who looked remarkably like Marie Antoinette. D’Oliva saw him only briefly and handed him a rose. {66} The Cardinal was completely fooled. “Madame de la Motte convinced him,” says Greeven, “that the Queen was longing for the necklace, but, since she couldn't afford it, he could win her favor by guaranteeing the payment. She produced a forged document that claimed to be from the Queen, and he signed it as a guarantor.” The necklace was given to the Cardinal, who passed it on to Madame de la Motte, to be delivered to Marie Antoinette. Thus, as Carlyle says, the collier de la reine vanished through “the horn-gate of dreams.”

But, asks the curious reader, what has all this to do with Cagliostro? What part had he to play in the drama? This: When the Countess de la Motte was arrested, she attempted to throw the blame of the affair upon the Cardinal and Cagliostro. She alleged that they had summoned her into one of their mystic séances. “After the usual hocus-pocus, the Cardinal made over to her a casket containing the diamonds without their setting and directed her to deliver them to her husband, with instructions to dispose of them at once in London. Upon this information Cagliostro and his wife were arrested. He was detained without hearing, from the 22d of August, 1785, until the 30th of January, 1786, when he was first examined by the Judges, and he was not set at liberty till the 1st of June, 1786.”

But, the curious reader might ask, what does all this have to do with Cagliostro? What role did he play in the drama? This: When the Countess de la Motte was arrested, she tried to shift the blame onto the Cardinal and Cagliostro. She claimed they had summoned her to one of their mystical séances. “After the usual tricks, the Cardinal handed her a casket containing the diamonds without their settings and instructed her to give them to her husband, with orders to sell them immediately in London." Following this accusation, Cagliostro and his wife were arrested. He was held without trial from August 22, 1785, until January 30, 1786, when he was finally examined by the Judges, and he wasn't released until June 1, 1786.

The trial was the most famous in the annals of the Parliament. Cagliostro and the Cardinal were acquitted with honor. The Countess de la Motte was sentenced to be exposed naked, with a rope around her neck, in front of the Conciergerie, and to be publicly whipped and branded by the hangman with the letter V (Voleuse—thief ) on each shoulder. She was further sentenced to life imprisonment in the prison for abandoned women. She escaped from the latter place, however, to London, where she was killed on the 23d day of August, 1791, by a fall from a window. The Count de la Motte was sentenced in contumacium. He was safe in London at the time and had disposed of the diamonds to various dealers. The d’Oliva was set free without punishment. The man who forged the letter for Madame de la Motte, her secretary, Villette, was banished for life. The Countess de Cagliostro was honorably discharged. {67}

The trial was the most famous in Parliament's history. Cagliostro and the Cardinal were honorably acquitted. The Countess de la Motte was sentenced to be exposed naked, with a rope around her neck, in front of the Conciergerie, and to be publicly whipped and branded by the hangman with the letter V (Voleuse—thief) on each shoulder. She was additionally sentenced to life in prison for abandoned women. However, she escaped from there to London, where she died on August 23, 1791, after falling from a window. The Count de la Motte was sentenced in contumacium. At the time, he was safely in London and had sold the diamonds to various dealers. The d’Oliva was released without punishment. The man who forged the letter for Madame de la Motte, her secretary Villette, was banished for life. The Countess de Cagliostro was honorably discharged. {67}

The Cardinal was unquestionably innocent, as was fully established at the trial. His overweening ambition and his mad love for Marie Antoinette had rendered him an easy dupe to the machinations of the band of sharpers. But how about Cagliostro? The essayist Greeven seems to think that the alchemist was more or less mixed up in the swindle. He sums up the suspicions as follows: “First, his [Cagliostro’s] immense influence over the Cardinal, and his intimate relations with him render it impossible that so gigantic a fraud could have been practiced without his knowledge. Second, he was in league with the Countess for the purpose of deceiving the Cardinal, in connection with the Queen.”

The Cardinal was definitely innocent, as was completely established at the trial. His excessive ambition and his crazy love for Marie Antoinette made him an easy target for the schemes of the con artists. But what about Cagliostro? The writer Greeven seems to believe that the alchemist was somewhat involved in the scam. He summarizes the suspicions like this: “First, his [Cagliostro’s] significant influence over the Cardinal and their close relationship make it impossible for such a massive fraud to have taken place without his knowledge. Second, he was working with the Countess to deceive the Cardinal regarding the Queen.”

MADAME DE LA MOTTE'S ESCAPE. (After an English print of 1790.)

M. Frantz Funck-Brentano writes: “The idea of implicating Cagliostro in the intrigue had been conceived, as Georgel says, with diabolical cunning. If Jeanne de Valois had in the first instance made a direct accusation against Cardinal de Rohan, no one would have believed in it. But there was something mysterious and suspicious about Cagliostro, and it was known what influence he exercised on the mind of the Cardinal. ‘The alchemist,’ she suggested, ‘took the necklace to pieces in order to increase by means of it the occult treasures of an unheard-of fortune.’ ‘To conceal his theft,’ says Doillot [Madame de la {68} Motte’s lawyer], ‘he ordered M. de Rohan, in virtue of the influence he had established over him, to sell some of the diamonds and to get a few of them mounted at Paris through the Countess de la Motte, and to get more considerable quantities mounted and sold in England by her husband.’ . . . Cagliostro had one unanswerable argument: the Cardinal had made his agreement with the jewelers on the 29th of January, 1785, and he, Cagliostro, had only arrived in Paris at nine in the evening of the 30th.”

M. Frantz Funck-Brentano writes: “The idea of involving Cagliostro in the plot was thought up, as Georgel mentions, with sinister cleverness. If Jeanne de Valois had directly accused Cardinal de Rohan from the start, no one would have believed her. But there was something enigmatic and dubious about Cagliostro, and it was well-known what influence he had over the Cardinal. ‘The alchemist,’ she implied, ‘dismantled the necklace to enhance the hidden treasures of a staggering fortune.’ ‘To hide his theft,’ says Doillot [Madame de la {68} Motte’s lawyer], ‘he instructed M. de Rohan, due to the control he had gained over him, to sell some of the diamonds and to have a few of them set in Paris through the Countess de la Motte, and to have larger quantities set and sold in England by her husband.’ . . . Cagliostro had one undeniable point: the Cardinal had made his deal with the jewelers on January 29, 1785, and he, Cagliostro, had only arrived in Paris at nine in the evening on the 30th.”

Cagliostro refuted the charges with wonderful sang froid. He appeared in court “proud and triumphant in his coat of green silk embroidered with gold.” “Who are you? and whence do you come?” asked the attorney for the crown.

Cagliostro dismissed the accusations with incredible calm. He showed up in court “proud and triumphant in his green silk coat embroidered with gold.” “Who are you? And where do you come from?” asked the prosecutor.

“I am an illustrious traveler,” he answered bombastically. Everyone present laughed. He then harangued the judges in theatrical style. He told the most impossible stories of his adventures in Arabia and Egypt. He informed the judges that he was unacquainted with the place of his birth and the name of his parents, but that he spent his infancy in Medina, Arabia, and was brought up under the cognomen of Acharat. He resided in the palace of the Great Muphti, and always had the servants to attend his wants, besides his tutor, named Althotas, who was very fond of him. Althotas told him that his (Cagliostro’s) father and mother were Christians and nobles, who died when he was three months old, leaving him in the care of the Muphti. On one occasion, he asked his preceptor to tell him the name of his parents. Althotas replied that it would be dangerous for him to know, but some incautious expressions dropped by the tutor led him to believe that they were from Malta. When twelve years of age he began his travels, and learned the languages of the Orient. He remained three years in the sacred city of Mecca. The Sherif or Governor of that place showed him such unusual attention and kindness, that he oftentimes thought that personage was his father. He quitted this good man with tears in his eyes, and never saw him again.

“I’m an important traveler,” he replied dramatically. Everyone there laughed. He then gave a long-winded speech to the judges in a theatrical manner. He shared the most unbelievable stories about his adventures in Arabia and Egypt. He told the judges that he didn't know where he was born or his parents' names, but that he spent his childhood in Medina, Arabia, and was raised under the name Acharat. He lived in the palace of the Great Muphti, with servants attending to his needs, in addition to his tutor, named Althotas, who was very fond of him. Althotas told him that his (Cagliostro’s) parents were Christians of noble status, who died when he was three months old, leaving him in the Muphti's care. One time, he asked his tutor to tell him the names of his parents. Althotas replied that knowing could be dangerous, but some careless words from the tutor made him think they were from Malta. At twelve, he started his travels and learned the languages of the East. He spent three years in the holy city of Mecca. The Sherif, or Governor of that place, showed him such extraordinary attention and kindness that he often thought that man might be his father. He left this good man with tears in his eyes and never saw him again.

“Adieu, nature’s unfortunate child, adieu!” cried the Sherif of Mecca to him, as he took his departure. {69}

“Goodbye, nature’s unfortunate child, goodbye!” cried the Sheriff of Mecca to him as he left. {69}

Whenever he arrived in any city, either of Europe, Asia, or Africa, he found an account opened for him at the leading banker’s or merchant’s. Like the Count of Monte Cristo, his credit was unlimited. He had only to whisper the word “Acharat,” and his wants were immediately supplied. He really believed that the Sherif was the friend to whom all was owing. This was the secret of his wealth. He denied all complicity in the necklace swindle, and scornfully refuted the charge of Madame de la Motte, that he was “an empiric, a mean alchemist, a dreamer on the Philosopher’s Stone, a false prophet, a profaner of true worship, the self-dubbed Count de Cagliostro.”

Whenever he arrived in any city, whether in Europe, Asia, or Africa, he found that a merchant or banker had an account set up for him. Like the Count of Monte Cristo, he had unlimited credit. All he had to do was whisper the word “Acharat,” and his needs were instantly met. He truly believed that the Sherif was the friend responsible for all of this. This was the key to his wealth. He denied any involvement in the necklace scandal and dismissively refuted Madame de la Motte's accusation that he was “an empiric, a petty alchemist, a dreamer about the Philosopher’s Stone, a false prophet, a profaner of true worship, the self-proclaimed Count de Cagliostro.”

“As to my being a false prophet,” he exclaimed grandiloquently, “I have not always been so; for I once prophesied to the Cardinal de Rohan, that Madame de la Motte would prove a dangerous woman, and the result has verified my prediction.”

“As for me being a false prophet,” he declared dramatically, “I haven’t always been one; I once predicted to Cardinal de Rohan that Madame de la Motte would turn out to be a dangerous woman, and what happened proved me right.”

In conclusion he said that every charge that Madame de la Motte had preferred against him was false, and that she was mentiris impudentissime, which two words he requested her lawyers to translate for her, as it was not polite to tell her so in French.

In conclusion, he stated that every accusation Madame de la Motte made against him was false, and that she was mentiris impudentissime, which he asked her lawyers to translate for her, as it wasn’t polite to say that to her in French.

The Inquisition biographer, regarding the subject of the necklace, says: “It is difficult to decide whether, in this celebrated affair, Madame de la Motte or the Count Cagliostro had the greatest share of glory. It is certain, however, that both of them acquired uncommon éclat, and indeed attempted to surpass each other. We cannot affirm that they acted in concert on this memorable occasion; we can, however, with safety assert that Cagliostro was well acquainted with the designs of this woman, so wonderfully formed for intrigue, and that he always kept his eye steadily fixed upon the famous necklace. He certainly perceived, and has indeed confessed in his interrogatories [the italics are mine], that he was acquainted with all the manoeuvres which she put in practice to accomplish her criminal designs.

The Inquisition biographer, discussing the necklace, states: “It's hard to say whether, in this famous case, Madame de la Motte or Count Cagliostro had the bigger share of the spotlight. One thing is clear, though: both of them gained considerable éclat and even tried to outdo each other. We can't say they worked together on this notable occasion; however, we can safely say that Cagliostro was well aware of this woman’s schemes, who was remarkably skilled at manipulation, and he always kept a close eye on the famous necklace. He definitely realized, and has even confessed in his interrogatories [the italics are mine], that he knew all the tactics she used to carry out her illegal plans.

“The whole affair was at length discovered. He had foreseen this; and wished to have evaded the inevitable consequences attendant on detection; but it was now too late. The officers of the police were persuaded that without his aid this piece of {70} roguery and deception could never have been carried on; and he was arrested and imprisoned in the Bastille. He, however, did not lose courage; he even found means to corrupt his guards, and to establish a correspondence with the other prisoners who were confined along with him. It was owing to this that they were enabled to be uniform in the answers which they gave in to the various interrogatories to which they were obliged to reply.

The whole situation was eventually uncovered. He had seen this coming and wanted to avoid the unavoidable consequences of getting caught, but now it was too late. The police officers believed that this act of {70} trickery and deceit couldn't have happened without his help, so he was arrested and jailed in the Bastille. However, he didn’t lose hope; he even found ways to bribe his guards and establish communication with the other prisoners who were locked up with him. Because of this, they were able to provide consistent answers to the various questions they were required to respond to.

“Cagliostro, who has recounted the whole of the circumstances to us, has added, of his own accord, that he denied everything to his judges with the utmost intrepidity; and exhibited such a sameness in his replies, that, on Madame de la Motte’s being confronted with him, and finding herself unable to quash his evidence, she became so furious, that she threw a candlestick at his head in the presence of all his judges. By this means he was declared innocent.”

“Cagliostro, who shared all the details with us, also mentioned that he confidently denied everything to his judges. He was so consistent in his replies that when Madame de la Motte faced him and couldn’t contradict his testimony, she got so angry that she threw a candlestick at his head in front of all the judges. As a result, he was declared innocent.”

So much for the Inquisition biography. The incident of the candlestick has been verified by the archives of the Parliament.

So much for the Inquisition biography. The candlestick incident has been confirmed by the Parliament's archives.

Cagliostro was acquitted.

Cagliostro was found not guilty.

He drove in triumph from the Bastille to his residence, after hearing his order of discharge. His coach was preceded by “a fantastic cripple, who distributed medicines and presents among the crowd.” He found the Rue Saint Claude thronged with friends and sympathizers, anxious to welcome him home. At this period revolutionary sentiments were openly vented by the people of France. The throne was being undermined by the philosophers and politicians. Any excuse was made to revile Louis XVI and his queen. Scurrilous pamphlets were published declaring that Marie Antoinette was equally guilty with the de la Mottes in the necklace swindle. Cagliostro consequently was regarded as a martyr to the liberties of man. His arrest under the detested lettre de cachet, upon mere suspicion, and long incarceration in the Bastille without trial, were indeed flagrant abuses of justice and gave his sympathizers a whip with which to lash the King and Court.

He drove triumphantly from the Bastille to his home after receiving his release order. His carriage was led by "an eccentric cripple, who handed out medicine and gifts to the crowd." He found Rue Saint Claude crowded with friends and supporters eager to welcome him back. At this time, revolutionary feelings were openly expressed by the people of France. The throne was being challenged by philosophers and politicians. Any excuse was used to criticize Louis XVI and his queen. Scandalous pamphlets were published claiming that Marie Antoinette was just as guilty as the de la Mottes in the necklace scam. As a result, Cagliostro was viewed as a martyr for the freedoms of people. His arrest under the hated lettre de cachet, based on mere suspicion, and his long imprisonment in the Bastille without a trial were indeed blatant injustices and provided his supporters with ammunition to attack the King and Court.

His wife had been liberated some time before him. She met him at the door of the temple of magic, and he swooned in her arms. Whether this was a genuine swoon or not, it is {71} impossible to say, for Cagliostro was ever a poseur and never neglected an opportunity for theatrical effect and self-advertisement. He accused the Marquis de Launay, Governor of the Bastille—he who had his head chopped off and elevated upon a pike a few years later—of criminal misappropriation of his effects, money, medicines, alchemical powders, elixirs, etc., etc., which he valued at a high sum. The Commissioner of Police who arrested him was also included in this accusation. He appealed to his judges, who referred him to the Civil Courts. But the case never came to trial. The day after his acquittal he was banished from France by order of the King. At St. Denis “his carriage drove between two dense and silent lines of well-wishers, while, as his vessel cleared from the port of Boulogne, five thousand persons knelt down on the shore to receive his blessing.” He went direct to London. No sooner there, than he filed his suit against the Marquis de Launay, “appealing, of course, to the hearts of all Frenchmen as a lonely and hunted exile.” The French Government, through its ambassador, granted him leave to come in person to Paris to prosecute his suit, assuring him of safe conduct and immunity from all prosecution, legal as well as social. But Cagliostro refused this offer, hinting that it was merely a stratagem to decoy him to Paris and reincarcerate him in a dungeon. No clear-headed, impartial person believed that the Marquis de Launay was guilty of the charge laid at his door. Whatever else he may have been, tyrannical, cold, unsympathetic, the Governor of the Bastille was a man of honor and above committing a theft. In fact, Cagliostro’s accusation was a trumped-up affair, designed to annoy and keep open “a running sore in the side of the French authorities.” Notoriety is the life of charlatanry. Cagliostro was no common quack, as his history shows. He next published a pamphlet, dated June 20th, 1786, prophesying that the Bastille would be demolished and converted into a public promenade; and, that a ruler should arise in France, who should abolish lettres de cachet and convoke the Estates-General. In a few years the prediction was fulfilled. Poor De Launay lost his life, whereupon Cagliostro issued a pamphlet exulting over the butchery of his enemy. In London, Cagliostro became the {72} bosom friend of the eccentric Lord George Gordon, the hero of the “no-popery” riots. Eventually he became deeply involved in debt, and was obliged to pawn his effects. He was unable to impress the common-sense, practical English with his pretensions to animal magnetism, transcendental medicine, and occultism. One of his vaunted schemes was to light up the streets of London with sea-water, which by his magic power he proposed to change into oil. The newspapers ridiculed him, {73} especially the Courrier de l’Europe, published and edited by M. Morande, who had “picked up some ugly facts about the swindler’s early career.” The freemasons repudiated him with scorn, and would have nothing to do with his Egyptian Rite. There is a rare old print, a copy of which may be seen in the Scottish Rite Library, Washington, D. C., which depicts the unmasking of the famous imposter at the Lodge of Antiquity, published Nov. 21, 1786, at London. It was engraved by an eye-witness of the scene. In company with some French gentlemen, Cagliostro visited the lodge one evening. At the banquet which followed the working of the degree, a certain worthy brother named Mash, an optician, was called upon to sing. Instead of a post-prandial ditty, he gave a clever imitation of a quack doctor selling nostrums, and dilating bombastically upon the virtues of his elixirs, balsams (Balsamos), and cordials. Cagliostro was not slow in perceiving that he was the target for Brother Mash’s shafts of ridicule. His “front of brass,” as Carlyle has it, was beaten in, his pachyderm was penetrated by the barbed arrows of the ingenious optician’s wit. He left the hall in high dudgeon, followed by the jeers of the assembled masons. Alas, for the Grand Kophta, no “vaults of steel,” no masonic honors for him in London.

His wife had been freed some time before him. She met him at the entrance of the magic temple, and he fainted in her arms. Whether this was a genuine faint or not is impossible to determine, as Cagliostro was always a showman and never missed a chance for dramatic effect and self-promotion. He accused the Marquis de Launay, the Governor of the Bastille—who would have his head chopped off and displayed on a pike a few years later—of misappropriating his possessions, including money, medicines, alchemical powders, elixirs, and more, which he claimed were worth quite a lot. The Police Commissioner who arrested him was also included in this accusation. He appealed to his judges, who directed him to the Civil Courts. But the case never went to trial. The day after his acquittal, he was expelled from France by the King’s order. In St. Denis, “his carriage drove between two dense and silent lines of supporters, while, as his ship departed from the port of Boulogne, five thousand people knelt on the shore to receive his blessing.” He went directly to London. No sooner was he there than he filed a lawsuit against the Marquis de Launay, “of course appealing to the hearts of all Frenchmen as a lonely and hunted exile.” The French Government, through its ambassador, allowed him to come to Paris in person to pursue his case, assuring him of safe passage and protection from any legal or social repercussions. But Cagliostro turned down this offer, suggesting it was merely a ploy to lure him back to Paris and imprison him again. No reasonable, unbiased person believed that the Marquis de Launay was guilty of the charges against him. Whatever else he might have been—tyrannical, cold, unsympathetic—the Governor of the Bastille was a man of honor and not someone who would commit theft. In reality, Cagliostro’s accusations were fabricated, intended to irritate and keep open “a running sore in the side of the French authorities.” Notoriety is essential for a charlatan's survival. Cagliostro was no ordinary fraud, as his history illustrates. He then published a pamphlet, dated June 20, 1786, predicting that the Bastille would be torn down and turned into a public park and that a leader would emerge in France who would abolish lettres de cachet and summon the Estates-General. In a few years, the prediction came true. Poor De Launay lost his life, and Cagliostro published a pamphlet celebrating the death of his enemy. In London, Cagliostro became the close friend of the eccentric Lord George Gordon, the hero of the “no-popery” riots. Eventually, he fell deeply into debt and had to pawn his belongings. He couldn't convince practical-minded English people of his claims about animal magnetism, transcendental medicine, and occultism. One of his supposed schemes was to illuminate the streets of London with seawater, which he claimed he could magically transform into oil. The newspapers mocked him, especially the Courrier de l’Europe, published and edited by M. Morande, who had unearthed some unsavory details about the fraud’s early life. The Freemasons rejected him with disdain and wanted nothing to do with his Egyptian Rite. There’s a rare old print, a copy of which can be seen in the Scottish Rite Library, Washington, D.C., that shows the unmasking of the famous impostor at the Lodge of Antiquity, published on Nov. 21, 1786, in London. It was engraved by someone who witnessed the event. One evening, Cagliostro visited the lodge with some French gentlemen. At the banquet that followed the degree's proceedings, a brother named Mash, an optician, was asked to sing. Instead of a typical post-dinner song, he gave a clever imitation of a quack doctor selling fake medicines, bombastically boasting about the virtues of his elixirs, balms, and cordials. Cagliostro quickly realized he was the target of Brother Mash’s mockery. His “brass front,” as Carlyle put it, was crushed, and his thick skin was pierced by the sharp wit of the clever optician. He left the hall in a huff, followed by the laughter of the gathered masons. Alas, for the Grand Kophta, no “vaults of steel,” no masonic honors awaited him in London.

CAGLIOSTRO UNMASKED AT THE Lodge OF Antiquity, London.

From a Rare Print in the Possession of the Supreme Council, A. A. S. R., Washington, D. C.

From a rare print held by the Supreme Council, A. A. S. R., Washington, D.C.

The verse appended to the engraving of Cagliostro and the English lodge is as follows:

The verse added to the engraving of Cagliostro and the English lodge is as follows:

Born, God knows where, supported, God knows how,
From whom descended, difficult to know.
Lord Crop15 adopts him as a bosom friend,
And manly dares his character defend.
This self-dubb’d Count, some few years since became
A Brother Mason in a borrow’d name;
For names like Semple numerous he bears,
And Proteus like, in fifty forms appears.
‘Behold in me (he says) Dame Nature’s child,
‘Of Soul benevolent, and Manners mild;
‘In me the guiltless Acharat behold,
‘Who knows the mystery of making Gold;
‘A feeling heart I boast, a conscience pure,
‘I boast a Balsam every ill to cure;
‘My Pills and Powders, all disease remove,
‘Renew your vigor, and your health improve.’ {74}
This cunning part the arch impostor acts,
And thus the weak and credulous attracts,
But now, his history is rendered clear,
The arrant hypocrite, and quack appear.
First as Balsams, he to paint essay’d,
But only daubing, he renounc’d the trade.
Then, as a Mountebank, abroad he stroll’d
And many a name on Death’s black list enroll’d.
Three times he visited the British shore,
And every time a different name he bore.
The brave Alsatians he with ease cajol’d
By boasting of Egyptian forms of old.
The self-same trick he practis’d at Bourdeaux,
At Strasburg, Lyons, and at Paris too.
But fate for Brother Mash reserv’d the task
To strip the vile impostor of his mask,
May all true Masons his plain tale attend
And Satire’s lash to fraud shall put an end.”

15 Lord George Gordon.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lord George Gordon.

VI.

To escape the harpies of the law, who threatened him with a debtor’s prison, Cagliostro fled to his old hunting-ground, the Continent, leaving la petite Comtesse to follow him as best she could. But the game was played out. The police had by this time become fully cognizant of his impostures. He was forbidden to practice his peculiar system of medicine and masonry in Austria, Germany, Russia, and Spain. Drawn like a needle to the lodestone rock, he went to Rome. Foolish Grand Kophta! Freemasonry was a capital offence in the dominions of the Pope. One lodge, however, existed. Says Greeven: “There is reason to suppose that it was tolerated only because it enabled the Holy Church to spy out the movements of freemasons in general.” Cagliostro attempted to found one of his Egyptian lodges, but met with no success. His exchequer became depleted. He appealed to the National Assembly of France to revoke the order of banishment, on the ground of “his services to the liberty of France.” Suddenly on the evening of Dec. 27, 1789, he and his wife were arrested and incarcerated in the fortress of San Angelo. His highly-prized manuscript of Egyptian masonry was seized, together with all his papers and correspondence. He was tried by the Holy Inquisition. It must have been an impressive scene—that gloomy council {75} chamber with the cowled inquisitors. Cagliostro’s wife appeared against him and lifted the veil of Isis that hid the mysteries of the charlatan’s career. The Egyptian manuscript of George Coston, the seals, the masonic regalia and paraphernalia were mute and damning evidences of his guilt. He was indeed a freemason, even though he were not an alchemist, a soothsayer, the Grand Kophta of the Pyramids. Cagliostro’s line of defense was that “he had labored throughout to lead back freemasons, through the Egyptian ritual, to Catholic orthodoxy.” He appeared at first to be contrite. But it availed him nothing. Finding his appeals for mercy useless, he adopted another tack, and told impossible stories of his adventures. He harangued the Holy Fathers for hours, despite their threats and protests. Nothing could stop his loquacious tongue from wagging. Finally, he was condemned to death as a heretic, sorcerer, and freemason, but Pope Pius VI., on the 21st of March, 1791, commuted his sentence to life imprisonment. His manuscript was declared to be “super­sti­tious, blasphemous, wicked, and heretical,” and was ordered to be burnt by the common hangman, together with his masonic implements.

To escape the clutches of the law, which threatened him with debtor's prison, Cagliostro fled back to his old haunts on the Continent, leaving la petite Comtesse to follow him as best she could. But the game was up. By then, the police were fully aware of his deceptions. He was banned from practicing his unique brand of medicine and masonry in Austria, Germany, Russia, and Spain. Drawn like a magnet, he went to Rome. Silly Grand Kophta! Freemasonry was a serious crime in the Pope's territories. However, one lodge did exist. Greeven noted, “There’s reason to believe it was tolerated only because it allowed the Holy Church to keep tabs on the movements of freemasons in general.” Cagliostro tried to start one of his Egyptian lodges, but it didn’t work out. His finances dwindled. He appealed to the National Assembly of France to lift his exile, arguing that it was due to “his services to the liberty of France.” Then, suddenly, on the evening of December 27, 1789, he and his wife were arrested and imprisoned in the fortress of San Angelo. His much-coveted manuscript on Egyptian masonry was seized, along with all his documents and correspondence. He was tried by the Holy Inquisition. It must have been an intense scene— that dark council chamber filled with hooded inquisitors. Cagliostro’s wife testified against him, revealing the secrets of his fraudulent career. The Egyptian manuscript of George Coston, the seals, and the masonic regalia were silent yet damning evidence of his guilt. He was indeed a freemason, even if he wasn’t an alchemist, a fortune-teller, or the Grand Kophta of the Pyramids. Cagliostro's defense was that “he had worked to lead freemasons back to Catholic orthodoxy through the Egyptian ritual.” He initially appeared remorseful. But it did him no good. Seeing that his pleas for mercy were fruitless, he switched tactics and spun outrageous tales of his adventures. He lectured the Holy Fathers for hours, despite their threats and objections. Nothing could silence his chatty tongue. Ultimately, he was sentenced to death as a heretic, sorcerer, and freemason, but Pope Pius VI, on March 21, 1791, reduced his sentence to life imprisonment. His manuscript was labeled as “superstitious, blasphemous, wicked, and heretical,” and it was ordered to be burned by the common hangman, along with his masonic tools.

After the sentence of the Inquisition, Cagliostro was taken back to the Castle of San Angelo and immured in a gloomy dungeon, where no one but the jailer came near him. But still his indomitable spirit was unconquered. He conceived a plan of escape. Expressing the greatest contrition for his crimes, he begged the Governor of the prison to send him a confessor. The request was granted, and a Capuchin monk was detailed to listen to the condemned man’s catalogue of sins. During the confession, the charlatan suddenly sprang upon the monk and endeavored to throttle him. His object was to escape from the Castle in the Capuchin’s robe. But the Father Confessor proved to be a member of the church militant, and vigorously defended himself. Cagliostro’s attempt proved futile. This anecdote was related by S. A. S. the Prince Bernard of Saxe-Weimar to the French masonic historian, Thory (Acta Latamorum, I, 68). The Prince declared it to be authentic.

After the Inquisition's sentence, Cagliostro was taken back to the Castle of San Angelo and locked away in a dark dungeon, where only the jailer came to see him. But his fighting spirit remained unbroken. He came up with a plan to escape. Expressing deep remorse for his crimes, he asked the prison Governor to send a confessor. His request was granted, and a Capuchin monk was assigned to hear the condemned man's list of sins. During the confession, the con artist suddenly lunged at the monk and tried to choke him. His goal was to escape the Castle disguised in the Capuchin's robe. However, the Father Confessor turned out to be a member of the church militant and defended himself fiercely. Cagliostro's attempt was unsuccessful. This story was shared by S. A. S. Prince Bernard of Saxe-Weimar to the French masonic historian, Thory (Acta Latamorum, I, 68). The Prince confirmed it as true.

Soon after the above-mentioned event, the Pontifical Government ordered Cagliostro to be conducted in the night time to {76} the Fortress of San Leon, in the Duchy of Urbino. Here in a subterranean dungeon, it is said, he was literally swallowed up alive, like the victims of mediæval days in the stone in pace. From this epoch we lose all traces of the great necromancer. It is said that he died in the month of August, 1795, the rigor of his punishment having somewhat abated. The following item will prove of interest: “News comes from Rome that the famous Cagliostro is dead in the fortress of San Leon.” (Moniteur universel, 6 Octobre, 1795. Correspondence dated from Genoa, August 25th.) Everything concerning that death is shrouded in mystery. The stone walls of San Leon have told no tales. No one knows where the magician is buried. In all likelihood in some ignoble prison grave. One can readily picture the obsequies: A flash of flambeaux in the night; a coarse winding-sheet; a wooden coffin; an indifferent priest to mumble a few Latin prayers; the callous grave diggers with their spades—and all is over! No masonic honors here; no arches of steel; no mystic lights and regalia. Farewell forever, Balsamo! I confess a weakness for you, despite your charlatanry. Doubtless you were welcomed with open arms to the Shades by your brethren—the Chaldeans, the sorcerers and the soothsayers.

Soon after the event mentioned above, the Pontifical Government ordered that Cagliostro be taken under cover of night to {76} the Fortress of San Leon, in the Duchy of Urbino. Here, in a subterranean dungeon, it’s said he was literally swallowed up alive, like the victims of medieval times in the stone in pace. From this time on, we lose all trace of the great necromancer. It’s believed he died in August 1795, as the harshness of his punishment eased a bit. The following item may be of interest: “News comes from Rome that the famous Cagliostro is dead in the fortress of San Leon.” (Moniteur universel, 6 October, 1795. Correspondence dated from Genoa, August 25th.) Everything about that death is surrounded by mystery. The stone walls of San Leon have kept their secrets. No one knows where the magician is buried. Most likely in some disgraceful prison grave. One can easily imagine the funeral: A flash of torches in the night; a rough shroud; a wooden coffin; an indifferent priest mumbling a few Latin prayers; the indifferent grave diggers with their shovels—and it’s all over! No masonic honors here; no arches of steel; no mystical lights and regalia. Farewell forever, Balsamo! I admit I have a soft spot for you, despite your trickery. Undoubtedly, you were welcomed with open arms into the afterlife by your fellow practitioners—the Chaldeans, the sorcerers, and the soothsayers.

Alfred de Caston, in his Marchands de Miracles, Paris 1864, remarks that Cagliostro “rendered up his soul to God” just one hundred years after the death of his predecessor in the art magique, the brilliant charlatan Joseph Francis Borri of Milan, who was condemned to perpetual imprisonment in the Castle of St. Angelo by the Holy Inquisition, as a heretic, alchemist, and sorcerer. A curious coincidence, says Castro.

Alfred de Caston, in his Marchands de Miracles, Paris 1864, notes that Cagliostro “gave his soul to God” exactly one hundred years after the death of his forerunner in the art magique, the impressive fraud Joseph Francis Borri from Milan, who was sentenced to life imprisonment in the Castle of St. Angelo by the Holy Inquisition for being a heretic, alchemist, and sorcerer. A strange coincidence, says Castro.

The beautiful “Flower of Vesuvius,” Lorenza Feliciani, escaped severe punishment by immuring herself in the convent of St. Appolonia at Rome, where she died in 1794. She was more sinned against than sinning.

The beautiful “Flower of Vesuvius,” Lorenza Feliciani, avoided serious punishment by shutting herself away in the convent of St. Appolonia in Rome, where she died in 1794. She was more victim than perpetrator.

There lived in 1858, an old woman known by the name of Madeline, who inhabited a miserable attic in Paris, the ceiling of which was covered with cabalistic and astrological emblems. She pretended to divine the future and tell fortunes. She was the daughter of Cagliostro and a Jewess of Lyons. (Le Figaro, 13 mai, 1858.) {77}

There was an old woman named Madeline living in 1858, who occupied a shabby attic in Paris, with a ceiling decorated with mystical and astrological symbols. She claimed to predict the future and read fortunes. She was the daughter of Cagliostro and a Jewish woman from Lyons. (Le Figaro, 13 mai, 1858.) {77}

In the Inquisition biography some curious letters to Cagliostro from his masonic correspondents in France are published. They evidence the profound respect, one might almost say blind worship, with which he was regarded by his disciples.

In the Inquisition biography, some interesting letters to Cagliostro from his Masonic contacts in France are published. They show the deep respect, one might even say blind admiration, that his followers had for him.

The masonic lodge at Rome was disrupted shortly after Cagliostro’s arrest. The Sbirri of the Holy Office pounced down upon it, but the birds had flown, taking with them their most important papers. Father Marcellus says that among the members of this Roman lodge were an Englishman and an American.

The masonic lodge in Rome was thrown into disarray shortly after Cagliostro’s arrest. The agents of the Holy Office swooped in, but the members had already escaped, taking their most important documents with them. Father Marcellus notes that among the members of this Roman lodge were an Englishman and an American.

And so endeth the career of Cagliostro, one of the most romantic of history. His condemnation as a sorcerer and freemason has invested him with “the halo of a religious martyr, of which perhaps no one was less deserving.”

And so ends the career of Cagliostro, one of the most romantic figures in history. His condemnation as a sorcerer and freemason has given him “the halo of a religious martyr, of which perhaps no one was less deserving.”

Among his effects the Inquisition found a peculiar seal, upon which the mysterious letters “L. P. D.” were engraved. These letters were supposed to stand for the Latin sentence, Lilia pedibus destrue, which rendered into the vulgar tongue signifies, “Tread the lilies under foot.” The fleur-de-lys was the heraldic device of the Bourbon Kings of France, hence this trampling upon the lily alluded to the stamping out of the French monarchy by the freemasons. However, it is more than probable that the initials, arranged as follows, L. D. P., stood for Libertè de Penser—“Freedom of thought”—which is a motto of Scottish Rite Masonry. This was the opinion of General Albert Pike, 33d degree, than whom no greater masonic student ever lived.

Among his belongings, the Inquisition discovered a strange seal with the letters “L. P. D.” engraved on it. These letters were thought to represent the Latin phrase, Lilia pedibus destrue, which translates to “Tread the lilies under foot.” The fleur-de-lys was the emblem of the Bourbon Kings of France, so this reference to trampling the lily hinted at the extinguishing of the French monarchy by the freemasons. However, it’s more likely that the initials, arranged as L. D. P., stood for Libertè de Penser—“Freedom of thought”—which is a motto of Scottish Rite Masonry. This was the view of General Albert Pike, 33rd degree, a distinguished masonic scholar.

Many theosophical writers have placed implicit belief in the mission of Cagliostro. They have regarded him as a genuine adept in magic and alchemy, and not a chevalier d’industrie preying upon a credulous world. Totally ignoring the evidence contained in the police archives16 of Paris and the numerous brochures by eminent men and women who personally knew Cagliostro, they point to the Inquisition biography as a mass of false evidence compiled by religious bigots, and consequently unreliable, as if no other testimony regarding Cagliostro’s character existed. Father Marcellus had an ecclesiastical axe to grind, {78} it is true, to prove Cagliostro a freemason and heretic (heinous crimes in the eyes of the Roman Church, but absurd charges in the eyes of all tolerant men), nevertheless he showed conclusively that Joseph Balsamo of Palermo, the man of many aliases, was also a charlatan, impostor and evil liver. All impartial contemporary biographers corroborate the facts adduced by the Inquisition in this respect. The Cardinal de Rohan is not a competent witness for Cagliostro, for he was blinded by his super­sti­tious belief in magic and alchemy. Populus vult decipi, decipiatur—people who wish to be deceived are deceived.

Many theosophical writers have placed blind faith in Cagliostro’s mission. They view him as a true master in magic and alchemy, rather than a chevalier d’industrie taking advantage of a gullible world. Completely ignoring the evidence in the police archives of Paris and the many pamphlets by notable individuals who personally knew Cagliostro, they claim that the Inquisition biography is a collection of false evidence put together by religious zealots and, therefore, unreliable, as if there were no other accounts of Cagliostro’s character. Father Marcellus had his own agenda, it’s true, wanting to prove Cagliostro a freemason and heretic (serious offenses in the eyes of the Roman Church, but ridiculous accusations to all reasonable people); nonetheless, he definitively showed that Joseph Balsamo of Palermo, the man of many names, was also a fraud, impostor, and morally corrupt. All unbiased contemporary biographers support the facts presented by the Inquisition on this point. Cardinal de Rohan is not a credible witness for Cagliostro, as he was blinded by his superstitious belief in magic and alchemy. Populus vult decipi, decipiatur—people who want to be deceived are easily deceived.

16 See Documents manuscrits in the French archives at Paris (Cartons: X2 B 1417—F7, 4445 B—Y, 11514—Y, 13125.)

16 See Documents manuscrits in the French archives at Paris (Cartons: X2 B 1417—F7, 4445 B—Y, 11514—Y, 13125.)

Some writers have asserted that Cagliostro was the agent of the Templars, and therefore wrote to the freemasons of London that the time had arrived to begin the work of rebuilding the Temple of the Eternal. With the heads of the Order he had vowed to overturn the Throne and the Altar upon the tomb of the martyred Grand Master of Templars, Jacques de Molai. Learned in the esoteric doctrines of the Orient, the Knights Templars, or Poor Fellow Soldiery of the Holy House of the Temple, were accused of sorcery and witchcraft, hence their persecution by the Church, and Philippe le Bel of France. De Molai, before he was burned to death in Paris, organized and instituted what afterwards became in the eighteenth century occult, hermetic or Scottish Masonry. And thus the freemasons traced their order to the Templars of the Middle Ages, from whom they inherited the theosophical doctrines of Egypt and India. Such is the romantic but improbable legend. Color is lent to the story by Cagliostro himself. Among other Munchausen tales related by him to his Inquisitors, he told how he had visited the Illuminati of Frankfurt, when on his way to Strasburg. In an underground cavern the secret Grand Master of Templars “showed him his signature under a horrible form of oath, traced in blood, and pledged him to destroy all despots, especially in Rome.”

Some writers have claimed that Cagliostro was the representative of the Templars and that he wrote to the freemasons in London, stating that the time had come to start rebuilding the Temple of the Eternal. He had promised the leaders of the Order that he would overthrow the Throne and the Altar on the grave of the martyred Grand Master of the Templars, Jacques de Molai. Knowledgeable in the secret teachings of the East, the Knights Templars, or the Poor Fellow Soldiery of the Holy House of the Temple, were accused of sorcery and witchcraft, leading to their persecution by the Church and Philippe le Bel of France. De Molai, before he was burned alive in Paris, organized and established what would later evolve into occult, hermetic, or Scottish Masonry in the eighteenth century. Thus, the freemasons traced their lineage back to the Templars of the Middle Ages, from whom they adopted the theosophical doctrines of Egypt and India. This is the romantic yet unlikely legend. Cagliostro himself adds color to the story. Among other exaggerated tales he shared with his Inquisitors, he recounted how he had visited the Illuminati in Frankfurt while on his way to Strasbourg. In an underground cavern, the secret Grand Master of the Templars “revealed his signature under a dreadful form of oath, written in blood, and committed him to destroy all despots, especially in Rome.”

Taking this idea for a theme, Alexander the Great—he of the pen, not of the sword—has built up a series of improbable though highly romantic novels about the personality of Cagliostro, entitled The Memoirs of a Physician and The Diamond Necklace. He makes him the Grand Kophta of a Society of {79} Illuminati, or exalted freemasons, which extends throughout the world. Pledged to the propagation of liberty, equality, and fraternity among men, the mystic brotherhood seeks to overthrow the thrones of Europe and the Papacy, symbols of oppression and persecution.

Taking this idea as a theme, Alexander the Great—writer, not warrior—has created a series of unlikely yet deeply romantic novels about the character of Cagliostro, titled The Memoirs of a Physician and The Diamond Necklace. He portrays him as the Grand Kophta of a Society of {79} Illuminati, or highly regarded freemasons, that spans the globe. Committed to the promotion of liberty, equality, and brotherhood among people, this mystical group aims to dismantle the thrones of Europe and the Papacy, which represent oppression and persecution.

The Memoirs of a Physician opens with a remarkable prologue, descriptive of a solemn conclave of the secret superiors of the Order. The meeting takes place at night in a ruined chateau located in a mountainous region near the old city of Strasburg. Cagliostro reveals his identity as the Arch-master of the Fraternity, the Grand Kophta, who is in possession of the secrets of the pyramids. He takes upon himself the important task of “treading the lilies under foot” and bringing about the destruction of the monarchy in France, the storm-centre of Europe. He departs on his mission. Like Torrini, the conjurer, he has a miniature house on wheels drawn by two Flemish horses. One part of the vehicle is fitted up as an alchemical laboratory, wherein the sage Althotas makes researches for the elixir of life. Arriving at the chateau of a nobleman of the ancien régime, Cagliostro meets the young dauphiness Marie Antoinette, on her way to Paris, accompanied by a brilliant cortège. He causes her to see in a carafe of water her death by the guillotine. Aided by the freemasons of Paris, Cagliostro sets to work to encompass the ruin of the throne and to bring on the great Revolution. Dumas in this remarkable series of novels passes in review before us Jean Jacques Rousseau, Cardinal de Rohan, Louis XV and XVI, Marie Antoinette, Countess du Barry, Madame de la Motte, Danton, Marat, and a host of people famous in the annals of history. Cagliostro is exalted from a charlatan into an apostle of liberty, endowed with many noble qualities. He is represented as possessing occult powers, and his séances are depicted as realities. Dumas himself was a firm believer in spiritualism, and hobnobbed with the American medium Daniel D. Home.

The Memoirs of a Physician starts with an impressive prologue, describing a serious meeting of the secret leaders of the Order. This gathering happens at night in a crumbling chateau in a mountainous area near the old city of Strasbourg. Cagliostro reveals that he is the Arch-master of the Fraternity, the Grand Kophta, who holds the secrets of the pyramids. He takes on the crucial task of “treading the lilies under foot” and aims to bring down the monarchy in France, the center of Europe’s turmoil. He sets off on his mission. Like Torrini, the magician, he has a small house on wheels pulled by two Flemish horses. One part of the vehicle is set up as an alchemical lab, where the wise Althotas researches the elixir of life. When he arrives at the chateau of a nobleman from the ancien régime, Cagliostro encounters the young dauphiness Marie Antoinette, who is on her way to Paris with an impressive entourage. He makes her see her own death by guillotine in a carafe of water. With the help of the freemasons in Paris, Cagliostro sets out to bring about the downfall of the throne and initiate the great Revolution. In this remarkable series of novels, Dumas presents historical figures like Jean Jacques Rousseau, Cardinal de Rohan, Louis XV and XVI, Marie Antoinette, Countess du Barry, Madame de la Motte, Danton, Marat, and many others known in history. Cagliostro is elevated from a charlatan to a champion of liberty, portrayed with many admirable qualities. He is shown as having mysterious powers, and his séances are depicted as real events. Dumas himself was a strong believer in spiritualism and associated with the American medium Daniel D. Home.

VII.

Cagliostro’s house in the Marais quarter, Paris, still remains—a memorial in stone of its former master. In the summer {80} of 1899 the Courrier des Etats-Unis, New York, contained an interesting article on this mansion. I quote as follows:

Cagliostro’s house in the Marais district of Paris is still standing—a stone memorial to its former owner. In the summer {80} of 1899, the Courrier des Etats-Unis from New York featured an interesting article about this mansion. I quote as follows:

“Cagliostro’s house still stands in Paris. Few alterations have been made in it since the days of its glories and mysteries; and one may easily imagine the effect which it produced in the night upon those who gazed upon its strange pavilions and wide terraces when the lurid lights of the alchemist’s furnaces streamed through the outer window blinds. The building preserves its noble lines in spite of modern additions and at the same time has a weird appearance which produces an almost depressing effect. But this doubtless comes from the imag­i­na­tion, because the house was not built by Cagliostro; he simply rented it. When he took up his quarters in it, it was the property of the Marquise d’Orvillers. Cagliostro made no changes in it, except perhaps a few temporary interior additions for the machines which he used in his séances in magic.

“Cagliostro’s house still stands in Paris. It hasn’t changed much since its glorious and mysterious days; you can easily imagine the impact it had at night when people looked at its unique pavilions and spacious terraces, lit by the eerie glow of the alchemist’s furnaces shining through the window blinds. The building still has its grand lines despite some modern additions and has a strange look that gives it an almost somber vibe. However, this might just be a product of the imagination since Cagliostro didn’t build the house; he merely rented it. When he moved in, it belonged to the Marquise d’Orvillers. Cagliostro made no changes to it, except for perhaps a few temporary interior modifications for the machines he used in his magic séances.”

COURTYARD OF CAGLIOSTRO’S HOUSE IN PARIS (PRESENT CONDITION).

“The plan of the building may well be said to be abnormal. The outer gate opens upon the Rue Saint Claude at the angle of the Boulevard Beaumarchais. The courtyard has a morose and solemn aspect. At the end under a flagged porch there is a stone staircase worn by time, but it still preserves its old iron railing. On looking at that staircase, one cannot help thinking of the hosts of beautiful women, attracted by curiosity to the den of the sorcerer, and terrified at what they imagined they were about to see, who placed their trembling hands upon that old railing. Here we can evoke {81} the shade of Mme. de la Motte running up the steps, with her head covered with a cloak, and the ghosts of the valets of Cardinal de Rohan sleeping in the driver’s seat of the carriage with a lantern at their feet, while their master, in company with the Great Kophta, is occupied with necromancy, metallurgy, cabala, or oneirocritics, which, as everybody knows, constitute the four elementary divisions of Cagliostro’s art.

“The layout of the building is definitely unusual. The outer gate opens onto Rue Saint Claude at the corner of Boulevard Beaumarchais. The courtyard looks dark and serious. At the end, beneath a tiled porch, there’s a stone staircase that’s worn down by time but still retains its old iron railing. When you see that staircase, you can’t help but think of the many beautiful women who, out of curiosity, visited the sorcerer's lair, scared of what they thought they were about to see, resting their trembling hands on that old railing. Here, we can imagine {81} the ghost of Mme. de la Motte hurrying up the steps, her head covered with a cloak, and the spirits of Cardinal de Rohan’s footmen napping in the carriage with a lantern at their feet, while their master, alongside the Great Kophta, engages in necromancy, metallurgy, cabala, or dream interpretation, which, as everyone knows, are the four main aspects of Cagliostro’s craft.”

“A secret stairway now walled up ran near the large one to the second story, where its traces are found; and a third stairway, narrow and tortuous, still exists at the other end of the building on the boulevard side. It is in the center of the wall, in complete darkness, and leads to the old salons now cut into apartments, the windows of which look out upon a terrace. Below, with their mouldering doors, are the carriage house and the stable,—the stable of Djerid, the splendid black horse of Lorenza Feliciani.”

“A secret staircase, now blocked off, ran alongside the large one leading to the second floor, where you can still see its remains; and a third staircase, narrow and winding, still exists at the other end of the building on the boulevard side. It’s in the middle of the wall, completely dark, and leads to the old salons that have been turned into apartments, the windows of which open onto a terrace. Below, with their decaying doors, are the carriage house and the stable—the stable of Djerid, the magnificent black horse of Lorenza Feliciani.”

To verify the above statement, I wrote to M. Alfred de Ricaudy (an authority on archæological matters and editor of L’Echo du Public, Paris), who responded as follows, Jan. 13, 1900:

To confirm the statement above, I reached out to M. Alfred de Ricaudy (an expert on archaeological issues and editor of L’Echo du Public, Paris), who replied as follows, Jan. 13, 1900:

“The house still exists just as it was in the time of Cagliostro [the exterior]. Upon the boulevard, contiguous to the mansion, there was formerly the shop of one Camerlingue, a bookseller, now occupied by an upholsterer. On January 30, 1785, Cagliostro took up his residence in this quaint old house. It was then No. 30 Rue St. Claude, at the corner of the Boulevard Saint Antoine, afterwards the Boulevard Beaumarchais. The Marquise d’Orvillers was the owner of the premises occupied by the thaumaturgist of the eighteenth century. Her father, M. de Chavigny, captain in the royal navy, had built this house on ground acquired in 1719 from Mme. de Harlay, who had inherited it from her father, le Chevalier Boucherat. (See Lefeuve, Old Houses of Paris, Vol. IV., issue 51, page 24, published by Achille Faure, Paris, 1863.)”

“The house still stands just as it did in Cagliostro's era [the exterior]. On the boulevard, next to the mansion, there used to be a bookstore run by Camerlingue, which is now an upholstery shop. On January 30, 1785, Cagliostro moved into this lovely old house. Back then, it was No. 30 Rue St. Claude, at the corner of Boulevard Saint Antoine, which later became Boulevard Beaumarchais. The Marquise d’Orvillers owned the property where the 18th-century magician lived. Her father, M. de Chavigny, a captain in the royal navy, built this house on land he bought in 1719 from Mme. de Harlay, who had inherited it from her father, le Chevalier Boucherat. (See Lefeuve, Old Houses of Paris, Vol. IV., issue 51, page 24, published by Achille Faure, Paris, 1863.)”

Cagliostro’s house is now No. 1, the numbering of the street having been altered during the reign of Louis Philippe. Says M. de Ricaudy:

Cagliostro's house is now No. 1, as the street numbering was changed during Louis Philippe's reign. M. de Ricaudy says:

“The numbering originally began at the Rue Saint Louis, now Rue de Turenne, in which is situated the church of Saint Denis du Sacrement. When the houses were re-numbered with reference to the direction of the current of the Seine (under Louis Philippe), the numbers of the Rue St. Claude, which is parallel to the river, began at the corner of the boulevard, and in that way the former number 30 became number 1.”

“The numbering initially began at Rue Saint Louis, now known as Rue de Turenne, where the church of Saint Denis du Sacrement is found. When the houses were renumbered according to the flow of the Seine (during Louis Philippe's reign), the numbers on Rue St. Claude, which runs alongside the river, started at the corner of the boulevard, changing the old number 30 to number 1.”

The sombre old mansion has had a peculiar history. Cagliostro locked the doors of the laboratories and séance-chambre some time in June, 1786, on the occasion of his exile from France. All during the great Revolution the house remained closed and intact. Twenty-four years of undisturbed repose passed away. The {82} dust settled thick upon everything; spiders built their webs upon the gilded ceilings of the salons. Finally, in the Napoleonic year 1810, the doors of the temple of magic and mystery were unfastened, and the furniture and rare curios, the retorts and crucibles, belonging to the dead conjurer, were auctioned off. An idle crowd of curious quid nuncs gathered to witness the sale and pry about. Says Ricaudy:

The gloomy old mansion has a strange history. Cagliostro locked the doors of the laboratories and séance room sometime in June 1786, when he was exiled from France. Throughout the great Revolution, the house stayed closed and untouched. Twenty-four years of peaceful stillness passed. The {82} dust settled heavily on everything; spiders spun their webs on the gilded ceilings of the salons. Finally, in the Napoleonic year 1810, the doors of the temple of magic and mystery were opened, and the furniture, rare collectibles, retorts, and crucibles belonging to the deceased conjurer were put up for auction. A curious crowd of onlookers gathered to see the sale and explore. Says Ricaudy:

“The household furniture, belongings, etc., of the illustrious adventure were not sold until five years after his death. The sale took place in the apartment which he had occupied, and was by order of the municipal government. An examination revealed many curious acoustical and optical arrangements constructed in the building by Cagliostro. By the aid of these contrivances and that of well-trained confederates, he perpetrated many supposedly magical effects, summoned the shades of the dead,” etc. (See Dictionnaire de la France. By A. G. de St. Fargeau, Vol. III., page 245. Paris, 1851.)

“The household furniture and belongings of the famous adventurer were not sold until five years after his death. The sale took place in the apartment where he had lived and was ordered by the city government. An examination revealed many intriguing acoustic and optical setups created in the building by Cagliostro. With the help of these devices and well-trained associates, he performed many supposedly magical effects and summoned the spirits of the dead,” etc. (See Dictionnaire de la France. By A. G. de St. Fargeau, Vol. III., page 245. Paris, 1851.)

Says Lenôtre:

Says Lenôtre:

“Since the auctioning of Cagliostro’s effects the gloomy house of the Rue St. Claude has had no history. Ah, but I am mistaken. In 1855 some repairs were made. The old carriage door was removed, and the one that took its place was taken from the ruins of the Temple. There it stands today with its great bolts and immense locks. The door of the prison of Louis XVI. closes the house of Cagliostro.”

“Since Cagliostro’s belongings were auctioned off, the dark house on Rue St. Claude hasn’t had a story. Ah, but I’m mistaken. In 1855, some work was done. The old carriage door was removed, and the new one that took its place came from the ruins of the Temple. It still stands today with its large bolts and heavy locks. The door from Louis XVI’s prison now seals Cagliostro’s house.”

M. de Ricaudy verifies this statement about the door of the mansion. The student of Parisian archæology will do well to consult M. de Ricaudy, as well as M. Labreton, 93 Boulevard Beaumarchais, who possesses forty volumes relating to the history of the Marais Quarter. Last but not least is the indefatigable student of ancient landmarks of Paris, M. G. Lenôtre, author of Paris révolutionnaire, vieilles maisons, vieux papiers, 1re série.

M. de Ricaudy confirms this information about the mansion's door. Anyone studying Parisian archaeology should definitely reach out to M. de Ricaudy, as well as M. Labreton at 93 Boulevard Beaumarchais, who has forty volumes on the history of the Marais Quarter. Lastly, we can't forget the tireless researcher of Paris's old landmarks, M. G. Lenôtre, author of Paris révolutionnaire, vieilles maisons, vieux papiers, 1re série.

My friend, M. Félicien Trewey, who visited the place in the summer of 1901, at my request, reported to me that it had been converted into a commercial establishment. The salons were cut up into small apartments. The laboratories and the chambre égyptienne where the great sorcerer held his séances were no more. A grocer, a feather curler, and a manufacturer of cardboard boxes occupied the building, oblivious of the fact that the world-renowned Cagliostro once lived there, plying his trade of sorcerer, mesmerist, physician, and mason, like a true chevalier d’industrie. Alas! the history of these old mansions! They {83} have their days of splendid prosperity, followed by shabby gentility and finally by sordid decay,—battered, blear-eyed, and repulsive looking.

My friend, M. Félicien Trewey, who visited the place in the summer of 1901 at my request, told me that it had been turned into a commercial establishment. The salons were divided into small apartments. The laboratories and the chambre égyptienne where the great sorcerer held his séances were gone. A grocer, a feather curler, and a manufacturer of cardboard boxes now occupied the building, completely unaware that the world-renowned Cagliostro once lived there, practicing his trades as a sorcerer, mesmerist, physician, and mason, like a true chevalier d’industrie. Unfortunately, the history of these old mansions! They {83} experience days of grand prosperity, followed by faded elegance, and eventually end up in grim decay—dilapidated, worn out, and unappealing.

According to Henri d’Almeras (Cagliostro, et la franc-maconnerie et l’occultisme au XVIIIe siècle), Cagliostro’s apartment on the second floor of the house was occupied in the year 1904 by a watchmaker. Two famous watchmakers became conjurers, one after having read an old book on natural magic, the other after having seen a performance of the Davenport Brothers. I allude to Robert-Houdin and Jno. Nevil Maskelyne. Watchmaking leads naturally to the construction of automata and magical illusions. The young horologist of the Rue Saint Claude has every excuse to become a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur. He works in an atmosphere of necromancy in that old house haunted by its memories of the past. If this does not influence him to enter the magic circle, nothing else will.

According to Henri d’Almeras (Cagliostro, and Freemasonry and Occultism in the 18th Century), Cagliostro’s apartment on the second floor of the house was rented out in 1904 by a watchmaker. Two well-known watchmakers became magicians—one after reading an old book on natural magic and the other after watching a performance by the Davenport Brothers. I’m referring to Robert-Houdin and Jno. Nevil Maskelyne. Watchmaking naturally leads to the creation of automata and magical illusions. The young watchmaker on Rue Saint Claude has every reason to become a magician. He works in a place filled with the magic of its past. If this doesn’t inspire him to join the world of magic, nothing will.

People pass and repass this ghost-house of the Rue Saint Claude every day, but not one in a hundred knows that the great enchanter once resided there and held high court. If those dumb walls could but speak, what fascinating stories of super­sti­tion and folly they might unfold to our wondering ears! Yes, in this ancient house, dating back to pre-Revolutionary Paris, to the old régime, the great necromancer known as Cagliostro lived in the zenith of his fame. In these golden years of his life, was he never haunted by disturbing visions of the dungeons of the Holy Inquisition, yawning to receive him? Ah, who can tell? Thanks to the gossipy memoir writers of the period, I am able to give a pen portrait, composite, if you will, of some of the scenes that were enacted in the antiquated mansion.

People walk by this ghost house on Rue Saint Claude every day, but not one in a hundred knows that the great enchanter once lived there and held court. If those silent walls could talk, what fascinating stories of superstition and folly they might share with us! Yes, in this old house, which dates back to pre-Revolutionary Paris, during the ancien régime, the great necromancer known as Cagliostro lived at the height of his fame. During those golden years, was he ever haunted by disturbing visions of the dungeons of the Holy Inquisition, ready to claim him? Ah, who can say? Thanks to the gossipy memoir writers of the time, I can provide a pen portrait, a composite if you like, of some of the scenes that took place in that ancient mansion.

It is night. The lanterns swung in the streets of old Paris glimmer fitfully. Silence broods over the city with shadowy wings. No sound is heard save the clank of the patrol on its rounds. The Rue Saint Claude, however, is all bustle and confusion. A grand “soirée magique” is being held at the house of Monsieur le Comte de Cagliostro. Heavy old-fashioned carriages stand in front of the door, with coachmen lolling sleepily on the boxes, and linkboys playing rude games with each other in the kennel. A rumble in the street—ha, there, lackeys! out of {84} the way! Here comes the coach of my Lord Cardinal, Prince Louis de Rohan. There is a flash of torches. Servants in gorgeous liveries of red and gold, with powdered wigs, open the door of the vehicle, and let down the steps with a crash. Monseigneur le Cardinal, celebrant of the mass in the royal palace at Versailles, man of pleasure and alchemist, descends. He is enveloped in a dark cloak, as if to court disguise, but it is only a polite pretense. He enters the mansion of his bosom friend, Cagliostro the magician. Within, all is a blaze of light. A life-size bust of the divine Cagliostro ornaments the foyer. Visitors are received in a handsomely furnished apartment on the second floor. Beyond that is the séance-room, a mysterious chamber hung with somber drapery. Wax candles in tall silver sconces, arranged about the place in mystic pentagons and triangles, illuminate the scene.

It’s nighttime. The lanterns in the streets of old Paris flicker weakly. Silence hovers over the city with shadowy wings. The only sound is the clanking of the patrol on its rounds. However, the Rue Saint Claude is buzzing with activity and chaos. A grand “soirée magique” is happening at the home of Monsieur le Comte de Cagliostro. Heavy, old-fashioned carriages are parked in front of the door, with sleepy coachmen lounging on the boxes and linkboys playing rough games in the gutter. A rumble in the street—look out, there are the lackeys! Get out of the way! Here comes the coach of my Lord Cardinal, Prince Louis de Rohan. A flash of torches appears. Servants in stunning red and gold uniforms, with powdered wigs, open the door of the carriage and let down the steps with a crash. Monseigneur le Cardinal, who celebrates mass in the royal palace at Versailles, a man of pleasure and alchemist, steps down. He is wrapped in a dark cloak, seemingly for disguise, but it’s just a polite pretense. He enters the mansion of his close friend, Cagliostro the magician. Inside, everything is ablaze with light. A life-sized bust of the divine Cagliostro decorates the foyer. Guests are welcomed in a beautifully furnished room on the second floor. Beyond that is the séance room, a mysterious chamber draped in dark fabric. Wax candles in tall silver sconces, arranged in mystical pentagons and triangles, light up the scene.

In the center of the room is a table with a black cloth, on which are embroidered in red the symbols of the highest degree of the Rosicrucians. Upon this strange shekinah is placed the cabalistic apparatus of the necromancer—odd little Egyptian figures of Isis, Osiris, vials of lustral waters, and a large globe full of clarified water. It is all very uncanny. Presently the guests are seated in a circle about the altar, and form a magnetic chain. As the old chroniclers phrase it, to them enters Cagliostro, the Grand Kophta, the man who has lived thousands of years, habited in gorgeous robes like the arch-hierophant of an ancient Egyptian temple. The clairvoyant is now brought in, a child of angelic purity, who was born under a certain constellation, of delicate nerves, great sensitiveness, and, withal, blue eyes. She is bidden to kneel before the globe, and relate what she sees therein. Cagliostro makes passes over her, and commands the genii to enter the water. The very soul of the seeress is penetrated with the magnetic aura emanating from the magician. She becomes convulsed, and declares that she sees events taking place that very moment at the court of Versailles, at Vienna, at Rome.

In the center of the room, there’s a table covered with a black cloth, embroidered in red with the symbols of the highest degree of the Rosicrucians. On this strange setup is the necromancer’s cabalistic apparatus—curious little Egyptian figures of Isis and Osiris, vials of purifying waters, and a large globe filled with clear water. It all feels very eerie. Soon, the guests are seated in a circle around the altar, creating a magnetic chain. As the old chroniclers put it, Cagliostro, the Grand Kophta, the man who has lived for thousands of years, enters, dressed in magnificent robes like the chief priest of an ancient Egyptian temple. Now, the clairvoyant is brought in, a child of pure innocence, born under a particular star, with delicate nerves, great sensitivity, and blue eyes. She’s asked to kneel before the globe and describe what she sees inside it. Cagliostro makes gestures over her and commands the spirits to enter the water. The very soul of the seeress is filled with the magnetic energy coming from the magician. She becomes overwhelmed and announces that she sees events happening at that very moment at the court of Versailles, in Vienna, and in Rome.

Every one present is transported with joy. Monseigneur le Cardinal de Rohan is charmed, delighted, and lauds the necromancer to the skies. How weird and wonderful! Albertus {85} Magnus, Nostradamus and Appolonius of Tyana are not to be compared with the all-powerful Cagliostro. Truly he is the descendant of the Egyptian thaumaturgists.

Everyone present is filled with joy. Cardinal de Rohan is enchanted, thrilled, and praises the magician to the heavens. How strange and amazing! Albertus Magnus, Nostradamus, and Apollonius of Tyana can't compare to the all-powerful Cagliostro. He truly is the descendant of the Egyptian miracle workers.

The séance is followed by a banquet. Rose-leaves are showered over the guests from the gilded ceiling, perfumed water plashes in the fountains, and a hidden orchestra of violins, flutes and harps plays soft melodies. The scene reminds one of the splendid feasts of the Roman voluptuaries in the decadent days of the empire. The lovely Lorenza Feliciani, wife of the enchanter, discourses learnedly of sylphs, salamanders and gnomes, in the jargon of the Rosicrucians. The Cardinal, his veins on fire with love and champagne, gazes amorously at her. But he is thinking all the while of the aristocratic Marie Antoinette, who treats him with such cruel disdain. But Cagliostro has promised to win the Queen for him, to melt her icy heart with love-philters and magical talismans. Let him but possess his soul in patience a little while. All will be well. Aye, indeed, well enough to land the haughty prelate in the Bastille, and start the magician on that downward path to the Inquisition at Rome.

The séance is followed by a banquet. Rose petals fall over the guests from the gilded ceiling, scented water splashes in the fountains, and a hidden orchestra of violins, flutes, and harps plays soft melodies. The scene resembles the lavish feasts of Roman pleasure-seekers during the decadent days of the empire. The beautiful Lorenza Feliciani, wife of the enchanter, speaks knowledgeably about sylphs, salamanders, and gnomes in the language of the Rosicrucians. The Cardinal, his veins aflame with love and champagne, looks at her with affection. But he’s constantly thinking about the aristocratic Marie Antoinette, who treats him with such harsh disdain. However, Cagliostro has promised to win the Queen for him, to melt her icy heart with love potions and magical charms. He just needs to be patient a little longer. Everything will be fine. Yes, indeed, well enough to land the arrogant prelate in the Bastille and send the magician on his way to the Inquisition in Rome.

The night wanes. The lights of the banqueting-hall burn lower and lower. Finally the grandes dames and the seigneurs take their departure. When the last carriage has rolled away into the darkness, Cagliostro and his wife yawn wearily, and retire to their respective sleeping-apartments. The augurs of Rome, says a Latin poet, could not look at each other without laughing. Cagliostro and Lorenza in bidding each other goodnight exchange smiles of incalculable cunning. The sphinx masks have dropped from their faces, and they know each other to be—charlatans and impostors, preying upon a super­sti­tious society. The magician is alone. He places his wax light upon an escritoire, and throws himself into an arm-chair before the great fireplace, carved and gilded with many a grotesque image. The flames of the blazing logs weave all sorts of fantastic forms on floor and ceiling. The wind without howls in the chimney like a lost spirit. The figures embroidered on the tapestry assume monstrous shapes of evil portent—alguazils, cowled inquisitors, and jailers with rusty keys and chains. {86}

The night drags on. The lights in the banquet hall dim lower and lower. Eventually, the grandes dames and seigneurs leave. When the last carriage disappears into the darkness, Cagliostro and his wife yawn tiredly and head to their separate bedrooms. A Latin poet says the augurs of Rome couldn't look at each other without laughing. As Cagliostro and Lorenza say goodnight, they share knowing smiles filled with cleverness. The masks they wore have fallen away, and they recognize each other as—con artists and frauds, taking advantage of a superstitious society. The magician is left alone. He sets a wax candle on a desk and sinks into an armchair in front of a large fireplace, intricately carved and gilded with many grotesque figures. The flames from the burning logs create all kinds of strange shapes on the floor and ceiling. The wind outside howls in the chimney like a wandering spirit. The images on the tapestry take on monstrous forms with ominous significance—police officers, cloaked inquisitors, and jailers wielding rusty keys and chains. {86}

But the magician sees nothing of it all, hears not the warning cry of the wind: he is thinking of his newly hatched lodges of Egyptian occultism, and the golden louis d’or to be conjured out of the strong-boxes of his Parisian dupes.

But the magician notices none of it, doesn't hear the warning cry of the wind: he’s focused on his newly formed practices of Egyptian magic, and the golden louis d’or he plans to conjure from the strongboxes of his gullible Parisian victims.

GHOST-MAKING EXTRAORDINARY.

“Stay illusion!
If thou hast any sound, or use of voice,
Speak to me.”—SHAKESPEARE:  Hamlet.

I.

The French Revolution drew crowds of adventurers to Paris, their brains buzzing with the wildest schemes—political, social, and scientific—which they endeavored to exploit. Among the inventors was a Belgian optician, Etienne-Gaspard Robertson, born at Liège, in 1763, where for many years he had been a professor of physics. He addressed a memorial in the year 1794 to the Government proposing to construct gigantic burning glasses à la Archimedes, to set fire to the English fleets, at that period blockading the French seaports. A commission composed of Monge, Lefevre, Gineau and Guyton de Morveau was appointed to investigate the matter, but nothing came of it.

The French Revolution attracted many adventurous people to Paris, their minds buzzing with the craziest ideas—political, social, and scientific—that they tried to take advantage of. One of the inventors was a Belgian optician, Etienne-Gaspard Robertson, who was born in Liège in 1763 and had been a physics professor there for many years. In 1794, he presented a proposal to the government to create massive burning glasses à la Archimedes to ignite the English fleets that were blockading the French ports at the time. A commission made up of Monge, Lefevre, Gineau, and Guyton de Morveau was set up to look into the proposal, but nothing came of it.

Failing to accomplish his scheme, Robertson turned his attention to other methods of money-making. Four years passed away. Having a decided penchant for magic illusions, etc., he set about constructing a ghost-making apparatus. The “Red Terror” was a thing of the past, and people had begun to pluck up courage and seek amusements. Rid to a great extent, of his rival, La Guillotine—the most famous of “ghost-making machines”—Robertson set up his phan­tas­ma­goria at the Pavilion de l’Echiquier, and flooded the city with circulars describing his exhibition. Poultier, a journalist and one of the Representatives of the People, wrote an amusing account of the entertainment in the L’Ami des Lois, 1798.17 He says: {88}

Failing to execute his plan, Robertson shifted his focus to other ways to make money. Four years went by. With a strong interest in magic illusions, he started working on a ghost-making device. The “Red Terror” was behind them, and people had begun to regain their courage and look for fun. Having mostly eliminated his competitor, La Guillotine—the most well-known of “ghost-making machines”—Robertson set up his phantasmagoria at the Pavilion de l’Echiquier and flooded the city with flyers promoting his show. Poultier, a journalist and one of the Representatives of the People, wrote a fun review of the event in L’Ami des Lois, 1798.17 He says: {88}

Robertson's GHOST SHOW.

“A decemvir of the Republic has said that the dead return no more, but go to Robertson’s exhibition and you will soon be convinced of the contrary, for you will see the dead returning to life in crowds. Robertson calls forth phantoms, and commands legions of spectres. In a well-lighted apartment in the Pavilion l’Echiquier I found myself seated a few evenings since, with sixty or seventy people. At seven o’clock a pale, thin man entered the room where we were sitting, and having extinguished the candles he said: ‘Citizens, I am not one of those adventurers and impudent swindlers who promise more than they can perform. I have assured the public in the Journal de Paris that I can bring the dead to life, and I shall do so. Those of the company who desire to see the apparitions of those who were dear to them, but who have passed away from this life by sickness or otherwise, have only to speak; and I shall obey their commands.’ There was a moment’s silence, and a haggard-looking man, with dishevelled hair and sorrowful eyes, rose in the midst of the assemblage and exclaimed, ‘As I have been unable in an official journal to re-establish the worship of Marat, I should at least be glad to see his shadow.’ Robertson immediately threw upon {89} a brazier containing lighted coals, two glasses of blood, a bottle of vitriol, a few drops of aquafortis, and two numbers of the Journal des Hommes Libres, and there instantly appeared in the midst of the smoke caused by the burning of these substances, a hideous livid phantom armed with a dagger and wearing a red cap of liberty. The man at whose wish the phantom had been evoked seemed to recognize Marat, and rushed forward to embrace the vision, but the ghost made a frightful grimace and disappeared. A young man next asked to see the phantom of a young lady whom he had tenderly loved, and whose portrait he {90} showed to the worker of all these marvels. Robertson threw upon the brazier a few sparrow’s feathers, a grain or two of phosphorus, and a dozen butterflies. A beautiful woman with her bosom uncovered and her hair floating about her, soon appeared, and smiled on the young man with most tender regard and sorrow. A grave looking individual sitting close by me suddenly exclaimed, ‘Heavens! it’s my wife come to life again,’ and he rushed from the room, apparently fearing that what he saw was not a phantom.”

“A decemvir of the Republic once said that the dead don’t come back, but go to Robertson’s show and you’ll quickly change your mind, because you'll see the dead returning to life in droves. Robertson summons spirits and commands legions of ghosts. A few evenings ago, I found myself sitting in a well-lit room at Pavilion l’Echiquier with sixty or seventy other people. At seven o’clock, a pale, thin man walked in, turned off the candles, and said: ‘Citizens, I’m not one of those charlatans who promise more than they can deliver. I have assured the public in the Journal de Paris that I can bring the dead back to life, and I will do just that. Those of you who want to see the spirits of loved ones who have passed away due to illness or otherwise just need to speak up, and I will grant your requests.’ There was a brief silence, and a gaunt-looking man with unkempt hair and sorrowful eyes stood up and shouted, ‘Since I haven’t been able to restore the worship of Marat in an official journal, at least I’d like to see his ghost.’ Robertson quickly tossed onto {89} a brazier filled with burning coals, two glasses of blood, a bottle of vitriol, a few drops of aquafortis, and two issues of the Journal des Hommes Libres, and then, amid the smoke from these burning substances, a grotesquely pale ghost appeared, armed with a dagger and wearing a red cap of liberty. The man who had requested the phantom seemed to recognize Marat and lunged forward to embrace the vision, but the ghost made a terrifying grimace and vanished. A young man next asked to see the spirit of a young woman he had loved dearly, whose portrait he {90} showed to the conjurer. Robertson tossed some sparrow feathers, a couple of grains of phosphorus, and a dozen butterflies into the brazier. Soon, a beautiful woman with her chest bare and her hair flowing appeared, smiling tenderly and sorrowfully at the young man. A serious-looking person sitting nearby suddenly exclaimed, ‘Heavens! It’s my wife come back to life,’ and he dashed out of the room, seemingly terrified that what he saw wasn’t just a ghost.”

Robertson's ILLUSION ON A SMALL SCALE.
(From a French Print.)

17 Du 8 germinal au VI—28 Mars, 1798.

17 From March 28, 1798 (8 Germinal VI).

One evening one of the audience, avowing himself to be a Royalist, called for the shade of the martyred king, Louis XVI. Here was a dilemma for citizen Robertson. Had he complied with the request and evoked the royal ghost, prison and possibly the guillotine would have been his fate.

One evening, a member of the audience, declaring himself a Royalist, called for the spirit of the martyr king, Louis XVI. This put citizen Robertson in a tough spot. If he had gone along with the request and summoned the royal ghost, he would have faced imprisonment and likely the guillotine.

But the magician was foxy. He suspected a trap on the part of a police agent in disguise, who had a spite against him. He replied as follows: “Citizens, I once had a recipe for bringing dead kings to life, but that was before the 18th Fructidor, when the Republic declared royalty abolished forever. On that glorious day I lost my magic formula, and fear that I shall never recover it again.”

But the magician was clever. He suspected that a police agent in disguise had set a trap for him, driven by a grudge. He responded: “Citizens, I once had a recipe for bringing dead kings back to life, but that was before the 18th of Fructidor, when the Republic declared royalty permanently abolished. On that glorious day, I lost my magic formula and fear that I will never get it back.”

In spite of Robertson’s clever retort, the affair created such a sensation that on the following day, the police prohibited the exhibitions, and placed seals on the optician’s boxes and papers. However, the ban was soon lifted, and the performances allowed to continue. Lucky Robertson! The advertisement filled his coffers to overflowing. People struggled to gain admission to the wonderful phan­tas­ma­goria.

In spite of Robertson’s witty comeback, the incident caused such a stir that the next day, the police banned the exhibits and sealed the optician’s boxes and documents. However, the ban was quickly lifted, and the shows were allowed to go on. Lucky Robertson! The publicity filled his pockets to the brim. People fought to get in to see the amazing phantasmagoria.

Finding the Pavilion too small to accommodate the crowds, the magician moved his show to an abandoned chapel of the Capuchin Convent, near the Place Vendôme. This ancient place of worship was located in the middle of a vast cloister crowded with tombs and funeral tablets.

Finding the Pavilion too small for the crowds, the magician moved his show to an old chapel of the Capuchin Convent, near the Place Vendôme. This historic place of worship was situated in the middle of a large cloister filled with tombs and memorial tablets.

A more gruesome spot could not have been selected. The Chapel was draped in black. From the ceiling was suspended a sepulchral lamp, in which alcohol and salt were burned, giving forth a ghastly light which made the faces of the spectators {91} resemble those of corpses. Robertson, habited in black, made his appearance, and harangued his audience on ghosts, witches, sorcery, and magic. Finally the lamp was extinguished and the apartment plunged in Plutonian darkness. A storm of wind and rain, thunder and lightning, interspersed with the tolling of a church bell, followed, and after this the solemn strains of a far-off organ were heard. At the evocation of the conjurer, phantoms of Voltaire, Mirabeau, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Robespierre, Danton, and Marat appeared and faded away again “into thin air.” The ghost of Robespierre was shown rising from a tomb. A flash of lightning, vivid and terrible, would strike the phantom, whereupon it would sink down into the ground and vanish.

A more chilling location couldn’t have been chosen. The chapel was draped in black. From the ceiling hung a grim lamp, burning alcohol and salt, casting a haunting light that made the faces of the spectators {91} look like those of corpses. Dressed in black, Robertson appeared and spoke to his audience about ghosts, witches, sorcery, and magic. Finally, the lamp was turned off, and the room was plunged into darkness so deep it felt like the underworld. A storm of wind and rain, thunder and lightning, mingled with the tolling of a church bell, followed, and then the distant, solemn sounds of an organ were heard. At the conjurer's call, specters of Voltaire, Mirabeau, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Robespierre, Danton, and Marat appeared and vanished "into thin air." The ghost of Robespierre was shown rising from a tomb. A flash of lightning, bright and fierce, would strike the phantom, causing it to sink into the ground and disappear.

People were often carried away fainting from the exhibition. It was truly awe inspiring and perfect in mise en scène.

People were often carried away fainting from the exhibition. It was truly awe-inspiring and perfect in mise en scène.

At the conclusion of the séance, Robertson used to remark: “I have shown you, citizens, every species of phantom, and there is but one more truly terrible spectre—the fate which is reserved for us all. Behold!” In an instant there stood in the center of the room a skeleton armed with a scythe. It grew to a colossal height and gradually faded away.18

At the end of the séance, Robertson would say, “I’ve shown you all kinds of ghosts, and there’s just one more truly frightening presence—the fate that awaits us all. Look!” In a flash, a skeleton holding a scythe appeared in the middle of the room. It grew to a huge size and slowly disappeared.18

18 For a romance embracing the subject of phan­tas­ma­goria see the poet Schiller’s Ghost-Seer. (Bohn Library.)

18 For a romance that explores the theme of phantasmagoria, check out the poet Schiller’s Ghost-Seer. (Bohn Library.)

Sir David Brewster, in his work on natural magic, has the following to say about concave mirrors and the art of phan­tas­ma­goria: “Concave mirrors are distinguished by their property of forming in front of them, and in the air, inverted images of erect objects, or erect images of inverted objects, placed at some distance beyond their principal focus. If a fine transparent cloud of blue smoke is raised, by means of a chafing dish, around the focus of a large concave mirror, the image of any highly illuminated object will be depicted in the middle of it, with great beauty. A skull concealed from the observer is sometimes used to surprise the ignorant; and when a dish of fruit has been depicted in a similar manner, a spectator, stretching out his hand to seize it, is met with the image of a drawn dagger which has been quickly substituted for the fruit at the other conjugate focus of the mirror.” {92}

Sir David Brewster, in his work on natural magic, discusses concave mirrors and the art of phantasmagoria: “Concave mirrors are known for their ability to create inverted images of upright objects or upright images of inverted objects in front of them, in the air, when those objects are positioned at a distance beyond their main focus. If a fine, transparent cloud of blue smoke is created using a chafing dish around the focus of a large concave mirror, the image of any brightly lit object will appear beautifully in the center of it. A hidden skull is sometimes used to startle those who are unaware; and when an image of a dish of fruit is created in the same way, a spectator reaching out to grab it will instead encounter the image of a drawn dagger that has quickly replaced the fruit at the other conjugate focus of the mirror.” {92}

Thoroughly conversant with the science of optics, it is more than probable that Robertson made use of large concave mirrors to project inverted phantoms of living persons in the air, with convex lenses to restore the ghosts to an upright position. If he merely used painted images, which is the more likely, then he had resort to the phantasmagoric magic lantern, rolling upon a small track. Pushing this contrivance backwards and forwards caused the images to lessen or increase, to recede or advance.

Thoroughly familiar with the science of optics, it's likely that Robertson used large concave mirrors to project upside-down images of live people into the air, along with convex lenses to upright the ghosts. If he simply used painted images, which seems more probable, then he relied on the phantasmagoric magic lantern, moving along a small track. By sliding this device back and forth, he made the images appear smaller or larger, as well as closer or farther away.

Robertson realized quite a snug fortune out of his ghost exhibition and other inventions. His automaton speaking figure, called le phonorganon, uttered two hundred words of the French language. Another interesting piece of mechanism was his Trumpeter. These two machines formed part of a beautiful Cabinet de Physique in his house, the Hotel d’ Yorck, Boulevard Montmartre, No. 12 Paris. He has left some entertaining memoirs, entitled Mémoires récréatifs et anecdotifs (1830–1834), copies of which are exceedingly rare. He was a great aeronaut and invented the parachute which has been wrongly attributed to Garnerin.

Robertson made a pretty good fortune from his ghost exhibition and other inventions. His talking automaton, called le phonorganon, could say two hundred words in French. Another fascinating device was his Trumpeter. These two machines were part of a beautiful Cabinet de Physique in his house, the Hotel d’ Yorck, Boulevard Montmartre, No. 12 Paris. He also left behind some entertaining memoirs, titled Mémoires récréatifs et anecdotifs (1830–1834), of which copies are very rare. He was an excellent aeronaut and invented the parachute, which has mistakenly been credited to Garnerin.

Robertson, as Commandant des Aerostiers, served in the French army, and rendered valuable service with his balloons in observing the movements of the enemy in the campaigns in Belgium and Holland, under General Jourdain. In the year 1804 he wrote a treatise on ballooning, entitled, La Minerve, vaisseau Aérien destiné aux découvertes, et proposé, à toutes les Académies de l’Europe, published at Vienna. He died at Batignolles (Paris) in 1837.

Robertson, as Commandant des Aerostiers, served in the French army and provided valuable support with his balloons to monitor enemy movements during the campaigns in Belgium and Holland under General Jourdain. In 1804, he wrote a treatise on ballooning called La Minerve, vaisseau Aérien destiné aux découvertes, et proposé, à toutes les Académies de l’Europe, published in Vienna. He passed away in Batignolles (Paris) in 1837.

In his memoirs, Robertson describes a species of optical toy called the Phantascope, for producing illusions on a small scale. This may give a clue to his spectres of the Capuchin Convent. He also offers an explanation of Nostradamus’ famous feat of conjuring up the likeness of Francis I. in a magic mirror, for the edification of the beautiful Marie de Médici.

In his memoirs, Robertson talks about an optical toy called the Phantascope, which creates small-scale illusions. This might shed light on his visions of the Capuchin Convent. He also provides an explanation of Nostradamus’ renowned trick of summoning the image of Francis I. in a magic mirror, to impress the beautiful Marie de Médici.

II.

We now come to the greatest of all ghost-shows, that of the Polytechnic Institute, London. In the year 1863 letters patent {93} were granted to Professor John Henry Pepper, professor of chemistry in the London Polytechnic Institute, and Henry Dircks, civil engineer, for a device “for projecting images of living persons in the air.” Here were no concave mirrors, no magic lanterns, simply a large sheet of unsilvered glass. The effect is founded on a well-known optical illusion. “In the evening carry a lighted candle to the window and you will see reflected in the pane, not only the image of the candle, but that of your hand and face as well. A sheet of glass, inclined at a certain angle, is placed on a stage between the actors and spectators. Beneath the stage and just in front of the glass, is a person robed in a white shroud, and illuminated by the brilliant rays of the electric or the oxy-hydrogen light. The image of the actor who plays the part of spectre, being reflected by the glass, becomes visible to the spectators, and stands, apparently, just as far behind the glass as its prototype is placed in front of it. This image is only visible to the audience. The actor who is on the stage sees nothing of it, and in order that he may not strike at random in his attacks on the spectre, it is necessary to mark beforehand on the boards the particular spot at which, to the eyes of the audience, the phantom will appear. Care must be taken to have the theatre darkened and the stage very dimly lighted.”

We now turn to the most impressive ghost show of all, the one at the Polytechnic Institute in London. In 1863, letters patent {93} were granted to Professor John Henry Pepper, a chemistry professor at the London Polytechnic Institute, and Henry Dircks, a civil engineer, for a device “for projecting images of living persons in the air.” There were no concave mirrors or magic lanterns, just a large sheet of unsilvered glass. The effect is based on a well-known optical illusion. “In the evening, if you hold a lighted candle to the window, you’ll see the reflection in the glass—not just of the candle, but also of your hand and face. A sheet of glass, tilted at a specific angle, is placed on stage between the actors and the audience. Beneath the stage, just in front of the glass, stands a person dressed in a white shroud, illuminated by bright electric or oxy-hydrogen light. The image of the actor portraying the ghost reflects off the glass, becoming visible to the audience and appearing to stand just as far behind the glass as the actual actor is in front of it. This image is only visible to the audience. The actor on stage sees nothing of it, so to prevent random strikes at the ghost during their performance, they must mark the exact spot on the stage where the phantom will appear as perceived by the audience. It is essential to keep the theater darkened and the stage very dimly lit.”

At the Polytechnic Institute the ghost was admirably produced. The stage represented the room of a mediaeval student who was engaged in burning the midnight oil. Looking up from his black-letter tome he beheld the apparition of a skeleton. Resenting the intrusion he arose from his chair, seized a sword which was ready to his hand, and aimed a blow at the figure, which vanished, only to return again and again.

At the Polytechnic Institute, the ghost was incredibly well done. The stage showed the room of a medieval student who was studying late into the night. Looking up from his old book, he saw the ghostly figure of a skeleton. Annoyed by the interruption, he got up from his chair, grabbed a sword that was nearby, and swung at the figure, which disappeared, only to keep coming back again and again.

The assistant who manipulated the spectre wore a cover of black velvet. He held the real skeleton in his arms, and made the fleshless bones assume the most grotesque attitudes. He had evidently studied Holbein’s “Dance of Death.” The lower part of the skeleton, from the pelvis downward, was dressed in white linen, presumably a shroud. To the audience the figure seemed to vanish and reappear through the floor. {94}

The assistant who controlled the ghost wore a black velvet cloak. He held the real skeleton in his arms and posed the bare bones in the most bizarre positions. It was clear he had studied Holbein’s “Dance of Death.” The lower part of the skeleton, from the pelvis down, was dressed in white linen, likely a shroud. To the audience, the figure appeared to disappear and reappear through the floor. {94}

This ghost-making apparatus has been used with splendid success in the dramatizations of Dickens’ Christmas Carol and Haunted Man; Bulwer’s Strange Story; and Alexander Dumas’ Corsican Brothers.

This ghost-making device has been used with great success in the adaptations of Dickens’ Christmas Carol and Haunted Man; Bulwer’s Strange Story; and Alexander Dumas’ Corsican Brothers.

“In the course of the same year (1863),” says Robert-Houdin in his Les Secrets de la pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion et de la magie, “M. Hostein, manager of the Imperial Châtelet Theatre, purchased19 from M. Pepper the secret of the ‘Ghost,’ in order to introduce it into a drama entitled Le Secret de Miss Aurore [a French adaptation of “Aurora Floyd”]. M. Hostein spared no expense in order to ensure the success of the illusion. Three enormous sheets of unsilvered glass, each five yards square, were placed side by side, and presented an ample surface for the reflection of the ghost-actor and his movements. Two Drummond lights (oxy-hydrogen) were used for the purpose of the trick.

“In the same year (1863),” says Robert-Houdin in his Les Secrets de la prestidigitation et de la magie, “M. Hostein, the manager of the Imperial Châtelet Theatre, bought19 from M. Pepper the secret of the ‘Ghost,’ to use in a play called Le Secret de Miss Aurore [a French adaptation of “Aurora Floyd”]. M. Hostein spent whatever it took to make the illusion a success. Three large sheets of unsilvered glass, each five yards square, were placed next to each other, creating a wide surface for reflecting the ghost performer and his movements. Two Drummond lights (oxy-hydrogen) were used for the effect.”

19 He paid 20,000 francs for the invention.

19 He paid 20,000 francs for the invention.

“But before the trick was in working order at its new destination, several of the Parisian theatres, in the face of letters patent duly granted to M. Pepper, had already advertised performances wherein it was included.

“But before the trick was up and running at its new location, several of the Parisian theaters, despite the official permits granted to M. Pepper, had already announced performances that included it.”

“M. Hostein had no means of preventing the piracy; unluckily for himself, and still more so for the inventor, the plagiarists had discovered among the French official records a patent taken out, ten years before, by a person named Séguin for a toy called the Polyoscope, which was founded on the same principle as the ghost illusion.”

“M. Hostein had no way to stop the piracy; unfortunately for him, and even more so for the inventor, the plagiarists had found in the French official records a patent filed, ten years earlier, by someone named Séguin for a toy called the Polyoscope, which was based on the same principle as the ghost illusion.”

Professor Pepper claims to have been totally unaware of the existence of M. Séguin’s Polyoscope. In his True History of the Ghost, Pepper describes the toy as follows:

Professor Pepper claims to have been completely unaware of the existence of M. Séguin’s Polyoscope. In his True History of the Ghost, Pepper describes the toy like this:

“It consisted of a box with a small sheet of glass placed at an angle of forty-five degrees, and it reflected a concealed table, with plastic figures, the spectres of which appeared behind the glass, and which young people who possessed the toy invited their companions to take out of the box, when they melted away, as it were, in their hands and disappeared.”

“It was a box with a small sheet of glass tilted at a forty-five-degree angle, reflecting a hidden table. Plastic figures appeared behind the glass, and the youth who owned the toy would invite their friends to pull them out of the box, only for them to seemingly melt away in their hands and vanish.”

In France, at that time, all improvements on a patent fell to the original patentee, and Pepper found himself out-of-court. {95}

In France, back then, all enhancements to a patent belonged to the original patent holder, and Pepper found himself outside the legal proceedings. {95}

The conjurer Robin claims, on very good authority, to have been the original inventor of the ghost illusion. He writes as follows:

The magician Robin confidently states, based on solid information, that he was the first to create the ghost illusion. He writes:

“I first had the idea of producing the apparitions in 1845. Meeting innumerable difficulties in carrying out my invention I was obliged to wait until 1847 before reaching a satisfactory result. In that year I was able to exhibit the ‘spectres’ to the public in the theatres of Lyons and Saint Etienne under the name of ‘The living phan­tas­ma­goria.’ To my great astonishment I produced little effect. The apparitions still were in want of certain improvements which I have since added. After succeeding in perfecting them I met with great success in exhibiting them in Venice, Rome, Munich, Vienna and Brussels, but as my experiments were very costly I was obliged to lay them aside for some time.”

“I first came up with the idea for the apparitions in 1845. After facing countless challenges in bringing my invention to life, I had to wait until 1847 to achieve a satisfactory result. That year, I was able to showcase the ‘spectres’ to the public in the theaters of Lyons and Saint Etienne under the title ‘The Living Phantasmagoria.’ To my surprise, it didn't have much of an impact. The apparitions still needed certain improvements that I later made. Once I perfected them, I enjoyed great success showcasing them in Venice, Rome, Munich, Vienna, and Brussels, but since my experiments were quite expensive, I had to put them on hold for a while.”

He further declares that M. Séguin, who had been employed by him to paint phantasmagoric figures, had based his toy, the Polyoscope, upon the principle of his (Robin’s) spectres. Robin was one of the managers who brought out the illusion in Paris, despite the protests of M. Hostein. He opposed Hostein with the patent of the Polyoscope and some of his old theatre posters of the year 1847, advertising the “living phan­tas­ma­goria.”

He also states that M. Séguin, who he had hired to paint surreal figures, created his toy, the Polyoscope, based on the concept of his (Robin’s) specters. Robin was one of the managers who introduced the illusion in Paris, despite M. Hostein's objections. He challenged Hostein with the patent for the Polyoscope and some of his old theater posters from 1847, promoting the “living phantasmagoria.”

Houdin is rather severe on M. Robin when he classes him among the plagiarists and pirates. But the two conjurers were great rivals. M. Caroly, editor of the Illusioniste, in an article on Robin, suggests that perhaps Pepper had seen and examined a Polyoscope, and built upon it the theatrical illusion of the ghost. My personal belief is that Professor Pepper was ignorant of the existence of the toy as well as of Robin’s former exhibitions of phan­tas­ma­goria, and independently thought out the ghost illusion. This frequently happens among inventors, as every one knows, who has dealings with the U. S. Patent Office.

Houdin is pretty harsh on M. Robin when he calls him a plagiarist and a thief. But the two magicians were fierce competitors. M. Caroly, editor of the Illusioniste, mentions in an article about Robin that maybe Pepper had seen and studied a Polyoscope, and based the ghost illusion on that. Personally, I believe that Professor Pepper had no idea about the toy or Robin’s earlier phantasmagoria performances, and came up with the ghost illusion all on his own. This kind of thing often happens among inventors, as everyone knows, especially those who deal with the U.S. Patent Office.

In the year 1868, there was exhibited in Paris, at the Ambigu Theatre, the melodrama of “La Czarine,” founded on Robert-Houdin’s story of Kempelen’s Automaton Chess Player. In this play was a remarkable use of the “ghost illusion,” arranged by Houdin, as well as a chess-playing automaton. I quote as {96} follows from Houdin’s Les Secrets de la pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion et de la magie, Chapter VI: “My collaborators, Messrs. Adenis and Gastineau, had asked me to arrange a ‘ghost effect’ for the last act. I had recourse to the ‘ghost illusion’, but I presented it in such guise as to give it a completely novel character, as the reader will be enabled to judge from the following description: The scene is laid in Russia, in the reign of Catherine II. In the last act, an individual named Pougatcheff, who, on the strength of a personal likeness to Peter III, attempts to pass himself off as the deceased monarch, is endeavoring to incite the Russian populace to dethrone Catherine. A learned man, M. de Kempelen, who is devoted to the Czarina, succeeds, by the aid of scientific expedients, in neutralizing the villainous designs of the sham prince.

In 1868, a melodrama called “La Czarine” was showcased in Paris at the Ambigu Theatre, based on Robert-Houdin’s tale of Kempelen’s Automaton Chess Player. The play featured an impressive use of the “ghost illusion,” created by Houdin, along with a chess-playing automaton. I quote as {96} follows from Houdin’s Les Secrets de la prestidigitation et de la magie, Chapter VI: “My collaborators, Messrs. Adenis and Gastineau, asked me to create a ‘ghost effect’ for the final act. I turned to the ‘ghost illusion,’ but I presented it in a way that made it feel entirely fresh, as the reader will see from the following description: The scene is set in Russia during the reign of Catherine II. In the last act, a man named Pougatcheff, who resembles Peter III, tries to pass himself off as the dead monarch, attempting to incite the Russian people to overthrow Catherine. A scholar, M. de Kempelen, who is loyal to the Czarina, manages to thwart the wicked plans of the false prince using scientific methods.

“The scene is a savage glen, behind which is seen a background of rugged rocks. Pougatcheff appears, surrounded by a crowd of noisy adherents. M. de Kempelen comes forward, denounces the impostor, and declares that, to complete his confusion, he will call up the spirit of the genuine Peter III. At his command a sarcophagus appears from the solid rock; it stands upright on end. The lid opens, and exhibits a corpse covered with a winding sheet. The tomb falls to the ground, but the phantom remains erect. The sham Czar, though a good deal frightened, makes a pretence of defying the apparition, which he treats as a mere illusion. But the upper part of the winding sheet falls aside, and reveals the livid and moulding features of the late sovereign. Pougatcheff, thinking that he can hardly be worsted in a fight with a corpse, draws his sword, and with one blow cuts off its head, which falls noisily to the ground; but at the very same moment the living head of Peter III appears on the ghostly shoulders. Pougatcheff, driven to frenzy by these successive apparitions, makes at the figure, seizes it by its garments, and thrusts it violently back into the tomb. But the head remains suspended in space, rolling its eyes in a threatening manner, and appearing to offer defiance to its persecutor. The frenzy of Pougatcheff reaches its culminating point. Grasping his sword with both hands, he tries to cleave in twain the {97} head of his mysterious adversary; but his blade only passes through a shadowy being, who laughs to scorn his impotent rage. Again he raises his sword, but at the same moment the body of Peter III, in full imperial costume, and adorned with all the insignia of his rank, becomes visible beneath the head. The re-animate Czar hurls the impostor violently back, exclaiming, in a voice of thunder. ‘Hold sacrilegious wretch!’ Pougatcheff, terror-stricken, and overwhelmed with confusion, confesses his imposture, and the phantom vanishes.

The scene is a wild glen, with a backdrop of rugged rocks. Pougatcheff appears, surrounded by a noisy crowd of supporters. M. de Kempelen steps forward, calls out the impostor, and announces that to fully expose him, he will summon the spirit of the real Peter III. At his command, a sarcophagus emerges from the solid rock, standing upright. The lid opens, revealing a corpse wrapped in a shroud. The tomb falls to the ground, but the ghost remains standing. The fake Czar, though quite scared, pretends to challenge the apparition, dismissing it as just an illusion. However, the top part of the shroud slips aside, showing the pale and decaying features of the late sovereign. Pougatcheff, thinking he can’t be beaten in a fight with a corpse, draws his sword and, with one swing, beheads it, the head falling loudly to the ground; but at that moment, the living head of Peter III appears on the ghostly shoulders. Pougatcheff, driven to madness by these successive visions, lunges at the figure, grabs its clothes, and forcefully shoves it back into the tomb. But the head stays floating in the air, rolling its eyes threateningly, seeming to taunt its attacker. The insanity of Pougatcheff reaches its peak. Gripping his sword with both hands, he tries to split the head of his mysterious opponent in two, but his blade only goes through a shadowy form, which laughs at his futile rage. He raises his sword again, but just then, the body of Peter III, fully dressed in imperial attire and adorned with all his royal insignia, becomes visible beneath the head. The revived Czar violently throws the impostor back, exclaiming in a thunderous voice, "Stop, sacrilegious wretch!" Pougatcheff, terrified and overwhelmed with shame, confesses his deceit, and the phantom disappears.

“The stage arrangements to produce these effects are as follows: An actor, robed in the brilliant costume of Peter III, reclines against the sloped support beneath the stage. His body is covered with a wrapper of black velvet, which is designed to prevent, until the proper moment, any reflection in the glass. His head alone is uncovered, and ready to be reflected in the glass so soon as the rays of the electric light shall be directed upon it.

“The stage setup to create these effects is as follows: An actor, dressed in the stunning costume of Peter III, leans against the sloped support beneath the stage. His body is covered with a black velvet wrap, meant to prevent any reflection in the glass until the right moment. Only his head is uncovered, ready to be reflected in the glass as soon as the electric light is directed upon it.”

“The phantom which originally comes out of the sarcophagus is a dummy, whose head is modeled from that of the actor who plays the part of Czar. This head is made readily detachable from the body.

“The ghost that first emerges from the sarcophagus is a dummy, with a head shaped like the actor who plays the role of the Czar. This head is designed to be easily removable from the body."

“Everything is placed and arranged in such manner that the dummy image of Peter III shall precisely correspond in position with the person of the actor who plays the part of ghost.

“Everything is set up and organized so that the fake image of Peter III matches exactly in position with the actor playing the ghost.”

“At the same moment that the head of the former falls to the ground, the electric light is gradually made to shine on the head of the actor who plays the part of Peter III, which being reflected in the glass, appears to shape itself on the body of the dummy ghost. After this latter is hurled to the ground, the veil which hides the body of the actor Czar is quickly and completely drawn away, and the sudden flood of the electric light reflects his whole body where his head alone was previously visible.”

“At the same moment that the head of the dummy falls to the ground, the electric light gradually shines on the head of the actor playing Peter III. This reflection in the glass seems to shape itself onto the body of the dummy ghost. After this dummy is thrown to the ground, the veil that covers the actor playing the Czar is quickly and completely pulled away, and the sudden burst of electric light reveals his entire body, which was only partially visible before.”

As a clever producer of the living and impalpable spectres, Robin had no equal. I will describe two of his effects. The curtain rose, showing a cemetery with tombstones and cenotaphs. It was midnight. A lover entered and stood weeping over the tomb of his dead fiancée. Suddenly she appeared before him {98} arrayed in a winding sheet which she threw aside, revealing herself in the dress of a bride. He endeavored to embrace her. His arms passed unimpeded through the spectre. Gradually the vision melted away, leaving him grieving and desolate.

As a master of creating the living and intangible ghosts, Robin had no rival. I'll describe two of his effects. The curtain went up, revealing a cemetery filled with tombstones and memorials. It was midnight. A lover walked in and stood crying over the grave of his deceased fiancée. Suddenly, she appeared before him {98} wrapped in a shroud that she tossed aside, showing herself in a bridal gown. He tried to embrace her, but his arms went right through the ghost. Slowly, the vision faded away, leaving him heartbroken and alone.

The impression produced by this illusion was profound and terrifying. Amid cries of astonishment and fright resounding through the hall, many women fainted or made their escape.

The impact of this illusion was deep and frightening. Amid shouts of surprise and fear echoing through the hall, many women fainted or ran away.

Robin's GHOST ILLUSION.

Robin devised another scene which he called “The Demon of Paganini.” An actor made up to resemble the famous violin virtuoso, Paganini, tall, gaunt, with flowing locks, and dressed in shabby black, was seen reclining upon a couch. A devil, habited in green and red, and armed with a violin, made its appearance and clambered upon the sleeper, installing himself comfortably on the violinist’s stomach. Then the demon gave himself up to a violin solo which was not in the least interrupted by the frantic gestures of the nightmare ridden sufferer, whose hands attempted in vain to seize the weird violin and bow. The demon, {99} sometimes sitting, sometimes kneeling on the body of his victim, continued his musical selection.

Robin created another scene which he called “The Demon of Paganini.” An actor made up to look like the famous violin virtuoso, Paganini—tall, thin, with long hair, and dressed in shabby black—was seen lounging on a couch. A devil, dressed in green and red and holding a violin, appeared and climbed onto the sleeper, settling comfortably on the violinist’s stomach. Then the demon began playing a violin solo that wasn’t in the least disturbed by the frantic movements of the nightmare-stricken sufferer, whose hands tried in vain to grab the strange violin and bow. The demon, {99} sometimes sitting, sometimes kneeling on his victim's body, continued his musical selection.

The Demon of Paganini was mounted on a special support by which he could be elevated and depressed at pleasure. The violinist, who was the real player, stood below the stage, but in the shade, at one side of the electric lamp which illuminated the demon. The sound issued from the opening in front of the glass. The glass used by Robin measured 5 by 4 meters, in a single piece. It was placed with great care, for the least deviation would be followed by a displacement of the image.

The Demon of Paganini was set up on a special stand that allowed it to be raised and lowered as needed. The violinist, who was the actual performer, stood offstage in the shadows, beside the electric lamp that lit up the demon. The sound came from the opening in front of the glass. The glass used by Robin was 5 by 4 meters, in one single piece. It was positioned very carefully because even the slightest shift would result in a distortion of the image.

EXPLANATION OF ROBIN’S GHOST ILLUSION.

It should be remarked that Robin’s auditorium comprised only a sloping parterre surrounded by a range of small boxes. There was no gallery. The spectators, consequently, were not elevated sufficiently to perceive the opening in the stage.

It should be noted that Robin’s auditorium had only a sloped floor with a series of small boxes around it. There was no upper level. As a result, the audience wasn't high enough to see the opening in the stage.

When, in 1866, Robin’s Spectres were taken to a large theatre in Paris, the Châtelet, he was obliged to devise a different arrangement, for the spectators in the galleries above were able {100} to see, at the same time, both the actor and his reflection. Robin had been obliged to place his actor on a lower level because he had no room at the side of his little stage. At the Châtelet, however, space permitted a much more convenient arrangement, for it allowed the actor, who furnished the reflection, to move about freely on a horizontal plane. The glass was placed vertically and formed, on the plane, an angle of about 45° with the longitudinal axis of the theatre. The actor was hidden behind a wing; his reflection appeared in the center of the stage toward the back-drop; visible, nevertheless, to all the spectators. His field of movement, necessarily restricted, was marked out in advance upon the floor.

When, in 1866, Robin’s Spectres were brought to a large theater in Paris, the Châtelet, he had to come up with a different setup because the audience in the upper galleries could see both the actor and his reflection at the same time. Robin had to position his actor on a lower level since there wasn't enough room at the side of his small stage. However, at the Châtelet, the space allowed for a much more practical arrangement, enabling the actor, who created the reflection, to move around freely on the same level. The glass was placed vertically and formed an angle of about 45° with the length of the theater. The actor was hidden behind a wing; his reflection appeared in the center of the stage towards the backdrop, yet was still visible to all the spectators. His area of movement, which was necessarily limited, was marked out beforehand on the floor.

Robin was able to preserve for a considerable time the secret of the ghost illusion; just enough to pique the curiosity of the public. It was guessed at last that he made use of unsilvered glass. The fact became known and several wags proved the presence of the glass by throwing inoffensive paper balls which struck the obstacle and fell, arrested in their flight. Robin was greatly vexed at these occurrences but the trick was none the less exposed.

Robin managed to keep the secret of the ghost illusion for quite a while, just long enough to spark public curiosity. Eventually, people figured out that he was using unsilvered glass. This information got out, and several jokesters demonstrated the presence of the glass by tossing harmless paper balls that hit the invisible barrier and fell, stopped mid-air. Robin was really annoyed by these incidents, but the trick was revealed nonetheless.

III.

Pepper eventually brought out a new illusion called “Me­tem­psy­cho­sis,” the joint inven­tion of himself and a Mr. Walker. It is a very star­tling optical ef­fect, and is thus described by me in my American edition of Stanyon’s Magic: “One of the cleverest illusions performed with the aid of mirrors is that known as the ‘Blue Room’, which has been exhibited in this country by Kellar. It was patented in the United States by the inventors. The object of the apparatus is to render an actor, or some inanimate thing, such as a chair, table, suit of armor, etc., visible or invisible at will. ‘It is also designed,’ says the spec­i­fi­ca­tion in the patent office, ‘to sub­sti­tute for an object in sight of the audience the image of another similar object hidden from direct vision without the audience being aware that any such sub­sti­tu­tion has been made.’ For this purpose employ a large mirror—either an ordinary mirror or for some purposes, by preference, a large sheet {101} of plate-glass—which is transparent at one end and more and more densely silvered in passing from this toward the other end. Mount this mirror or plate so that it can, at pleasure, be placed diagonally across the stage or platform. As it advances, the glass obscures the view of the actor or object in front of which it passes, and substitutes the reflection of an object in front of the glass, but suitably concealed from the direct view of the audience.

Pepper eventually introduced a new illusion called “Metempsychosis,” a joint creation with a Mr. Walker. It's a very striking optical effect, and I described it in my American edition of Stanyon’s Magic as follows: “One of the cleverest illusions performed with mirrors is known as the ‘Blue Room,’ which has been showcased in this country by Kellar. The inventors patented it in the United States. The purpose of the apparatus is to make an actor or an inanimate object, like a chair, table, suit of armor, etc., visible or invisible at will. ‘It is also designed,’ states the specification in the patent office, ‘to replace an object in sight of the audience with the image of another similar object hidden from direct view, without the audience realizing that such a substitution has occurred.’ To achieve this, use a large mirror—either a regular mirror or, in some cases, preferably a large sheet of plate-glass—which is transparent at one end and increasingly reflective as it extends to the other end. Position this mirror or plate so that it can be angled across the stage or platform at will. As it moves forward, the glass blocks the view of the actor or object in front of it and instead reflects an object in front of the glass that is appropriately concealed from the audience's direct line of sight.”

FbIG. 1. ADEVICE. FIG. 2. Armor SSETTING.
Diagram OF BLUE Room.

“When the two objects or sets of objects thus successively presented to the view are properly placed and sufficiently alike, the audience will be unaware that any change has been made. In some cases, in place of a single sheet of glass, two or more sheets may be employed.”

“When the two objects or sets of objects shown one after the other are correctly positioned and similar enough, the audience won't notice that any change has occurred. In some situations, instead of using just one sheet of glass, two or more sheets may be used.”

By consulting Fig. 1, the reader will understand the construction of the illusion, one of the best in the repertoire of the {102} conjurer. The shaded drawing in the left upper part, represents a portion of the mirror, designed to show its graduated opacity.

By looking at Fig. 1, the reader will grasp how the illusion is made, one of the best in the {102} magician's collection. The shaded drawing in the upper left corner shows part of the mirror, intended to illustrate its varying levels of opacity.

a is a stage. It may be in a lecture-room or theatre. bb, the seats for the audience in front of the stage. cc is a small room—eight or ten feet square and eight high will often be sufficiently large; but it may be of any size. It may advantageously be raised and approached by two or three steps from the stage a.

a is a stage. It can be in a lecture hall or theater. bb is the seating for the audience in front of the stage. cc is a small room—usually around eight or ten feet square and eight feet high is often big enough; however, it can be any size. It can be beneficially raised and accessed by two or three steps from the stage a.

d is a vertical mirror, passing diagonally across the chamber c and dividing it into two parts, which are exact counterparts the one of the other. The mirror d is so mounted that it can be rapidly and noiselessly moved diagonally across the chamber in the path represented by the dotted line d 1, and be withdrawn whenever desired. This can conveniently be done by running it in guides and upon rollers to and from a position where it is hidden by a screen, e, which limits the view of the audience in this direction.

d is a vertical mirror that runs diagonally across the room c, splitting it into two identical halves. The mirror d is set up so that it can be quickly and quietly moved diagonally across the chamber along the path shown by the dotted line d 1, and can be retracted whenever needed. This can be easily done by sliding it on guides and rollers to a position where it is concealed behind a screen, e, which blocks the audience’s view in this direction.

“In consequence of the exact correspondence of the two parts of the chamber c, that in front and that behind the mirror, the audience will observe no change in appearance when the mirror is passed across.

“In consequence of the exact correspondence of the two parts of the chamber c, that in front and that behind the mirror, the audience will observe no change in appearance when the mirror is passed across."

“The front of the chamber is partially closed at cx by a shield or short partition-wall, either permanently or whenever required. This is done in order to hide from direct view any object which may be at or about the position c1.

“The front of the chamber is partially closed at cx by a shield or short partition wall, either permanently or as needed. This is done to hide from direct view any objects that may be at or around the position c1.

“The illusions may be performed in various ways—as, for example, an object may, in the sight of the audience, be passed from the stage to the position c2, near the rear short wall or counterpart shield f, diagonally opposite to and corresponding with the front corner shield cx, and there be changed for some other. This is done by providing beforehand a dummy at c1, closely resembling the object at c2. Then when the object is in its place, the mirror is passed across without causing any apparent change. The object, when hidden, is changed for another object externally resembling the first, the mirror is withdrawn, and the audience may then be shown in any convenient way that the object now before them differs from that which their eyesight would lead them to suppose it to be. {103}

“The illusions can be created in various ways. For example, an object can be passed from the stage to a spot c2, near the back wall or the counterpart shield f, which is diagonally opposite and corresponds with the front corner shield cx, and there it can be swapped for another object. This is achieved by placing a dummy at c1, which closely resembles the object at c2. When the object is in position, a mirror is quickly passed across without making any visible change. The original object is hidden and then replaced with another object that looks similar, the mirror is pulled back, and the audience can then be shown in any suitable way that the object they are now seeing differs from what they would expect it to be. {103}

“We prefer, in many cases, not to use an ordinary mirror, d, but one of graduated opacity. This may be produced by removing the silvering from the glass in lines; or, if the glass be silvered by chemical deposition, causing the silver to be deposited upon it in lines, somewhat as represented in Fig. 1. Near one side of the glass the lines are made fine and open, and progressively in passing toward the other side they become bolder and closer until a completely-silvered surface is reached. Other means for obtaining a graduated opacity and reflecting power may be resorted to.

“We often prefer not to use a regular mirror, d, but one with varying levels of opacity. This can be achieved by removing the silver coating from the glass in strips; or, if the glass is silvered through chemical deposition, by having the silver deposited in stripes, somewhat like what is shown in Fig. 1. On one side of the glass, the stripes are fine and spaced apart, and as you move toward the other side, they become thicker and more closely packed until you reach a fully silvered surface. There are other methods to create graduated opacity and reflecting power as well.”

“By passing such a graduated mirror between the object at c2 and the audience, the object may be made to fade from the sight, or gradually to resolve itself into another form.”

“By placing a graduated mirror between the object at c2 and the audience, the object can fade from view or slowly transform into another shape.”

Hopkins in his fine work on Magic, stage illusions, etc., to which I contributed the Introduction and other chapters, thus describes one of the many effects which can be produced by the Blue Room apparatus. The curtain rises, showing “the stage set as an artist’s studio. Through the centre of the rear drop scene is seen a small chamber in which is a suit of armor standing upright. The floor of this apartment is raised above the level of the stage and is approached by a short flight of steps. When the curtain is raised a servant makes his appearance and begins to dust and clean the apartments. He finally comes to the suit of armor, taking it apart, cleans and dusts it, and finally reunites it. No sooner is the armor perfectly articulated than the soulless mailed figure deals the servant a blow. The domestic, with a cry of fear, drops his duster, flies down the steps into the large room, the suit of armor pursuing him, wrestling with him, and kicking him all over the stage. When the armor considers that it has punished the servant sufficiently, it returns to its original position in the small chamber, just as the master of the house enters, brought there by the noise and cries of the servant, from whom he demands an explanation of the commotion. Upon being told, he derides the servant’s fear, and, to prove that he was mistaken, takes the suit of armor apart, throwing it piece by piece upon the floor.”

Hopkins, in his excellent work on Magic, stage illusions, etc., to which I contributed the Introduction and other chapters, describes one of the many effects that can be created using the Blue Room apparatus. The curtain rises to reveal “the stage set as an artist’s studio. In the center of the back drop, there’s a small room with a suit of armor standing upright. The floor of this room is elevated above the stage and is accessed by a short flight of steps. As the curtain goes up, a servant appears and starts dusting and cleaning the area. He eventually comes to the suit of armor, takes it apart, cleans and dusts it, and then puts it back together. The moment the armor is fully assembled, the lifeless armored figure strikes the servant. The servant, screaming in fear, drops his duster and rushes down the steps into the larger room, with the suit of armor chasing him, grappling with him, and kicking him all over the stage. When the armor feels it has given the servant enough punishment, it returns to its original spot in the small room just as the master of the house enters, drawn there by the noise and cries of the servant, who he demands an explanation from regarding the chaos. After hearing the explanation, he mocks the servant's fear and, to prove he was wrong, takes the suit of armor apart, throwing the pieces onto the floor one by one.”

It is needless, perhaps, to explain that the armor which becomes endowed with life has a man inside of it. When the {104} curtain rises a suit of armor is seen in the Blue Room, at H, (Fig. 2). At I is a second suit, concealed behind the proscenium. It is the duplicate of the visible one. When the mirror is shoved diagonally across the room, the armor at H becomes invisible, but the mirror reflects the armor concealed at I, making it appear to the spectators that the suit at H is still in position. An actor dressed in armor now enters behind the mirror, removes the suit of armor at H, and assumes its place. When the mirror is again withdrawn, the armor at H becomes endowed with life. Again the mirror is shoved across the apartment, and the actor replaces the original suit of armor at H. It is this latter suit which the master of the house takes to pieces and casts upon the floor, in order to quiet the fears of the servant. This most ingenious apparatus is capable of many novel effects. Those who have witnessed Professor Kellar’s performance will bear witness to the statement. When the illusion was first produced in England a sketch entitled Curried Prawns was written for it by the famous comic author, Burnand, editor of Punch.

It’s probably unnecessary to explain that the armor that comes to life has a person inside it. When the {104} curtain rises, a suit of armor is visible in the Blue Room at H (Fig. 2). At I, there’s a second suit hidden behind the proscenium. It’s a duplicate of the visible one. When the mirror is pushed diagonally across the room, the armor at H becomes invisible, but the mirror reflects the armor hidden at I, making it look like the suit at H is still in place. An actor in armor now enters behind the mirror, takes off the suit at H, and takes its spot. When the mirror is pulled back, the armor at H comes to life. The mirror is pushed across the room again, and the actor puts back the original suit of armor at H. This is the suit that the master of the house disassembles and throws on the floor to calm the servant’s fears. This clever setup can create many unique effects. Those who have seen Professor Kellar’s performance can attest to this. When the illusion was first performed in England, a sketch called Curried Prawns was written for it by the famous comic writer Burnand, the editor of Punch.

An old gentleman, after having partaken freely of a dish of curried prawns, washed down by copious libations of wine, retires to bed, and very naturally “sees things.” Who would not under such circumstances? He has a dreadful nightmare, during which ghosts, goblins, vampires and witches visit him. The effects are produced by the mirror.

An older gentleman, after enjoying a generous serving of curried prawns, washed down with plenty of wine, heads off to bed and understandably "sees things." Who wouldn't in that situation? He experiences a terrifying nightmare, during which ghosts, goblins, vampires, and witches come to visit him. The effects are caused by the mirror.

IV.

When I was searching among the books of the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris, for material concerning Robertson and others, a very remarkable ghost show was all the rage in the Montmartre Quarter of the city, based on the Pepper illusion. I will endeavor to describe it. It was held at the Cabaret du Néant, or Tavern of the Dead. “Anything for a new sensation” is the motto of the Boulevardier. Death is no laughing matter, but the gay Parisian is ready to mock even at the Grim Tyrant, hence the vogue of the Tavern of the Dead. I went to this lugubrious cabaret in company with a student of medicine. He seemed to {105} think the whole affair a huge joke, but then he was a hair-brained, thoughtless young fellow.

When I was looking through the books at the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris for information about Robertson and others, a really remarkable ghost show was super popular in the Montmartre Quarter, based on the Pepper illusion. I'll try to describe it. It took place at the Cabaret du Néant, or Tavern of the Dead. “Anything for a new sensation” is the motto of the Boulevardier. Death isn’t something to joke about, but the cheerful Parisians are ready to laugh even at the Grim Reaper, which is why the Tavern of the Dead became a trend. I visited this gloomy cabaret with a medical student. He seemed to think the whole thing was a big joke, but he was just a reckless, thoughtless young guy.

The Inn of Death was located in the Rue Cujas, near by the Rue Champollion. Over its grim black-painted portal burned an ashy blue and brimstone flame. It seemed like entering a charnel house. My student friend led the way down a gloomy passage into a room hung with funeral cloth. Coffins served as tables, and upon each was placed a lighted taper. From the ceiling hung a grewsome-looking chandelier, known as “Robert Macaire’s chandelier.” It was formed of skulls and bones. In the skulls were placed lights. The waiters of the cabaret were garbed like croque-morts (undertaker’s men). In sepulchral tones one of these gloomy-looking garçons, a trifle more cadaverous than his confrères, sidled up to us like a huge black raven and croaked out, “Name your poison, gentlemen. We have on tap distilled grave-worms, deadly microbes, the bacteria of all diseases under the sun,” etc. Whatever one called for in this undertaking establishment, the result was the same—beer of doubtful quality. After drinking a bock we descended a flight of grimy stairs to another apartment which was hung with black cloth, ornamented with white tears, like the decorations furnished by the Pompes Funèbres (Undertakers’ Trust) of Paris, on state occasions. Here we were solemnly greeted by a couple of quasi Capuchin monks with the words: “Voilà des Machabées!” We seated ourselves on a wooden bench and waited for the séance to begin. Among the spectators were several students and their grisettes, a little piou-piou (soldier), and a fat gentleman with a waxed moustache and imperial, who might have been a chef de cuisine in disguise or a member of the Académie Française. A curtain at one end of the room was pulled aside, revealing a stage set to represent a mouldy crypt, in the center of which stood upright an empty coffin. A volunteer being called for, my medical friend agreed to stand in the grim box for the dead. One of the monks wrapped about the young man’s body a winding sheet. A strong light was turned on him. Presently a deathly pallor overcame the ruddy hue of health on his cheeks. His face assumed the waxen color of death. His eyes resolved themselves {106} into cavernous sockets; his nose disappeared; and presently his visage was metamorphosed into a grinning skull. The illusion was perfect. During this ghastly transformation the monks intoned: “Voilà Machabæus! He dies! He wastes away! Dust to dust! The eternal worm awaits you all!” A church bell was solemnly tolled and an organ played. The scene would have delighted that stern genius, Hans Holbein, whose Dance of Death has chilled many a human heart. We looked again, and the skeleton in the coffin vanished. “He has risen to Heaven!” cried the Capuchins.

The Inn of Death was located on Rue Cujas, near Rue Champollion. Over its grim black-painted entrance burned an ashy blue and brimstone flame. It felt like stepping into a place of the dead. My student friend guided us down a dark corridor into a room draped with funeral cloth. Coffins served as tables, each adorned with a lit candle. From the ceiling hung a gruesome chandelier, known as “Robert Macaire’s chandelier,” made of skulls and bones. Lights were placed inside the skulls. The waitstaff at the cabaret were dressed like undertakers. In a somber tone, one particularly cadaverous-looking waiter sidled up to us like a huge black raven and croaked, “What will it be, gentlemen? We have distilled grave-worms, deadly microbes, the bacteria of all diseases under the sun,” etc. No matter what you ordered in this mortuary establishment, the outcome was the same—beer of questionable quality. After having a beer, we descended a flight of grimy stairs to another room, draped in black cloth and decorated with white tears, resembling the decor provided by the Undertakers’ Trust of Paris during state occasions. Here, we were solemnly greeted by a couple of quasi Capuchin monks with the words: “Voilà des Machabées!” We sat on a wooden bench and awaited the séance to begin. Among the audience were a few students and their girlfriends, a young soldier, and a chubby man with a waxed mustache and goatee, who might have been a chef in disguise or a member of the Académie Française. A curtain at one end of the room was pulled back, revealing a stage designed to look like a moldy crypt, in the center of which stood an empty coffin. When a volunteer was called for, my medical friend decided to lie in the grim coffin. One of the monks wrapped a shroud around him. A strong light was focused on him. Soon, a deathly pallor took over the healthy flush of his cheeks. His face turned the waxy color of death. His eyes became deep sockets; his nose vanished, and eventually his face transformed into a grinning skull. The illusion was perfect. During this ghastly transformation, the monks intoned: “Voilà Machabæus! He dies! He wastes away! Dust to dust! The eternal worm awaits you all!” A church bell was solemnly tolled and an organ played. The scene would have pleased the stern genius, Hans Holbein, whose Dance of Death has sent chills down many a spine. We looked again, and the skeleton in the coffin vanished. “He has risen to Heaven!” cried the Capuchins.

In a little while the figure reappeared. The fleshless skull was merged into the face of my friend. He stepped out of the box, throwing aside the shroud, and greeted me with a merry laugh. Other people volunteered to undergo the death scene. After the exhibition was over one of the Capuchins passed around a skull for penny contributions, and we left the place.

In a little while, the figure came back. The fleshless skull blended with my friend's face. He emerged from the box, tossing aside the shroud, and greeted me with a cheerful laugh. Other people volunteered to take part in the death scene. After the show ended, one of the Capuchins walked around with a skull for donations, and we left the place.

Now for an explanation of the illusion.

Now for an explanation of the illusion.

A sheet of glass is placed obliquely across the stage in front of the coffin. At the side of this stage, hidden by the proscenium, is another coffin containing a skeleton robed in white. When the electric lights surrounding the first coffin are turned off and the casket containing the skeleton highly illuminated, the spectators see the reflection of the latter in the glass and imagine that it is the coffin in which the volunteer has been placed. To resurrect the man the lights are reversed.

A sheet of glass is angled across the stage in front of the coffin. To the side of this stage, hidden by the proscenium, is another coffin holding a skeleton dressed in white. When the electric lights around the first coffin are turned off and the coffin with the skeleton is brightly lit, the audience sees its reflection in the glass and thinks it’s the coffin where the volunteer has been placed. To bring the man back to life, the lights are switched back.

THE ROMANCE OF AUTOMATA.

“ ‘What!’ I said to myself, ‘can it be possible that the marvelous science which raised Vaucanson’s name so high—the science whose ingenious combinations can animate inert matter, and impart to it a species of existence—is the only one without its archives?’ ”—ROBERT-HOUDIN.

“‘What!’ I said to myself, ‘is it really possible that the amazing science that brought Vaucanson’s name such fame—the science whose clever combinations can bring lifeless matter to life and give it a kind of existence—is the only one without records?’” —ROBERT-HOUDIN.

I.

Automata have played an important part in the magic of ancient temples, and in the séances of mediæval sorcerers. Who has not read of the famous “Brazen Head,” constructed by Friar Bacon, and the wonderful machines of Albertus Magnus? Modern conjurers have introduced automata into their entertainments with great effect, as witness Pinetti’s “Wise Little Turk,” Kempelen’s “Chess Player,” Houdin’s “Pastry Cook of the Palais Royal,” Kellar’s “Hindoo Clock,” Maskelyne’s “Psycho,” etc. But these automata have been such in name only, the motive power usually being furnished by the conjurer’s alter ego, or concealed assistant.

Automata have played a significant role in the magic of ancient temples and the séances of medieval sorcerers. Who hasn't read about the famous “Brazen Head,” built by Friar Bacon, and the amazing machines of Albertus Magnus? Modern magicians have incorporated automata into their performances with great success, as seen in Pinetti’s “Wise Little Turk,” Kempelen’s “Chess Player,” Houdin’s “Pastry Cook of the Palais Royal,” Kellar’s “Hindoo Clock,” Maskelyne’s “Psycho,” and others. However, these automata have only been so in name; the actual movement is typically powered by the magician’s alter ego or a hidden assistant.

The so-called automaton Chess Player is enveloped with a halo of romance. It had a remarkable history. It was constructed in the year 1769 by the Baron von Kempelen, a Hungarian nobleman and mechanician, and exhibited by him at the leading courts of Europe. The Empress Maria Theresa of Austria played a game with it. In 1783 it was brought to Paris and shown at the Café de la Regence, the rendezvous of chess lovers and experts, after which it was taken to London. Kempelen died on the 26th of March, 1804, and his son sold the Chess Player to J. N. Maelzel, musician, inventor and mechanician, who was born at Ratisbon, Bavaria, in 1772. His father was a celebrated organ-builder. {108}

The so-called automaton Chess Player is shrouded in a sense of mystery. It has an intriguing history. It was built in 1769 by Baron von Kempelen, a Hungarian nobleman and engineer, and showcased by him at the prominent courts of Europe. Empress Maria Theresa of Austria played a game against it. In 1783, it was brought to Paris and displayed at the Café de la Regence, a favorite spot for chess enthusiasts and experts, before being taken to London. Kempelen passed away on March 26, 1804, and his son sold the Chess Player to J. N. Maelzel, a musician, inventor, and engineer, who was born in 1772 in Ratisbon, Bavaria. His father was a renowned organ builder. {108}

Maelzel was the inventor of the Metronome (1815), a piece of mechanism known to all instructors of music: the automaton Trumpeter (1808), and the Pan-Harmonicum (1805). He had a strange career as the exhibitor of the Chess Player. After showing the automaton in various cities of Europe, Maelzel sold it to Napoleon’s step-son, Eugène Beauharnais, the Viceroy of the Kingdom of Italy. But the old love of “adventurous travel with the Turbaned Turk” took possession of him, and he succeeded in buying back the Chess Player from its royal owner. He went to Paris with it in 1817 and 1818, afterwards to London, meeting everywhere with success. In 1826 he brought it to America. The Chess Player excited the greatest interest throughout the United States. Noted chess experts did their best to defeat it, but rarely succeeded.

Maelzel was the inventor of the Metronome (1815), a device known to all music teachers: the automaton Trumpeter (1808), and the Pan-Harmonicum (1805). He had a unique career showcasing the Chess Player. After displaying the automaton in various cities across Europe, Maelzel sold it to Napoleon’s stepson, Eugène Beauharnais, the Viceroy of the Kingdom of Italy. However, his old desire for “adventurous travel with the Turbaned Turk” took hold of him, and he managed to buy back the Chess Player from its royal owner. He took it to Paris in 1817 and 1818, then to London, achieving success everywhere. In 1826, he brought it to America. The Chess Player generated tremendous interest throughout the United States. Noted chess experts did their best to beat it, but they rarely succeeded.

THE AAUTOMATON CHESS Player.

Now for a description of the automaton.

Now, let me describe the automaton.

The audience was introduced into a large room, at one end of which hung crimson curtains. These curtains being drawn aside, Maelzel rolled forward a box on castors. Behind the box or {109} table, which was two feet and a half high, three feet and a half long, and two feet wide, was seated cross-legged, the figure of a Turk. The chair on which the figure was affixed was permanently attached to the box. At the top of the box was a chess-board. The figure had its eyes fixed intently upon this board, its right hand and arm being extended towards the board, its left, which was somewhat raised, holding a long pipe.

The audience was led into a large room, with crimson curtains hanging at one end. When the curtains were drawn aside, Maelzel wheeled out a box on casters. Behind the box or {109} table, which was two and a half feet high, three and a half feet long, and two feet wide, sat a figure of a Turk with cross-legged posture. The chair that held the figure was permanently attached to the box. On top of the box was a chessboard. The figure's eyes were fixed intently on the board, its right arm stretched out toward it, while its left arm, slightly raised, held a long pipe.

Four doors, two in front, and two in the rear of the box, were opened, and a lighted candle thrust into the cavities. Nothing was to be seen except cog wheels, levers, and intricate machinery. A long drawer, which contained the chessmen and a cushion, was pulled out. Two doors in the Turk’s body were thrown open, and the candle held inside, to satisfy the spectators that nothing but machinery was contained therein.

Four doors, two at the front and two at the back of the box, were opened, and a lit candle was placed inside. All that could be seen were gears, levers, and complicated machinery. A long drawer, which held the chess pieces and a cushion, was pulled out. Two doors in the Turk’s body were opened, and the candle was held inside to assure the audience that there was nothing but machinery inside.

Maelzel wound up the automaton with a large key, took away the pipe, and placed the cushion under the arm of the figure. Curious to relate the automaton played with its left hand. In Von Kempelen’s day, the person selected to play with the figure, sat at the same chess-board with it, but Maelzel altered this. A rope separated the machine from the audience, and the player sat at a small table, provided with a chess-board, some ten or twelve feet away from the Turk.

Maelzel wound up the automaton with a big key, took away the pipe, and put the cushion under the figure's arm. Interestingly, the automaton played with its left hand. In Von Kempelen’s time, the person chosen to play with the figure sat at the same chessboard as it, but Maelzel changed that. A rope separated the machine from the audience, and the player sat at a small table with a chessboard, about ten to twelve feet away from the Turk.

The automaton invariably chose the white chess-men, and made the first move, its fingers opening as the hand was extended towards the board, and the piece picked up and removed to its proper square.

The automaton consistently selected the white chess pieces and made the first move, its fingers spreading as its hand reached out toward the board, picking up a piece and placing it in the correct square.

When his antagonist had made his move, the automaton paused and appeared to study the game, before proceeding further. It nodded its head to indicate check to the king. If a false move was made by its opponent, it rapped on the table, and replaced the piece, claiming the move for itself. Maelzel, acting for the human player, repeated his move on the chess-board of the Turk, and when the latter moved, made the corresponding move on the board of the challenger. The whirring of machinery was heard during the progress of the game, but this was simply a blind. It subserved two purposes: first, to induce the spectators to believe that the automaton was really operated by ingenious mechanism, {110} second, to disguise the noise made by the concealed confederate as he shifted himself from one compartment to the other, as the various doors were opened and shut in succession. No machine could possibly be constructed to imitate the human mind when engaged in playing chess, or any other mental operation where the indeterminate enters and which requires knowledge and reflection. But the majority of people who saw the automaton did not realize this fact, and pronounced it a pure machine.

When his opponent made a move, the automaton paused and seemed to analyze the game before continuing. It nodded its head to signal check to the king. If its opponent made an incorrect move, it tapped the table and moved the piece back, claiming the move for itself. Maelzel, standing in for the human player, mimicked the move on the Turk's chessboard, and when the Turk moved, he made the corresponding move on the challenger's board. The sound of machinery could be heard during the game, but that was just a cover. It served two purposes: first, to convince the spectators that the automaton was genuinely driven by clever mechanics, {110} second, to mask the noise made by the hidden partner as he shifted from one compartment to another while various doors opened and closed in sequence. No machine could ever be built to replicate the human mind when playing chess or engaging in any mental task that involves uncertainty and requires knowledge and thought. However, most people who saw the automaton didn’t recognize this and declared it a pure machine.

Signor Blitz, the conjurer, who was intimate with Maelzel, having frequently given entertainments in conjunction with him, was possessed of the secret of the Turk. In his memoirs, he says: “The Chess Player was ingeniously constructed—a perfect counterpart of a magician’s trick-table with a variety of partitions and doors, which, while they removed every possible appearance of deception, only produced greater mystery, and provided more security to the invisible player. The drawers and closets were so arranged as to enable him to change his position according to circumstances: at one moment he would be in this compartment; the next in that; then in the body of the Turk.”

Signor Blitz, the magician, who was close with Maelzel and often performed shows with him, had the secret of the Turk. In his memoirs, he writes: “The Chess Player was cleverly designed—a perfect replica of a magician’s trick table, featuring various compartments and doors, which, while eliminating any signs of trickery, only added to the mystery and ensured more security for the hidden player. The drawers and closets were arranged so he could shift his position as needed: one moment he would be in this compartment; the next in that; then he could be inside the Turk itself.”

He says this concealed assistant was named Schlumberger.

He says this hidden helper was named Schlumberger.

This explanation is verified by Professor Allen,20 who was very intimate with Maelzel.

This explanation is confirmed by Professor Allen,20 who was very close to Maelzel.

20 Fiske’s Book of the First American Chess Congress, New York, 1859. Pp. 420–484.

20 Fiske’s Book of the First American Chess Congress, New York, 1859. Pp. 420–484.

William Schlumberger was a native of Alsace, a remarkable chess expert and linguist. Maelzel picked him up in the Café de la Regence, Paris, where he eked out a meagre living as a teacher of chess.

William Schlumberger was from Alsace, a talented chess player and linguist. Maelzel found him at the Café de la Regence in Paris, where he barely made a living teaching chess.

Occasionally, Schlumberger would over-indulge in wine, and as a result would be beaten, while acting as the motive power of the Turk. “On one occasion,” says Professor Allen, “just as Maelzel was bringing the Turk out from behind the curtain, a strange noise was heard to proceed from his interior organization, something between a rattle, a cough, and a sneeze. Maelzel pushed back his ally in evident alarm, but presently brought him forward again, and went on with the exhibition as if nothing had happened.” {111}

Sometimes, Schlumberger would drink too much wine, and as a result, he would get beaten while operating the Turk. “One time,” says Professor Allen, “just as Maelzel was bringing the Turk out from behind the curtain, a strange noise came from inside it, something between a rattle, a cough, and a sneeze. Maelzel pushed his ally back in obvious panic, but eventually he brought him forward again and continued the show as if nothing had happened.” {111}

Schlumberger not only acted as confederate, but served his employer as secretary and clerk.

Schlumberger not only acted as a partner but also served his employer as a secretary and clerk.

Edgar Allen Poe, who wrote an exposé of the automaton when it visited Richmond, remarked: “There is a man, Schlumberger, who attends him (Maelzel) wherever he goes, but who has no ostensible occupation other than that of assisting in packing and unpacking of the automaton. Whether he professes to play chess or not, we are not informed. It is quite certain, however, that he is never to be seen during the exhibition of the Chess Player, although frequently visible just before and after the exhibition. Moreover, some years ago Maelzel visited Richmond with his automaton. Schlumberger was suddenly taken ill, and during his illness there was no exhibition of the Chess Player. These facts are well known to many of our citizens. The reason assigned for the suspension of the Chess Player’s performances was not the illness of Schlumberger. The inferences from all this we leave, without further comment, to the reader.”

Edgar Allan Poe, who wrote an exposé about the automaton when it visited Richmond, noted: “There’s a man, Schlumberger, who follows Maelzel wherever he goes, but he doesn’t seem to have any job other than helping to pack and unpack the automaton. We don’t know if he claims to play chess or not. However, it’s clear that he’s never seen during the Chess Player’s exhibition, even though he is often around just before and after the show. Furthermore, a few years ago, Maelzel came to Richmond with his automaton. Schlumberger fell ill unexpectedly, and while he was sick, there were no performances of the Chess Player. Many of our citizens know these facts. The reason given for stopping the Chess Player’s shows was not Schlumberger’s illness. We’ll leave the conclusions from this to the reader without further remarks.”

Edgar Allen Poe, the apostle of mystery, certainly hit the nail on the head here, and solved the problem of the automaton.

Edgar Allen Poe, the master of mystery, definitely got it right here and figured out the issue with the automaton.

The Chess Player had the honor of defeating Napoleon the Great—“the Victor in a hundred battles.” This was in the year 1809, when Maelzel, by virtue of his office as Mechanician to the Court of Austria, was occupying some portion of the Palace of Schönbrunn, “when Napoleon chose to make the same building his headquarters during the Wagram campaign.” A man by the name of Allgaier was the concealed assistant on this occasion. Napoleon was better versed in the art of manœuvring human kings, queens, prelates and pawns on the great chess-boards of diplomacy and battle than moving ivory chessmen on a painted table-top.

The Chess Player had the privilege of defeating Napoleon the Great—“the Victor in a hundred battles.” This happened in 1809, when Maelzel, in his role as Mechanician to the Court of Austria, was using part of the Schönbrunn Palace, “when Napoleon decided to make the same building his headquarters during the Wagram campaign.” A man named Allgaier was the secret assistant in this instance. Napoleon was much more skilled at maneuvering human kings, queens, bishops, and pawns on the large chessboards of diplomacy and war than at moving ivory chess pieces on a painted tabletop.

Maelzel, in addition to the Chess Player, exhibited his own inventions, which were really automatons, also the famous panorama, “The Burning of Moscow.” After a splendid tour throughout the States, he went to Havana, Cuba, where poor Schlumberger died of yellow fever. On the return trip Maelzel himself died, and was buried at sea. This was in 1838.

Maelzel, along with the Chess Player, showcased his own inventions, which were essentially automatons, and also the famous panorama, “The Burning of Moscow.” After an impressive tour across the States, he traveled to Havana, Cuba, where the unfortunate Schlumberger died of yellow fever. On the way back, Maelzel himself passed away and was buried at sea. This happened in 1838.

The famous Turk, with other of Maelzel’s effects, was sold {112} at public auction in Philadelphia. The automaton was bought by Dr. J. K. Mitchell, reconstructed, and privately exhibited by him for the amusement of his friends. Finally it was deposited in the Chinese Museum, where it remained for fourteen years, with the dust accumulating upon it. Here the Chess Player rested from his labors, a superannuated, broken down pensioner, dreaming, if automatons can dream, of his past adventures, until the year 1854. On July 5 of that year a great fire destroyed the Museum, and the Turbaned Turk was burnt to ashes. Better such a fate than rotting to pieces in the cellar of some old warehouse, forgotten and abandoned.

The famous Turk, along with some of Maelzel’s other creations, was sold {112} at a public auction in Philadelphia. Dr. J. K. Mitchell bought the automaton, fixed it up, and showcased it privately for his friends' entertainment. Eventually, it was placed in the Chinese Museum, where it sat for fourteen years, gathering dust. Here, the Chess Player took a break from his work, an old and worn-out figure, possibly dreaming—if automatons can dream—of his past adventures, until 1854. On July 5 of that year, a massive fire destroyed the Museum, and the Turk in the turban was reduced to ashes. That fate was better than decaying in some forgotten warehouse's cellar, neglected and abandoned.

Robert-Houdin, in his autobiography, tells a most romantic story about the Chess Player, the accuracy of which has been seriously doubted. He also makes several errors concerning its career and that of Maelzel. R. Shelton Mackenzie, who translated Houdin’s life (1859), calls attention to these mistakes, in his preface to that work. “This remarkable piece of mechanism was constructed in 1769, and not in 1796; it was the Empress Maria-Theresa of Austria who played with it, and not Catherine II of Russia. M. Maelzel’s death was in 1838, on the voyage from Cuba to the United States, and not, as M. Houdin says, on his return to France; and the automaton, so far from being taken back to France, was sold at auction here [Philadelphia], where it was consumed in the great fire of July 5, 1854.”

Robert-Houdin, in his autobiography, shares a rather romantic story about the Chess Player, though its accuracy has been heavily questioned. He also makes several mistakes regarding its history and that of Maelzel. R. Shelton Mackenzie, who translated Houdin’s life (1859), points out these errors in his preface to that work. “This remarkable piece of machinery was built in 1769, not in 1796; it was Empress Maria Theresa of Austria who played with it, not Catherine II of Russia. Maelzel died in 1838 while traveling from Cuba to the United States, not, as Houdin states, while returning to France; and the automaton, instead of being taken back to France, was auctioned off here [Philadelphia], where it was destroyed in the great fire of July 5, 1854.”

I believe that the true history of the Chess Player is related by Prof. George Allen, of the University of Pennsylvania, in Fiske’s Book of the first American Chess Congress, N. Y., 1859, pp. 420–484.

I think the real story of the Chess Player is told by Prof. George Allen from the University of Pennsylvania in Fiske’s Book of the First American Chess Congress, N.Y., 1859, pp. 420–484.

II.

Now for Houdin’s entertaining story of the Chess Player. In the year 1796, a revolt broke out in a half-Russian, half-Polish regiment stationed at Riga, capital of Livonia, Russia. At the head of the rebels was an officer named Worousky, a man of talent and energy. He was of short stature, but well built. The revolutionists were defeated in a pitched battle and put to flight {113} by the Russians. Worousky had both thighs shattered by a cannon ball and fell on the battle field. However, he escaped from the general massacre of his comrades by casting himself into a ditch near a hedge, not far from the house of a doctor named Osloff. At nightfall he dragged himself with great difficulty to the house, and was taken in by the benevolent physician, who promised to conceal him. Osloff eventually had to amputate both of Worousky’s legs, close to the body. The operation was successful. During this time, the famous Baron von Kempelen came to Russia, and paid Dr. Osloff a visit. He also took compassion upon the crippled Polish officer. It seems that Worousky was a master of the game of chess, and repeatedly defeated Osloff and Kempelen. Kempelen then conceived the idea of the automaton chess player, as a means of assisting Worousky to escape from Russia, and immediately set about building it. It was completed in June, 1796. In order to avert suspicion Osloff and Kempelen determined to play at several of the smaller towns and cities before reaching the frontier.

Now for Houdin's entertaining story of the Chess Player. In 1796, a revolt broke out in a half-Russian, half-Polish regiment stationed in Riga, the capital of Livonia, Russia. Leading the rebels was an officer named Worousky, a talented and energetic man. He was short but well built. The revolutionists were defeated in a fierce battle and were driven away by the Russians. Worousky was hit by a cannonball that shattered both of his thighs and fell on the battlefield. However, he managed to escape the massacre of his comrades by throwing himself into a ditch near a hedge, not far from the home of a doctor named Osloff. As night fell, he painfully dragged himself to the house, where the kind physician took him in and promised to hide him. Eventually, Osloff had to amputate both of Worousky's legs close to his body. The operation was successful. During this time, the famous Baron von Kempelen visited Russia and came to see Dr. Osloff. He also felt sympathy for the injured Polish officer. It turned out that Worousky was a chess master and frequently defeated both Osloff and Kempelen. Kempelen then came up with the idea of creating an automaton chess player to help Worousky escape from Russia and immediately began working on it. It was completed in June 1796. To avoid raising suspicion, Osloff and Kempelen decided to perform in several smaller towns and cities before reaching the border.

The first performance was given at Toula. Says Houdin: “I possess a copy of the original bill, which was given me by M. Hessler, nephew of Dr. Osloff, who also supplied me with all these details. Worousky won every game he played at Toula, and the papers were full of praises of the automaton. Assured of success by the brilliancy of their début, M. de Kempelen and his companion proceeded towards the frontier.”

The first performance was held at Toula. Houdin says: “I have a copy of the original bill, given to me by M. Hessler, the nephew of Dr. Osloff, who also provided me with all these details. Worousky won every game he played at Toula, and the newspapers were full of praise for the automaton. Confident in their success from their brilliant debut, M. de Kempelen and his companion headed towards the frontier.”

Worousky was concealed from sight, while traveling, in the enormous chest which held the Chess Player. Air holes were made in the sides of the chest to enable him to breathe. They arrived without adventure at Vitebsk, on the road to the Prussian frontier, when a letter came summoning them to the imperial palace at St. Petersburg. The Empress Catherine II, having heard of the automaton’s wonderful talent, desired to play a game with it. They dared not refuse this demand. Worousky, who had a price set on his head, was the coolest of the three, and seemed delighted at the idea of playing with the Empress. After fifteen days travel they reached St. Petersburg. Kempelen had the automaton carried to the palace in the same chest in which {114} it traveled, thereby secretly conveying Worousky thither. The Chess Player was set up in the library, and at the appointed hour Catherine II, followed by a numerous suite, entered and took her place at the chess-board. The members of the Court took their places behind the Empress. Kempelen never allowed anyone to pass behind the automaton, and would not consent to begin the game till all the spectators were in front of the board.

Worousky was hidden from view while traveling in the large chest that carried the Chess Player. Air holes were made in the sides of the chest so he could breathe. They arrived safely at Vitebsk, on the way to the Prussian border, when they received a letter summoning them to the imperial palace in St. Petersburg. Empress Catherine II, having heard of the automaton's amazing skill, wanted to play a game with it. They couldn’t refuse this request. Worousky, who had a bounty on his head, was the calmest of the three and seemed excited about the chance to play with the Empress. After fifteen days of travel, they reached St. Petersburg. Kempelen had the automaton transported to the palace in the same chest in which {114} it traveled, secretly bringing Worousky along. The Chess Player was set up in the library, and at the scheduled time, Catherine II, followed by a large group of attendants, entered and took her place at the chessboard. The members of the Court stood behind the Empress. Kempelen never let anyone go behind the automaton and wouldn’t start the game until all the spectators were in front of the board.

“The chest and the Turk’s body were then examined, and when all were perfectly convinced they contained nothing but clockwork, the game began. It proceeded for some time in perfect silence, but Catherine’s frowning brow speedily revealed that the automaton was not very gallant towards her, and fully deserved the reputation it had gained. The skillful Mussulman captured a bishop and a knight, and the game was turning much to the disadvantage of the lady, when the Turk, suddenly forgetting his dignified gravity, gave a violent blow on his cushion, and pushed back a piece his adversary had just moved.

“The chest and the Turk’s body were then examined, and when everyone was completely sure they contained nothing but clockwork, the game began. It went on for a while in complete silence, but Catherine’s furrowed brow quickly showed that the automaton wasn’t being very gallant toward her and truly deserved its bad reputation. The skilled Muslim captured a bishop and a knight, and the game was going badly for the lady when the Turk, suddenly breaking his dignified demeanor, slammed his cushion hard and pushed back a piece his opponent had just moved.”

“Catherine II had attempted to cheat; perhaps to try the skill of the automaton, or for some other reason. At any rate the haughty empress, unwilling to confess her weakness, replaced the piece on the same square, and regarded the automaton with an air of imperious authority. The result was most unexpected—the Turk upset all the pieces with a blow of his hand, and immediately the clock work, which had been heard during the whole game, stopped. It seemed as if the machinery had got out of repair. Pale and trembling, M. de Kempelen, recognizing in this Worousky’s impetuous temper, awaited the issue of this conflict between the insurgent and his sovereign.

“Catherine II had tried to cheat; maybe to test the skill of the automaton, or for some other reason. In any case, the proud empress, reluctant to admit her vulnerability, put the piece back on the same square and looked at the automaton with a commanding presence. The outcome was completely unexpected—the Turk knocked all the pieces over with a swipe of his hand, and instantly the clockwork, which had been audible throughout the game, stopped. It seemed like the machinery had broken down. Pale and shaking, M. de Kempelen, recognizing Worousky’s fiery temper, awaited the result of this clash between the rebel and his ruler.”

“ ‘Ah, ah! my good automaton! your manners are rather rough,’ the Empress said, good humoredly, not sorry to see a game she had small chance of winning end thus. ‘Oh! you are a famous player, I grant; but you were afraid of losing the game, and so prudently upset the pieces. Well, I am now quite convinced of your skill and your violent character.’

“‘Ah, my good robot! Your manners are a bit rough,’ the Empress said with a smile, not upset to see a game she had little chance of winning end this way. ‘Oh! I’ll admit you’re an amazing player; but you were scared of losing the game, so you wisely knocked over the pieces. Well, I’m now completely convinced of your skill and your fierce nature.’”

“M. de Kempelen began to breathe again, and regaining courage, tried to remove the unfavorable impression which the little {115} respect shown by the automaton must have produced. Hence he said, humbly:

“M. de Kempelen began to breathe again, and as he regained his courage, he tried to counter the negative impression that the automaton’s lack of respect must have created. So he said, humbly:

“ ‘Will your majesty allow me to offer an explanation of what has just happened?’

“Will Your Majesty let me explain what just happened?”

“ ‘By no means, M. de Kempelen,’ Catherine said, heartily,—‘by no means; on the contrary, I find it most amusing, and your automaton pleases me so much that I wish to purchase it. I shall thus always have near me a player, somewhat quick perhaps, but yet able to hold his own. You can leave it here tonight, and come tomorrow morning to arrange the price.’

“‘Not at all, M. de Kempelen,’ Catherine said warmly, ‘not at all; actually, I find it quite entertaining, and your automaton delights me so much that I want to buy it. This way, I’ll always have a player nearby, a bit fast perhaps, but still able to handle itself. You can leave it here tonight, and come back tomorrow morning to discuss the price.’”

“There is strong reason to believe that Catherine wished to commit an indiscretion when she evinced a desire that the figure should remain at the palace till next morning. Fortunately, the skillful mechanician managed to baffle her feminine curiosity by carrying Worousky off in the big chest. The automaton remained in the library, but the player was no longer there.

“There’s a good chance Catherine wanted to do something risky when she showed interest in keeping the figure at the palace until the next morning. Luckily, the clever mechanic was able to outsmart her curiosity by taking Worousky away in the large chest. The automaton stayed in the library, but the player was gone.”

“The next day Catherine renewed her proposition to purchase the Chess Player, but Kempelen made her understand that, as the figure could not perform without him, he could not possibly sell it. The empress allowed the justice of these arguments; and, while complimenting the mechanician on his invention, made him a handsome present.

“The next day, Catherine brought up her offer to buy the Chess Player again, but Kempelen made it clear that since the figure couldn't operate without him, he couldn’t sell it. The empress accepted the validity of his points, and while praising the inventor for his creation, she gave him a generous gift.”

“Three months after the automaton was in England, under the management of Mr. Anthon, to whom Kempelen had sold it. I know not if Worousky was still attached to it, but I fancy so, owing to the immense success the Chess Player met with. Mr. Anthon visited the whole of Europe, always meeting with the same success; but, at his death, the celebrated automaton was purchased by Maelzel, who embarked with it for New York. It was then, probably, Worousky took leave of his hospitable Turk, for the automaton was not nearly so successful in America. After exhibiting his mechanical trumpeter and Chess Player for some time, Maelzel set out again for France, but died on the passage, of an attack of indigestion. His heirs sold his apparatus, and thus Cronier obtained his precious relic.” The Chess Player caused the greatest amount of discussion in its time. At the solicitation of a leading theatrical manager of Paris, Houdin {116} arranged the trick for a melodrama, in which Catherine II of Russia was one of the characters.

“Three months after the automaton arrived in England, managed by Mr. Anthon, who had bought it from Kempelen. I’m not sure if Worousky was still connected to it, but I think he might have been, given the immense success of the Chess Player. Mr. Anthon toured all of Europe, consistently achieving the same success; but after his death, the famous automaton was bought by Maelzel, who then took it to New York. It was likely then that Worousky said goodbye to his hospitable Turk, as the automaton didn’t do nearly as well in America. After showcasing his mechanical trumpeter and Chess Player for a while, Maelzel set off again for France but died during the journey from indigestion. His heirs sold his equipment, and that’s how Cronier got his valuable relic.” The Chess Player sparked the most discussion of its time. At the request of a prominent theatrical manager in Paris, Houdin {116} set up the trick for a melodrama in which Catherine II of Russia was one of the characters.

III.

I now come to the celebrated inventions of Maskelyne which were exhibited at Egyptian Hall, London. First on the list comes the automaton whist player, “Psycho,” which far exceeds the Chess Player of Von Kempelen in ingenious construction. Its secret has never been divulged.

I now present the famous inventions of Maskelyne that were showcased at the Egyptian Hall in London. First on the list is the automaton whist player, “Psycho,” which is far more cleverly designed than Von Kempelen's Chess Player. Its secret has never been revealed.

J. N. MASKELYNE

Says the Encyclopedia Britannica: “In 1875 Maskelyne and Cooke produced at the Egyptian Hall, in London, an automaton whist player, ‘Psycho,’ which from the manner in which it is placed upon the stage, appears to be perfectly isolated from any {117} mechanical com­mun­i­ca­tion from without . . . The arm has all the complicated movements necessary for chess or draught playing; and ‘Psycho’ calculates any sum up to a total of 99,000,000. . . . ‘Psycho’, an Oriental figure, sitting cross-legged on a box, is supported by a single large cylinder of clear glass, which as originally exhibited, stood upon the carpet of the stage, but was afterwards set loose upon a small stool, having solid wood feet; moreover, this automaton may be placed in almost any number of different ways. . . . It may be mentioned that in the same year in which ‘Psycho’ appeared, the joint inventors patented a method of controlling the speed of clockwork mechanism by compressed air or gas stored in the pedestal of an automaton, this compressed air acting upon a piston in a cylinder and also upon a rotating fan when a valve is opened by ‘an electrical or other connection worked by the foot of the performer or an assistant.’ But it is not known whether the principle obscurely described in the specification was applicable in any way to the invisible agency employed in ‘Psycho,’ or whether it had reference to some other invention which has never been realized.”

Says the Encyclopedia Britannica: “In 1875, Maskelyne and Cooke created an automaton whist player, ‘Psycho,’ at the Egyptian Hall in London. The way it’s positioned on stage makes it seem completely separate from any outside mechanical communication. The arm has all the intricate movements necessary for playing chess or checkers, and ‘Psycho’ can calculate any sum up to 99,000,000. ‘Psycho,’ an Oriental figure sitting cross-legged on a box, is supported by a single large cylinder of clear glass, which, when first shown, stood on the stage carpet but was later placed on a small stool with solid wooden feet. Furthermore, this automaton can be set up in almost any number of different configurations. It’s worth noting that in the same year ‘Psycho’ debuted, the two inventors patented a method for controlling the speed of clockwork mechanisms using compressed air or gas stored in the base of an automaton. This compressed air acts on a piston in a cylinder and on a rotating fan when a valve is triggered by ‘an electrical or other connection operated by the performer’s or assistant's foot.’ However, it’s unclear if the principle vaguely described in the patent applies in any way to the invisible mechanism used in ‘Psycho,’ or if it refers to some other invention that was never realized.”

A very clever exposé of “Psycho” was published in an English newspaper, November, 1877. That it is the correct one, I am by no means certain. But an ingenious mechanic by carrying out its provisions would be enabled to construct an excellent imitation of the Maskelyne so-called automaton.

A very clever exposé of “Psycho” was published in an English newspaper in November 1877. I'm not completely sure it's the right one, but a smart mechanic could use its instructions to create a great imitation of the Maskelyne so-called automaton.

“In Figs. 1a and 1b (elevation and plan), the wheels E and M have each a train of clockwork (left out for the sake of clearness), which would cause them to spin round if unchecked. M, however, has two pins, p p, which catch on a projection on the lever, N. E is a crown-wheel escapement—like that in a bottle roasting-jack—which turns A alternately to the left and right, thus causing the hand to traverse the thirteen cards. A little higher up on A will be seen a quadrant, B (see plan), near the edge of which are set thirteen little pins. The end of the lever, N, drops between any two of them, thus causing the hand to stop at any desired card. The lever being pivoted at c, it is obvious that by depressing the end, N, B will be set at liberty, {118} and the hand will move along the cards; by slightly raising it this motion will be arrested; by raising it still more the pin, p, is released, and M commences to revolve, and by again depressing N this wheel will, in its turn, be stopped. Near the bottom of the apparatus is a bellows, O, which contains a spring tending to keep the lever, N, with which it is connected by a rod, X, in the position shown. This is connected with the tubular support, which may be connected by a tube through the leg of the stool, and another tube beneath the stage, with an assistant behind the scenes. By compressing or exhausting air through this tube it is obvious that the lever, N, will be raised or depressed, and the clockwork set going accordingly. a is a crank-pin set in M, and connected with the head by catgut, T, and with the thumb by S. At R and R are two pulleys connected by gut. Thus if the {119} hand moves round, the head appears to follow its motions, and when raised by pulling S, the head rises also by means of T. Further explanation seems almost unnecessary; l is a stop to prevent the elbow moving too far, and b b spiral springs, to keep the thumb open and the head forward respectively. When N is raised, M pulls T and S, the latter closing the thumb, and then raising the arm by pulley H. If the lever is allowed to drop, p will catch and keep the arm up. On again raising N, the arm will descend.

“In Figs. 1a and 1b (elevation and plan), the wheels E and M each have a set of clockwork mechanisms (left out for clarity), which would make them spin if not controlled. However, M has two pins, p p, that catch on a projection of the lever, N. E is a crown-wheel escapement—similar to that found in a bottle roasting-jack—which alternates the rotation of A to the left and right, allowing the hand to move across the thirteen cards. Slightly higher up on A, there's a quadrant, B (see plan), near the edge of which are thirteen small pins. The end of the lever, N, drops between any two of them, stopping the hand on a specific card. Since the lever pivots at c, it's clear that by pressing down on the end, N, B will be released, {118} and the hand will move along the cards; slightly raising it will halt this movement; raising it more will free the pin, p, causing M to start turning, and pressing N again will stop this wheel. At the bottom of the apparatus is a bellows, O, which has a spring that keeps the lever, N, connected by a rod, X, in the shown position. This is linked with a tubular support, which can be connected through a tube in the leg of the stool, and another tube below the stage to an assistant backstage. By compressing or exhausting air through this tube, it's evident that the lever, N, will be moved up or down, activating the clockwork accordingly. a is a crank-pin attached to M, and it's connected to the head by catgut, T, and to the thumb by S. At R and R are two pulleys linked by gut. Thus, if the {119} hand turns, the head seems to follow its movements, and when S is pulled, the head rises too thanks to T. Further explanation seems almost unnecessary; l is a stop to prevent the elbow from moving too far, and b b are spiral springs that keep the thumb open and the head pushed forward. When N is raised, M pulls T and S, which closes the thumb and then lifts the arm using pulley H. If the lever is allowed to drop, p will catch and hold the arm up. When N is raised again, the arm will drop down.

“In addition to the above contrivance, we have in Figs. 2 and 3 another and simpler arrangement, in which only one train of clockwork is used. On the same axle as H is fixed a lever and weight, W, to balance the arm. A vertical rod, X, having a projection, Z, slides up and down in guides, Y Y, and carries the catgut, S and T. The quadrant, B, has cogs cut, between which Z slides and stops the motion of A, which is moved, as before, by clockwork. The lower part of X is connected directly with O. When X is slightly raised, as shown, A is free to move, but on exhausting the air and drawing X down, Z enters the cogs and stops the hand over a card; continuing to exhaust, the thumb closes and the card is lifted up.” The details of the clockwork the originator of this solution omits to give. He says there should be a fan on each train to regulate the speed. The figure should be so placed that an assistant can see the cards in the semi-circular rack Fig. 4.

“In addition to the above setup, we have in Figs. 2 and 3 another simpler arrangement that uses only one set of clockwork. A lever and weight, W, are fixed on the same axle as H to balance the arm. A vertical rod, X, with a projection, Z, slides up and down in guides, Y Y, and carries the catgut, S and T. The quadrant, B, has cogs cut in it, between which Z slides and stops the motion of A, which is moved, as before, by clockwork. The lower part of X is directly connected to O. When X is slightly raised, as shown, A is free to move, but when the air is exhausted and X is pulled down, Z enters the cogs and stops the hand over a card; as the air continues to be exhausted, the thumb closes, and the card is lifted up.” The originator of this solution omits details about the clockwork. He mentions there should be a fan on each set to regulate the speed. The figure should be positioned so that an assistant can see the cards in the semi-circular rack in Fig. 4.

One of Maskelyne’s best mechanical tricks is the “Spirit Music-Box,” for an exposé of which I am indebted to my friend Mr. Henry V. A. Parsell, of New York City, a lover of the art of magic. The construction of this novel piece of apparatus will afford a clue to many alleged mediumistic performances. Professor Parsons, of New Haven, Conn., is the owner of the box, reproduced in the illustration. Says Mr. Parsell:

One of Maskelyne’s best mechanical tricks is the “Spirit Music-Box,” for which I owe thanks to my friend Mr. Henry V. A. Parsell from New York City, who loves the art of magic. The design of this innovative device will provide insight into many so-called mediumistic performances. Professor Parsons from New Haven, Conn., owns the box shown in the illustration. Mr. Parsell says:

“A sheet of plate glass is exhibited freely to the audience and proved to contain no electric wires or mechanism. This glass plate is then suspended horizontally in the center of the stage by four cords hooked to its corners. An ordinary looking music-box is then brought in by the assistant. It is opened, so that {120} the audience can see the usual mechanism within. The music-box is now placed on the glass plate and the performer comes down among the spectators. Notwithstanding the isolation of the box the command of the performer suffices to cause it to play, or cease, in obedience to his will. It matters not in what part of the room the conjurer goes—his word is enough to make silence or harmony issue from the box, always beginning where it left off and never skipping a note. The simple cause of this marvelous effect lies in the mechanism of the box and in its mode of suspension.

A sheet of plate glass is displayed openly to the audience, showing that it has no electric wires or mechanisms. The glass plate is then suspended horizontally in the center of the stage by four cords attached to its corners. An ordinary-looking music box is then brought in by the assistant. It is opened so that {120} the audience can see the usual mechanism inside. The music box is placed on the glass plate, and the performer comes down among the spectators. Despite the isolation of the box, the performer's command is enough to make it play or stop at his will. It doesn't matter where the conjurer moves in the room—his word is sufficient to make silence or music come from the box, always starting where it left off and never skipping a note. The simple explanation for this amazing effect lies in the mechanism of the box and how it is suspended.

Fig. 5. Fig. 6.
THE SPURPOSE Music Box.

“A small music box of this kind is shown in Fig. 5. The box is seen with its mechanism removed and resting upon it. In addition to the usual cylinder, comb and wheel-work, there is a device for starting and stopping the box when it is tilted slightly endwise. This consists of a light shaft delicately pivoted and carrying at one end a lead weight (seen just in front of the cylinder), and at the other end an arm of light wire whose far end is bent down so as to engage the fly of the wheel-work. In Fig. 5 the mechanism is tilted so that the wire arm is raised; the fly is now free to revolve and the box plays.

“A small music box of this type is shown in Fig. 5. The box is displayed with its mechanism taken out and resting on top. Besides the usual cylinder, comb, and wheel work, there's a device that starts and stops the box when it's tilted slightly on its side. This consists of a lightweight shaft delicately balanced, with a lead weight at one end (visible just in front of the cylinder), and at the other end, a thin wire arm whose far end is bent down to engage the fly of the wheel work. In Fig. 5, the mechanism is tilted so that the wire arm is lifted; the fly is now free to spin, and the box plays.”

“A front view of the mechanism is shown in Fig. 6. Here the arm is down, arresting the motion of the fly and producing {121} silence. When the box is resting on the glass plate an assistant behind the scenes causes the plate to tilt slightly up or down by raising or lowering the cords which support one end. The mechanism of the box is so delicately adjusted that an imperceptible motion of the plate is sufficient to control its playing.”

“A front view of the mechanism is shown in Fig. 6. Here, the arm is down, stopping the movement of the fly and creating {121} silence. When the box is resting on the glass plate, a mechanism behind the scenes causes the plate to tilt slightly up or down by raising or lowering the cords that support one end. The mechanism of the box is so finely adjusted that even an imperceptible motion of the plate is enough to control its playing.”

IV.

John Nevil Maskelyne, a descendant of Nevil Maskelyne, the eminent astronomer and physicist, was born in Cheltenham, England, and like Houdin was apprenticed to a watchmaker. At an early age, he manifested a wonderful aptitude for mechanics. He employed most of his spare time while working at the trade of horology in devising and building optical and mechanical apparatus for show purposes. In this respect his career exactly parallels that of Robert-Houdin. He was likewise interested in sleight of hand tricks, but never carried the art to perfection like the French magician. Later in life he abandoned legerdemain entirely and devoted himself exclusively to the construction of mechanical illusions. In this line, he has no equal. Most of the really clever and original illusions brought out within the past twenty years have emanated from his fertile brain. Houdin, Maskelyne, and Buatier de Kolta are the three great inventors of magic tricks and illusions. One day the Davenport Brothers came to Cheltenham and gave an exhibition of their alleged mediumistic powers at the town hall. Young Maskelyne was selected as one of a committee to tie the Brothers and examine their mystic cabinet. The falling of a piece of drugget, used to exclude light from one of the windows of the hall, enabled Maskelyne to see Ira Davenport eject some of the musical instruments from the cabinet, and re-secure himself with the ropes. Delighted at discovering the trick, the young watchmaker soon devised an imitation of the Davenport exhibition. Aided by a Mr. Cooke, afterwards his partner in the show business, he gave an exposé of the Davenport business, first at Cheltenham, and afterwards throughout England. Subsequently he located at St. James Hall, and afterwards at Egyptian Hall, London. Mr. {122} Maskelyne was called as an expert witness in the trial of the impostor, Dr. Henry Slade, and performed in the witness-box all of the medium’s “slate tests,” to the great astonishment of the Court. As a consequence of these revelations, Dr. Slade was sentenced to three months in jail, but he escaped imprisonment owing to legal technicalities interposed by his attorneys, and fled to the Continent. Mr. Maskelyne has written a clever exposé of gambling devices, entitled, Sharps and Flats, and various magazine articles on conjuring.

John Nevil Maskelyne, a descendant of the famous astronomer and physicist Nevil Maskelyne, was born in Cheltenham, England. Like Houdin, he apprenticed as a watchmaker. From a young age, he showed a remarkable talent for mechanics. He spent most of his free time, while working in horology, creating and building optical and mechanical devices for entertainment. In this way, his career closely resembled that of Robert-Houdin. He was also interested in sleight of hand tricks but never mastered them to the same level as the French magician. Later in life, he completely dropped sleight of hand and focused solely on building mechanical illusions. In this field, he had no equal. Most of the clever and original illusions developed in the last twenty years came from his imaginative mind. Houdin, Maskelyne, and Buatier de Kolta are the three great inventors of magic tricks and illusions. One day, the Davenport Brothers came to Cheltenham and held a show claiming to demonstrate their mediumistic powers at the town hall. Young Maskelyne was chosen as part of a committee to tie up the Brothers and inspect their mysterious cabinet. When a piece of fabric fell, which was used to block light from one of the hall's windows, Maskelyne caught Ira Davenport sneaking some musical instruments out of the cabinet and tying himself back up. Excited to discover the trick, the young watchmaker quickly created his own version of the Davenport show. With the help of Mr. Cooke, who later became his partner in the entertainment business, he revealed the truth behind the Davenport act, first in Cheltenham and then across England. He later set up at St. James Hall and then at Egyptian Hall in London. Mr. {122} Maskelyne was called as an expert witness in the trial of the fraud, Dr. Henry Slade, and performed all of the medium’s "slate tests" in the witness box, leaving the Court astonished. As a result of these revelations, Dr. Slade was sentenced to three months in jail, but he avoided imprisonment due to legal loopholes put forward by his lawyers and fled to the Continent. Mr. Maskelyne has written a clever expose on gambling devices titled, Sharps and Flats, along with various magazine articles on magic.

In the year 1904, he and Mr. Cooke moved their show to St. George’s Hall, having outgrown the old quarters at Egyptian Hall. Since that time Mr. Cooke died at an advanced age. Associated with Mr. Maskelyne and his son is David Devant, a good sleight of hand performer.

In 1904, he and Mr. Cooke moved their show to St. George’s Hall, as they had outgrown their old space at Egyptian Hall. Since then, Mr. Cooke has passed away at an old age. David Devant, a skilled magician, is associated with Mr. Maskelyne and his son.

ROBERT-HOUDIN—CONJURER, AUTHOR AND AMBASSADOR.

“Robert-Houdin was a man of remarkable ingenuity and insight. His autobiography is throughout interesting and psy­cho­log­i­cally valuable, and his conjuring precepts abound in points of importance to the psychologist.”—JOSEPH JASTROW:Fact and Fable in Psychology.”

“Robert-Houdin was a guy with incredible creativity and understanding. His autobiography is consistently engaging and psychologically valuable, and his magic principles are full of insights that are crucial for psychologists.” —JOSEPH JASTROW:Fact and Fable in Psychology.”

“To Robert-Houdin I feel I owe a double debt; first, for the great satisfaction I have had in such slight skill as I have acquired in his art, and, secondly, for such an insight into its underlying principles as to keep me clear of all danger from evanescent delusions which follow one another in fashion.”—BRANDER MATTHEWS:Books that have helped me.”

“To Robert-Houdin, I feel I owe a double debt; first, for the great satisfaction I’ve gained from the little skill I’ve developed in his art, and, secondly, for the understanding of its fundamental principles that keeps me safe from all the fleeting illusions that come and go in trends.”—BRANDER MATTHEWS:Books that have helped me.”

I.

Nostradamus is said to have constructed a magic mirror of great power. In its shining surface, he conjured up many remarkable visions. But I know of a more wonderful wizard’s glass than that of the French necromancer. It is the “mirror of the mind”—that mystery of mysteries. I am able, at will, to evoke in it a phan­tas­ma­goria of the past. I need no aid from cabalistic spells, no burning of incense. Presto!—a picture appears radiant with light and life. I see a wainscoted room in a quaint old mansion. Logs are ablaze on the hearthstone. A boy is ensconced in the deep embrasure of the window. He is immersed in a book, and entirely oblivious of the scene without, where the Snow King is busy laying a white pall upon the frozen earth. Snow flakes like white butterflies skim hither and thither. The wind rumbles mournfully in the chimneys like a lost spirit. It is the witching Christmas Tide, when of old the Magi led by the burning star (the weird pentagram of the Initiates) came from afar to visit the lowly cradle of the Nazarene {124} child. Beautiful old legend! It still haunts these later years of mine, breathing joy and peace ineffable; for is it not an allegory of the search for, and the discovery of, the Lost Word of the Adepts of the Temples—the word that signifies eternal life?

Nostradamus is said to have created a powerful magic mirror. In its shiny surface, he brought forth many amazing visions. But I know of a more incredible wizard's glass than that of the French necromancer. It’s the “mirror of the mind”—that mystery of mysteries. I can, at will, summon a phantasmagoria of the past in it. I need no help from mystical spells, no incense burning. Presto!—a picture appears, glowing with light and life. I see a paneled room in a charming old mansion. Logs crackle on the hearth. A boy is cozy in the deep alcove of the window. He is lost in a book, completely unaware of the scene outside, where the Snow King is busy covering the frozen ground with a white blanket. Snowflakes swirl like white butterflies. The wind moans sadly in the chimneys like a wandering spirit. It is the enchanting Christmas season, when long ago the Magi, guided by the bright star (the strange pentagram of the Initiates), traveled from afar to visit the humble cradle of the Nazarene child. Beautiful old legend! It still lingers in these later years of mine, bringing joy and indescribable peace; for isn’t it an allegory of the search for and discovery of the Lost Word of the Adepts of the Temples—the word that means eternal life?

Let us take a peep over the reader’s shoulder, at the volume in his hand. It is the autobiography of “Robert-Houdin, conjurer, author, and ambassador.” And the reader is myself. O vanished years of boyhood: you still live in the magic mirror of memory! And intimately associated with those years is the mystic book of Robert-Houdin. Can I ever forget the enjoyment I had in poring over the faded yellow leaves of that fascinating work? Happy the youth who early dips into its golden pages. The Arabian Nights forms a fitting prologue to it. I followed Houdin in the Conjurer’s Caravan; rejoiced in his successes at the Palais Royal; and in far-off Algeria, watched him exhibiting his magic feats before the Marabouts.

Let’s take a look over the reader’s shoulder at the book in his hand. It’s the autobiography of “Robert-Houdin, magician, author, and ambassador.” And the reader is me. Oh, the lost years of childhood: you still exist in the magic mirror of memory! And closely tied to those years is the mysterious book by Robert-Houdin. Can I ever forget the pleasure I found in studying the faded yellow pages of that captivating work? Lucky is the young person who starts exploring its golden pages early on. The Arabian Nights serves as a fitting introduction to it. I followed Houdin in the Conjurer’s Caravan; celebrated his triumphs at the Palais Royal; and in distant Algeria, I watched him perform his magic tricks before the Marabouts.

Speaking of this autobiography, Professor Brander Matthews of Columbia College, New York, says: “These Confidences of a Prestidigitateur are worthy of comparison with all but the very best autobiographies—if not with Cellini’s and Franklin’s, at least with Cibber’s and Goldoni’s. Robert-Houdin’s life of himself, quite as well as any of the others, would justify Longfellow’s assertion that ‘autobiography is what biography ought to be.’ ”

Speaking of this autobiography, Professor Brander Matthews from Columbia College, New York, says: “These Confidences of a Prestidigitateur are comparable to all but the very best autobiographies—if not with Cellini’s and Franklin’s, then at least with Cibber’s and Goldoni’s. Robert-Houdin’s self-portrayal, just like the others, backs up Longfellow’s claim that ‘autobiography is what biography should be.’”

In my humble opinion Houdin’s autobiography is worthy to be classed with the best, even that of Cellini and Franklin; yes, even with Chateaubriand’s superb Memories beyond the Tomb. It is replete with interesting information about old time necromancers; constructors of automata; good stories of contemporary magicians; exposés of Marabout miracles; and last, but not least, the fascinating adventures of Houdin himself,—the archmaster of modern magic. It bears the stamp of truth on every page, and should be placed in the hands of all students of psychology and pedagogy. His Trickeries of the Greeks, an exposé of gambling devices, is also an interesting work and should be read in conjunction with his Stage Magic and Conjuring and Magic.

In my opinion, Houdin’s autobiography deserves to be ranked among the best, even alongside Cellini and Franklin; yes, even with Chateaubriand’s amazing Memories beyond the Tomb. It's filled with fascinating information about old necromancers; creators of automata; entertaining stories of contemporary magicians; revelations of Marabout miracles; and last but not least, the captivating adventures of Houdin himself—the master of modern magic. It has the mark of truth on every page and should be given to all students of psychology and education. His Trickeries of the Greeks, an expose of gambling devices, is also an intriguing work and should be read alongside his Stage Magic and Conjuring and Magic.

The Confidences end with Houdin’s retirement from the stage to his villa at St. Gervais, near Blois. The book on {125} Conjuring and Magic gives us a slight sketch of his villa and the ingenious contrivances arranged therein for the amusement and mystification of visitors. The curtain, alas, then rings down on the scene. The theatre is left dark and cold. We are told nothing more concerning the great conjurer’s life, or the manner of his death. All is a blank. Through my own efforts, however, and those of my friends made in recent years, at my instigation, I have been able to supply the missing data. It is very entertaining indeed. But let us begin at the beginning.

The Confidences wrap up with Houdin retiring from the stage to his villa in St. Gervais, near Blois. The book on {125} Conjuring and Magic provides a brief overview of his villa and the clever setups he had there for the enjoyment and bewilderment of visitors. Unfortunately, that’s where the story ends. The theater is left dark and cold. We hear nothing more about the great magician's life or how he passed away. Everything is a mystery. However, through my own efforts and those of my friends in recent years, pushed by my curiosity, I’ve been able to fill in the gaps. It’s quite fascinating, for sure. But let’s start from the beginning.

II.

On a certain day in the year 1843, the Count de l’Escalopier, a scion of the old régime of France, and a great lover of curios, was strolling along the Rue de Vendôme, in the Marais Quarter, of Paris. He stopped to look at some mechanical toys displayed in the window of a dark little shop, over the door of which was painted the following modest sign: “M. Robert-Houdin, Pendules de Précision.” This sign noted the fact that the proprietor was a watchmaker, and that his wares were distinguished for precise running. What particularly attracted the nobleman’s attention was a peculiar looking clock of clearest crystal that ran apparently without works, the invention of M. Robert-Houdin. The Count, who was a great lover of science amusante, or science wedded to recreation, purchased the magic clock, and better than that, made the acquaintance of the inventor, the obscure watchmaker, who was destined to become a great pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, author, and ambassador. The Count became a frequent visitor at Houdin’s shop, to watch the construction of various automata, which the inventor intended some day to use in public performances. Says Houdin: “A kind of intimacy having thus become established between M. de l’Escalopier and myself, I was naturally led to talk to him of my projects of appearing in public; and, in order to justify them, I had given him, on more than one occasion, specimens of my skill in sleight of hand. Prompted doubtless by his friendly feelings, my spectator steadily applauded me, and gave me the warmest encouragement to put my schemes into actual practice. Count de l’Escalopier, who was the {126} possessor of a considerable fortune, lived in one of those splendid houses which surround the square which has been called Royale, or des Vosges, according to the color of the flag of our masters of the time being. I myself lived in a humble lodging in the Rue de Vendôme, in the Marais, but the wide disproportion in the style of our respective dwelling-places did not prevent the nobleman and the artist from addressing each other as ‘my dear neighbor,’ or sometimes even as ‘my dear friend.’

On a certain day in 1843, Count de l’Escalopier, a descendant of the old regime of France and a big fan of curiosities, was wandering along Rue de Vendôme in the Marais Quarter of Paris. He paused to check out some mechanical toys displayed in the window of a small, dimly lit shop, where a modest sign above the door read: “M. Robert-Houdin, Pendules de Précision.” This sign indicated that the owner was a watchmaker and that his products were known for their precise timing. What caught the nobleman’s eye was a uniquely shaped clock made of clear crystal that seemed to operate without any visible mechanisms, a creation of M. Robert-Houdin. The Count, who loved science amusante, or science mixed with entertainment, bought the magical clock and, even better, met the inventor, the unknown watchmaker who would go on to become a great magician, author, and ambassador. The Count became a regular visitor at Houdin’s shop, eager to observe the creation of various automatons that the inventor planned to showcase in public performances. Houdin noted, “As a kind of friendship developed between M. de l’Escalopier and me, I naturally ended up discussing my plans for public performances with him; and to support my ideas, I had shown him examples of my sleight of hand on more than one occasion. Undoubtedly motivated by his supportive nature, my spectator warmly applauded me, encouraging me to bring my ideas to life. Count de l’Escalopier, who had a considerable fortune, lived in one of the magnificent houses surrounding the square known as Royale or des Vosges, depending on the current color of our rulers' flags. I myself resided in a modest apartment on Rue de Vendôme in the Marais, but the significant difference in our living situations didn’t stop the nobleman and the artist from referring to each other as ‘my dear neighbor’ or even ‘my dear friend.’

Houdin’s Magic Clock.21

21 “The cut represents the magic clock invented by Robert-Houdin about sixty years ago. This very remarkable time-piece consists of a dial composed of two juxtaposed disks of glass, one of which is stationary and carries the hours, while the other is movable and serves for the motion of the hands. This latter disk is provided with a wheel or rather a toothed ring concealed within the metallic ring forming a dial. The glass column which constitutes the body of the piece is formed of two tubes which operate according to the principle of the dial, that is to say, one is stationary and the other movable. To each of the extremities of the latter is fixed a wheel. These wheels gear with transmission pinions which communicate, one of them at the top with the movable plate of glass of the dial, and the other at the bottom with the movement placed in the wooden base which supports the glass shade covering the clock. All these concealed transmissions are arranged in a most skillful manner, and complete the illusion. The movable glass of the dial, carried along by the column, actuates a small dial-train mounted in the thickness of the stationary glass, and within an extremely narrow space in the center of the dial. It is covered by the small hand and is consequently invisible. The hands are very easily actuated by it on account of their extreme lightness and perfect equilibrium.”—Scientific American, N. Y.

21 “The cut shows the magic clock created by Robert-Houdin about sixty years ago. This impressive timepiece has a dial made up of two glass disks placed side by side, with one disk stationary displaying the hours, and the other movable to indicate the time. This moving disk has a wheel, or more accurately, a toothed ring, hidden within the metallic ring that forms the dial. The glass column that makes up the body of the piece is made of two tubes that work on the same principle as the dial: one is stationary while the other is movable. Each end of the movable tube has a wheel attached. These wheels connect with transmission pinions that link, one at the top with the movable glass plate of the dial and the other at the bottom with the mechanism located in the wooden base supporting the glass cover over the clock. All these hidden transmissions are arranged skillfully and add to the illusion. The movable glass of the dial, which is moved by the column, drives a small dial-train positioned within the thickness of the stationary glass and in a very narrow space at the center of the dial. It is covered by the small hand, making it invisible. The hands are very easily moved by this mechanism thanks to their light weight and perfect balance.” —Scientific American, N. Y.

{127}

“My neighbor then being, as I have just stated, warmly in­ter­est­ed in my projects, was cons­tantly talking of them; and in order to give me op­por­tu­ni­ties of practice in my future pro­fes­sion, and to enable me to acquire that confidence in which I was then wanting, he frequently invited me to pass the evening in the company of a few friends of his own, whom I was delighted to amuse with my feats of dexterity. It was after a dinner given by M. de l’Escalopier to the Archbishop of Paris, Monseigneur Affre, with whom he was on intimate terms, that I had the honor of being presented to the reverend prelate as a mechanician and future magician, and that I performed before him a selection of the best of my experiments.

“My neighbor, who was really interested in my projects, was always talking about them. To help me practice for my future career and to build the confidence I was lacking at the time, he often invited me to spend the evening with a few of his friends, whom I enjoyed entertaining with my skills. It was after a dinner hosted by M. de l’Escalopier for the Archbishop of Paris, Monseigneur Affre, who was a close friend of his, that I had the honor of being introduced to the esteemed clergyman as a mechanic and aspiring magician, and I performed some of my best tricks for him.”

“At that period—I don’t say it in order to gratify a retrospective vanity—my skill in sleight of hand was of a high order. I am warranted in this belief by the fact that my numerous audiences exhibited the greatest wonderment at my performance, and that the Archbishop himself paid me, in his own handwriting, a compliment which I can not refrain from here relating.

“At that time—I’m not saying this to indulge in past pride—my skill in sleight of hand was really impressive. I know this because my many audiences showed the greatest amazement at my acts, and even the Archbishop himself wrote me a compliment in his own handwriting, which I can’t help but share here.”

“I had reserved for the last item of my programme a trick which, to use a familiar expression, I had at my fingers’ ends. In effect it was shortly as follows:—After having requested the spectators carefully to examine a large envelope sealed on all sides, I handed it to the Archbishop’s Grand Vicar, begging him to keep it in his own possession. Next, handing to the prelate himself a small slip of paper, I requested him to write thereon, secretly, a sentence, or whatever he might choose to think of; the paper was then folded in four, and (apparently) burnt. But scarcely was it consumed and the ashes scattered to the winds, than, handing the envelope to the Archbishop, I requested him to open it. The first envelope being removed a second was found, sealed in like manner; then another, until a dozen envelopes, one inside another, had been opened, the last containing the scrap of paper restored intact. It was passed from hand to hand, and each read as follows:—

“I saved the last item of my program for a trick that I could perform in my sleep. Here’s how it went: After asking the audience to carefully inspect a large envelope that was sealed on all sides, I handed it to the Archbishop’s Grand Vicar, asking him to keep it safe. Then, I gave the Archbishop a small piece of paper and asked him to secretly write a sentence or whatever came to his mind; the paper was folded in four and (seemingly) burned. But just as the ashes of the burnt paper were scattered to the wind, I handed the envelope back to the Archbishop and asked him to open it. Once the first envelope was removed, another sealed one was found inside; then another, and so on, until we opened a dozen envelopes, one nested inside the other. The last one contained the piece of paper, restored intact. It was passed around, and everyone read it as follows:—

“ ‘Though I do not claim to be a prophet, I venture to predict, sir, that you will achieve brilliant success in your future career.’ {128}

“‘Although I don't consider myself a prophet, I dare to predict, sir, that you will have great success in your future career.’ {128}

“I begged Monseigneur Affre’s permission to keep the autograph in question, which he very graciously gave me.”

“I asked Monseigneur Affre for permission to keep the autograph in question, which he kindly granted me.”

Poor Archbishop Affre; he was killed at the barricades in the Revolution of 1848. Though he confessed that he was no prophet, yet his prediction was fulfilled to the letter. Houdin became the foremost conjurer of his age, of any age in fact, and has left to posterity more than a name:—his fascinating memoirs, and several works in which the psychology of deception is treated in a masterly manner. The slip of paper given to him by the Archbishop he preserved as a religious relic. “I kept it,” he said, “in a secret corner of my pocket-book which I always carried about my person. During my travels in Algeria I had the misfortune to lose both this pocket-book and the precious object it contained.”

Poor Archbishop Affre; he was killed at the barricades during the Revolution of 1848. Even though he admitted he wasn’t a prophet, his prediction came true exactly. Houdin became the leading magician of his time, and honestly, any time, and has left more than just a name for future generations: his captivating memoirs, and several works that expertly explore the psychology of deception. He kept the slip of paper given to him by the Archbishop as a sacred keepsake. “I kept it,” he said, “in a secret spot in my wallet that I always had with me. While traveling in Algeria, I unfortunately lost both this wallet and the precious item it held.”

After the séance recorded above, the Count de l’Escalopier urged Houdin continually to abandon the watchmaking and mechanical-toy trade and go on the stage as a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur. Finally Houdin confessed his inability to do so, owing to lack of means, whereupon the kind-hearted nobleman exclaimed: “Mon cher ami, I have at home, at this very moment, ten thousand francs or so, which I really don’t know what to do with. Do me the favor to borrow them for an indefinite period: you will be doing me an actual service.”

After the séance mentioned above, Count de l’Escalopier kept urging Houdin to give up watchmaking and the mechanical toy business to pursue a career on stage as a magician. Eventually, Houdin admitted he couldn't do that because he lacked the funds. To this, the kind-hearted nobleman replied, “My dear friend, I have at home right now about ten thousand francs that I honestly don’t know what to do with. Please do me the favor of borrowing them for as long as you need: you’d be doing me a real service.”

But Houdin would not accept the offer, for he was loth to risk a friend’s money in a theatrical speculation. The Count in a state of pique left the shop and did not return for many days. Then he rushed excitedly into the workroom, sank upon a chair, and exclaimed:

But Houdin wouldn’t accept the offer, because he was reluctant to risk a friend’s money in a theatrical venture. The Count, feeling upset, left the shop and didn’t come back for many days. Then he burst into the workroom, collapsed into a chair, and exclaimed:

“My dear neighbor, since you are determined not to accept a favor from me, I have now come to beg one of you. This is the status of the case. For the last year my desk has been robbed from time to time of very considerable sums of money. In vain have I endeavored to ascertain the thief. I have sent away my servants, one after another. I have had the place watched, changed the locks, and placed secret fastenings on the doors, but none of these safeguards and precautions have foiled the cunning of the miscreant. This very morning a couple of thousand {129} franc-notes disappeared. Think of the frightful position the entire family is placed in. Can you not come to my assistance?”

“My dear neighbor, since you’re set on not accepting a favor from me, I’ve come to ask one from you. Here’s the situation: over the past year, my desk has been repeatedly robbed of significant amounts of money. I’ve tried in vain to figure out who the thief is. I’ve let go of my servants, one by one. I’ve had the place monitored, changed the locks, and installed secret locks on the doors, but none of these measures have stopped that clever crook. Just this morning, a couple of thousand {129} franc notes vanished. Think about the dreadful position my whole family is in. Can you please help me?”

“Count,” replied Houdin, “I fail to see how I can help you in the present instance. My magic power, unfortunately, extends only to my finger tips.”

“Count,” replied Houdin, “I don’t see how I can help you right now. My magical abilities, unfortunately, only reach as far as my fingertips.”

“That is true,” said the Count, “but you have a mighty aid in mechanics.”

"That's true," said the Count, "but you have a powerful advantage in mechanics."

“Mechanics,” exclaimed the magician. “Stop a bit! I remember when I was a boy at school that I invented a primitive piece of apparatus to apprehend a rascal who was in the habit of stealing my boyish possessions. I will improve upon that idea. Come to see me in a few days.”

“Mechanics,” the magician said. “Hold on! I remember when I was a kid in school, I invented a simple device to catch a troublemaker who kept stealing my childhood stuff. I’ll build on that idea. Come see me in a few days.”

Houdin put on his thinking-cap and shut himself up in his workshop.

Houdin put on his thinking cap and locked himself in his workshop.

From his inner consciousness he evolved a singularly ingenious contrivance, designed not only to discover a thief, but to brand him indelibly for his crime. In brief let me describe it. It was an apparatus to be fastened to the inside of a desk. When the desk was unlocked, and the lid raised ever so little, a pistol was discharged; at the same time a claw-like arrangement, attached to a light rod and impelled by a spring, came sharply down on the back of the hand which held the key. This claw was a tatooing instrument. It consisted of “a number of very short but sharp points, so arranged as to form the word Robber. These points were brought through a pad impregnated with nitrate of silver, a portion of which was forced by the blow into the punctures, and made the scars indelible for life.”

From his inner thoughts, he came up with a uniquely clever invention, designed not only to catch a thief but also to permanently mark him for his crime. Let me briefly describe it. It was a device that was to be attached inside a desk. When the desk was unlocked and the lid was lifted even a little, a pistol would fire; at the same time, a claw-like mechanism, connected to a light rod and activated by a spring, would descend sharply onto the back of the hand holding the key. This claw served as a tattooing tool. It was made up of "a number of very short but sharp points, arranged to form the word Robber. These points would penetrate a pad soaked in nitrate of silver, causing some of it to be injected into the punctures, leaving scars that would never fade."

When the Count saw this apparatus at work, the inventor using a heavily-padded glove to prevent being wounded by the claw, he objected to it strenuously, remarking that he had no right to brand a criminal. That was the province of Justice. He also argued that it would be wrong from a humanitarian standpoint. A poor wretch thus branded could only get rid of it by a horrible self-mutilation. If he failed in his endeavor, it might close the door of repentance forever against him, and class him permanently among the enemies of the social order. “Worse than that,” said the Count, “suppose some member of {130} my family by inadvertence, or through some fatal mistake, should fall a victim to our stern precautions; and then——

When the Count saw this device in action, with the inventor wearing a heavily-padded glove to avoid being hurt by the claw, he strongly objected, saying that he had no right to mark a criminal. That was the role of Justice. He also pointed out that it would be wrong from a humanitarian perspective. A poor soul branded like that could only escape it through a terrible act of self-mutilation. If he failed in that attempt, it might shut the door on repentance forever and label him permanently as an enemy of society. “Even worse,” said the Count, “what if someone from {130} my family accidentally, or due to some tragic mistake, became a victim of our strict measures; and then——

“You are quite right!” said Houdin. “I had not thought of those objections. I was carried away by my enthusiasm as an inventor. You are quite right! I will alter the apparatus at once.”

"You’re absolutely right!” said Houdin. “I hadn’t considered those objections. I got swept up in my excitement as an inventor. You’re completely right! I’ll change the device right away.”

In the place of the branding contrivance, he inserted a kind of cat’s-claw, which would make a slight scratch on the hand—a mere superficial wound, readily healed. The Count was satisfied with the alteration, and the apparatus was secretly fixed to the desk in the nobleman’s bed-room.

In place of the branding tool, he put in a type of cat’s-claw that would make a small scratch on the hand—a minor surface injury that would heal quickly. The Count was pleased with the change, and the device was secretly attached to the desk in the nobleman's bedroom.

In order to stimulate the cupidity of the robber, the Count drew considerable money from his bankers. He even made a pretence of leaving Paris on a trip to a short distance. But the bait did not take. Sixteen days passed away. The Count had almost despaired of catching the culprit, when one morning while reading in his library, which was some little distance from the bed-room, he heard the report of a pistol.

To tempt the greed of the thief, the Count withdrew a large sum of money from his bankers. He even pretended to leave Paris for a short trip. But the plan didn’t work. Sixteen days went by. The Count had almost given up hope of catching the criminal when one morning, while reading in his library, which was a little way from the bedroom, he heard the sound of a gunshot.

“Ah,” he exclaimed, excitedly. “The robber at last.” Picking up the first weapon to hand, a battle axe from a stand of ancestral armor near by, he ran quickly to the bed-room. There stood his trusted valet, Bernard, who had been in his household for many years.

“Ah,” he exclaimed, excitedly. “The robber at last.” Grabbing the first weapon he could find, a battle axe from a display of ancestral armor nearby, he rushed quickly to the bedroom. There stood his trusted valet, Bernard, who had been in his household for many years.

“What are you doing here?” asked the Count.

“What are you doing here?” the Count asked.

With great coolness and audacity, Bernard explained that he had been brought thither by the noise of the explosion, and had just seen a man making his escape down the back stairs. The Count rushed down the stairs only to find the door locked. A frightful thought overcame him: “Could Bernard be the thief?” He returned to the bed-room. The valet, he noticed, kept his right hand behind him. The Count dragged it forcibly in sight, and saw that it was covered with blood.

With calm confidence, Bernard said that he had come there because of the explosion and had just seen a man fleeing down the back stairs. The Count hurried down the stairs only to find the door locked. A terrifying thought struck him: “Could Bernard be the thief?” He went back to the bedroom. The valet, he noticed, kept his right hand behind him. The Count pulled it out forcefully and saw that it was covered in blood.

“Infamous scoundrel!” said the nobleman, as he flung the man from him in disgust.

“Infamous scoundrel!” the nobleman exclaimed, as he pushed the man away from him in disgust.

“Mercy, mercy!” cried the criminal, falling upon his knees. {131}

“Please, please!” begged the criminal, dropping to his knees. {131}

“How long have you been robbing me?” asked the Count, sternly.

“How long have you been stealing from me?” asked the Count, sternly.

“For nearly two years.”

“For almost two years.”

“And how much have you taken?”

“And how much have you taken?”

“I cannot tell exactly. Perhaps 15,000 francs, or thereabouts.”

“I can’t say for sure. Maybe around 15,000 francs, give or take.”

“We will call it 15,000 francs. You may keep the rest. What have you done with the money?”

“We'll say it’s 15,000 francs. You can keep the rest. What did you do with the money?”

“I have invested it in Government stock. The scrip is in my desk.”

“I’ve invested it in government bonds. The paperwork is in my desk.”

The thief yielded up the securities to the amount of fifteen thousand francs, and wrote a confession of his guilt, which he signed in the presence of a witness. The kind-hearted nobleman, bidding the valet repent of his crime, forthwith dismissed him from his employ, agreeing not to prosecute him provided he led an honest life. One year from that date, the wretched Bernard died. Remorse hastened his end.

The thief handed over the securities worth fifteen thousand francs and wrote a confession of his guilt, which he signed in front of a witness. The kind-hearted nobleman, encouraging the valet to repent for his crime, immediately fired him, agreeing not to press charges as long as he lived an honest life. A year later, the troubled Bernard died. Remorse hurried his demise.

M. de l’Escalopier took the money thus recovered to Houdin, saying: “I do hope, my dear friend, that you will no longer refuse me the pleasure of lending you this sum, which I owe entirely to your ingenuity and mechanical skill. Take it, return it to me just when you like, with the understanding that it is to be repaid only out of the profits of your theatre.”

M. de l’Escalopier took the money he had recovered to Houdin, saying: “I really hope, my dear friend, that you won’t refuse the pleasure of borrowing this amount, which I owe completely to your cleverness and technical expertise. Take it, pay me back whenever you want, with the agreement that it will only be repaid from the earnings of your theater.”

Overcome by emotion at the generosity of his benefactor, Houdin embraced the Count. “This embrace,” he says, “was the only security which M. de l’Escalopier would accept from me.”

Overwhelmed with emotion at the kindness of his benefactor, Houdin hugged the Count. “This hug,” he says, “was the only assurance that M. de l’Escalopier would accept from me.”

This was the turning point of the conjurer’s life. “It is an ill wind that blows nobody good.”

This was the turning point in the magician's life. “It's a bad situation that doesn't benefit anyone.”

With this money Houdin without further delay built in the Palais Royal a little theatre. “The galleries which surround the garden of the Palais Royal are divided,” says Houdin, “into successive arches, occupied by shops. Above these arches there are, on the first floor, spacious suites of apartments, used as public assembly rooms, clubs, cafés, etc. It was in the space occupied by one of these suites, at No. 164 of the Rue de Valois, {132} that I built my theatre, which extended, in width, over three of the above-mentioned arches; and in length the distance between the garden of the Palais Royal and the Rue de Valois, or, in other words, the whole depth of the building.” The dimensions of this miniature theatre were very limited. It would not seat over two hundred people. Though the seats were few in number, their prices were tolerably high. Children were paid for as grown persons.

With this money, Houdin quickly built a small theater in the Palais Royal. “The galleries surrounding the Palais Royal garden are divided,” says Houdin, “into successive arches filled with shops. Above these arches, on the first floor, there are spacious apartments that serve as public meeting places, clubs, cafés, etc. It was in one of these apartments, at No. 164 of the Rue de Valois, {132} that I built my theater, which stretched across three of the mentioned arches in width and from the garden of the Palais Royal to the Rue de Valois in length, or in other words, the entire depth of the building.” The size of this tiny theater was very limited. It could seat no more than two hundred people. Even though there were only a few seats, their prices were quite high. Children were charged as adults.

The Palais Royal was formerly the residence of Cardinal Richelieu, the “Red Duke,” and afterwards became the home of the Orléans family. The Regent d’Orléans, in the reign of Louis XV, experimented with magic mirrors in this building. It was in the Palais Royal that the French Revolution was hatched. Could a more favorable place have been selected in which to start a revolution in conjuring? I think not.

The Palais Royal used to be the home of Cardinal Richelieu, the “Red Duke,” and later became the residence of the Orléans family. The Regent d’Orléans, during Louis XV's reign, played around with magic mirrors in this building. It was at the Palais Royal that the French Revolution began. Could there be a better place to kick off a revolution in magic? I don’t think so.

The following is the announcement of Houdin’s first performance, which appeared on the bill-boards of Paris:

The following is the announcement of Houdin’s first performance, which appeared on the billboards of Paris:

Aujourd’hui Jeudi, 3 Juillet 1845.
Première Représentation
des
Soirées Fantastiques
de
Robert-Houdin.

“On this day,” says Houdin, “by a strange coincidence, the Hippodrome and the ‘Fantastic Soirées’ of Robert-Houdin, the largest and smallest stage in Paris, were opened to the public. The 3d of July, 1845, saw two bills placarded on the walls of Paris; one enormous belonging to the Hippodrome, while the other of far more modest proportions, announced my performances. Still as in the fable of the reed and the oak, the large theatre, in spite of the skill of the managers, has undergone many changes of fortune; while the smaller one has continually enjoyed the public favor. I have sacredly kept a proof of my first bill, the form and color of which have always remained the same since that date. I copy it word for word here, both to {133} furnish an idea of its simplicity, and to display the programme of the experiments I then offered to the public:”—

“On this day,” says Houdin, “by a strange coincidence, the Hippodrome and the ‘Fantastic Soirées’ of Robert-Houdin, the largest and smallest stage in Paris, were opened to the public. July 3, 1845, saw two posters displayed on the walls of Paris; one huge belonging to the Hippodrome, while the other, much smaller, announced my performances. Just like in the fable of the reed and the oak, the large theater, despite the skill of its management, has faced many ups and downs; meanwhile, the smaller one has consistently enjoyed public favor. I have carefully kept a copy of my first poster, the design and color of which have remained the same since that date. I’m copying it word for word here, both to give an idea of its simplicity and to showcase the program of the experiments I then offered to the public:”—

Today, Thursday, July 3, 1845
FIRST REPRESENTATION
OF
THE AMAZING PARTIES
OF
ROBERT-HOUDIN
Automata, sleight of hand, magic
The Performance will be composed of entirely novel Experiments
invented by M. ROBERT-HOUDIN
INCLUDING:
THE CABALISTIC CLOCK
OBEDIENT CARDS
AURIOL AND DEBUREAU
THE MIRACULOUS FISH
THE ORANGE-TREE
THE FASCINATING OWL
THE MYSTERIOUS BOUQUET
THE PASTRYCOOK OF THE PALAIS ROYAL
THE HANDKERCHIEF
PIERROT IN THE EGG
To start at eight o’clock
Box office opens at 7:30
Price of places: Upper Boxes, 1 fr. 50 c.; Stalls, 3 fr.; Boxes, 4 friends; Dress Circle, 5 fr.

These fantastic evenings soon became popular. When the Revolution of 1848 ruined the majority of Parisian theater managers, Houdin simply locked the door of his hall, and retired to his little workshop to invent new tricks and automata. His loss was very slight, for he was under no great expense. When order was restored, he resumed the soirées magiques. The newspapers rallied to his assistance and made playful allusions to his {134} being related to the family of Robert le Diable. The leading illustrated journals sent artists to draw pictures of his stage. Houdin found time, amid all his labors, to edit a little paper which he called Cagliostro, full of bon mots and pleasantries, to say nothing of cartoons. Copies of this petit journal pour rire were distributed among the spectators at each performance.

These amazing evenings quickly gained popularity. When the Revolution of 1848 devastated most of the theater managers in Paris, Houdin simply locked the door of his venue and returned to his small workshop to create new tricks and automatons. His losses were minimal since he had little overhead. Once order was restored, he resumed the soirées magiques. The newspapers rallied to support him, making playful references to his {134} connections to the family of Robert le Diable. The leading illustrated magazines sent artists to sketch his stage. Amid all his work, Houdin managed to put together a little publication called Cagliostro, filled with bon mots and jokes, not to mention cartoons. Copies of this petit journal pour rire were handed out to the audience at each show.

As each theatrical season opened, Houdin had some new marvel to present to his audiences. His maxims were: “It is more difficult to support admiration than to excite it.” “The fashion an artist enjoys can only last as long as his talent daily increases.” Houdin had but few, if any, rivals in his day. His tricks were all new, or so improved as to appear new. He swept everything before him. When he went to London for a prolonged engagement, Anderson, the “Wizard of the North,” who was a great favorite with the public, retired into the Provinces with his antique repertoire. What had the English conjurer to offer alongside of such unique novelties as the Second Sight, Aerial Suspension, Inexhaustible Bottle, Mysterious Portfolio, Crystal Cash Box, Shower of Gold, Light and Heavy Chest, Orange Tree, the Crystal Clock, and the automaton figures Auriol and Debureau, the Pastry Cook of the Palais Royal, etc., etc.

As each theater season kicked off, Houdin always had some new wonder to show his audiences. His sayings were: "It's harder to maintain admiration than to create it." "An artist's popularity can only last as long as their talent keeps growing." Houdin had very few, if any, competitors during his time. His tricks were all original, or so refined that they seemed new. He left everything else behind. When he went to London for a long engagement, Anderson, the “Wizard of the North,” who was very popular with the public, retreated to the provinces with his old acts. What could the English magician offer against such unique innovations as the Second Sight, Aerial Suspension, Inexhaustible Bottle, Mysterious Portfolio, Crystal Cash Box, Shower of Gold, Light and Heavy Chest, Orange Tree, the Crystal Clock, and the automaton figures Auriol and Debureau, the Pastry Cook of the Palais Royal, etc., etc.?

III.

Jean-Eugène Robert (Houdin) was born on December 6, 1805, in the quaint old city of Blois, the birth-place of Louis XII. and of Papin, the inventor of the steam engine. Napoleon was at the zenith of his fame, and had just fought the bloody battle of Austerlitz.

Jean-Eugène Robert (Houdin) was born on December 6, 1805, in the charming old city of Blois, the birthplace of Louis XII and Papin, the inventor of the steam engine. Napoleon was at the height of his fame and had just fought the bloody battle of Austerlitz.

Luckily for the subject of this sketch, he was born too late to serve as food for powder. He lived to grow to man’s estate and honorable old age, and became the veritable Napoleon of necromancy. His career makes fascinating reading. Houdin’s father was a watchmaker, and from him he inherited his remarkable mechanical genius. At the age of eleven, Jean-Eugène was sent to college at Orleans. On the completion of his studies, he entered a notary’s office at Blois, but spent most of his time inventing little mechanical toys and devices, instead of engrossing {135} dusty parchment, so the notary advised him to abandon the idea of becoming a lawyer and take up a mechanical trade. Houdin joyfully took up his father’s occupation of watchmaking, for which he had a decided bent. One evening the young apprentice went to a bookseller’s shop in Blois and asked for a work on horology by Berthoud. The shopman by mistake handed him a couple of odd volumes of the Encyclopédie, which somewhat resembled Berthoud’s book. Jean-Eugène went home to his attic, lit a candle, and prepared to devote an evening to hard study, but judge of his surprise to find that the supposed treatise on watchmaking was a work on natural magic and pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion, under the head of scientific amusements. He was delighted at the revelations contained in the mystic volume, which told how to perform tricks with the cards, to cut off a pigeon’s head and restore it again, etc., etc. Here was an introduction to the New Arabian Nights of enchantment. He slept with the book under his pillow, and possibly dreamed of African wizards, genii, and all sorts of incantations. This little incident brought about great changes in Houdin’s life. He secretly vowed to become a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur,—a rôle for which he was eminently fitted, psy­cho­log­i­cally and physically. The principles of sleight of hand Houdin had to create for himself, for the mystic volume, though it revealed the secrets of the tricks, gave the neophyte no adequate idea of the subtle passes and misdirection required to properly execute them.

Luckily for the subject of this story, he was born too late to become cannon fodder. He lived to grow into adulthood and a respectable old age, becoming the true Napoleon of magic. His life story is fascinating to read. Houdin’s father was a watchmaker, and from him, he inherited a remarkable mechanical talent. At eleven, Jean-Eugène was sent to college in Orleans. After finishing his studies, he joined a notary's office in Blois, but he spent most of his time inventing little mechanical toys and gadgets instead of focusing on dusty legal documents. The notary suggested he give up his dream of becoming a lawyer and pursue a mechanical trade. Houdin was thrilled to take up his father's profession of watchmaking, as it aligned perfectly with his skills. One evening, the young apprentice went to a bookstore in Blois and asked for a book on horology by Berthoud. By mistake, the shopkeeper gave him a couple of random volumes of the Encyclopédie, which looked somewhat like Berthoud's book. Jean-Eugène went home to his attic, lit a candle, and prepared for an evening of serious study, but to his surprise, he discovered that the supposed watchmaking manual was actually a book on natural magic and sleight of hand, categorized as scientific amusements. He was thrilled by the secrets revealed in that mystical volume, which showed how to perform card tricks, cut off a pigeon’s head and restore it, and much more. It was an introduction to a new world of magic and enchantment. He even slept with the book under his pillow, possibly dreaming of African wizards, genies, and all sorts of spells. This small incident led to significant changes in Houdin’s life. He secretly vowed to become a magician—a role for which he was perfectly suited, both psychologically and physically. Houdin had to create the principles of sleight of hand on his own, as the mystical book, while revealing the secrets of the tricks, did not provide a clear understanding of the delicate moves and misdirection required to perform them effectively.

Though an ardent devotee of legerdemain, Houdin did not neglect his trade of watchmaker. When his apprenticeship was over, he went to Tours as a journeyman, in the shop of M. Noriet, who afterwards became a noted sculptor. While in the employ of M. Noriet, Houdin was poisoned by eating a ragôut cooked in a stew pan in which there chanced to be verdigris. He was very ill, and his life was saved with difficulty. Possessed with the idea that he was soon to die, he escaped one day from his nurse and doctor and set out for Blois to bid adieu to his family before he departed from this sublunary sphere. A most singular adventure befell him, which reads like a romance. Those who believe in destiny have here a curious example of its {136} strange workings. The jolting of the lumbering old diligence gave Houdin great pain. He was burning with fever and delirious. Without any one knowing it, he opened the door of the rotonde, in which he happened to be the only passenger, and leaped out on the high road, where he lay unconscious. When he recovered his senses, he found himself lying in a comfortable bed. An unknown man with a phial of medicine in his hand bent over him. By the strangest luck, Houdin had fallen into the hands of a traveling conjurer named Torrini, who went about the country in a sort of house on wheels, which was drawn by a pair of big Norman horses. This unique vehicle which was six yards in length could be converted into a miniature theatre twice its size by an ingenious mechanical arrangement. The body was telescopic and could be drawn out, the projection being supported by trestles. Torrini early in life had been a physician and was able to tend his patient with intelligence and skill. Finding the young watchmaker a clever mechanician, Torrini gave him some magical automata to repair, and Houdin was introduced for the first time to the little Harlequin that jumps out of a box and performs various feats at the mandate of the conjurer. A delightful friendship began between the watchmaker and the wizard. Torrini, who was an expert with cards, initiated Houdin into the secrets of many clever tricks performed with the pasteboards. He also corrected his pupil’s numerous mistakes in legerdemain, into which all self-educated amateurs fall. It was a fascinating life led in this conjurer’s caravan. Besides Torrini and Houdin there was Antonio, the assistant, and man of all work. Torrini related many amusing adventures to his young pupil, which the latter has recorded in his admirable autobiography. It was he, the ci-devint, Comte de Grisy who performed the famous watch trick before Pius VII. and had so unique revenge upon the Chevalier Pinetti.

Though a passionate lover of magic, Houdin did not overlook his job as a watchmaker. After completing his apprenticeship, he went to Tours to work as a journeyman in the shop of M. Noriet, who later became a well-known sculptor. While working for M. Noriet, Houdin got sick from eating a stew made in a pot that had some verdigris in it. He fell seriously ill, and his life was saved only with great difficulty. Believing he was about to die, he one day escaped from his nurse and doctor and headed to Blois to say goodbye to his family before he left this world. He experienced a curious adventure that feels like a story. Those who believe in fate have an interesting example of its strange influences here. The bumpy ride on the old coach caused Houdin a lot of pain. He was burning with fever and delirious. Without anyone noticing, he opened the door of the carriage, where he was the only passenger, and jumped out onto the road, where he lay unconscious. When he regained consciousness, he found himself in a comfortable bed. An unknown man holding a vial of medicine was leaning over him. By an incredible stroke of luck, Houdin had ended up in the care of a traveling magician named Torrini, who traveled the country in a kind of wagon pulled by a pair of large Norman horses. This unique vehicle, six yards long, could transform into a miniature theater twice its size through a clever mechanical setup. The body was telescopic and could extend, supported by trestles. Torrini had been a physician early in his life and was able to care for his patient with skill and intelligence. Seeing that the young watchmaker was a talented mechanic, Torrini handed him some magical automata to fix, introducing Houdin to the little Harlequin that jumps out of a box and performs various tricks at the magician’s command. A wonderful friendship blossomed between the watchmaker and the magician. Torrini, a card expert, taught Houdin many clever card tricks. He also corrected his pupil’s numerous mistakes in magic, which many self-taught amateurs make. It was an exciting life in this magician’s caravan. Along with Torrini and Houdin, there was Antonio, the assistant and handyman. Torrini shared many amusing stories with his young pupil, which Houdin later documented in his amazing autobiography. He, the former Comte de Grisy, performed the famous watch trick before Pius VII and achieved a unique revenge against Chevalier Pinetti.

Torrini’s son was accidentally shot by a spectator in the gun trick during a performance at Strasburg, as has been explained in the chapter on the “History of Natural Magic and Prestidigitation.” Overcome with grief at the loss of his only child and at the subsequent death of his wife, he abandoned the great cities {137} and wandered about the French Provinces attended by has faithful assistant and brother-in-law, Antonio. But to return to Robert-Houdin.

Torrini’s son was accidentally shot by a spectator during a gun trick at a performance in Strasburg, as explained in the chapter on the “History of Natural Magic and Prestidigitation.” Crushed by the loss of his only child and the later death of his wife, he left the big cities {137} and roamed the French provinces, accompanied by his loyal assistant and brother-in-law, Antonio. But let's get back to Robert-Houdin.

One day at Aubusson the conjurer’s caravan collided with an enormous hay cart. Houdin and Antonio escaped with light contusions, but the Master had a leg broken and an arm dislocated. The two horses were killed; as for the carriage, only the body remained intact; all the rest was smashed to atoms. During Torrini’s illness, Houdin, assisted by Antonio, gave a conjuring performance at the town hall to replete the exchequer. Houdin succeeded very well in his first attempt, with the exception that he ruined a gentleman’s chapeau while performing the trick of the omelet in the hat.

One day in Aubusson, the magician's caravan crashed into a huge hay cart. Houdin and Antonio walked away with minor injuries, but the Master suffered a broken leg and a dislocated arm. The two horses were killed; the carriage was left mostly unharmed, but everything else was completely destroyed. While Torrini was ill, Houdin, with Antonio’s help, put on a magic show at the town hall to help fill the treasury. Houdin did really well in his first performance, except he accidentally ruined a man's hat while doing the omelet trick.

Soon after this Houdin bid adieu to Torrini and returned to his parents at Blois. He never saw Torrini again in this life. After following watchmaking at Blois for quite a little while, he proceeded to Paris, with his wife,—for he had not only taken unto himself a spouse, but had adopted her name, Houdin, as part of his own cognomen. He was now Jean-Eugène Robert-Houdin, master-watchmaker. His recontre with the Count de l’Escalopier and the result have already been given.

Soon after this, Houdin said goodbye to Torrini and went back to his parents in Blois. He never saw Torrini again in this life. After spending some time doing watchmaking in Blois, he moved to Paris with his wife—he had not only married but had also taken her name, Houdin, as part of his own. He was now Jean-Eugène Robert-Houdin, master watchmaker. His meeting with the Count de l’Escalopier and the outcome have already been described.

Houdin completely revolutionized the art of conjuring. Prior to his time, the tables used by magicians were little else than huge confederate boxes. Conjuring under such circumstances was child’s play, as compared with the difficulties to be encountered with the apparatus of the new school. In addition, Houdin discarded the long, flowing robes of many of his predecessors, and appeared in evening dress. Since his time all first-class pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teurs have followed his example, both as to dress and tables.

Houdin completely changed the game in magic. Before him, the tables used by magicians were basically just big boxes with hidden helpers. Performing magic like that was a walk in the park compared to the challenges that came with the new techniques. Plus, Houdin got rid of the long, dramatic robes that many of his predecessors wore and opted for evening attire instead. Since then, all top magicians have followed his lead in both style and equipment.

Houdin’s center-table was a marvel of mechanical skill and ingenuity. Concealed in the body were “vertical rods, each arranged to rise and fall in a tube, according as it was drawn down by a spiral spring or pulled up by a whip-cord which passed over a pulley at the top of the tube and so down the table-leg to the hiding-place of the confederate.” There were “ten of these pistons, and ten cords passing under the floor of the stage, {138} terminating at a key-board. Various ingenious automata were actuated by this means of transmitting motion.”

Houdin's center table was a brilliant piece of mechanical design and creativity. Hidden inside were "vertical rods, each positioned to rise and fall in a tube, dependent on whether it was pulled down by a spiral spring or lifted by a cord that ran over a pulley at the top of the tube and down the leg of the table to the secret spot of the accomplice." There were "ten of these pistons, and ten cords running under the stage floor, {138} ending at a keyboard. Various clever automata were activated through this method of motion transfer."

Houdin’s stage was very handsome. It was a replica in miniature of a salon of the Louis XV. period—all in white and gold—illuminated by elegant candelabra and a chandelier. The magic table occupied the center of the room. This piece of furniture was flanked by little guéridons. At the sides were consoles, with about five inches of gold fringe hanging from them, and across the back of the apartment ran a broad shelf, upon which was displayed the various apparatus to be used in the séances. “The consoles were nothing more than shallow wooden boxes with openings through the side-scenes. The tops of the consoles were perforated with traps. Any object which the wizard desired to work off secretly to his confederate behind the scenes was placed on one of these traps and covered with a sheet of paper, pasteboard cover or a handkerchief. Touching a spring caused the article to fall noiselessly through the trap upon cotton batting, and roll into the hand of the conjurer’s concealed assistant.”

Houdin’s stage was very beautiful. It was a miniature replica of a Louis XV period salon—all in white and gold—lit by elegant candelabras and a chandelier. The magic table took center stage in the room. This piece of furniture was flanked by small guéridons. On the sides were consoles, with about five inches of gold fringe hanging from them, and along the back of the space ran a wide shelf displaying various apparatus for the séances. “The consoles were just shallow wooden boxes with openings in the side scenes. The tops of the consoles had traps. Any object the magician wanted to secretly pass to his assistant behind the scenes was placed on one of these traps and covered with a sheet of paper, a cardboard cover, or a handkerchief. Pressing a spring caused the item to drop silently through the trap onto cotton batting and roll into the hand of the magician’s concealed assistant.”

Houdin’s T-RICK-ABLE.

Now for a few of the tricks of this classic pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur. His greatest invention was the “light and heavy chest.” Speaking of this remarkable experiment he wrote: “I do not think, modesty apart, that I ever invented anything so daringly ingenious.” The magician came forward with a little wooden box, {139} to the top of which was attached a metal handle. He addressed the audience as follows: “Ladies and gentlemen. I have a cash-box which possesses strange properties. It becomes heavy or light at will. I place in it some banknotes for safekeeping and deposit it here on the ‘run-down’ in sight of all. Will some gentleman test the lightness of the box?”

Now for a few tricks from this classic magician. His greatest invention was the “light and heavy chest.” Talking about this amazing experiment, he said: “I don’t think, being modest, that I’ve ever come up with anything so boldly clever.” The magician stepped forward with a small wooden box, {139} to which a metal handle was attached. He addressed the audience: “Ladies and gentlemen. I have a cash box that has some strange properties. It can become heavy or light at will. I will put some banknotes in it for safekeeping and place it here on the ‘run-down’ where everyone can see. Will someone please test how light the box is?”

When the volunteer had satisfied the audience that the box could be lifted with the little finger, Houdin executed some pretended mesmeric passes over it, and bade the gentleman lift it a second time. But try as he might, the volunteer would prove unequal to the task. At a sign from Houdin the box would be restored to its pristine lightness. This trick was performed with a powerful electro-magnet with conducting wires reaching behind the scenes to a battery. At a signal from the performer an operator turned on the electric current, and the box, which had an iron plate let into its bottom, covered with mahogany-colored paper, clung to the magnet with supernatural attraction. In the year 1845, the phenomena of electro-magnetism were unknown to the general public, hence the spirit cash-box created the most extraordinary sensation. When the subject of electricity became better known, Houdin made an addition to the feat which threw his spectators off the scent. After first having shown the trick on the “run-down,” he hooked the box to one end of a cord which passed over a pulley attached to the ceiling of the hall. A spectator was requested to take hold of the other end of the cord and keep the chest suspended.

When the volunteer convinced the audience that the box could be lifted with just a little finger, Houdin pretended to perform some mesmerizing gestures over it and asked the gentleman to lift it again. But no matter how hard he tried, the volunteer couldn't manage it. At a signal from Houdin, the box would return to its original lightness. This trick was done with a powerful electromagnet connected to a battery behind the scenes. When the performer gave a signal, an operator would switch on the electric current, causing the box, which had an iron plate hidden in its bottom and covered with mahogany-colored paper, to stick to the magnet with an almost magical force. In 1845, the general public was unaware of the phenomena of electromagnetism, which is why the spirit cash-box created such an incredible sensation. As knowledge about electricity grew, Houdin added a twist to the act that puzzled his audience. After initially performing the trick on the “run-down,” he attached the box to one end of a rope that went over a pulley installed in the ceiling of the hall. A spectator was then asked to grab the other end of the rope and keep the chest hanging in the air.

“Just at present,” remarked the conjurer, “the chest is extremely light; but as it is about to become, at my command, very heavy, I must ask five or six other persons to help this gentleman, for fear the chest should lift him off his feet.”

“Right now,” said the magician, “the chest is really light; but since it’s about to get very heavy at my command, I need to ask five or six other people to assist this gentleman, just in case the chest lifts him off his feet.”

No sooner was this done than the chest came heavily to the ground, dragging along and sometimes lifting off their feet all the spectators who were holding the cord. The explanation is this: On a casual inspection of the pulley and block everything appears to indicate that, as usual in such cases, the cord passes straight over the pulley, in on one side and out on the other; but such is not really the fact, as will be seen upon tracing the course {140} of the dotted lines (Fig. 1), which, passing through the block and through the ceiling, are attached on either side to a double pulley fixed in the room above. To any one who has the most elementary acquaintance with the laws of mechanics, it will be obvious that the strength of the person who holds the handle of the windlass above is multiplied tenfold, and that he can easily overcome even the combined resistance of five or six spectators.

No sooner was this done than the chest hit the ground hard, dragging along and sometimes lifting off the feet of all the spectators holding the cord. The explanation is this: At a quick glance at the pulley and block, everything seems to show that, as is common in these cases, the cord goes straight over the pulley, coming in on one side and going out on the other; but that's not really the case, as you can see by following the path {140} of the dotted lines (Fig. 1), which go through the block and the ceiling, and are attached on either side to a double pulley fixed in the room above. To anyone with even a basic understanding of mechanics, it’s clear that the strength of the person holding the handle of the windlass above is multiplied tenfold, allowing them to easily overcome the combined resistance of five or six spectators.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2. THE Chatting BUST.

The “Bust of Socrates” was another favorite experiment with Houdin. In this illusion a living bust with the features of Socrates was suspended in the middle of the stage without visible support. The performer, habited as an Athenian noble, addressed questions to the mutilated philosopher and received replies in stanzas of elegiac verse. The mise en scène is represented in Fig. 2. Houdin explains the illusion as follows:

The “Bust of Socrates” was another favorite trick of Houdin. In this illusion, a living bust resembling Socrates hung in the middle of the stage with no visible support. The performer, dressed as an Athenian noble, asked questions to the damaged philosopher and got responses in stanzas of elegiac verse. The mise en scène is shown in Fig. 2. Houdin explains the illusion as follows:

A, B, C, D, (Fig. 3) represent a section of the stage on which the trick is exhibited. A sheet of silvered glass, G, G, occupying the whole width of the stage, is placed in a diagonal position, extending from the upper part of the stage at the rear, down to the footlights, so as to form an angle of forty-five degrees with the floor. In the center of the glass is an opening through which {141} the actor passes his head and shoulders, as shown in the figure. It should be further mentioned that the ceiling and the two sides of the stage are hung with wall-paper of the same pattern, and are brilliantly illuminated, either by means of footlights at C, or by gas-jets placed behind the border A. Such being the condition of things, the effect is as follows: The ceiling A is reflected in the mirror, and its reflection appears to the spectators to be the paper of the wall B, D, which in reality is hidden by the glass.

A, B, C, D, (Fig. 3) represent a part of the stage where the trick is shown. A sheet of silvered glass, G, G, spans the entire width of the stage, positioned diagonally from the upper back to the footlights, creating a 45-degree angle with the floor. In the middle of the glass, there's an opening through which {141} the actor can pass his head and shoulders, as illustrated in the figure. It's also worth noting that the ceiling and both sides of the stage are covered in wallpaper with the same design and are brightly lit, either by footlights at C or by gas jets positioned behind the border A. Given these conditions, the effect is as follows: The ceiling A reflects in the mirror, and its reflection appears to the audience as the wallpaper of the walls B, D, which is actually concealed by the glass.

Fig 3. How THE Chatting BUST WAS WORKED.

“By means of this reflection, of which he is of course unaware, the spectator is led to believe that he sees three sides of the stage; and there being nothing to suggest to his mind the presence of the glass, he is led to believe that the bust is suspended in mid-air and without any support.”

“Through this reflection, which he doesn’t realize, the viewer is made to think he sees three sides of the stage; and since there’s nothing to indicate the presence of the glass, he believes that the bust is floating in mid-air without any support.”

“Aerial Suspension” was one of Houdin’s inventions. It has been a favorite trick since his time. In the original illusion Houdin had one of his young sons, who was dressed as a page, stand on a small stool. The performer then placed a walking-stick under the extended right arm of the boy, near the elbow, and one under the left arm. First the stool was knocked away and the youthful assistant was suspended in the air, held up only by the two frail sticks, which were in themselves inadequate to support such a weight. Then the left stick was removed, but the boy did not fall. To the astonishment of every one, the youth {142} was placed in a horizontal position. He remained in a perfectly rigid attitude with his head leaning on his arm, the top of the cane under his elbow.

“Aerial Suspension” was one of Houdin’s inventions. It has been a favorite trick since his time. In the original illusion, Houdin had one of his young sons, dressed as a page, stand on a small stool. The performer then placed a walking stick under the boy's extended right arm, near the elbow, and one under the left arm. First, the stool was knocked away, and the young assistant was suspended in the air, supported only by the two delicate sticks, which were clearly not enough to hold such weight. Then the left stick was removed, but the boy didn’t fall. To everyone’s astonishment, the youth {142} was positioned horizontally. He remained perfectly rigid with his head resting on his arm, the top of the cane under his elbow.

This very ingenious trick was suggested to Houdin on reading stories about the alleged levitation of Hindoo fakirs. The walking-stick that supported the right arm of the assistant was of iron, painted to resemble wood. It fitted into a slot in the stage; its top connected with a bar concealed in the sleeve of the boy. This bar formed part of a strong steel framework worn under the assistant’s clothing. Thus was the page suspended in the air.

This clever trick was inspired by Houdin after reading stories about the supposed levitation of Hindu fakirs. The walking stick that supported the assistant's right arm was made of iron, painted to look like wood. It fit into a slot on the stage; its top was connected to a bar hidden in the boy's sleeve. This bar was part of a sturdy steel frame worn under the assistant's clothes. That's how the page was suspended in the air.

Houdin’s trick of the “orange-tree” was a capital one. The tree blossomed and bore fruit at the command of the conjurer. All the oranges were distributed among the spectators except one on the topmost branch of the tree. In this orange the magician caused a handkerchief to appear, which had been previously borrowed. The handkerchief was made to vanish from the hands of the performer. “Hey, presto!” the orange fell apart in four sections, whereupon two butterflies sprang out and fluttered upward with the handkerchief. The explanation of this beautiful trick is as follows: The tree was a clever piece of mechanism, so closely fashioned to resemble a plant that it was impossible to detect the difference. The blossoms, constructed of white silk, were pushed up through the hollow branches by pistons rising in the table and operating upon similar rods contained in the tree. When these pedals were relaxed the blossoms disappeared, and the fruit was slowly developed. Real oranges were stuck on iron spikes protruding from the branches of the tree, and were concealed from the spectators by hemispherical wire screens painted green. The screens were also partly hidden by the artificial foliage. By means of cords running down through the branches of the tree and off behind the scenes, an assistant caused the screens to make a half-turn, thereby developing the fruit. The borrowed handkerchief was exchanged for a dummy belonging to the conjurer, and passed to an assistant who placed it in the mechanical orange. The tree was now brought forward. After the real fruit had been distributed, the magician called attention to the orange on the top (the mechanical one). By {143} means of sleight of hand the handkerchief was made to vanish, to be discovered in the orange. The butterflies, which were fastened by wires to the stalk and fixed on delicate spiral springs, invisible at a little distance, flew out of the orange of their own accord, carrying with them the handkerchief, as soon as the fruit fell apart.

Houdin’s “orange tree” trick was fantastic. The tree bloomed and produced fruit at the magician's command. All the oranges were handed out to the audience except for one at the very top of the tree. In that orange, the magician made a handkerchief appear, which he had borrowed earlier. The handkerchief vanished from the magician's hands. “Hey, presto!” and the orange split into four pieces; then, two butterflies flew out and floated up with the handkerchief. Here’s how this beautiful trick worked: The tree was an ingenious piece of machinery, designed so cleverly to look like a real plant that it was impossible to tell the difference. The blossoms, made of white silk, were pushed up through the hollow branches by pistons rising from the table that operated on similar rods inside the tree. When these pistons were released, the blossoms vanished, and the fruit slowly formed. Real oranges were attached to iron spikes sticking out from the branches of the tree and were hidden from the audience by hemispherical wire screens painted green. The screens were also partially obscured by the fake leaves. Using cords running down through the branches and offstage, an assistant made the screens turn halfway, revealing the fruit. The borrowed handkerchief was swapped for a dummy belonging to the magician and passed to an assistant who placed it inside the mechanical orange. The tree was then presented. After the real fruit had been shared, the magician pointed out the orange on top (the mechanical one). Through sleight of hand, he made the handkerchief disappear, which was then found inside the orange. The butterflies, attached by wires to the stalk and fixed on delicate spiral springs that were invisible from a distance, flew out of the orange on their own, taking the handkerchief with them as soon as the fruit split apart.

IV.

In the year 1846 Houdin was summoned to the Palace of Saint-Cloud to give a performance before Louis Philippe and his Court, whereupon he invented his remarkable trick of the enchanted casket, which created great excitement in the Parisian journals, and gained him no little fame. He had six days to prepare for the séance magique. Early on the appointed morning a van from the royal stables came to convey him and his son, together with the magic paraphernalia, to the palace of the king. A stage had been erected in one of the handsome salons of St. Cloud, the windows of which opened out on an orangery lined with double rows of orange-trees, “each growing in its square box on wheels. A sentry was placed at the door to see that the conjurer was not disturbed in his preparations. The King himself dropped in once to ask the entertainer if he had everything necessary.”

In 1846, Houdin was invited to the Palace of Saint-Cloud to perform for Louis Philippe and his Court. During this time, he created his famous trick involving the enchanted casket, which caused a buzz in the Parisian newspapers and earned him significant fame. He had six days to get ready for the séance magique. On the morning of the performance, a van from the royal stables arrived to take him and his son, along with the magic equipment, to the king's palace. A stage had been set up in one of the beautiful salons of St. Cloud, with windows opening onto an orangery filled with double rows of orange trees, each in its own square box on wheels. A guard was stationed at the door to ensure that the magician could prepare without interruptions. The King himself stopped by once to ask if the entertainer had everything he needed.

At four o’clock in the afternoon, a brilliant company assembled in the hall to witness the performance. The pièce de résistance of the séance was Cagliostro’s casket, the effect of which is best described in Houdin’s own words:

At four o'clock in the afternoon, a lively group gathered in the hall to watch the show. The pièce de résistance of the séance was Cagliostro's casket, and Houdin described its effect best in his own words:

“I borrowed from my noble spectators several handkerchiefs, which I made into a parcel, and laid on the table. Then, at my request, different persons wrote on blank cards the names of places whither they desired their handkerchiefs to be invisibly transported.

"I borrowed several handkerchiefs from my generous audience, made a bundle with them, and placed it on the table. Then, at my request, different people wrote on blank cards the names of places they wanted their handkerchiefs to be magically sent to."

“When this had been done, I begged the King to take three of the cards at hazard, and choose from them the place he might consider most suitable.

“When this was done, I asked the King to randomly pick three of the cards and choose the one he thought was most suitable.”

“ ‘Let us see,’ Louis Philippe said, ‘what this one says: “I desire the handkerchiefs to be found beneath one of the {144} candelabra on the mantelpiece.” That is too easy for a sorcerer; so we will pass to the next card: “The handkerchiefs are to be transported to the dome of the Invalides.” That would suit me, but it is much too far, not for the handkerchiefs, but for us, ‘Ah, ah!’ the King added, looking at the last card, ‘I am afraid, Monsieur Robert-Houdin, I am about to embarrass you. Do you know what this card proposes?’

“‘Let’s see,’ Louis Philippe said, ‘what this one says: “I want the handkerchiefs to be found under one of the {144} candelabra on the mantelpiece.” That’s too easy for a magician; so let’s move on to the next card: “The handkerchiefs should be taken to the dome of the Invalides.” That would work for me, but it's way too far, not for the handkerchiefs, but for us. ‘Ah, ah!’ the King added, looking at the last card, ‘I’m afraid, Monsieur Robert-Houdin, I’m about to put you in a tough spot. Do you know what this card suggests?’

“ ‘Will your majesty deign to inform me?’

“Will Your Majesty please inform me?”

“ ‘It is desired that you should send the handkerchiefs into the chest of the last orange-tree on the right of the avenue.’

“Please send the handkerchiefs to the chest of the last orange tree on the right side of the avenue.”

“ ‘Only that, sir? Deign to order, and I will obey.’

“‘Is that all, sir? Just give the order, and I will follow it.’”

“ ‘Very good, then; I should like to see such a magic act: I, therefore, choose the orange-tree chest.’

“Great, then; I’d like to see that magic trick: I’m choosing the orange-tree chest.”

“The king gave some orders in a low voice, and I directly saw several persons run to the orange-tree, in order to watch it and prevent any fraud.

“The king issued some instructions in a whisper, and I immediately saw several people rush to the orange tree to keep an eye on it and prevent any cheating."

“I was delighted at this precaution, which must add to the effect of my experiment, for the trick was already arranged, and the precaution hence too late.

“I was thrilled with this precaution, which would enhance the impact of my experiment, but the trick was already set up, making the precaution unnecessary.”

“I had now to send the handkerchiefs on their travels, so I placed them beneath a bell of opaque glass, and, taking my wand, I ordered my invisible travelers to proceed to the spot the king had chosen.

“I had to send the handkerchiefs on their journey, so I put them under a bell of opaque glass, and, taking my wand, I instructed my invisible travelers to go to the place the king had selected.

“I raised the bell; the little parcel was no longer there, and a white turtle-dove had taken its place.

“I raised the bell; the little package was gone, and a white dove had taken its place.”

“The King then walked quickly to the door, whence he looked in the direction of the orange-tree, to assure himself that the guards were at their post; when this was done, he began to smile and shrug his shoulders.

“The King then walked quickly to the door, where he looked toward the orange tree to make sure the guards were at their posts; once satisfied, he began to smile and shrug his shoulders.”

“ ‘Ah! Monsieur Houdin,’ he said, somewhat ironically, ‘I much fear for the virtue of your magic staff.’ Then he added, as he returned to the end of the room, where several servants were standing, ‘Tell William to open immediately the last chest at the end of the avenue, and bring me carefully what he finds there—if he does find anything.’

“‘Ah! Mr. Houdin,’ he said, a bit sarcastically, ‘I really worry about the integrity of your magic staff.’ Then he added, as he walked back to the end of the room where several servants were standing, ‘Tell William to immediately open the last chest at the end of the avenue and carefully bring me whatever he finds there—if he finds anything.’”

“William soon proceeded to the orange-tree, and though much astonished at the orders given him, he began to carry them out. {145}

“William soon went to the orange tree, and even though he was quite surprised by the orders he received, he started to follow them. {145}

“He carefully removed one of the sides of the chest, thrust his hand in, and almost touched the roots of the tree before he found anything. All at once he uttered a cry of surprise, as he drew out a small iron coffer eaten by rust.

“He carefully took off one of the sides of the chest, reached his hand in, and almost touched the roots of the tree before he found anything. Suddenly, he let out a cry of surprise as he pulled out a small iron box covered in rust.”

“This curious ‘find,’ after having been cleansed of the mould, was brought in and placed on a small ottoman by the king’s side.

“This curious ‘find,’ after being cleaned of the mold, was brought in and set on a small ottoman next to the king.”

“ ‘Well, Monsieur Robert-Houdin,’ Louis Philippe said to me, with a movement of impatient curiosity, ‘here is a box; am I to conclude it contains the handkerchiefs?’

“ ‘Well, Monsieur Robert-Houdin,’ Louis Philippe said to me, with a gesture of eager curiosity, ‘here is a box; can I assume it holds the handkerchiefs?’

“ ‘Yes, sire,’ I replied, with assurance, ‘and they have been there, too, for a long period.’

“‘Yes, sir,’ I replied confidently, ‘and they have been there for quite a while.’”

“ ‘How can that be? the handkerchiefs were lent you scarce a quarter of an hour ago.’

“‘How can that be? You got the handkerchiefs less than fifteen minutes ago.’”

“ ‘I cannot deny it, sire; but what would my magic powers avail me if I could not perform incomprehensible tricks? Your Majesty will doubtless be still more surprised, when I prove to your satisfaction that this coffer, as well as its contents, was deposited in the chest of the orange-tree sixty years ago.’

“ I can’t deny it, Your Majesty; but what good would my magical abilities be if I couldn’t perform incredible feats? You’ll undoubtedly be even more amazed when I show you that this chest, along with its contents, has been kept in the hollow of the orange tree for sixty years.”

“ ‘I should like to believe your statement,’ the King replied, with a smile; ‘but that is impossible, and I must, therefore, ask for proofs of your assertion.’

“‘I’d like to believe what you’re saying,’ the King replied with a smile; ‘but that’s not possible, so I have to ask for proof of your claim.’”

“ ‘If Your Majesty will be kind enough to open this casket they will be supplied.’

“‘If Your Majesty could please open this box, they will be provided.’”

“ ‘Certainly; but I shall require a key for that.’

“Sure, but I’ll need a key for that.”

“ ‘It only depends on yourself, sire, to have one. Deign to remove it from the neck of this turtle-dove, which has just brought it to you.’

“‘It’s entirely up to you, sire, to have one. Please take it off the neck of this turtle dove, which has just brought it to you.’”

“Louis Philippe unfastened a ribbon that held a small rusty key, with which he hastened to unlock the coffer.

“Louis Philippe unhooked a ribbon that held a small rusty key, and he quickly used it to unlock the chest.

“The first thing that caught the King’s eye was a parchment on which he read the following statement:

“The first thing that caught the King’s eye was a piece of parchment on which he read the following statement:

“On this day, June 6th, 1786,

This iron box, containing six handkerchiefs, was placed among the roots of an orange-tree by me, Balsamo, Count of Cagliostro, to serve in performing an act of magic, which will be executed on the same day sixty years hence before Louis Philippe of Orleans and his family.’ {146}

I, Balsamo, Count of Cagliostro, placed this iron box, which contains six handkerchiefs, among the roots of an orange tree. It is meant for a magic act that will occur sixty years from now, in front of Louis Philippe of Orleans and his family. {146}

“ ‘There is decidedly witchcraft about this,’ the king said, more and more amazed. ‘Nothing is wanting, for the seal and signature of the celebrated sorcerer are placed at the foot of this statement, which, Heaven pardon me, smells strongly of sulphur.’

“‘There’s definitely some witchcraft going on here,’ the king said, increasingly amazed. ‘Everything is here, for the seal and signature of the famous sorcerer are at the bottom of this statement, which, God help me, has a strong smell of sulfur.’”

“At this jest the audience began to laugh.

“At this joke, the audience started to laugh.

“ ‘But,’ the king added, taking out of the box a carefully sealed packet, ‘can the handkerchiefs by possibility be in this?’

“ ‘But,’ the king added, pulling a carefully sealed packet out of the box, ‘could the handkerchiefs possibly be in here?’

“ ‘Indeed, sire, they are; but, before opening the parcel, I would request your majesty to notice that it also bears the impression of Cagliostro’s seal.’

“‘Indeed, Your Majesty, they are; but before opening the package, I would ask you to notice that it also has the impression of Cagliostro’s seal.’”

“This seal once rendered so famous by being placed on the celebrated alchemist’s bottles of elixir and liquid gold, I had obtained from Torrini, who had been an old friend of Cagliostro’s.

“This seal, which became famous for being used on the celebrated alchemist’s bottles of elixir and liquid gold, I had gotten from Torrini, an old friend of Cagliostro’s.

“ ‘It is certainly the same,’ my royal spectator answered, after comparing the two seals. Still, in his impatience to learn the contents of the parcel, the king quickly tore open the envelope and soon displayed before the astonished spectators the six handkerchiefs which, a few moments before, were still on my table.

“‘It’s definitely the same,’ my royal observer replied after checking the two seals. Still eager to find out what was in the package, the king quickly ripped open the envelope and soon revealed to the surprised audience the six handkerchiefs that just moments ago were still on my table.”

“This trick gained me lively applause.”

“This trick earned me enthusiastic applause.”

Robert-Houdin never revealed the secret of this remarkable experiment in natural magic, but the acute reader, especially if he be a student of legerdemain, will be able to give a pretty shrewd guess as to the modus operandi. The best analysis of this trick has been lately given by Professor Brander Matthews. He writes as follows (Scribner’s Magazine, May, 1903):

Robert-Houdin never disclosed the secret behind this amazing experiment in natural magic, but an observant reader, especially one who studies sleight of hand, will likely come up with a good guess about the modus operandi. The most insightful analysis of this trick has recently been provided by Professor Brander Matthews. He writes as follows (Scribner’s Magazine, May, 1903):

“Nothing more extraordinary was ever performed by any mere conjurer; indeed, this feat is quite as startling as any of those attributed to Cagliostro himself, and it has the advantage of being accurately and precisely narrated by the inventor. Not only is the thing done a seeming impossibility, but it stands forth the more impressively because of the spectacular circumstances of its performance,—a stately palace, a lovely garden, the assembled courtiers, and the royal family. The magician had to depend on his wits alone, for he was deprived of all advantages of his own theatre and of all possibility of aid from a confederate mingled amid the casual spectators. {147}

“Nothing more extraordinary has ever been done by any ordinary magician; in fact, this feat is just as shocking as any of those ascribed to Cagliostro himself, and it has the benefit of being clearly and accurately detailed by the person who created it. Not only is the act seemingly impossible, but it’s even more impressive because of the dramatic setting in which it took place—a grand palace, a beautiful garden, the gathered courtiers, and the royal family. The magician had to rely solely on his skills, as he had no advantages from his own stage or any chance of assistance from an accomplice hidden among the casual onlookers. {147}

“Robert-Houdin was justified in the gentle pride with which he told how he had thus astonished the King of the French. He refrained from any explanation of the means whereby he wrought his mystery, believing that what is unknown is ever the more magnificent. He did no more than drop a hint or two, telling the reader that he had long possessed a cast of Cagliostro’s seal, and suggesting slyly that when the King sent messengers out into the garden to stand guard over the orange-tree the trick was already done and all precautions were then futile.

“Robert-Houdin was right to feel a bit proud as he shared how he had astonished the King of the French. He held back from revealing the methods behind his tricks, thinking that the unknown is always more impressive. He only dropped a hint or two, mentioning that he had long had a cast of Cagliostro’s seal, and subtly implying that when the King sent messengers into the garden to guard the orange tree, the trick was already accomplished, making all those precautions pointless.”

“Yet, although the inventor chose to keep his secret, any one who has mastered the principles of the art of magic can venture an explanation. Robert-Houdin has set forth the facts honestly; and with the facts solidly established, it is possible to reason out the method employed to accomplish a deed which, at first sight, seems not only impossible but incomprehensible.

“Yet, even though the inventor decided to keep his secret, anyone who understands the principles of magic can attempt an explanation. Robert-Houdin has presented the facts clearly; and with the facts firmly established, it is possible to figure out the method used to achieve an act that, at first glance, appears not only impossible but also unfathomable.”

“The first point to be emphasized is that Robert-Houdin was as dexterous as he was ingenious. He was truly a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, capable of any sleight of hand. Nothing was simpler for so accomplished a performer than the substitution of one package for another, right before the eyes of all the spectators. And it is to be remembered that although the palace was the King’s the apparatus on the extemporized stage was the magician’s. Therefore, when he borrowed six handkerchiefs and went up on the stage and made them up into a package which remained on a table in sight of everybody, we can grant without difficulty that the package which remained in sight did not then contain the borrowed handkerchiefs.

“The first thing to highlight is that Robert-Houdin was as skilled as he was clever. He was truly a magician, capable of any sleight of hand. For such an accomplished performer, swapping one package for another right in front of all the spectators was effortless. It's important to note that while the palace belonged to the King, the equipment on the makeshift stage was the magician’s. So, when he borrowed six handkerchiefs and went on stage to bundle them into a package that stayed on a table visible to everyone, we can easily agree that the package in plain sight did not actually contain the borrowed handkerchiefs.”

“In fact, we may be sure that the borrowed handkerchiefs had been conveyed somehow to Robert-Houdin’s son who acted as his assistant. When the handkerchiefs were once in the possession of the son out of sight behind the scenery or hangings of the stage, the father would pick up his package of blank visiting-cards and distribute a dozen of them or a score, moving to and fro in very leisurely fashion, perhaps going back to the stage to get pencils which he would also give out as slowly as possible, filling up the time with playful pleasantry, until he should again {148} catch sight of his son. Then, and not until then, would he feel at liberty to collect the cards and take them over to the King. When the son had got possession of the handkerchiefs, he would smooth them swiftly, possibly even ironing them into their folds. Then he would put them into the parchment packet which he would seal twice with Cagliostro’s seal. Laying this packet in the bottom of the rusty iron casket, he would put on top the other parchment which had already been prepared, with its adroit imitation of Cagliostro’s handwriting. Snapping down the lid of the casket, the lad would slip out into the corridor and steal into the garden, going straight to the box of the appointed orange-tree. He could do this unobserved, because no one was then suspecting him and because all the spectators were then engaged in thinking up odd places to which the handkerchiefs might be transported. Already, in the long morning, probably while the royal household was at its midday breakfast, the father or the son had loosened one of the staples in the back of the box in which the designated orange-tree was growing. The lad now removed this staple and thrust the casket into the already prepared hole in the center of the roots of the tree. Then he replaced the staple at the back of the box, feeling certain that whoever should open the box in front would find the soil undisturbed. This most difficult part of the task once accomplished, he returned to the stage, or at least in some way he signified to his father that he had accomplished his share of the wonder, in the performance of which he was not supposed to have any part.

"In fact, we can be sure that the borrowed handkerchiefs were somehow passed to Robert-Houdin’s son, who was his assistant. Once the son had the handkerchiefs hidden behind the scenery or stage curtains, the father would pick up his stack of blank visiting cards and casually distribute a dozen or so, moving around in a relaxed manner. He might even go back to the stage to get pencils, handing those out as slowly as he could while filling the time with playful banter until he spotted his son again. Only then would he feel free to gather the cards and take them over to the King. Once the son had the handkerchiefs, he would quickly smooth them out, maybe even ironing them into their folds. Then he would place them in the parchment packet, sealing it twice with Cagliostro’s seal. After laying this packet at the bottom of the rusty iron box, he would put the other prepared parchment on top, which had a clever imitation of Cagliostro’s handwriting. With the lid snapped shut on the box, the boy would sneak out into the corridor and head into the garden, going straight to the box of the designated orange tree. He could do this without being seen since no one suspected him and all the spectators were busy thinking of strange places the handkerchiefs might have been taken. Earlier in the day, probably while the royal family was having their midday breakfast, either the father or the son had loosened one of the staples at the back of the box where the chosen orange tree was planted. The boy now removed this staple and pushed the box into the prepared hole at the center of the tree's roots. He then replaced the staple at the back, confident that anyone who opened the box would find the soil intact. With this challenging part of the task finished, he returned to the stage or somehow signaled to his father that he had completed his share of the trick, even though he wasn't supposed to be involved."

“On seeing his son, or on receiving the signal that his son had returned, Robert-Houdin would feel himself at liberty to collect the cards on which various spectators had written the destinations they proposed for the package of handkerchiefs which was still in full sight. He gathered up the cards he had distributed; but as he went toward the King, he substituted for those written by the spectators others previously prepared by himself,—a feat of sleight of hand quite within the reach of any ordinary performer. Of these cards, prepared by himself, he forced three {149} on the sovereign; and the forcing of cards upon a kindly monarch would present little difficulty to a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur of Robert-Houdin’s consummate skill.

“Upon seeing his son, or after getting the cue that his son had returned, Robert-Houdin felt free to collect the cards where different spectators had written down the destinations they chose for the package of handkerchiefs that was still clearly visible. He picked up the cards he had handed out; but as he approached the King, he replaced the spectators' cards with ones he had prepared beforehand—this was a sleight of hand trick that any average performer could manage. From these self-prepared cards, he forced three {149} upon the sovereign; and convincing a kind monarch to accept cards would be quite easy for a magician of Robert-Houdin’s exceptional talent.”

“When the three cards were once in the King’s hands, the trick was done, for Robert-Houdin knew Louis Philippe to be a shrewd man in small matters. Therefore, it was reasonably certain that when the King had to make a choice out of three places, one near and easy, a second remote and difficult, and a third both near and difficult, Louis Philippe would surely select the third which was conveniently at hand and which seemed to be at least as impossible as either of the others.

“When the three cards were in the King’s hands, the trick was complete, because Robert-Houdin understood that Louis Philippe was a clever guy when it came to small things. So, it was pretty likely that when the King had to pick from three options—one close and easy, another far and tricky, and a third both close and tricky—Louis Philippe would definitely choose the third one, which was conveniently right there and seemed just as impossible as the other two.”

“The event proved that the conjurer’s analysis of the King’s character was accurate: yet one may venture the opinion that the magician had taken every needed precaution to avoid failure even if the monarch had made another selection. Probably Robert-Houdin had one little parchment packet hidden in advance somewhere in the dome of the Invalides and another tucked up out of sight in the base of one of the candelabra on the chimney-piece; and if either of the other destinations had been chosen, the substitute packet would have been produced and the magician would then have offered to transport it also into the box of the orange-tree. And thus the startling climax of the marvel would have been only a little delayed.

“The event showed that the magician's assessment of the King’s character was spot on: however, one might suggest that the magician had taken every necessary step to ensure success, even if the monarch had made a different choice. It’s likely that Robert-Houdin had a small parchment packet secretly stashed away in the dome of the Invalides and another hidden in the base of one of the candlesticks on the mantel; and if either of the other options had been chosen, the substitute packet would have been produced and the magician would have offered to transfer it into the box of the orange tree as well. Thus, the shocking climax of the trick would have only been slightly postponed.”

“When so strange a wonder can be wrought under such circumstances by means so simple, we cannot but feel the force of Dr. Lodge’s warning that an unwavering scepticism ought to be the attitude of all honest investigators toward every one who professes to be able to suspend the operation of a custom of nature. No one of the feats attributed to Home, the celebrated medium who plied his trade in Paris during the Second Empire, was more abnormal than this trick of Cagliostro’s Casket, and no one of them is so well authenticated. It may be that certain of the customs of nature are not inexorable and that we shall be able to discover exceptions now and again. But the proof of any alleged exception, the evidence in favor of any alleged violation of the custom of nature, ought to be overwhelming.” {150}

“When such a strange wonder can be created under these circumstances using such simple means, we can't help but recognize the validity of Dr. Lodge’s warning that a consistent skepticism should be the mindset of all honest investigators toward anyone who claims to have the ability to bypass a natural law. None of the feats credited to Home, the famous medium who worked in Paris during the Second Empire, was more extraordinary than this trick of Cagliostro’s Casket, and none of them is as well-documented. It may be that some of nature’s laws are not absolute and that we might occasionally find exceptions. However, the evidence for any claimed exception, the proof of any reported violation of natural law, should be indisputable.” {150}

V.

The greatest event of Houdin’s life was his embassy to Algeria, “at the special request of the French Government, which desired to lessen the influence of the Marabouts, whose conjuring tricks, accepted as actual magic by the Arabs, gave them too much influence.” He went to play off his tricks against those of Arab priests, or holy men, and, by “greater marvels than they could show, destroy the prestige which they had acquired. He so completely succeeded that the Arabs lost all faith in the miracles of the Marabouts, and thus was destroyed an influence very dangerous to the French Government.” His first performance was given at the leading theatre of Algiers, before a great assemblage of Arabs, who had been summoned to witness the soirée magique, by the mandate of the Marshall-Governor of Algeria. Houdin’s “Light and Heavy Chest” literally paralyzed the Arabs with astonishment. He altered the mise en scène, and pretended to be able to make the strongest man so weak that he would be unable to lift a small box from the floor. He says in his memoirs:

The most significant event of Houdin's life was his mission to Algeria, “at the special request of the French Government, which wanted to reduce the influence of the Marabouts, whose magic tricks, believed to be real by the Arabs, gave them too much power.” He went to counter their tricks with his own and, through “greater wonders than they could display, undermine the prestige they had gained. He succeeded so well that the Arabs lost all faith in the miracles of the Marabouts, effectively eliminating an influence that was very dangerous to the French Government.” His first show was at the main theater in Algiers, in front of a large crowd of Arabs, who had been called to see the soirée magique, as ordered by the Marshall-Governor of Algeria. Houdin’s “Light and Heavy Chest” left the Arabs utterly amazed. He changed the mise en scène and pretended to make the strongest man so weak that he couldn't lift a small box off the floor. He mentions in his memoirs:

“I advanced with my box in my hand, to the center of the ‘practicable,’ communicating from the stage to the pit; then addressing the Arabs, I said to them:

“I moved forward with my box in hand, to the center of the ‘practicable,’ connecting the stage to the pit; then I spoke to the Arabs, saying to them:

“ ‘From what you have witnessed, you will attribute a supernatural power to me, and you are right. I will give you a new proof of my marvelous authority, by showing that I can deprive the most powerful man of his strength and restore it at my will. Any one who thinks himself strong enough to try the experiment may draw near me.’ (I spoke slowly, in order to give the interpreter time to translate my words).

“‘Based on what you've seen, you'll believe I have supernatural power, and you're correct. I'll give you another demonstration of my incredible authority by showing that I can take away the strength of the strongest person and give it back whenever I want. Anyone who thinks they're strong enough to test this can come up to me.’ (I spoke slowly to give the interpreter time to translate my words).”

“An Arab of middle height, but well built and muscular, like many of the Arabs are, came to my side with sufficient assurance.

“An Arab of average height, but well-built and muscular, like many Arabs are, approached me with a confident demeanor.”

“ ‘Are you very strong?’ I said to him, measuring him from head to foot.

“Are you really strong?” I asked him, looking him up and down.

“ ‘Oh yes!’ he replied carelessly.

“ ‘Oh yeah!’ he replied casually.

“ ‘Are you sure you will always remain so?’

“Are you sure you’re going to stay like this forever?”

“ ‘Quite sure.’

"Very sure."

“ ‘You are mistaken, for in an instant I will rob you of your strength, and you shall become like as a little child.’ {151}

“ ‘You’re wrong, because in an instant I will take away your strength, and you will become like a little child.’ {151}

“The Arab smiled disdainfully, as a sign of his incredulity.

“The Arab smiled dismissively, as a sign of his disbelief.

“ ‘Stay,’ I continued; ‘lift up this box.’

“‘Stay,’ I continued; ‘pick up this box.’

“The Arab stooped, lifted up the box, and said to me, ‘Is this all?’

“The Arab bent down, picked up the box, and said to me, ‘Is this all?’”

“ ‘Wait ——!’ I replied.

"Wait!" I replied.

“Then with all possible gravity, I made an imposing gesture and solemnly pronounced the words:

“Then, with all the seriousness I could muster, I made a dramatic gesture and formally said the words:

“ ‘Behold! you are weaker than a woman; now, try to lift the box.’

“Look! You’re weaker than a woman; now, try to lift the box.”

“The Hercules, quite cool as to my conjuration, seized the box once again by the handle, and gave it a violent tug, but this time the box resisted, and spite of his most vigorous attacks, would not budge an inch.

“The Hercules, unfazed by my summoning, grabbed the box by the handle again and yanked it violently, but this time the box held firm, and despite his strongest efforts, would not move at all."

“The Arab vainly expended on this unlucky box a strength which would have raised an enormous weight, until at length exhausted, panting, and red with anger, he stopped, became thoughtful, and began to comprehend the influences of magic.

“The Arab wasted his strength on this cursed box, a force that could have lifted a huge weight. Finally, exhausted, breathing heavily, and flushed with anger, he paused, became reflective, and started to understand the effects of magic.”

“He was on the point of withdrawing; but that would be allowing his weakness, and that he, hitherto respected for his vigor, had become as a little child. This thought rendered him almost mad.

“He was about to back down; but that would mean giving in to his weakness, and that he, who had always been respected for his strength, had become like a little child. This thought drove him almost insane.

“Deriving fresh strength from the encouragements his friends offered him by word and deed, he turned a glance around them, which seemed to say, ‘You will see what a son of the desert can do.’

“Drawing new strength from the support his friends gave him through words and actions, he looked around at them, as if to say, ‘You’ll see what a son of the desert can do.’”

“He bent once again over the box: his nervous hands twined around the handle, and his legs, placed on either side like two bronze columns, served as a support for the final effort.

“He leaned over the box again: his anxious hands wrapped around the handle, and his legs, positioned on either side like two bronze columns, acted as a support for the final push.

“But, wonder of wonders! this Hercules, a moment since so strong and proud, now bows his head; his arms, riveted to the box, undergo a violent muscular contraction; his legs give way, and he falls on his knees with a yell of agony.

“But, oh my goodness! this Hercules, just a moment ago so strong and proud, now bows his head; his arms, stuck to the box, undergo a violent muscle contraction; his legs give out, and he drops to his knees with a scream of pain.

“An electric shock, produced by an induction apparatus, had been passed, on a signal from me, from the further end of the stage into the handle of the box. Hence the contortions of the poor Arab!

“An electric shock, generated by an induction device, had been sent, on my signal, from the far end of the stage into the handle of the box. That’s why the poor Arab was writhing!”

“It would have been cruelty to prolong this scene. {152}

“It would have been cruel to prolong this scene. {152}

“I gave a second signal, and the electric current was immediately intercepted. My athlete, disengaged from his terrible bondage, raised his hands over his head.

“I gave a second signal, and the electric current was cut off immediately. My athlete, freed from his terrible constraints, raised his hands over his head.

“ ‘Allah! Allah’ he exclaimed, full of terror; then, wrapping himself up quickly in the folds of his burnous, as if to hide his disgrace, he rushed through the ranks of the spectators and gained the front entrance.

“‘Allah! Allah!’ he shouted, filled with fear; then, quickly wrapping himself in the folds of his cloak, as if to hide his shame, he dashed through the crowd of onlookers and reached the front entrance."

“With the exception of the dignitaries occupying the stage boxes and the privileged spectators, in the body of the house, who seemed to take great pleasure in this great experiment, my audience had become grave and silent, and I heard the words ‘Shaitan!’ ‘Djenoum!’ passing in a murmur round the circle of credulous men, who, while gazing on me, seemed astonished that I possessed none of the physical qualities attributed to the angel of darkness.”

“With the exception of the dignitaries in the stage boxes and the privileged audience members in the house, who seemed to enjoy this grand experiment, my audience had turned serious and quiet. I heard the words ‘Shaitan!’ and ‘Djenoum!’ being whispered around the circle of gullible men, who, while looking at me, seemed shocked that I didn’t have any of the physical traits associated with the angel of darkness.”

The Marabout priests constantly boasted of their invulnerability. They were reputed to be possessed of powerful talismans which caused loaded weapons to flash in the pan when fired at them. Houdin counteracted these claims by performing his celebrated bullet-catching feat, in which a marked bullet apparently shot from a gun is caught by the magician in a plate or between his teeth. There are two ways of accomplishing this trick. One is by substituting a bullet of hollow wax for the real leaden bullet. The explosion scatters the wax into minute fragments which fly in all directions and do not come in contact with the person shot at; provided he stands at a respectable distance from the individual who handles the pistol or gun. The second method is to insert into the barrel of the weapon a small tube open at one end. Into this receptacle the bullet falls, and the tube is withdrawn from the gun in the act of ramming it, forming as it were a part of the ramrod. The performer, once in possession of the little tube, secretly extracts the marked bullet and produces it at the proper time. Houdin had recourse to both ways of performing this startling trick. Sometimes he filled the wax bullet with blood, extracted from his thumb. When the bullet smashed against a white wall it left a red splash. Houdin, after traveling into the interior of Algeria, visiting many prominent chieftains, returned to France, and settled down at St. Gervais, a suburb {153} of Blois. He relinquished his theatre to his brother-in-law, Pierre Chocat (M. Hamilton), and devoted himself to scientific work, and writing his Confidences and other works on natural magic.

The Marabout priests always bragged about their invincibility. They were said to have powerful talismans that made guns misfire when aimed at them. Houdin challenged these claims by doing his famous bullet-catching trick, where he somehow catches a marked bullet shot from a gun in a plate or between his teeth. There are two ways to pull off this trick. One involves using a hollow wax bullet instead of a real lead one. When fired, the explosion breaks apart the wax into tiny pieces that scatter everywhere and don’t hit the person being aimed at, as long as they stand a good distance away from the person with the gun. The second method involves putting a small tube, open at one end, into the gun's barrel. The bullet falls into this tube, which the performer discreetly pulls out while loading the gun, making it seem like part of the ramrod. The performer then secretly takes out the marked bullet from the little tube and shows it at the right moment. Houdin used both methods to perform this amazing trick. Sometimes he filled the wax bullet with blood from his thumb. When the bullet hit a white wall, it left a red mark. After traveling deep into Algeria and meeting many notable leaders, Houdin returned to France and settled in St. Gervais, a suburb of Blois. He handed over his theater to his brother-in-law, Pierre Chocat (M. Hamilton), and focused on his scientific work and writing his Confidences and other pieces on natural magic.

VI.

Houdin called his villa at St. Gervais the “Priory,” a rather monastic title. It was a veritable palace of enchantments. Electrical devices played an important part in its construction, as well as automata. The Pepper ghost illusion was rigged up in a small pavilion on the grounds. A mechanical hermit welcomed guests to a grotto: Houdin’s friends jestingly called the place “L’Abbaye de l’Attrape (la Trappe),” or “Catch’em Abbey.” The pun is almost untranslatable. “Attrape” is a trap, in French. You have a Trappist Monastery. I need say no more. During the Franco-Prussian War, Houdin’s neighbors brought their valuables to him to be concealed. He had a hiding place built which defied detection. But the Prussians never bothered him.

Houdin named his villa in St. Gervais the “Priory,” which has a pretty monastic ring to it. It was a true palace of wonders. Electrical devices played a major role in its design, along with automata. The Pepper's ghost illusion was set up in a small pavilion on the grounds. A mechanical hermit greeted visitors at a grotto: Houdin’s friends humorously dubbed the place “L’Abbaye de l’Attrape (la Trappe),” or “Catch’em Abbey.” The pun is hard to translate. “Attrape” means a trap in French. Think of a Trappist Monastery. I don’t need to say more. During the Franco-Prussian War, Houdin’s neighbors brought their valuables to him for safekeeping. He had a hiding place constructed that was impossible to find. But the Prussians never bothered him.

Says William Manning (Recollections of Robert-Houdin, London, 1891):

Says William Manning (Recollections of Robert-Houdin, London, 1891):

“Robert-Houdin’s employment of electricity, not only as a moving power for the performance of his illusions, but for domestic purposes, was long in advance of his time. The electric bell, so common to us now, was in every-day use for years in his own house, before its value was recognized by the public.

“Robert-Houdin’s use of electricity, not just as a driving force for his tricks but also for everyday tasks, was way ahead of his time. The electric bell, which is so common for us now, was used in his home for years before the public saw its worth.

“He had a favorite horse, named Fanny, for which he entertained great affection, and christened her ‘the friend of the family.’ She was of gentle disposition and was growing old in his service; so he was anxious to allow her every indulgence, especially punctuality at meals and full allowance of fodder.

“He had a favorite horse named Fanny, for whom he had a lot of affection, and he called her ‘the friend of the family.’ She had a gentle nature and was getting older in his care; so he was eager to give her every comfort, especially being on time for meals and a full supply of feed.”

“Such being the case, it was a matter of great surprise that Fanny grew daily thinner and thinner, till it was discovered that her groom had a great fancy for the art formerly practised by her master and converted her hay into five-franc pieces! So Houdin dismissed the groom and secured a more honest lad, but to provide against further contingencies and neglect of duty he had {154} a clock placed in his study, which with the aid of an electrical wire worked a food supply in the stable, a distance of fifty yards from the house. The distributing apparatus was a square funnel-shaped box which discharged the provender in prearranged quantities. No one could steal the oats from the horse after they had fallen, as the electric trigger could not act unless the stable door was locked. The lock was outside, and if any one entered before the horse finished eating his oats, a bell would immediately ring in the house.

“Given this situation, it was quite surprising that Fanny got thinner and thinner every day until they found out that her groom had a strong liking for the same trick her master used to perform and was turning her hay into five-franc coins! So Houdin fired the groom and hired a more honest guy, but to prepare for any future issues or negligence, he had {154} a clock installed in his study. This clock, with the help of an electrical wire, operated a food supply system in the stable, which was fifty yards away from the house. The distribution system was a square, funnel-shaped box that released feed in set amounts. No one could steal the oats from the horse once they fell, as the electric trigger wouldn’t work unless the stable door was secured. The lock was on the outside, and if someone entered before the horse finished eating his oats, a bell would immediately ring in the house.”

“This same clock in his study also transmitted the time to two large clock-faces, placed one on the top of the house, the other on the gardener’s lodge, the former for the benefit of the villagers.

“This same clock in his study also sent the time to two large clock faces, one on the top of the house and the other on the gardener’s lodge, with the first one serving the villagers.”

“In his bell-tower he had a clockwork arrangement of sufficient power to lift the hammer at the proper moment. The daily winding of the clock was performed automatically by com­mu­ni­ca­tion with a swing-door in his kitchen, and the winding-up apparatus of the clock in the clock-tower was so arranged that the servants in passing backward and forward on their domestic duties unconsciously wound up the striking movement of the clock.”

“In his bell tower, he had a clock mechanism strong enough to lift the hammer at just the right moment. The clock was automatically wound each day through a connection with a swing door in his kitchen, and the winding system for the clock in the tower was designed so that the servants, while going about their daily tasks, unknowingly wound up the striking mechanism of the clock.”

The Priory is now a partial ruin. It has passed out of his family. Houdin died there June 13, 1871, after an illness of ten days. His death was caused by pneumonia. The following is an extract of the notice of his decease, taken from the registers of the civil authorities of St. Gervais:

The Priory is now partly in ruins. It is no longer owned by his family. Houdin died there on June 13, 1871, after being ill for ten days. His death was due to pneumonia. Below is an excerpt from the notice of his death, taken from the records of the civil authorities of St. Gervais:

“June 14, 1871. Notice of the death of Robert-Houdin, Jean-Eugène, died at St. Gervais, June 13, 1871, at 10 P. M., sixty-five years of age. Son of the defunct Prosper Robert and Marie Catherine Guillon; widower of his first wife Josephe Cecile Eglantine Houdin; married the second time to Françoise Marguerite Olympe Naconnier; Court House of St. Gervais, signed—The Mayor.” The signature is illegible.

“June 14, 1871. Notice of the death of Robert-Houdin, Jean-Eugène, who passed away in St. Gervais on June 13, 1871, at 10 PM, at the age of sixty-five. He was the son of the late Prosper Robert and Marie Catherine Guillon; widower of his first wife Josephe Cecile Eglantine Houdin; married for the second time to Françoise Marguerite Olympe Naconnier; Court House of St. Gervais, signed—The Mayor.” The signature is illegible.

William Manning was an intimate friend of Houdin. When the famous conjurer went to London to exhibit, he lodged at the house of Manning’s father. William was a young man at the time and deeply enamored with conjuring exhibitions. {155} Houdin showed him many favors and presented him with a number of souvenirs, among them being a magic clock, a harlequin-in-the-box, etc., also a photograph of himself, a copy of which Mr. Manning sent to me a few years ago, during the course of a correspondence I had with him concerning Houdin. Up to the time of his death the great conjurer exchanged letters with his friend, then a grown man. Houdin’s closing years were saddened by the tragic death of his son, Eugène, who was killed at Reichshoffen in the Franco-Prussian War. He was a sub-lieutenant in the French army and a graduate of the military school at St. Cyr. He assisted his father on the stage, but abandoned conjuring for a military career. In a letter to William Manning, dated September 11, 1870, Houdin describes the affair at Reichshoffen: . . . . “My son was 33 years old; he was captain since 1866; he belonged to the 1st Zouaves and was considered one of the bravest in that brave corps. You can judge of it by the following extract from an article in the Figaro, of Sept. 3, entitled ‘An episode of Reichshoffen,’ an extract from a private letter. This letter was undoubtedly written by a soldier in my son’s company; it is signed with an X. I omit the harrowing incidents which preceded this sad retreat. . . . . ‘The line had received orders to break up and were defeated, 35,000 against 140,000! My company (1st Zouaves) was drawn up on the battle-field, to be used as sharp-shooters, alone, without artillery; we were to resist the retreat. Upon the order of Captain Robert-Houdin, Lieutenant Girard advanced with two men to reconnoitre the enemy. He took three steps, and fell, crying: ’Do not give up the Coucou, (a familiar expression applied to the flag). We carried him away and the Captain shouted ‘Fire!’ The order to retreat came, but we did not hear it, and continued to beat against a wall of fire which illuminated our ranks. Soon our Captain fell, saying: ‘Tell them . . . that I fell facing the enemy.’ A bullet had pierced his breast. He was taken in the ambulance to Reichshoffen where he died, four days later, from his wound.”

William Manning was a close friend of Houdin. When the famous magician went to London to perform, he stayed at Manning’s father’s house. William was a young man at the time and was really into magic shows. {155} Houdin showed him a lot of kindness and gave him several souvenirs, including a magic clock, a harlequin-in-the-box, and a photograph of himself, a copy of which Mr. Manning sent to me a few years ago during our correspondence about Houdin. Up until his death, the great magician kept exchanging letters with his friend, who was now an adult. Houdin’s later years were overshadowed by the tragic death of his son, Eugène, who was killed at Reichshoffen in the Franco-Prussian War. He was a sub-lieutenant in the French army and graduated from the military school at St. Cyr. He helped his father on stage but eventually chose to pursue a military career instead. In a letter to William Manning dated September 11, 1870, Houdin describes what happened at Reichshoffen: . . . . “My son was 33 years old; he had been a captain since 1866; he was part of the 1st Zouaves and was considered one of the bravest in that courageous unit. You can see for yourself from this excerpt from an article in the Figaro, dated September 3, called ‘An episode of Reichshoffen,’ which is taken from a private letter. This letter was undoubtedly written by a soldier in my son’s company and is signed with an X. I’ll skip the distressing details that led up to this sad retreat. . . . ‘The line had been ordered to break up and was defeated, 35,000 against 140,000! My company (1st Zouaves) was positioned on the battlefield to serve as sharpshooters, alone, without artillery; we were supposed to hold off the retreat. Following Captain Robert-Houdin’s orders, Lieutenant Girard moved forward with two men to scout the enemy. He took three steps and fell, shouting: ‘Do not give up the Coucou,’ (a familiar term for the flag). We carried him away and the Captain shouted ‘Fire!’ The order to retreat came, but we didn’t hear it and kept pushing against a wall of fire that lit up our ranks. Soon our Captain fell, telling us: ‘Tell them . . . that I fell facing the enemy.’ A bullet had struck his chest. He was taken in the ambulance to Reichshoffen where he died four days later from his wound.”

“My dear Manning, would you believe it, my brave son, mortally wounded as he was, had the heroic courage amidst {156} flying shot to take from his pocket a pencil and a card and to write these words: ‘Dear father, I am wounded, but be reassured, it is only a trifle.’ He could not sign this. The card and the envelope are stained with his blood. This precious relic was sent to me from Reichshoffen after my son’s death.”

“My dear Manning, can you believe it? My brave son, despite being mortally wounded, had the incredible courage to pull out a pencil and a card amidst the flying bullets and write these words: ‘Dear father, I am wounded, but don’t worry, it’s just a small thing.’ He couldn’t sign it. The card and the envelope are stained with his blood. This treasured relic was sent to me from Reichshoffen after my son’s death.”

Printed Invitation Ticket Designed BY Houdin.
(The signatures are those of Houdin and Hamilton.)

Emile, the elder son who distinguished himself in the “Second-Sight Trick,” as soon as his father retired from the stage, became a watchmaker. He published a work on horology to which his father wrote the following preface:

Emile, the older son who stood out in the “Second-Sight Trick,” became a watchmaker as soon as his father left the stage. He published a book on horology that his father prefaced with the following:

“I have often been asked why my son did not follow the career I had opened for him in pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion, but preferred instead the study of horology. My answer to the question may be used fitly as a preface to this pamphlet.

“I’ve often been asked why my son didn’t choose the career I had set up for him in magic, but instead preferred to study watchmaking. My answer to that question could serve well as a preface to this pamphlet.”

“If you believe in hereditary vocations, here is a case for their just application. My son’s maternal great-grandfather, Nicolas Houdin, was a watchmaker of great merit in the last century. J. F. Houdin, his son, has gained, as is well known, a prominent place among the most distinguished watchmakers of his time. A certain modesty, which you will understand, prevents me from praising my father as highly; I shall only say {157} that he was a very skilful and ingenious watchmaker. Before devoting myself to the art of conjuring, based on mechanism, I, too, was for a long time a watchmaker and achieved some success.

“If you believe in hereditary professions, here’s a case for their valid application. My son’s maternal great-grandfather, Nicolas Houdin, was an accomplished watchmaker in the last century. J. F. Houdin, his son, has earned, as everyone knows, a prominent position among the most distinguished watchmakers of his time. A certain modesty, which you’ll understand, stops me from praising my father too highly; I’ll only say {157} that he was a very skilled and clever watchmaker. Before I dedicated myself to the art of magic, which is based on mechanics, I, too, was a watchmaker for quite a while and found some success."

“With such genealogy, should one not be predestined to horology? Therefore my son was irresistibly drawn to his {158} vocation, and he took up the art which Berthoud and Bréguet have made famous. It was from the latter of the two celebrated masters that he learned the elements of the profession of his forefathers.”

“With such a background, shouldn’t one be destined for watchmaking? So, my son was naturally attracted to his {158} career, and he embraced the craft that Berthoud and Bréguet have made well-known. It was from the latter of those two renowned masters that he learned the basics of the profession passed down from his ancestors.”

Emile was subsequently induced to take up the magic wand, and in conjunction with Professor Brannet gave many clever entertainments. During his management the old theatre22 in the Palais Royal was abandoned, and a new theatre erected on the Boulevard des Italiens. He held this property until his decease in 1883. The theatre was partly destroyed by fire, January 30, 1901, but was rebuilt.

Emile was later encouraged to pick up the magic wand and, together with Professor Brannet, put on many impressive shows. During his time, the old theatre22 in the Palais Royal was closed, and a new theatre was built on the Boulevard des Italiens. He owned this property until he passed away in 1883. The theatre was partially destroyed by a fire on January 30, 1901, but it was rebuilt.

22 Houdin’s original theatre in the Galerie de Valois of the Palais Royal has long ago been swallowed up in the alterations made in the building. M. Trewey, in the spring of 1905, met an old man, a former employee of the Palais, who remembered seeing Houdin perform in 1845–46, but he could not even locate the little theatre. How soon are the glories of the past forgotten by a fickle public. The theatre has been divided into two or three shops.

22 Houdin’s original theater in the Galerie de Valois of the Palais Royal has long been lost in the changes made to the building. M. Trewey, in the spring of 1905, met an old man, a former employee of the Palais, who remembered seeing Houdin perform in 1845–46, but he couldn't even find the little theater. How quickly the public forgets the glories of the past. The theater has been split into two or three shops.

The only surviving members of the family are Madame Emile Robert-Houdin, widow of the elder son, and a daughter who is married to M. Lemaitre Robert-Houdin, a municipal officer of Blois, who has adopted the name of Houdin. Robert-Houdin is interred in the cemetery of Blois. A handsome monument marks his grave.

The only living members of the family are Madame Emile Robert-Houdin, the widow of the eldest son, and a daughter who is married to M. Lemaitre Robert-Houdin, a city official in Blois, who has taken on the Houdin name. Robert-Houdin is buried in the Blois cemetery. A beautiful monument marks his grave.

At the Paris Exhibition of 1844, Houdin was awarded a medal for the ingenious construction of automata; at the Exhibition of 1855 he received a gold medal for his scientific application of electricity to clocks. He invented an ophthalmoscope to enable the operator to examine the interior of his own eye. From important papers in the possession of M. Lemaitre it seems more than probable that Houdin had worked out the secret of the modern telephone before it had been made known to the world at large.

At the Paris Exhibition of 1844, Houdin was awarded a medal for his clever construction of automata; at the Exhibition of 1855, he received a gold medal for his scientific use of electricity in clocks. He invented an ophthalmoscope that allowed the operator to examine the inside of their own eye. Important documents in the possession of M. Lemaitre suggest that Houdin likely figured out the secret of the modern telephone before it was revealed to the public.

Houdin has been considered of such importance and interest in France that in Didot’s Nouvelle Biographie Générale a whole page is given him. His personal appearance is thus described in Larousse’s Encyclopédie: “He was a man of small stature. His manners were engaging and vivacious. His face was clean-shaven, showing a large and eloquent mouth. In his old age, {159} his head was covered with snow white hair. His eyes up to the last retained the fire and brilliancy of a man of twenty-five.”

Houdin has been recognized as so significant and intriguing in France that Didot’s Nouvelle Biographie Générale dedicates an entire page to him. His personal appearance is described in Larousse’s Encyclopédie as follows: “He was a man of short stature. His manners were friendly and lively. He had a clean-shaven face that featured a large and expressive mouth. In his later years, {159} his head was topped with snow-white hair. Even in old age, his eyes retained the fire and brilliance of a twenty-five-year-old.”

On December 6, 1905, the French Society of Magicians celebrated the hundredth anniversary of Houdin’s birth. The exercises were held at the Theatre Robert-Houdin, Boulevard des Italiens, Paris. The little theatre was crowded with conjurers and their friends. Among the wielders of the magic staff were Caroly, the editor of Illusioniste, M. and Mme. de Gago, Folletto, M. and Mme. Talazac, and M. Raynaly. M. and Mme. Talazac, in their “mind-reading” act, evoked great applause. M. Miliès, the manager of the house, exhibited the automaton, “Antonio Diavolo,” invented by Robert-Houdin. M. Renaly, the well-known drawing-room conjurer, read a poem in honor of the great master, at the close of which a bust of Robert-Houdin, which stood upon the stage, was crowned with a wreath of laurel. Strange to say, not a word of this interesting event was recorded in the newspapers.

On December 6, 1905, the French Society of Magicians celebrated the hundredth anniversary of Houdin’s birth. The events took place at the Theatre Robert-Houdin, Boulevard des Italiens, Paris. The small theater was packed with magicians and their friends. Among the tricksters were Caroly, the editor of Illusioniste, Mr. and Mrs. de Gago, Folletto, Mr. and Mrs. Talazac, and Mr. Raynaly. Mr. and Mrs. Talazac’s “mind-reading” act received great applause. Mr. Miliès, the theater manager, showcased the automaton “Antonio Diavolo,” created by Robert-Houdin. Mr. Renaly, the famous drawing-room magician, recited a poem in honor of the great master, after which a bust of Robert-Houdin on stage was adorned with a laurel wreath. Strangely, not a single word about this fascinating event was reported in the newspapers.

Houdin was the first conjurer to be employed in an official capacity by a civilized Power. The second case we have record of was on the occasion of the English Mission to the late Sultan of Morocco when Mr. Douglas Beaufort was appointed conjurer to the party by the British Government. The object was to surprise the Arabs with the skill of an Anglo-Saxon pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur. During the journey to Fez from the coast, Mr. Beaufort gave a number of séances. The news of his necromantic powers soon spread like wild-fire among the natives. When the Embassy reached the Arab Capital, the Sultan refused to see the “Devil Man,” as he termed the conjurer. He imagined that the British proposed to cast a spell over him. For eight weeks he held out, but finally curiosity got the better of him. The Grand Vizier was ordered to produce the Disciple of Beelzebub at the Royal Palace. The performance of Mr. Beaufort so delighted the ruler of Morocco that he presented him with a silver dagger, a fine Arabian steed from the royal stable, and a bag containing 500 dollars, as a token of esteem and regard.

Houdin was the first magician to be officially hired by a civilized government. The second recorded instance was during the English Mission to the late Sultan of Morocco when Mr. Douglas Beaufort was appointed magician for the team by the British Government. The goal was to impress the Arabs with the skills of a British magician. During the journey from the coast to Fez, Mr. Beaufort put on several shows. News of his magical abilities spread rapidly among the locals. When the Embassy arrived in the Arab capital, the Sultan refused to meet the "Devil Man," as he called the magician. He believed the British intended to cast a spell on him. For eight weeks, he stubbornly held out, but eventually, his curiosity got the better of him. The Grand Vizier was instructed to bring the Disciple of Beelzebub to the Royal Palace. Mr. Beaufort’s performance thrilled the ruler of Morocco so much that he rewarded him with a silver dagger, a fine Arabian horse from the royal stables, and a bag containing 500 dollars, as a gesture of respect and admiration.

SOME OLD-TIME CONJURERS.

As in Agrippa’s magic glass,
The loved and lost arose to view.”—WHITTIER: The Mermaid.

I love to read about the old-time conjurers, the contemporaries of Robert-Houdin, or his immediate successors. Literature on the subject is very sparse indeed. In his memoirs, Houdin gives us a few thumbnail sketches of his rivals in the mystic art, and then dismisses them with a kindly, Vale. He has something to say about Bosco’s personal appearance and performances, but makes no mention of the romantic incidents in the great magician’s career. I shall try, in this chapter, to sketch the lives of some of these men, basing my information on rare brochures contained in the Ellison Library, and from information picked up by Mr. Harry Houdini in Europe. The great encyclopedic dictionary of Larousse—a monument of French erudition—contains something about Phillippe, Robin and Comte. Mr. Ellis Stanyon, a conjurer of London, and author of several valuable little treatises on magic, has kindly furnished me with interesting data; the files of old newspapers in the British Museum, and the Library of Congress have also been drawn upon, also the fine collection of old programmes of Mr. Arthur Margery, the English magician. Let us begin with

I love reading about the old-school magicians, who were contemporaries of Robert-Houdin or his immediate successors. There's not a lot of literature on this topic. In his memoirs, Houdin shares a few brief sketches of his competitors in the mystical arts, and then politely says goodbye with a kind Vale. He talks a bit about Bosco’s looks and performances but doesn’t mention the romantic events in the great magician’s life. In this chapter, I will try to outline the lives of some of these men, using rare brochures from the Ellison Library and information gathered by Mr. Harry Houdini in Europe. The great Larousse encyclopedia—a testament to French scholarship—has some details about Phillippe, Robin, and Comte. Mr. Ellis Stanyon, a magician from London and author of several valuable little books on magic, has kindly provided me with interesting information; I’ve also accessed old newspaper files at the British Museum and the Library of Congress, along with Mr. Arthur Margery’s impressive collection of old programs. Let’s start with

COMTE.

Louis Apollinaire Comte was a magician of great skill, a mimic and ventriloquist. He was born in Geneva, Switzerland, June 22, 1788, and died at Rueil, France, November 25, 1859. On one occasion he was denounced by some super­sti­tious Swiss peasants as a sorcerer, set upon and beaten with clubs, and was {161} about to be thrown into a lime kiln. His ventriloquial powers saved his life. He caused demoniacal voices to proceed from the kiln, whereupon his tormentors fled from the spot in affright, imagining that they were addressed by the Powers of Darkness.

Louis Apollinaire Comte was a highly skilled magician, mimic, and ventriloquist. He was born in Geneva, Switzerland, on June 22, 1788, and passed away in Rueil, France, on November 25, 1859. At one point, some superstitious Swiss peasants accused him of being a sorcerer, attacked him, and beat him with clubs, and he was about to be thrown into a lime kiln. His ventriloquist skills saved his life. He made demonic voices come from the kiln, causing his attackers to flee in terror, believing they were being addressed by the Powers of Darkness.

When summoned to appear before Louis XVIII, at the palace of the Tuilleries, Comte arranged a clever mystification to amuse his royal patron. During the course of the entertainment he requested the king to select a card from a pack. By his address, he caused the monarch to draw the king of hearts. Placing the card in a pistol, Comte fired it at a bouquet of flowers on a table, declaring that the pasteboard would appear in the bouquet. Immediately, a bust of the king was seen among the flowers.

When invited to appear before Louis XVIII at the Tuileries Palace, the Comte set up a clever trick to entertain his royal guest. During the show, he asked the king to pick a card from a deck. Using his skills, he got the monarch to draw the king of hearts. He put the card into a pistol and shot it at a bouquet of flowers on a table, claiming the card would show up in the bouquet. Right away, a bust of the king appeared among the flowers.

“What does this mean?” said Louis XVIII, with a sarcastic smile. “I fancy, sir, your trick has not ended as you stated.”

“What does this mean?” Louis XVIII said with a sarcastic smile. “I think, sir, your trick hasn’t ended as you claimed.”

“I beg your Majesty’s pardon,” Comte replied, with a profound bow. “I have quite kept my promise. I pledged myself that the king of hearts should appear in that bouquet of flowers, and I appeal to all Frenchmen whether that bust does not represent the king of all hearts.

“I beg your Majesty’s pardon,” Comte replied, with a deep bow. “I have kept my promise. I vowed that the king of hearts would be in that bouquet of flowers, and I ask all Frenchmen if that bust doesn’t represent the king of all hearts.

The experiment was applauded to the echo by those present. The Royal Journal of the 20th of December, 1814, thus describes the affair.

The experiment received enthusiastic applause from everyone there. The Royal Journal from December 20, 1814, describes the event this way.

“The whole audience exclaimed in reply to M. Comte, ‘We recognize him—it is he—the king of all hearts! the beloved of the French—of the whole universe—Louis XVIII, the august descendant of Henri Quatre?’

“The whole audience exclaimed in response to M. Comte, ‘We know him—it’s him—the king of all hearts! The beloved of the French—of the entire world—Louis XVIII, the esteemed descendant of Henri Quatre?’”

“The king, much affected by these warm acclamations, complimented M. Comte on his skill.

“The king, quite moved by these enthusiastic cheers, praised M. Comte for his talent.”

“ ‘It would be a pity,’ he said to him, ‘to order such a talented sorcerer to be burnt alive. You have caused us too much pleasure for us to cause you pain. Live many years, for yourself in the first place, and then for us.’ ”

“‘It would be a shame,’ he said to him, ‘to have such a talented sorcerer burned alive. You’ve brought us too much joy for us to bring you pain. Live a long life, first for yourself, and then for us.’”

Comte was an adept at the art of flattery. Perhaps all the while, he and the fickle courtiers of the Tuilleries were secretly laughing at the poor old Bourbon king, the scion of a race that had all but ruined France, and were wishing back from Elba that Thunderbolt of War—Napoleon the Great. {162}

Comte was skilled at the art of flattery. Maybe all along, he and the changeable courtiers of the Tuilleries were secretly mocking the poor old Bourbon king, a descendant of a family that had nearly destroyed France, while hoping for the return from Elba of the Thunderbolt of War—Napoleon the Great. {162}

Comte was made a Chevalier of the Legion of Honor by Louis Philippe.

Comte was appointed a Knight of the Legion of Honor by Louis Philippe.

PHILLIPPE.

Phillippe [Talon] was born at Alais, near Nimes (France). He carried on the trade of confectioner first in Paris, afterwards in Aberdeen, Scotland. Failing to make a success of the sugar business, he adopted conjuring as a profession, and was remarkably successful. He was assisted by a young Scotchman named Macalister, who on the stage appeared as a negro, “Domingo.” Macalister, a clever mechanic, invented many of the best things in Phillippe’s repertoire. From some Chinese jugglers, Phillippe learned the gold-fish trick and the Chinese rings. With these capital experiments added to his programme, he repaired to Paris, in 1841, and made a great hit. Habited like a Chinaman, he performed them in a scene called “A night in the palace of Pekin.” The fish trick he ostentatiously named “Neptune’s Basins, and the Gold Fish.” The bowls of water containing the fish he produced from shawls while standing on a low table. He followed this with a production of rabbits, pigeons, ducks, and chickens.

Phillippe [Talon] was born in Alais, near Nimes (France). He started out as a confectioner first in Paris and later in Aberdeen, Scotland. After struggling to succeed in the sugar business, he turned to magic as a career and did remarkably well. He had help from a young Scotsman named Macalister, who performed on stage as a character named “Domingo.” Macalister, a talented mechanic, came up with many of the best tricks in Phillippe’s act. From a group of Chinese jugglers, Phillippe learned the gold-fish trick and the Chinese rings. After adding these fantastic acts to his show, he went back to Paris in 1841 and made a big splash. Dressed like a Chinaman, he presented them in a scene called “A Night in the Palace of Pekin.” The fish trick he proudly called “Neptune’s Basins, and the Gold Fish.” He produced bowls of water containing the fish from shawls while standing on a low table. He then followed this by producing rabbits, pigeons, ducks, and chickens.

Robert-Houdin in his memoirs, gives a brief but pointed sketch of Phillippe. On page 163 I reproduce one of his unique programmes (London, March, 1846).

Robert-Houdin, in his memoirs, provides a concise yet insightful overview of Phillippe. On page 163, I have included one of his distinctive programs (London, March, 1846).

New Strand Theatre
Let’s see, M. PHILLIPPE, 4 Strand Lane
VICTORY
PHILLIPPE's
PARTIES
MYSTERIOUS
The Entertainments will commence with M. PHILLIPPE’s Celebrated and Unrivalled
PHYSICAL TOURS

AND AMAZING FEATS OF
MAGICAL DELUSION!
Which he has exhibited in Paris, Vienna, Berlin, St. Petersburgh, and before all the Courts of Europe, with truly unparalleled Success.
THE ENTERTAINMENT WILL BE
DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS
PART FIRST
Will consist of unique and unmatched
Transformations and Delusions!
And Amazing Deceptions!
INCLUDE
The Miller of Amsterdam
The Modern Confectioner
The Obedient Cards
The Enchanted Handkerchief
Il Diavolo
The Grand Distribution
The Rose Tree of Granada
The Accomplished Harlequin
The Flying Watches
New Method of Making Coffee
Concluding with the universally admired and elegant Tour d’Addresse, entitled
THE NATIONAL FLAG
There will be a fifteen-minute break between the parts.
PART TWO
A NIGHT IN THE
PEKING PALACE!
In which Mons. PHILLIPPE will perform some of the most Extraordinary and Startling
INDIA AND CHINA RESEARCH
Ever been attempted by any European, including
The Turtle Dove and the Flying
PAS DE CARACTERE
Kleenex
BY
La Fille des Fleurs
La Fille des Fleurs
Kitchen of Parapharagaramus
The Inexhaustible Hat
And ending with the famous DELUSION.
The Neptune Fountains and the Golden Fish
AND THE GRAND MENAGERIE!
Unanimously pronounced to be the most inexplicable and surprising Tour de Physique ever witnessed

ROBIN.

Henri Robin was a Hollander by birth, his real name being Dunkell. He was born about 1805 and died in Paris in 1874. Although he had appeared before the public many times and his talents as a prestidigatateur had long been recognized, it was not until the end of 1862, when he opened his theatre in Paris, that he became a celebrity and a household word in the country of his adoption. He was a man of distinguished appearance, very urbane, and possessed of a sparkling wit. His handsome little salle de spectacle, known as the Theatre Robin,23 was situated on {164} the Boulevard du Temple. Porcelain medallions ornamented the walls, representing Archimides, Galileo, Palissy, Vaucanson, Franklin, Volta, Newton, Daguerre, Arago, Cuvier, Robertson, Humboldt, Comte, and Cagliostro. Of these great men only Vaucanson, Robertson, and Cagliostro could properly be classed as magicians. Vaucanson was a builder of ingenious automata; Robertson the creator of optical illusions; and Cagliostro a pretender to sorcery, who made use of hypnotism and phan­tas­ma­goria in his séances. But science has its wizards, in one sense of the word, and so Robin included the great pioneers of scientific research among his galaxy of wonder-workers.

Henri Robin was born in Holland, and his real name was Dunkell. He was born around 1805 and died in Paris in 1874. Although he had performed in front of the public many times and had long been recognized for his skills as a magician, it wasn’t until late 1862, when he opened his theater in Paris, that he became a celebrity and a household name in his adopted country. He was a man of distinguished appearance, very sophisticated, and had a sparkling wit. His charming little salle de spectacle, known as the Theatre Robin, 23 was located on {164} the Boulevard du Temple. The walls were decorated with porcelain medallions depicting Archimedes, Galileo, Palissy, Vaucanson, Franklin, Volta, Newton, Daguerre, Arago, Cuvier, Robertson, Humboldt, Comte, and Cagliostro. Of these notable figures, only Vaucanson, Robertson, and Cagliostro could truly be classified as magicians. Vaucanson was known for creating clever automata; Robertson was the mastermind behind optical illusions; and Cagliostro was a self-proclaimed sorcerer who used hypnotism and phantasmagoria in his séances. But in a sense, science also has its wizards, so Robin included the great pioneers of scientific research among his group of wonder-workers.

23 This theatre was demolished at the time of the enlargement of the Place de Chateau d’Eau.

23 This theater was torn down when the Place de Chateau d’Eau was expanded.

HENRI ROBIN.

The journal La France said in its issue of January 19, 1863: “The stage is large and square in form, the curtain rises upon {165} a brilliantly lighted salon showing much gilding, filled with strange objects, electrical apparatus of all sizes, mysterious chests, revolving tables, articulated animals which as far surpass the automatons of Vaucanson as an Everard or Pleyel piano is superior to an old fashioned spinet. There were peacocks which paraded up and down and could tell you the name of any city you might think of; drums which beat the retreat without a drummer; Christmas trees which shook their branches, powdered with snow, and covered themselves with lighted candles, bonbons, flowers and toys; inexhaustible bottles, invisible bells, etc. Altogether it was the strange, supernatural and fantastic world of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion, magic and sorcery.

The journal La France said in its issue of January 19, 1863: “The stage is large and square in shape, and when the curtain rises, it reveals a brightly lit salon adorned with lots of gold, filled with odd items, electrical devices of all sizes, mysterious chests, rotating tables, and articulated animals that far exceed Vaucanson's automatons, just like an Everard or Pleyel piano is much better than an old-fashioned spinet. There were peacocks that strutted around and could name any city you could think of; drums that sounded a retreat without a drummer; Christmas trees that shook their branches, dusted with snow, and decorated themselves with lit candles, sweets, flowers, and toys; endless bottles, invisible bells, and more. All in all, it was the strange, supernatural, and fantastic world of sleight of hand, magic, and sorcery.”


“All at once, from the bottom of a magic casket, leaped out a harlequin about ten inches high but so well proportioned in its figure, so well made, so nimble and supple, so intelligent and spirituel, that the whole audience uttered a cry of pleasure and admiration. This pretty little manikin does everything belonging to its character. It dances, smokes, frisks about, takes off and puts on its mask, bows to the company and plays the flageolet. One is tempted to say—‘it only needs speech to be human.’ Well, it has speech. It talks and answers all questions addressed to it like a real person. It even tells stories, making them up as it goes along.”

“All of a sudden, from the bottom of a magic box, popped out a harlequin about ten inches tall, perfectly shaped, well-crafted, lively and flexible, sharp and witty, which made the whole audience gasp with delight and admiration. This charming little figure does everything expected of its character. It dances, smokes, hops around, takes off and puts on its mask, bows to the crowd, and plays the flute. One might say—‘it just needs to talk to be human.’ Well, it can talk. It responds to all questions like a real person. It even tells stories, creating them on the spot.”

Besides the show of magic an “agioscope” was to be seen which projected upon a screen the history of creation in forty-five pictures. Robin also performed experiments in physics and chemistry and an exhibition of the ghost illusion closed the entertainment.

Besides the magic show, there was an “agioscope” that displayed the history of creation in forty-five images on a screen. Robin also conducted experiments in physics and chemistry, and a ghost illusion exhibition wrapped up the entertainment.

Robin and Robert-Houdin were at odds about the inexhaustible bottle which each claimed to have invented. Robert-Houdin declared that he had exhibited it for the first time on December 1, 1847, while Robin produced his “Almanach of Cagliostro,” showing the trick of the inexhaustible bottle which he declares he had invented and exhibited for the first time July 6, 1844, at the theatre Re at Milan. Nevertheless in all their lectures {166} on physics, scientific men explain to their hearers the operation of the Robert-Houdin bottle.24

Robin and Robert-Houdin were in conflict over the inexhaustible bottle, each claiming to have invented it. Robert-Houdin stated that he first showcased it on December 1, 1847, while Robin pointed to his “Almanach of Cagliostro,” which detailed the trick of the inexhaustible bottle that he claimed to have invented and demonstrated for the first time on July 6, 1844, at the theatre Re in Milan. Nonetheless, in all their lectures {166} on physics, scientists explain the workings of the Robert-Houdin bottle.24

24 “It is remarkable how many of the illusions regarded as the original inventions of eminent conjurers have been really improvements of older tricks. ‘Hocus Pocus Junior,’ the Anatomy of Legerdemain (4th edition, 1654), gives an explanatory cut of a method of drawing different liquors out of a single tap in a barrel, the barrel being divided into compartments, each having an air-hole at the top, by means of which the liquor in any of the compartments was withheld or permitted to flow. Robert-Houdin applied the principle to a wine-bottle held in his hand, from which he could pour four different liquids, regulated by the unstopping of any of the four tiny air holes which were covered by his fingers. A large number of very small liquor glasses being provided on trays, and containing drops of certain flavoring essences, enabled him to supply imitations of various wines and liquors, according to the glasses with which he poured syrup from the bottle.”—Encyclopedia Britannica.

24 “It’s surprising how many tricks thought to be original creations of famous magicians are actually just improved versions of older ones. ‘Hocus Pocus Junior,’ the Anatomy of Legerdemain (4th edition, 1654), includes an illustration explaining how to draw different liquids from a single tap in a barrel, which is divided into compartments, each with an air hole at the top, allowing the liquid in any compartment to be either withheld or allowed to flow. Robert-Houdin used this principle with a wine bottle in his hand, from which he could pour four different liquids, controlled by uncovering any of the four small air holes that he covered with his fingers. With a variety of very small liquor glasses on trays, each containing drops of different flavor essences, he could create imitations of various wines and liquors, depending on which glass he poured syrup from the bottle into.” —Encyclopedia Britannica.

When the Davenport Brothers, pretended spiritualists, came to Paris, Robin duplicated all their tricks at his theatre. He did much to discredit the charlatans. About 1869 he gave up his theatre, and became the proprietor of a hotel on the Boulevard Mazas.

When the Davenport Brothers, fake spiritualists, arrived in Paris, Robin copied all their tricks at his theater. He did a lot to expose the frauds. Around 1869, he closed his theater and became the owner of a hotel on Boulevard Mazas.

Robin left three works, copies of which are very rare, viz: L’Almanach Illustré de Cagliostro; Histoire des Spectres Vivants et Impalpables; Secret de la Physique Amusante (Paris, 1864). He was also the inventor of a railroad for ascending Mount Rigi in Switzerland. The motor in this system was a balloon which, by its ascentional force compelled the car to climb the ascent guided by four iron rails. A model of this contrivance was exhibited at Robin’s theatre, 49 Boulevard du Temple.

Robin left behind three works, of which very few copies exist: L’Almanach Illustré de Cagliostro; Histoire des Spectres Vivants et Impalpables; Secret de la Physique Amusante (Paris, 1864). He also invented a railroad for climbing Mount Rigi in Switzerland. In this system, a balloon provided the lifting force that pulled the car up the hill, following four iron rails. A model of this device was displayed at Robin’s theater, located at 49 Boulevard du Temple.

BOSCO.

I look again into the magic mirror of the past. Who is this portly figure enveloped in a befrogged military cloak? He has the mobile visage of an Italian. There is an air of pomposity about him. His eyes are bold and piercing. He has something of the appearance of a Russian nobleman, or general under the Empire. Ah, that is the renowned Bosco, the conjurer!

I glance again into the magical mirror of the past. Who is this hefty figure wrapped in a frog-patterned military cloak? He has the expressive face of an Italian. There’s an air of self-importance about him. His eyes are bold and piercing. He looks a bit like a Russian nobleman or a general from the Empire. Ah, that’s the famous Bosco, the magician!

BOSCO.
(From a Rare Engraving in the Possession of Dr. Saram R. Ellison, New York City.)

Bartolomeo Bosco had an adventurous career.25 He was born in Turin, Italy, January 11, 1793. He came of a noble family of Piedmont. At the age of nineteen he was one of the {167} victims caught in the meshes of the great military drag-net of Napoleon I, that fisher for men. In other words, he became “food for powder” in the Russian campaign of the Emperor of France. He was a fusilier in the 11th infantry of the line. At the battle of Borodino, in an encounter with Cossacks, Bosco was badly wounded in the side by a lance, and fell upon the ground. A son of the Cossack lancer who had wounded him, {168} dismounted and began to rifle his pockets. Like all soldiers on a campaign, Bosco carried his fortune with him. It did not amount to very much: a watch, a keepsake from a sweetheart, a few gold pieces, a tobacco pouch, etc. Fearing to receive the coup de grace from his enemy, he pretended to be dead. But on realizing that if he were robbed of his money he would be left destitute in the world, he put his abilities as a conjurer to work and dexterously picked the Cossack’s pocket of a well-filled purse. It was a case of Greek meeting Greek. The Russian, grumbling, perhaps, at the paucity of his ill-gotten plunder, finally mounted his horse and rode away after his comrades, to discover later on that he had been done and by a corpse. Later in the day Bosco was picked up from the battlefield by the Russian medical corps, and his wounds treated. He was sent a captive to Siberia, near the town of Tobolsk. His talent for escamotage served him well. The long winter evenings of his captivity when the snow lay deep upon the earth, and the wind howled about the prison walls, were spent by him either amusing his jailors or his fellow-soldiers. He sometimes gave exhibitions of his skill before the high officials of the place, thereby picking up considerable money. He spent his earnings generously upon his poorer brethren. Finally, in April, 1814, he was released. He returned to Italy, to the great delight of his friends, and studied medicine. Eventually he abandoned the art of Esculapias for the art of Trismegistus and became a professional conjurer.

Bartolomeo Bosco had a remarkable career. He was born in Turin, Italy, on January 11, 1793, into a noble family from Piedmont. At nineteen, he became one of the {167} victims caught in the massive military draft by Napoleon I, who was known for his relentless pursuit of soldiers. In other words, he became “cannon fodder” during the French Emperor's campaign in Russia. He served as a fusilier in the 11th infantry regiment. During the Battle of Borodino, he was severely wounded in the side by a Cossack’s lance and collapsed on the ground. The son of the Cossack who had hurt him {168} dismounted and began to search through Bosco's belongings. Like many soldiers on campaign, Bosco carried what little he had with him: a watch, a memento from a sweetheart, a few gold coins, a tobacco pouch, and so on. Afraid of getting the final blow from his enemy, he pretended to be dead. But realizing that being robbed would leave him completely destitute, he used his skills as a magician and cleverly pickpocketed the Cossack, relieving him of a well-filled wallet. It was a case of one trickster outsmarting another. The Russian, likely annoyed by the meager spoils of his crime, eventually mounted his horse and rode off to rejoin his comrades, only to discover later that he had been outwitted by a “corpse.” Later that day, the Russian medical team found Bosco on the battlefield and treated his wounds. He was then taken captive and sent to Siberia, near the town of Tobolsk. His talent for deception proved useful. He spent the long winter nights of captivity, when snow blanketed the ground and the wind howled around the prison, entertaining his guards or fellow soldiers. Occasionally, he held performances for the local officials, earning a decent amount of money. He generously shared his earnings with his less fortunate comrades. Finally, in April 1814, he was set free. He returned to Italy to the immense joy of his friends and began studying medicine. Eventually, he left behind the medical field in favor of the magical arts and became a professional magician.

25 Cabinetto magico del Cavalieri Bartolomeo Bosco de Torino. Milano, 1854.

25 Magic cabinet of Knight Bartolomeo Bosco from Turin. Milan, 1854.

Bosco was a wonderful performer of the cup-and-ball trick. He also possessed great skill with cards and coins. He traveled all over Europe. He gave an exhibition before Marie Louise, the widow of Napoleon I, on the 27th of April, 1836. His sonorous, bizarre name has become a byword in France for deception, whether in conjuring or politics. The statesman Thiers was called the “Bosco of the Tribune.” Many of Bartolomeo Bosco’s imitators assumed his cognomen. At the present day there is a French magician touring the music halls of Europe, who calls himself Bosco. The original Bosco, like Alexander Herrmann, was in the habit of advertising himself by giving impromptu exhibitions of his skill in cafés, stage {169} coaches, hotels, etc. He was wonderfully clever at this. A Parisian newspaper thus announced one of his entertainments: “The famous Bosco, who can conjure away a house as easily as a nutmeg, is about to give his performances at Paris, in which some miraculous tricks will be executed.” This illusion to the nutmeg has reference to the magician’s cup-and-ball trick; nutmegs frequently being used instead of cork balls. Houdin describes Bosco’s stage as follows:

Bosco was an amazing performer of the cup-and-ball trick. He was also highly skilled with cards and coins. He traveled all across Europe. On April 27, 1836, he performed in front of Marie Louise, the widow of Napoleon I. His unique and catchy name has become synonymous in France with trickery, both in magic and politics. The politician Thiers was referred to as the “Bosco of the Tribune.” Many of Bartolomeo Bosco’s imitators took on his name. Today, there’s a French magician touring the music halls of Europe who goes by Bosco. The original Bosco, like Alexander Herrmann, often promoted himself by putting on impromptu shows of his talent in cafés, stage coaches, hotels, and so on. He was incredibly good at this. A Parisian newspaper announced one of his performances: “The famous Bosco, who can make a house disappear as easily as a nutmeg, is set to perform in Paris, featuring some miraculous tricks.” This reference to nutmeg pertains to the magician’s cup-and-ball trick, as nutmegs were often used instead of cork balls. Houdin describes Bosco’s stage as follows:

“I entered the little theatre and took my seat. According to the idea I had formed of a magician’s laboratory, I expected to find myself before a curtain whose large folds, when withdrawn, would display before my dazzled eyes a brilliant stage ornamented with apparatus worthy of the celebrity announced; but my illusions on this subject soon faded away.

“I walked into the small theater and took my seat. Based on what I imagined a magician’s lab to be like, I anticipated that, when the curtain was pulled back, I would see an impressive stage filled with equipment that matched the fame of the act; however, my expectations quickly faded.”

“A curtain had been considered superfluous, and the stage was open. Before me was a long three-storied sideboard, entirely covered with black serge. This lugubrious buffet was adorned with a number of wax candles, among which glistened the apparatus. At the topmost point of this strange étagère was a death’s-head, much surprised, I have no doubt, at finding itself at such a festival, and it quite produced the effect of a funeral service.

“A curtain was seen as unnecessary, so the stage was open. In front of me was a long three-storied sideboard, completely covered in black fabric. This gloomy buffet was decorated with several wax candles, among which shone various items. At the very top of this odd étagère was a skull, certainly surprised to find itself at such a celebration, and it really gave off the vibe of a funeral service.”

“In front of the stage, and near the spectators, was a table covered by a brown cloth, reaching to the ground, on which five brass cups were symmetrically arranged. Finally, above this table hung a copper ball, which strangely excited my curiosity.

“In front of the stage, and close to the audience, there was a table covered with a brown cloth that reached all the way to the ground. On it, five brass cups were arranged neatly. Above this table hung a copper ball that piqued my curiosity.”

“For the life of me I could not imagine what this was for, so I determined to wait till Bosco came to explain it. The silvery sound of a small bell put an end to my reverie, and Bosco appeared upon the stage.

“For the life of me I couldn’t figure out what this was for, so I decided to wait until Bosco showed up to explain it. The soft sound of a small bell broke my thoughts, and Bosco stepped onto the stage.

“The artiste wore a little black velvet jacket, fastened round the waist by a leathern belt of the same color. His sleeves were excessively short, and displayed a handsome arm. He had on loose black trousers, ornamented at the bottom with a ruche of lace, and a large white collar round his neck. This strange attire bore considerable resemblance to the classical costume of the Scapins in our plays. {170}

“The artist wore a small black velvet jacket, cinched at the waist with a leather belt of the same color. His sleeves were very short and showed off a nice arm. He had on loose black pants, decorated at the bottom with a ruffle of lace, and a large white collar around his neck. This unusual outfit looked quite a bit like the classic costume of the Scapins in our plays. {170}

“After making a majestic bow to his audience, the celebrated conjurer walked silently and with measured steps up to the famous copper ball. After convincing himself it was solidly hung, he took up his wand, which he wiped with a white handkerchief, as if to remove any foreign influence; then, with imperturbable gravity, he struck the ball thrice with it, pronouncing, amid the most solemn silence, this imperious sentence: Spiriti mei infernali, obedite. {171}

“After making an elegant bow to his audience, the famous magician walked quietly and deliberately up to the well-known copper ball. Once he confirmed it was securely hung, he picked up his wand, which he wiped with a white handkerchief, almost as if to eliminate any outside interference; then, with unwavering seriousness, he struck the ball three times with it, stating, in the deepest silence, this commanding phrase: Spiriti mei infernali, obedite. {171}

Houdini AT THE GRAVE OF BOSCO.
(From a Photograph in the Possession of Dr. Saram R. Ellison, New York City.)

“I, like a simpleton, scarce breathed in my expectation of some miraculous result, but it was only an innocent pleasantry, a simple introduction to the performance with the cups.”

“I, like a fool, barely breathed as I waited for some miraculous result, but it was just an innocent joke, a simple introduction to the act with the cups.”

After many wanderings Bartolomeo Bosco laid down his magic wand in Dresden, March 2, 1862. He lies buried in a cemetery on Friederichstrasse. Mr. Harry Houdini, the American conjurer, located the grave on October 23, 1903. Upon the tombstone is carved the insignia of Bosco’s profession—a cup-and-ball and a wand. They are encircled by a wreath of laurel. Says Mr. Houdini, in a letter to Mahatma: “I found the head of the wand missing. Looking into the tall grass near by I discovered the broken tip.” This relic he presented to Dr. Saram R. Ellison, of New York (1904). The tombstone bears the following inscription: Ici répose le célèbre Bartolomeo Bosco . . . Ne à Turin le 11 Janvier, 1793; décédé à Dresden le 2 Mars, 1862. Madame Bosco was interred in the same grave with her husband, but no mention of her is made on the stone. The small plot of ground where the grave is situated was leased for a term of years. That term had long expired when Mr. Houdini discovered the last resting place of Bosco. It was offered for sale. In the event of its purchase the remains of the conjurer and his wife would have been transferred to a section of the cemetery set apart for the neglected dead. But Houdini prevented all future possibility of this by buying the lot in fee. He then deeded it to the Society of American Magicians.

After many travels, Bartolomeo Bosco put down his magic wand in Dresden on March 2, 1862. He is buried in a cemetery on Friederichstrasse. Mr. Harry Houdini, the American magician, found the grave on October 23, 1903. The tombstone features the symbol of Bosco’s profession—a cup-and-ball and a wand, encircled by a laurel wreath. In a letter to Mahatma, Mr. Houdini writes: “I found the head of the wand missing. Looking into the tall grass nearby, I discovered the broken tip.” He gave this relic to Dr. Saram R. Ellison in New York (1904). The tombstone has the following inscription: Ici répose le célèbre Bartolomeo Bosco . . . Ne à Turin le 11 Janvier, 1793; décédé à Dresden le 2 Mars, 1862. Madame Bosco was buried in the same grave as her husband, but there’s no mention of her on the stone. The small piece of land where the grave is located was leased for a number of years. That lease had long expired by the time Mr. Houdini found Bosco's final resting place. It was put up for sale. If it had been sold, the remains of the magician and his wife would have been moved to a section of the cemetery designated for the neglected dead. However, Houdini prevented this by buying the lot outright. He then gifted it to the Society of American Magicians.

ANDERSON.

John Henry Anderson was born in Aberdeenshire, Scotland, July 14, 1814. He began life as an actor. After witnessing a performance in England by Signor Blitz, his mind was struck with the resources of magic as a means of entertaining the public, and adding to his own exchequer. So he abandoned the histrionic stage for conjuring, though he occasionally performed in melodrama as a side issue. He was very fine in the title rôle of “Rob Roy,” and as William, in “Black-eyed Susan.” His professional sobriquet in his early career was that of the “Calidonian Necromancer.” On one occasion he gave an exhibition {172} of his skill at Abbotsford, and the genial Sir Walter Scott said to him, “They call me the ‘Wizard of the North,’ but this is a mistake—it is you, not I, who best deserve the title.” Mr. Anderson was not slow in adopting the suggestion of the Wizard of the Pen, and ever after called himself the Great Wizard of the North.

John Henry Anderson was born in Aberdeenshire, Scotland, on July 14, 1814. He started his career as an actor. After seeing a performance in England by Signor Blitz, he was inspired by the possibilities of magic as a way to entertain the public and boost his income. So, he left the acting stage to focus on magic, although he still occasionally performed in melodrama on the side. He excelled in the title role of “Rob Roy” and as William in “Black-eyed Susan.” In his early career, he was known as the “Caledonian Necromancer.” One time, he showcased his skills at Abbotsford, and the friendly Sir Walter Scott remarked, “They call me the ‘Wizard of the North,’ but that’s a mistake—it’s you, not me, who truly deserves the title.” Mr. Anderson quickly embraced the suggestion from the Wizard of the Pen and thereafter referred to himself as the Great Wizard of the North.

He displayed a great collection of apparatus, which he described as “a most gorgeous and costly apparatus of solid silver, the mysterious mechanical construction of which is upon a secret principle, hitherto unknown in Europe.” He claimed to have been the inventor of the gun trick, but this was not so, as Torrini and others exhibited it on the Continent in the latter {173} part of the 18th century. All that Anderson did was to invent his own peculiar method of working the illusion. “The extraordinary mystery of the trick,” he said, “is not effected by the aid of any accomplice, or by inserting a tube in the muzzle of the gun, or by other conceivable devices (as the public frequently, and in some instances, correctly imagine), but any gentleman may really load the gun in the usual manner, inserting, himself, a marked real leaden ball! The gun being then fired off at the Wizard, he will instantly produce and exhibit the same bullet in his hand.” The marked leaden bullet, however, was exchanged for one composed of an amalgam of tinfoil and quicksilver, which was as heavy as lead, but was broken into bits and dispersed in firing. He once played a private engagement at the Winter Palace, St. Petersburg, before the Czar Nicholas and a brilliant audience of Grand Dukes and Grand Duchesses. His exhibition of second sight was an excellent one. He was asked by the Czar to describe the watch he had in his pocket. To the profound astonishment of the Emperor, Anderson announced that it was encircled with one hundred and twenty brilliants around its face, and a portrait on enamel of the Emperor Paul at the back. He also said that the watch carried by the Empress did not go, which was a fact, it being a very old one, a relic of Peter the Great. It was only worn as an ornament. The wizard never claimed supernatural powers. He undoubtedly obtained his information about the chronometers from some member of the Czar’s household, and worked upon the imag­i­na­tion and credulity of the spectators.

He showcased an impressive collection of equipment, which he referred to as “a stunning and expensive set of solid silver machinery, built on a secret principle that has never been seen in Europe.” He claimed he invented the gun trick, but that wasn't true, as Torrini and others had already performed it on the Continent in the latter part of the 18th century. All Anderson did was create his own unique way of executing the illusion. “The remarkable secret of the trick,” he said, “is not done with the help of any accomplice, or by putting a tube in the muzzle of the gun, or by any other conceivable methods (as the public often guesses, sometimes correctly), but any gentleman can actually load the gun normally, inserting a marked real lead bullet himself! Once the gun is fired at the Wizard, he will immediately produce and show the same bullet in his hand.” However, the marked lead bullet was swapped for one made of a mix of tinfoil and quicksilver, which was as heavy as lead but shattered into pieces when fired. He once performed privately at the Winter Palace in St. Petersburg, in front of Czar Nicholas and an impressive audience of Grand Dukes and Grand Duchesses. His demonstration of second sight was outstanding. The Czar asked him to describe the watch he had in his pocket. To the deep astonishment of the Emperor, Anderson revealed that it was adorned with one hundred and twenty diamonds around its face, and had an enamel portrait of Emperor Paul on the back. He also mentioned that the Empress's watch didn’t work, which was true, as it was very old, a relic from Peter the Great. It was only worn as decoration. The wizard never claimed to have supernatural abilities. He likely got his information about the watches from someone in the Czar’s household and played on the imagination and gullibility of the audience.

Anderson had an indomitable spirit which no misfortune could daunt. He received the “bludgeonings of Fate” like a hero, and was “Captain of his soul” through a thousand and one vicissitudes of life. He built on Glasgow Green one of the largest theatres in Scotland, and it was burnt to the ground, three months after its erection. A fortune was lost in the terrible fire. In 1851 he came to America and met with unbounded success. Returning to England in 1856, he engaged Covent Garden Theatre. In March of that year this great play-house was destroyed by fire, and Anderson lost his splendid and costly {174} apparatus. On top of this disaster came the bankruptcy of the Royal British Bank, and that event completely swallowed up the remains of the wizard’s fortune. But he was undaunted. Borrowing funds from his friends, he bought new paraphernalia, and toured the world. After an absence of five years he returned to England, January 11, 1863. He had traveled 235,000 miles and “had passed through his hands the enormous sum of £157,000 sterling.” He died at Darlington, Scotland, on Tuesday, February 3, 1874. In accordance with a wish expressed during his last illness, he was buried at Aberdeen, in the same grave with his beloved mother. No inscription on the tombstone records the fact that the Wizard of the North lies beneath.

Anderson had an unstoppable spirit that no misfortune could shake. He faced the “bludgeonings of Fate” like a hero and was the “Captain of his soul” through countless ups and downs in life. He built one of the largest theatres in Scotland on Glasgow Green, but it burned down just three months after it was built. A fortune was lost in that terrible fire. In 1851, he came to America and found immense success. When he returned to England in 1856, he took over Covent Garden Theatre. In March of that year, this grand theater was destroyed by fire, and Anderson lost his impressive and expensive {174} equipment. To make matters worse, the bankruptcy of the Royal British Bank wiped out the remains of his fortune. But he didn’t give up. He borrowed money from friends, bought new equipment, and toured the world. After being away for five years, he returned to England on January 11, 1863. He had traveled 235,000 miles and “had passed through his hands the enormous sum of £157,000 sterling.” He died in Darlington, Scotland, on Tuesday, February 3, 1874. Following a wish he expressed during his last illness, he was buried in Aberdeen, in the same grave as his beloved mother. No inscription on the tombstone states that the Wizard of the North lies beneath.

What was the secret of Anderson’s success?

What was the secret to Anderson's success?

He was not a great magician in the sense of the word—that is to say, an adept at legerdemain, an original creative genius like Houdin, Robin, and the elder Herrmann. But he was an actor who played the role of necromancer with great effect. He surrounded himself with costly and brilliant apparatus which dazzled the eyes of the groundlings. His baggage weighed tons and filled many trunks and boxes. He believed in heavy artillery, like Napoleon I. The dashing Hussar style was not his. That branch of conjuring belongs to Frikell and De Kolta. Strange to say, in spite of the revolution in the art of magic since Anderson’s day, we are coming back to the big paraphernalia of the old school. The public is tired of small tricks. A discussion of this subject will be found in the article on Frikell.

He wasn't a great magician in the traditional sense—meaning he wasn't a master of sleight of hand or a unique creative genius like Houdin, Robin, or the older Herrmann. But he was an actor who effectively played the part of a sorcerer. He surrounded himself with expensive and flashy props that dazzled the eyes of the audience. His gear weighed a ton and filled multiple trunks and boxes. He believed in having heavy artillery, much like Napoleon I. The flashy Hussar style was not for him. That style of magic belonged to Frikell and De Kolta. Oddly enough, despite the changes in the art of magic since Anderson's time, we're seeing a return to the large props of the old school. The audience is tired of small tricks. A discussion of this subject can be found in the article on Frikell.

I doubt whether a greater advertiser than Anderson ever lived. Bosco cannot be compared to him. Alexander Herrmann depended on his social qualities and his laughable adventures in street cars, cafés, and clubs to boom his reputation. Anderson adopted the methods of the patent-medicine manufacturers. He would have made an excellent advance agent for a new panacea. He literally plastered the streets and walls of London with his advertising devices. Some of them were highly ingenious and amusing and kept the public on the qui vive with excitement. In this line of puffing, people are willing to overlook charlatanry. One of his posters was a caricature imitation of the famous {175} painting, “Napoleon’s Return from Elba.” It was of gigantic size. Houdin describes it and other advertising schemes as follows:

I doubt there’s ever been a better advertiser than Anderson. You can’t even compare him to Bosco. Alexander Herrmann relied on his social skills and his funny stories from streetcars, cafés, and clubs to build his reputation. Anderson used the strategies of patent-medicine companies. He would have been a fantastic advance agent for a new miracle cure. He literally covered the streets and walls of London with his ads. Some were really clever and entertaining, keeping the public buzzing with excitement. In this kind of promotion, people tend to overlook any deceit. One of his posters was a caricatured take on the famous painting, “Napoleon’s Return from Elba.” It was enormous. Houdin describes it and other advertising schemes like this:

“In the foreground Anderson was seen affecting the attitude of the great man; above his head fluttered an enormous banner, bearing the words ‘The Wonder of the World,’ while, behind him, and somewhat lost in the shade, the Emperor of Russia and several other monarchs stood in a respectful posture. As in the original picture, the fanatic admirers of the Wizard embraced his knees, while an immense crowd received him triumphantly. In the distance could be seen the equestrian statue of the Iron Duke, who, hat in hand, bowed before him, the Great Wizard; and, lastly, the very dome of St. Paul’s bent towards him most humbly.

“In the foreground, Anderson was striking a pose like a great leader; above him, an enormous banner waved with the words ‘The Wonder of the World.’ Behind him, somewhat hidden in the shadows, stood the Emperor of Russia and several other kings, all in a respectful position. As in the original image, passionate fans of the Wizard were clinging to his knees, while a huge crowd welcomed him like a hero. In the distance, you could see the equestrian statue of the Iron Duke, who, hat in hand, bowed to him, the Great Wizard; and finally, even the dome of St. Paul’s leaned towards him in the most humble manner.”

“At the bottom was the inscription,

“At the bottom was the inscription,

‘RETURN OF THE NAPOLEON OF NECROMANCY.’

“Regarded seriously, this picture would be found a puff in very bad taste: but, as a caricature, it is excessively comic. Besides, it had the double result of making the London public laugh, and bringing a great number of shillings into the skillful puffer’s pockets.

“Seriously considered, this picture would be seen as a tasteless puff piece: but as a caricature, it’s incredibly funny. Additionally, it had the dual effect of making the London audience laugh and filling the clever puff artist's pockets with a lot of cash.”

“When Anderson is about to leave a town where he has exhausted all his resources, and has nothing more to hope, he still contrives to make one more enormous haul.

“When Anderson is about to leave a town where he has run out of all his resources and has nothing left to hope for, he still manages to pull off one last huge win.”

“He orders from the first jeweller in the town a silver vase, worth twenty or twenty-five pounds; he hires, for one evening only, the largest theatre or room in the town, and announces that in the Wizard’s parting performance the spectators will compete to make the best pun.

“He orders a silver vase from the top jeweler in town, worth twenty or twenty-five pounds; he rents the largest theater or room in town for one evening only, and announces that during the Wizard’s farewell performance, the audience will compete to come up with the best pun.”

“The silver vase is to be the prize of the victor.

“The silver vase will be the prize for the winner.

“A jury is chosen among the chief people of the town to decide with the public on the merits of each pun.

“A jury is selected from the prominent people in town to determine, along with the public, the value of each pun.

“It is agreed that they will applaud if they think a pun good; they will say nothing to a passable one, but groan at a bad one.

“It’s agreed that they will cheer if they think a pun is good; they won’t say anything about a decent one, but they'll groan at a bad one."

“The room is always crowded, for people come less to see the performance, which they know by heart, than to display their wit publicly. Each makes his jest, and receives a greeting more or less favorable; and, lastly, the vase is decreed to the cleverest among them. {176}

The room is always packed because people show up less to watch the performance, which they already know by heart, than to showcase their own wit. Everyone shares their jokes and gets a reaction that ranges from lukewarm to enthusiastic; in the end, a prize is given to the funniest one among them. {176}

“Any other than Anderson would be satisfied with the enormous receipts his performance produces; but the Great Wizard of the North has not finished yet. Before the audience leaves the house he states that a short-hand writer has been hired by him to take down all the puns, and that they will be published as a Miscellany.

“Anyone other than Anderson would be happy with the huge earnings his performance brings in; but the Great Wizard of the North isn’t done yet. Before the audience exits the venue, he announces that he has hired a shorthand writer to record all the puns, and that they will be published as a Miscellany.”

“As each spectator who has made a joke likes to see it in print, he purchases a copy of the book for a shilling. An idea of the number of these copies may be formed from the number of puns they contain. I have one of these books in my possession, printed in Glasgow in 1850, in which there are 1091 of these facetiæ.”

“As each person who tells a joke wants to see it in print, they buy a copy of the book for a shilling. You can get an idea of how many copies exist from the number of puns in them. I have one of these books, printed in Glasgow in 1850, which contains 1,091 of these jokes.”

Here is one of Anderson’s typical programmes, dated 1854:

Here is one of Anderson’s typical programs, dated 1854:

MUSIC HALL, LEEDS

WINNING!!
20,139 of the inhabitants of Leeds have SURRENDERED to Marshal Professor Anderson during the past Fortnight.

LAST 11 NIGHTS
OF THE POWERFUL WIZARD

AMAZING EXCITEMENT!
ALL LEADS MORE ASTONISHED THAN THE
RUSSIANS WERE AT SEBASTOPOL!
☛-INDEX In order to avoid being incommoded, Visitors to the Front Seats are respectfully requested to secure places at the Hall during the day.

PROFESSOR ANDERSON
Begs respectfully to inform the inhabitants of Leeds, that in consequence of having made arrangements to perform in St. George’s Hall, Bradford, on Monday, October 23rd, he cannot possibly appear in Leeds after Saturday, October 21st.—The following will be the order of
The Last Eleven Days of Wonders
This Evening, MONDAY, Oct. 9th, 1854, LAST NIGHT but 10.
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10th, LAST NIGHT BUT 9.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11th, LAST NIGHT BUT 8.
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12th, LAST NIGHT BUT 7.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13th, LAST NIGHT BUT 6.
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14th, LAST NIGHT BUT 5.
MONDAY, OCTOBER 16th, LAST NIGHT BUT 4.
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17th, LAST NIGHT BUT 3.
(Wednesday, October 18th, No Performance, the Hall being pre-engaged.)
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19th, LAST NIGHT BUT 2.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20th, LAST NIGHT BUT 1.
And SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21st, THE LAST GRAND AND FINAL
FAREWELL NIGHT! {177}

☛-INDEX REMEMBER, you won’t see anyone like him again!
PROGRAM
Professor Anderson begs to inform his Patrons that his performances are not Superhuman, as supposed, but the result of Science, applied in a new way to produce the delusive results, in connection with his Ambidexterological Powers, which make the “Eyes the fools o’ the other senses,” and will this evening be the “Head and front of his offending.”
The Destruction and Recovery
OR GRAND HYDRAULIC TEST,
THE SCRAPBOOK
With Original and Yankee Scraps demonstrating the efficiency of space.
Second Sight or Clairvoyance
With the Crystal Casket, commonly known as the Devil’s Box.
THE GREAT CHEMICAL ANALYSIS with Evaporating Handkerchiefs
OH! MY HAT!
Great Potpourri of Handkerchiefs in the Magic Laundry, and __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
THAT BOTTLE
BRANDY,
SCOTCH WHISKEY,
GENEVA,
IRISH WHISKEY,
RUM,
ENGLISH GIN,
The New Cradle, or Mesmeric Sleep,
Strongly recommended for the Nursery, where there are “squalls.”

INTERVAL OF TEN MINUTES
During the Interval, the Wizard’s Handbook of Magic, price 1s., with an explanation of upwards of 250 Magical Delusions, an Exposee of Gambling, Spirit Rapping, Table Turning, &c., illustrated with upwards of 100 Diagrams, &c., showing the construction of the necessary Apparatus; ALSO, The Wizard in Paris, being Professor Anderson’s Narrative of a Recent Visit to the French Capital, descriptive of the place, and throwing new light upon the people.—A guide for all who are going there, and a pleasant book for those who have been. May be had of Professor Anderson’s Assistants

The Wizard will again enter his “PSYCHOMANTEUM,” and commence Part Two with his Great
MECHANICAL AUTOMATON
Or FORTUNE TELLER, in connection with the SPIRIT RAPPING BELL and TABLE!
Although the Wizard is not a great Orator or Lecturer, he will deliver a few remarks on what is called
SPIRITUALISM!
Or Humbug of the First Water, proving that there are still greater humbugs in England than himself, for which he is very sorry, he thinking that he was the Ne Plus Ultra in that particular line of business.
ANIMAL CHARM?
THE AMAZING WATCH EXPERIENCE
Proving the thickness of some skulls, with the Astounding Miracle, “Anderson’s” (not Pandora’s) Box. The whole of this Unparalleled Entertainment will conclude with the
Magic Evaporation, or Disappearance Extraordinary
{178}

BLITZ.

Signor Antonio Blitz was born June 21, 1810, in a little village of Moravia. At an early age he picked up, unknown to anyone, “a few adroit tricks from certain gypsies, who visited his native town.” He began to exhibit these feats for the amusement of himself and friends. He made his professional début at Hamburg when but thirteen years of age, and was known to the public as the “mysterious boy.” His first appearance in this country was at the Music Hall, Broadway, New York. He had many imitators. Not less than thirteen people traveled the United States using his name, circulating a verbatim copy of his handbill and advertisement—“not only assuming to be the original Blitz, but in many instances claiming to be a son or nephew.” “I have been,” says Blitz, in his memoirs, Fifty Years in the Magic Circle, (Hartford, Conn., 1871), “in constant receipt of bills of their contracting, for, not content with taking my name, they have not even honor enough to pay their debts.” The thirteen impostors exhibited under the following and other names:

Signor Antonio Blitz was born on June 21, 1810, in a small village in Moravia. At a young age, he secretly learned “a few clever tricks from some gypsies who visited his hometown.” He started showcasing these tricks for his own entertainment and for his friends. He made his professional debut in Hamburg at just thirteen years old, and he became known to the public as the “mysterious boy.” His first performance in this country was at the Music Hall on Broadway in New York. He had many imitators. At least thirteen people traveled across the United States using his name, distributing a word-for-word copy of his handbill and advertisement—“not only pretending to be the original Blitz but, in many cases, claiming to be a son or nephew.” “I have been,” says Blitz in his memoirs, Fifty Years in the Magic Circle, (Hartford, Conn., 1871), “constantly receiving bills for their contracts, for they are not satisfied with just taking my name; they lack even the decency to pay their debts.” The thirteen impostors performed under the following and other names:

  • Signor Blitz.
  • Signor Blitz, Jr.
  • Signor Blitz, The Original.
  • Signor Blitz’s Son.
  • Signor Blitz’s Nephew.
  • Signor Blitz, The Wonderful.
  • Signor Blitz, The Great.
  • Signor Blitz, The Unrivalled.
  • Signor Blitz, The Mysterious.
  • Signor Blitz, By Purchase.
  • Signor Blitz, The Great Original.

Blitz was not only a magician, but a ventriloquist and trainer of birds. He relates an amusing encounter with the great but eccentric genius, the Italian violinist, Paganini, whose romantic life is known to all lovers of music. The adventure took place in the city of Glasgow, Scotland, where Paganini was giving a concert. Says Blitz: “He, Paganini, was tall and awkward-looking, cadaverous in features, ungainly in form, with long {179} black hair, said to be very wealthy, and characterized as extremely penurious. No instance was ever known of his contributing a penny to the distressed, or to a benevolent institution. One morning I called and found him quietly seated in his room alone. After conversing with him a short time I noticed his violin case lying upon the table, when suddenly the cry of a child issued from therein.

Blitz was not only a magician but also a ventriloquist and bird trainer. He shares a funny story about the great but quirky genius, the Italian violinist, Paganini, whose romantic life is familiar to all music lovers. This adventure happened in Glasgow, Scotland, where Paganini was performing a concert. Blitz says: “He, Paganini, was tall and awkward-looking, with skeletal features and an ungainly frame, long black hair, rumored to be very wealthy, yet known for being extremely stingy. There was never any evidence of him giving a dime to those in need or to charitable organizations. One morning, I visited him and found him quietly sitting alone in his room. After chatting for a bit, I noticed his violin case on the table, and suddenly, I heard the cry of a child coming from inside it.”

Play BILL.
(From the Collection of Mr. Ellis Stanyon, London, England.)
{180}

“ ‘Who is that?’ said Paganini, quickly looking around.

“‘Who is that?’ Paganini said, quickly looking around.”

“ ‘It is me, with the babe,’ answered a womanly voice.

“ ‘It’s me, with the baby,’ replied a feminine voice.

“ ‘My God! what is this?’ inquired the astonished violinist.

“ My God! What is this?” asked the astonished violinist.

“ ‘You well know,’ plaintively answered the woman, at the same time the infant again commenced crying.

“‘You know very well,’ the woman replied sadly, just as the baby started crying again.

“ ‘We know you are a bad woman,’ vehemently declared the excited man.

“‘We know you’re a bad woman,’ the excited man exclaimed passionately.”

“ ‘And did you not make me so, you old Italian fiddler?’

“‘And didn't you make me this way, you old Italian fiddler?’”

“After this there was apparently a commotion in the box, when Paganini became alarmed and was about to leave the room when I unmasked myself and explained that he had been a victim to the vagaries of ventriloquism; which, on hearing, delighted him prodigiously, and grasping me by the hand he exclaimed, ‘Bravo, Signor!—bravo!’ ”

“After this, there was clearly a stir in the audience. Paganini got anxious and was about to leave the room when I revealed myself and explained that he had fallen victim to the tricks of ventriloquism. Hearing this thrilled him immensely, and as he shook my hand, he exclaimed, ‘Bravo, Signor!—bravo!’”

Signor Blitz retired from the stage with a fortune and settled in Philadelphia. His home was on Green street near 18th street. He taught magic and gave private entertainments for some years before his death, which took place February, 1877. One of his daughters was the famous opera singer, Madame Vanzant, who at the present writing lives in Europe. These facts I obtained from Mr. Thomas Yost.

Signor Blitz retired from the stage wealthy and settled in Philadelphia. His home was on Green Street near 18th Street. He taught magic and held private performances for several years before his death, which happened in February 1877. One of his daughters was the renowned opera singer, Madame Vanzant, who currently resides in Europe. I got this information from Mr. Thomas Yost.

ALEXANDER.

Alexander Heimbürger was born December 4, 1819, in Germany. He performed under the nom de théâtre of Herr Alexander. He toured Europe, North and South America with great success for a number of years, and retired to his native land with a large fortune. He is at present residing at Munster, an old man of eighty-four, with snow-white hair and beard, and bent over with age. He was long supposed to be dead by the fraternity of magicians, but Mr. Houdini, in his tour of Germany in 1903, discovered that he still lived, and his whereabouts. Alexander had many strange stories to relate of his adventures in America and other places. He was personally acquainted with Houdin, Frikell, Bosco, Anderson, Blitz, the original Bamberg of Amsterdam, etc. He performed several times at the White House before President Polk, and hobnobbed with Henry Clay, Webster and Calhoun. {181} With letters from Polk he visited Brazil, and was admitted into the most aristocratic circles. On leaving New York in 1847 he was presented with a heavy gold medal, cast in the United States Mint at Washington. This medal has his portrait on one side, and on the reverse the following inscription:

Alexander Heimbürger was born on December 4, 1819, in Germany. He performed under the stage name Herr Alexander. He toured Europe, North and South America with great success for several years and eventually returned to his homeland with a significant fortune. He currently lives in Munster as an eighty-four-year-old man with snow-white hair and beard, stooped with age. For a long time, the magic community believed he was dead, but Mr. Houdini, during his tour of Germany in 1903, discovered that he was still alive and where he was located. Alexander had many fascinating stories to share about his adventures in America and other places. He was personally acquainted with Houdin, Frikell, Bosco, Anderson, Blitz, the original Bamberg from Amsterdam, and others. He performed several times at the White House for President Polk and socialized with Henry Clay, Webster, and Calhoun. {181} With letters from Polk, he visited Brazil and was welcomed into the most elite circles. Upon leaving New York in 1847, he was awarded a heavy gold medal, minted at the United States Mint in Washington. This medal has his portrait on one side, and on the reverse, it bears the following inscription:

“Presented to Herr Alexander as a token of esteem from his friends. New York, 1847.”

“Presented to Mr. Alexander as a sign of appreciation from his friends. New York, 1847.”

ALEXANDER HHEIMBÜRGER.

Mr. Houdini writes as follows about the old magician (Mahatma, June, 1903): “He was a welcome guest at the Palace of the King of Brazil. He showed me letters to him from King Pedro II and his wife, dated Brazil, 1850. After an absence of ten years from his native country he returned, and married. He is blessed with six children, two sons and four daughters. {182} One is in New York at the present time. While in New York, Alexander was approached by an illusionist named Orzini, who had a cabinet of mystery. He was in hard circumstances and came to Alexander for assistance. The genial German gave him ten dollars. Orzini secured an engagement at the Park Theatre, but alas, only played one night, as his act did not suit, so he was closed after his first performance. Said Alexander to me, and the statement caused me infinite surprise: ‘This Orzini was the man who threw the bomb at Napoleon III in Paris, trying to kill the Emperor, but was himself killed; also blowing up several bystanders, and wounding the horses of Napoleon’s carriage. The reporters discovered that Orzini had just arrived from America, and in his lodgings they found some kind of a mysterious glass house, which must have been the Illusion Cabinet. In this affair Napoleon escaped with his life and a few scratches.’ ”

Mr. Houdini writes as follows about the old magician (Mahatma, June 1903): “He was a welcome guest at the Palace of the King of Brazil. He showed me letters addressed to him from King Pedro II and his wife, dated Brazil, 1850. After being away from his home country for ten years, he returned and got married. He is now blessed with six children: two sons and four daughters. {182} One of them is currently in New York. While in New York, Alexander was approached by an illusionist named Orzini, who had a mystery cabinet. He was in tough times and came to Alexander for help. The friendly German gave him ten dollars. Orzini managed to secure a gig at the Park Theatre, but unfortunately, he only performed for one night, as his act wasn’t a good fit, so he was let go after his first performance. Alexander told me, and I was very surprised by the statement: ‘This Orzini was the man who threw a bomb at Napoleon III in Paris, trying to kill the Emperor, but was killed himself; he also injured several bystanders and wounded the horses of Napoleon’s carriage. Reporters found out that Orzini had just arrived from America, and they discovered some sort of mysterious glass house in his lodgings, which must have been the Illusion Cabinet. In this incident, Napoleon escaped with his life and a few scratches.’”

This is a strange story. I am of the opinion that Herr Alexander is laboring under a mistake in trying to identify the illusionist Orzini with the celebrated revolutionist Orsini. In the first place, there is the different spelling of the names—“Orzini” and “Orsini”; but Mr. Houdini may have incorrectly reported Alexander in this respect. There is no record of Orsini having come to the United States. Again, he was not killed in the attempted assassination of Napoleon III, in the rue Lepelletier, Paris, January 14, 1858. He was captured and suffered imprisonment, and was guillotined March 13, 1858. While in prison he wrote his memoirs.

This is a strange story. I believe that Herr Alexander is making a mistake by trying to link the illusionist Orzini with the famous revolutionary Orsini. First of all, the names are spelled differently—“Orzini” and “Orsini”; however, Mr. Houdini may have reported Alexander incorrectly in this regard. There’s no record of Orsini ever coming to the United States. Furthermore, he wasn’t killed during the attempted assassination of Napoleon III on January 14, 1858, in the rue Lepelletier, Paris. He was captured, imprisoned, and then guillotined on March 13, 1858. While he was in prison, he wrote his memoirs.

Herr Alexander is the author of a work entitled Der Moderne Zauberer (“The Modern Magician”).

Herr Alexander is the author of a work titled Der Moderne Zauberer (“The Modern Magician”).

FRIKELL.

Prof. WILJALBA FRIKELL’S Christmas ENTERTAINMENT.
(As Exhibited Before Queen Victoria at Windsor Castle.)

Wiljalba Frikell was born in Scopio, a village of Finland, in 1818. His family was well-to-do and gave him advantages in the way of education. He graduated at the High School of Munich in 1840, in his twenty-second year. During his scholastic days he became interested in legerdemain, and read with avidity every work on the subject he could find. He attended {183} the performances of all conjurers who came to Munich. Refusing to study for one of the learned professions, greatly to the disappointment of his parents, he went on the stage, and visited the principal cities of Europe, after which he journeyed to Egypt. In the land of the pyramids Frikell had the honor of performing before Mehemit Ali, who presented him with a gold medal. Returning to Europe he visited Greece, Italy, and Spain. Subsequently he went to India and investigated the thaumaturgy of the fakirs. He made his first appearance in London in 1851, and performed before Queen Victoria and the Royal Family, at Windsor Castle. His broken German and peculiarity of manner caused him to be described by Punch as “a comic Charles Matthews.” The same journal also compared him to “a monster raven in full dress for evening party.” His success was marked. The Czar of Russia presented Frikell with a diamond ring of great value, and the King of Denmark made him a Knight of Dannebrog. Just when this remarkable man retired from the stage I have been unable to ascertain. In his old age he became {184} a recluse and denied himself to visitors. In fact, it was supposed by the profession that he was dead, until Mr. Houdini discovered his whereabouts in Krotschenbroda, a few miles from Dresden, Germany, February, 1903, and called at his villa, but did not succeed in obtaining an interview. Nine months later Frikell died. He contemplated writing his memoirs à la Robert-Houdin, but, alas, death cut short the undertaking. That they would have been extremely entertaining and full of curious incidents of travel, admits of no doubt. An extract from a letter written by Mr. Houdini to his American friend, H. S. Thompson, of Chicago, will prove of interest to the reader.

Wiljalba Frikell was born in Scopio, a village in Finland, in 1818. His family was well-off and provided him with a good education. He graduated from the High School of Munich in 1840, at the age of twenty-two. During his school years, he became interested in magic and eagerly read every book on the subject he could find. He attended performances by all the magicians who came to Munich. Rejecting the idea of studying for a traditional profession, much to his parents' disappointment, he chose to go on stage and traveled to major cities across Europe, then made his way to Egypt. While in the land of the pyramids, Frikell had the honor of performing for Mehemit Ali, who awarded him a gold medal. After returning to Europe, he visited Greece, Italy, and Spain. He later traveled to India to explore the magic of the fakirs. He made his first appearance in London in 1851 and performed before Queen Victoria and the Royal Family at Windsor Castle. His broken German and unique mannerisms led Punch to describe him as “a comic Charles Matthews.” The magazine also likened him to “a monster raven in full evening attire.” He enjoyed significant success. The Czar of Russia gifted Frikell a valuable diamond ring, and the King of Denmark made him a Knight of Dannebrog. I haven't been able to find out exactly when this remarkable man retired from the stage. In his later years, he became a recluse and stopped accepting visitors. In fact, people in the profession thought he was dead until Mr. Houdini found him living in Krotschenbroda, just a few miles from Dresden, Germany, in February 1903, and visited his villa, but was unable to meet him. Frikell passed away nine months later. He had considered writing his memoirs in the style of Robert-Houdin, but unfortunately, death cut that project short. There's no doubt that they would have been highly entertaining and filled with fascinating travel stories. An excerpt from a letter written by Mr. Houdini to his American friend, H. S. Thompson, in Chicago, will be of interest to the reader.

“Dresden, Oct. 20, 1903.

“Dresden, Oct. 20, 1903.

“I have some news for you that may be of interest. You may remember that I sought an interview last February with Dr. Wiljalba Frikell, but was unable to meet him. Since then we have been in correspondence, and he wrote me that if I ever came to Dresden he would be pleased to see me. On arriving in Dresden I sent him word that I would call upon him on October 10th last. I accordingly went to the Villa Frikell about 1 o’clock, and you can imagine with what sorrow and astonishment I learned that Dr. Frikell had died of heart failure three hours before. He was awaiting my arrival at the time. Fate willed it that I should see Herr Frikell, but that we should not speak to each other.

“I have some news that might interest you. You might remember that I tried to arrange a meeting with Dr. Wiljalba Frikell last February, but we couldn't connect. Since then, we've been in contact, and he wrote to let me know he would be glad to see me if I ever came to Dresden. When I arrived in Dresden, I informed him I would visit on October 10th. I went to the Villa Frikell around 1 o’clock, and you can imagine how devastated and shocked I was to find out that Dr. Frikell had passed away from heart failure just three hours earlier. He was waiting for me at that moment. It was as if fate brought me near Herr Frikell, but we would not get to speak with each other.

“He was buried on October 13th. I attended the funeral and laid two large wreaths on his grave; one on behalf of the Society of American Magicians, and the other from myself. The S. A. M. wreath was the largest and handsomest there.

“He was buried on October 13th. I attended the funeral and placed two large wreaths on his grave; one was from the Society of American Magicians and the other was from me. The S. A. M. wreath was the biggest and most beautiful one there.

“Herr Frikell was 87 years old and had made all arrangements to live to 100. He always claimed he would live to over 100 years and would tell why he expected to reach that age. Too bad we could not have held a conversation ere he departed this life.

“Herr Frikell was 87 years old and had planned to live to 100. He always insisted he would reach over 100 years and would explain why he believed he would achieve that age. It’s a shame we couldn’t have had a conversation before he left this life.

“Sincerely yours,

“Sincerely yours,

“HARRY HOUDINI.”

“HARRY “HOUDINI.”

Frikell was an innovator in the art of magic. He dispensed with apparatus. In his Lessons in Magic, he says: “The use of complicated and cumbersome apparatus, to which modern conjurers have become addicted, not only greatly diminishes the amount of astonishment they are enabled to produce,—a defect which is not compensated by the external splendor and imposing effect of such paraphernalia,—but the useful lesson, how fallible our senses are, by means the most ordinary and at everybody’s command, is entirely lost. It has been my object {185} in my performances to restore the art to its original province, and to extend that to a degree which it has, I believe, never yet hitherto reached. I banish all such mechanical and scientific preparations from my own practice, confining myself for the most part to the objects and materials of every day life. The success I have met with emboldens me to believe that I have followed the right path.”

Frikell was a trailblazer in the art of magic. He did away with props. In his Lessons in Magic, he states: “The use of complicated and bulky props, which modern magicians have become addicted to, not only significantly reduces the amount of wonder they can create—a flaw that isn't made up for by the flashy appearance and grand effect of such gear—but the valuable lesson about how unreliable our senses can be, using the most ordinary methods available to everyone, is completely overlooked. It has been my goal {185} in my performances to bring the art back to its original purpose and to expand it to a level that I believe has never been achieved before. I eliminate all mechanical and scientific setups from my own work, mostly using everyday objects and materials. The success I’ve found gives me the confidence that I’m on the right track.”

There is more or less truth in what Frikell says. But one can go to extremes in the avoidance of magic paraphernalia. The happy course is the middle one—a combination of sleight of hand and apparatus. I quote, as follows, from an article by Prof. Hoffmann (Mahatma): “The scientific school of conjuring, of which Robert-Houdin was the originator, had its drawbacks. It involved the use of costly and cumbersome paraphernalia, which grew and grew in quantity, till we find Anderson, the Wizard of the North, traveling with seven tons of luggage! Further, a trick, which, like Robert-Houdin’s automatic figures, obviously depends upon ingenious mechanism, palls upon the spectator. Such figures, at the present day, would be no more regarded as magic than the Strasburg clock. Lastly his electrical tricks produced an extraordinary effect, because very few persons in his day were acquainted with the properties of electricity, but now that there are electric bells in every household, and electrical motor cars in every street, its magical prestige exists no longer.

There’s some truth in what Frikell says. But it’s possible to go too far in avoiding magic props. The best approach is a balanced one—a mix of sleight of hand and tools. I’ll quote from an article by Prof. Hoffmann (Mahatma): “The scientific school of magic, founded by Robert-Houdin, had its downsides. It required expensive and bulky props, which kept increasing in number, until we find Anderson, the Wizard of the North, traveling with seven tons of luggage! Also, a trick that relies on clever mechanics, like Robert-Houdin’s automatic figures, can become boring for the audience. Nowadays, those figures wouldn’t be seen as magic any more than the Strasbourg clock. Lastly, his electrical tricks had a huge impact because very few people at the time understood electricity, but now that there are electric bells in every home and electric cars on every street, their magical appeal is gone."

“Hence a reaction to a severer and simpler school of conjuring, of which Wiljalba Frikell was the earliest exponent, the school which professes, so far as the public is concerned, to work without apparatus and which in fact reduces its apparatus to the smallest possible dimensions. Many high class performers now give what is known in England as a ‘carpet bag’ show, and will keep an audience wonder bound for a couple of hours, using no more apparatus than can be carried in an ordinary gripsack.

“Hence a response to a stricter and simpler style of magic, of which Wiljalba Frikell was the first representative. This style claims to perform, at least to the public, without any props and actually minimizes its props to the smallest size possible. Many top performers today put on what is known in England as a ‘carpet bag’ show, captivating an audience for a couple of hours using no more equipment than can fit in an ordinary duffel bag.”

St. James Theatre
(London, 1854)
Professor Wiljalba Frikell
Appointed Physicien to their Majesties the Emperor and Empress of Russia
NEW ENTERTAINMENT OF
Physical and Natural Magic
(WITHOUT USING ANY EQUIPMENT)
Privilege
TWO HOURS OF ILLUSIONS
  • 1.—The Secret Power and Wonderful Appearance
  • 2.—You Shall and Must Laugh
  • 3.—The Drunken Bracelet
  • 4.—Something for Everybody and the Pleasant Pastime
  • 5.—Time in a Fix
INTERVAL
  • 1.—The Little Devil and the Secret Dispatch
  • 2.—Aladdin’s Magic Lamp
  • 3.—Grand Military Manœuvre, or the Courage of Prof. Frikell
  • 4.—Das Geheimnisz, and Flight in the Air
  • 5.—The Children’s Delight and Christmas Presents of Prof. Wiljalba Frikell
THE ABOVE IS A COPY OF ONE OF FRIKELL’S Programs.

“Broadly speaking this is undoubtedly an advance, for of two performers, the one who can produce by the magic of his own fingers the same degree of illusion for which the other needs elaborate apparatus, the former is surely the greater artist. But {187} the striving for simplicity may be overdone. The performer is apt to lose his feeling for breadth of effect, and to fritter away his skill over illusions too minute and too soon over to make any permanent impression. One of the most skilful sleight of hand performers we have ever seen throws away half the value of his work by going too fast, and producing small effects, individually brilliant, so rapidly that his audience has not time fairly to appreciate one before another is presented. The spectator, under such circumstances, takes away with him a mere blurred impression, rather than a clear mental photograph of what he has seen, and the show suffers in his estimation accordingly.

“Generally speaking, this is definitely an improvement, because among two performers, the one who can create the same level of illusion with just their own hands, while the other relies on complex equipment, is certainly the better artist. But {187} the pursuit of simplicity can be taken too far. The performer may end up losing the sense of overall impact and waste their talent on illusions that are too small and finish too quickly to leave a lasting impression. One of the most skilled sleight-of-hand artists we've ever seen undermines half the value of his work by moving too quickly and producing small effects, each impressive on its own, so fast that the audience has no time to fully appreciate one before another is shown. In such cases, the audience walks away with just a fuzzy impression rather than a clear mental picture of what they witnessed, which negatively impacts their opinion of the performance.”

“Another danger attending the non-apparatus school lies in the fact that the performer is apt, by carrying the principle to needless lengths, unduly to limit his methods.

“Another danger of the non-apparatus school is that the performer, by extending the principle too far, may unnecessarily restrict their methods.”

“On the whole we are inclined to think that the most successful magician of the future will be one who judiciously combines apparatus and non-apparatus tricks; such apparatus, however, to be of a simple and homely kind and not made admittedly for the purpose of the trick. The ideal entertainment, from the standpoint of the spectator, will be one in which feats of dexterity or supposed dexterity, are worked in conjunction with brilliant stage effects of a more spectacular kind, such as are exhibited by Mr. Maskelyne at the Egyptian Hall, London.”

“Overall, we believe that the most successful magician of the future will be someone who wisely mixes props and non-prop tricks; however, the props should be simple and everyday items, not specifically crafted for the trick. The ideal show, from the spectator's viewpoint, will involve displays of skill—or what seems to be skill—combined with impressive stage effects that are more spectacular, like those presented by Mr. Maskelyne at the Egyptian Hall in London.”

And so I ring down the curtain on the old-time conjurers. They played their parts in the great drama of life, and enriched the history of the stage with their adventures. What could be more romantic than the career of the incomparable Bosco?

And so I close the curtain on the old-school entertainers. They played their roles in the grand story of life and added to the history of the stage with their escapades. What could be more exciting than the journey of the extraordinary Bosco?

The pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur makes things appear and disappear to our great wonderment, until finally Death, the greatest of all necromancers, waves his wand, and the mortal fades away from view, amid the shadows of the tomb. Tom Masson, that charming writer of verse de societé, says—

The magician makes things appear and disappear to our amazement, until finally Death, the ultimate magician, waves his wand, and the person fades from sight, into the shadows of the grave. Tom Masson, that delightful writer of verse de societé, says—

We are like puppets in some conjurer’s hands,
Who smiling, easy, nonchalantly stands
And says, amid the universal cheers:
“You see this man—and now he disappears!”26

26 Munsey’s Magazine, August, 1905.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Munsey’s Magazine, August 1905.

THE SECRETS OF SECOND SIGHT.

Then second-sighted Sandy said,
‘We’ll do nae good at a’, Willie.’ ”
Child’s Ballads, VII. 265.

I.

I went on one occasion to dine with Mr. Francis J. Martinka, and while waiting for the repast to be served, seated myself upon an old-fashioned sofa in his drawing-room.

I once went to have dinner with Mr. Francis J. Martinka, and while waiting for the meal to be served, I sat on an old-fashioned couch in his living room.

ROBERT HELLER’S Magic Couch.

“Pardon me,” said my host, gaily, “while I put a bottle of wine on ice. I will be back in a little while. In the meantime, you may amuse yourself looking over these photos of eminent conjurers. And, by the way, you are seated on the very sofa {189} which Robert Heller used in his second-sight trick. Examine it carefully and you will see where the wires and electric battery were located. I came into possession of the relic after the death of Heller.”

“Excuse me,” said my host cheerfully, “while I grab a bottle of wine and chill it. I’ll be back shortly. In the meantime, feel free to keep yourself entertained by looking at these photos of famous magicians. By the way, you’re sitting on the exact sofa {189} that Robert Heller used for his second-sight trick. Take a good look, and you’ll see where the wires and electric battery were hidden. I got this relic after Heller passed away.”

So saying he went out to look after the wine.

So saying, he went out to check on the wine.

And so the piece of furniture I was seated on was the veritable up-to-date tripod of that High Priestess of Delphi, Miss Haidie Heller, who assisted Robert Heller, acting the part of clairvoyant. It called up a flood of memories to me.

And so the piece of furniture I was sitting on was the actual modern tripod of that High Priestess of Delphi, Miss Haidie Heller, who helped Robert Heller, playing the role of clairvoyant. It brought back a rush of memories for me.

The magician of the Arabian Nights transported himself from Bagdad to Damascus upon a piece of carpet. In imag­i­na­tion that old sofa carried me back thirty years into the past. I was seated in the gallery of the old National Theatre, Washington, D. C., at a soirée magique of the famous Heller. I shall never forget his second-sight trick. It was the most wonder-provoking, the most mysterious experiment I have ever seen. In his hands, it was perfect. Robert Heller saw Houdin give an exhibition of this feat of mental magic in London. His acute mind divined the secret, and he set about devising a code for working the experiment. He added many new effects. Nothing seemed to puzzle him and his assistant.

The magician from the Arabian Nights traveled from Baghdad to Damascus on a magic carpet. In my imagination, that old couch took me back thirty years. I found myself in the balcony of the old National Theatre in Washington, D.C., at a soirée magique featuring the famous Heller. I'll never forget his second-sight trick. It was the most mind-blowing, mysterious performance I've ever witnessed. In his hands, it was flawless. Robert Heller watched Houdin perform this mental magic act in London. His sharp mind figured out the secret, and he started creating a code for executing the trick. He introduced many new effects. Nothing seemed to stump him or his assistant.

At an entertainment given in Boston, and described by Henry Hermon in his work on Hellerism, a coin was handed to Heller. He glanced at it and requested Miss Heller to name the object.

At an event held in Boston, which Henry Hermon describes in his work on Hellerism, a coin was given to Heller. He looked at it briefly and asked Miss Heller to identify the object.

“A coin,” she quickly answered.

“A coin,” she replied quickly.

“Here, see if you can tell the name of the country, and all about it?” he next asked.

“Tell me if you can guess the name of the country and everything about it?” he then asked.

Without a moment’s hesitation she replied: “It is a large copper coin—a coin of Africa, I think. Yes, it is of Tripoli. The inscriptions on it are in Arabic; one side reads ‘Coined at Tripoli;’ the other side, ‘Sultan of two lands, Sultan by inheritance, and the son of a Sultan.’ ”

Without a moment’s hesitation, she replied: “It’s a big copper coin—a coin from Africa, I believe. Yes, it’s from Tripoli. The writing on it is in Arabic; one side says ‘Coined at Tripoli;’ the other side says, ‘Sultan of two lands, Sultan by inheritance, and the son of a Sultan.’”

“Very well,” said Heller, “that is correct. But look, what is the date, now?”

“Alright,” said Heller, “that’s right. But hey, what’s the date now?”

“The date is 1‐2‐2‐0, one thousand two hundred and twenty of the Hegira, or Mohammedan year, which corresponds to 1805 of the Christian year.” {190}

“The date is 1-2-2-0, 1,220 of the Hegira, or Mohammedan year, which corresponds to 1805 of the Christian year.” {190}

Tremendous applause greeted this feat.

Huge applause followed this feat.

Mr. Fred Hunt, who was for a number of years Robert Heller’s assistant, revealed the secret of second sight soon after Heller’s death. The performer has first to be initiated into a new alphabetical arrangement, which is as follows:

Mr. Fred Hunt, who was Robert Heller’s assistant for several years, revealed the secret of second sight shortly after Heller’s death. The performer must first be initiated into a new alphabetical arrangement, which is as follows:

A is H; B is T; C is S; D is G; E is F; F is E; G is A; H is I; I is B; J is L; K is Pray; L is C; M is O; N is D; O is V; P is J; Q is W; R is M; S is N; T is P; U is Look; V is Y; W is R; X is See this; Y is Q; Z is Hurry. “Hurry up” means to repeat the last letter. For example, the initials or name in a ring is wanted. Say it is “Anna.” By the alphabetical arrangement H stands for A. D for N. The exclamation “Hurry up” always means a repetition of the last letter, and again H will give the answer when put as follows:

A is H; B is T; C is S; D is G; E is F; F is E; G is A; H is I; I is B; J is L; K is Pray; L is C; M is O; N is D; O is V; P is J; Q is W; R is M; S is N; T is P; U is Look; V is Y; W is R; X is See this; Y is Q; Z is Hurry. “Hurry up” means to repeat the last letter. For example, if you want the initials or name on a ring, let's say it’s “Anna.” Based on the alphabetical arrangement, H stands for A and D stands for N. The exclamation “Hurry up” always signals a repetition of the last letter, and once more, H will provide the answer when arranged as follows:

“Here is a name. Do you see it? Hurry up. Have you got it?”

“Here’s a name. Do you see it? Come on, hurry up. Do you have it?”

Attention is paid only to the first letter of every sentence, and it will be perceived that the name of Anna is spelled.

Attention is only given to the first letter of each sentence, and you'll notice that the name Anna is spelled out.

After the alphabet we have the numbers, which are arranged as follows: 1 is Say or Speak; 2 is Be, Look or Let; 3 is Can or Can’t; 4 is Do or Don’t; 5 is Will or Won’t; 6 is What; 7 is Please or Pray; 8 is Are or Ain’t; 9 is Now; 10 is Tell; 0 is Hurry or Come. “Well” is to repeat the last figure. Now for an example: The number 1,234 is needed. The conjurer remarks: “Say the number. Look at it. Can you see it? Do you know?”

After the alphabet, we have the numbers, which are arranged like this: 1 is Say or Speak; 2 is Be, Look or Let; 3 is Can or Can't; 4 is Do or Don't; 5 is Will or Won't; 6 is What; 7 is Please or Pray; 8 is Are or Aren't; 9 is Now; 10 is Tell; 0 is Hurry or Come. “Well” means to repeat the last figure. Now for an example: The number 1,234 is needed. The conjurer says: “Say the number. Look at it. Can you see it? Do you know?”

Suppose the number called for is 100.

Suppose the required number is 100.

Tell me the number. Hurry!”

“Tell me the number. Hurry!”

So much, dear reader, for the spelling of proper names and conveying numbers to the clairvoyant on the stage. In regard to colors, metals, precious stones, countries, materials, fabrics, makers of watches, playing cards, society emblems, coins, bills, jewelry, wearing apparel, surgical instruments, etc., etc., Heller had them arranged in sets of ten. The first question he asked gave the clue to the set; the second question to the number of the article in the set. Thus but two short questions were necessary to elicit the proper reply from the assistant. {191} Miscellaneous articles were divided into nineteen sets. I will give examples of two:

So much for how to spell proper names and convey numbers to the clairvoyant on stage, dear reader. When it came to colors, metals, precious stones, countries, materials, fabrics, watchmakers, playing cards, society symbols, coins, bills, jewelry, clothing, surgical instruments, and more, Heller had them organized into sets of ten. The first question he asked pointed to the set; the second question identified the item in that set. So, only two brief questions were needed to get the correct response from the assistant. {191} Miscellaneous items were categorized into nineteen sets. Here are two examples:

FIRST SET.
What article is this?
1. Handkerchief.
 6. Basket.
2. Neckerchief.
 7. Beet.
3. Bag.
 8. Comforter.
4. Glove.
 9. Headdress.
5. Purse.
10. Fan.
SECOND SET.
What is this?
1. Watch.
 6. Necklace.
2. Bracelet.
 7. Ring.
3. Guard.
 8. Rosary.
4. Chain.
 9. Cross.
Brooch.
10. Charm.

Supposing a spectator handed a Rosary to the conjurer. He would call out to his assistant, “What is this?” (Clue to the second set.) Then he would exclaim, “Are you ready?” The word are would give the clue to number 8. And so on.

Suppose a spectator gave a Rosary to the magician. He would shout to his assistant, “What is this?” (Clue to the second set.) Then he would exclaim, “Are you ready?” The word are would hint at number 8. And so on.

The clues to the sets were worded very nearly alike, so as to make the spectators believe that the same questions were being constantly asked.

The clues for the sets were phrased almost identically, making the audience think that the same questions were being continuously asked.

Evoking the aid of electricity, Robert Heller was enabled to convey the cue words and numbers of the sets to Miss Heller without speaking a word. It was this wonderful effect that so puzzled everybody. A confederate sat among the spectators, near the center aisle of the theatre, and the wires of an electric battery were connected with his chair, the electric push button being under the front part of his seat. Heller gave the cue to the set in which the article was, its number, etc., by some natural movement of his body or arms; and the confederate, rapidly interpreting the secret signals, telegraphed them to the clairvoyant on the stage. The receiving instrument was attached to the sofa upon which Miss Heller sat. The interchangeable use of the two methods of conveying information—spoken and unspoken—during an evening, completely bewildered the spectators. It was indeed a sphinx problem.

By using electricity, Robert Heller was able to send cue words and numbers of the sets to Miss Heller without saying a word. This amazing effect left everyone puzzled. A collaborator was in the audience, near the center aisle of the theater, with wires from an electric battery connected to his chair, and the electric push button was located under the front part of his seat. Heller would give the cue for the set that contained the article, along with its number, through some natural movement of his body or arms; the collaborator quickly interpreted the secret signals and communicated them to the clairvoyant on stage. The receiving device was attached to the sofa where Miss Heller was sitting. The alternating use of spoken and unspoken methods to convey information throughout the evening completely confused the spectators. It was truly a sphinx-like problem.

ROBERT HELLER.

Robert Heller, or William Henry Palmer, was born in Canterbury, England, in 1833. At the age of fourteen he won a scholarship at the Royal Academy of Music. In the year 1852 {192} he made his début in New York City at the Chinese Assembly Rooms. On this occasion he wore a black wig and spoke with a Gallic accent, believing that a French conjurer would be better received in this country than an English magician. He failed to make a success, and eventually drifted to Washington, where he taught music for a number of years. All this time he was perfecting himself in legerdemain. Finally he reappeared in New York and won unbounded success. He visited Europe and India, returning to the United States in 1875. His last performance was given at Concert Hall, Philadelphia, on November 25, 1878. He died in the same city on November 28, 1878. Soon after his death an absurd story went the rounds of the {193} press that he had directed his executors to destroy his automata and magical paraphernalia. Such is not the case. Mr. Francis J. Martinka, of New York, possesses a number of his tricks. Heller was a magnificent pianist and always gave a short recital of his own compositions and those of the masters during his entertainment. He used to append the following effusion to his posters:

Robert Heller, also known as William Henry Palmer, was born in Canterbury, England, in 1833. At just fourteen, he earned a scholarship to the Royal Academy of Music. In 1852 {192}, he made his debut in New York City at the Chinese Assembly Rooms. During this performance, he wore a black wig and spoke with a French accent, thinking that a French magician would be more appealing to American audiences than an English one. However, he didn't succeed and eventually moved to Washington, where he taught music for several years. Throughout this time, he honed his skills in sleight of hand. Eventually, he returned to New York and achieved great success. He traveled to Europe and India, returning to the United States in 1875. His last performance took place at Concert Hall in Philadelphia on November 25, 1878. He passed away in the same city on November 28, 1878. Shortly after his passing, an absurd story circulated in the {193} press claiming he had instructed his executors to destroy his automata and magic props. This is not true. Mr. Francis J. Martinka from New York owns several of his tricks. Heller was an outstanding pianist and always included a short recital of his own compositions and those of the masters during his performances. He used to add the following statement to his posters:

Shakespeare wrote well;
Dickens wrote Weller;
Anderson was—
But the greatest is Heller.”

The following is one of Heller’s programmes (Salt Lake City, Utah, May 23, 1867):

The following is one of Heller’s programs (Salt Lake City, Utah, May 23, 1867):

{194}

II.

A curious exhibition of silent second sight was that of the Svengali trio. The effect as described by the New York Herald, August 11, 1904, is as follows:

A fascinating display of unspoken intuition was showcased by the Svengali trio. The impact, as reported by the New York Herald, August 11, 1904, is as follows:

“Two persons (lady and gentleman) are on the stage, both with their backs toward the audience. A third one goes into the auditorium, with his back towards the stage, to receive the wishes of the audience. If the name of any international celebrity is whispered to him, with lightning rapidity the thought is transmitted. The gentleman on the stage turns round immediately and appears in features, bearing and dress as the desired personage—with wonderfully startling resemblance.

“Two people (a woman and a man) are on stage, both facing away from the audience. A third person enters the auditorium, with his back to the stage, to receive the audience's wishes. If a name of any international celebrity is whispered to him, the thought is transmitted with lightning speed. The man on stage immediately turns around and appears in features, demeanor, and attire as the requested individual—with an incredibly striking resemblance.”

“One can likewise whisper to the gentleman in the auditorium the name of an international opera, operetta or international song. The thought flies like lightning, and the lady sings what is wanted, instantly accompanying herself on the piano.

“One can also whisper to the gentleman in the audience the name of an international opera, operetta, or international song. The idea sparks like lightning, and the lady sings what is needed, instantly playing along on the piano.

“The secret of this trick is as follows: When the curtain rises, the master of ceremonies walks to the front of the stage and in a pleasing voice begins: ‘Ladies and gentlemen—I have the pleasure of introducing to you, etc., etc. I will call your attention to the fact that the spectators must confine their whispered wishes to international celebrities, names of well-known personages, songs and operas of international fame,’ etc.

“The secret of this trick is as follows: When the curtain rises, the host walks to the front of the stage and in an inviting voice starts: ‘Ladies and gentlemen—I’m excited to introduce to you, etc., etc. Please remember that any whispered wishes from the audience should be limited to international celebrities, names of famous figures, songs, and operas that are known worldwide,’ etc.”

“This limitation of choice is the key to the performance. They have lists of these ‘international celebrities,’ rulers, statesmen, diplomats, great writers and musical composers; songs of world-wide reputation, popular selections from the operas, etc. And the secret of the evening is that all of these carefully selected names, titles, etc., are numbered, as in the following examples:

“This limitation of choice is the key to the performance. They have lists of these ‘international celebrities,’ leaders, politicians, diplomats, renowned authors, and music composers; songs that are famous worldwide, popular selections from operas, etc. And the secret of the evening is that all of these carefully chosen names, titles, etc., are numbered, as in the following examples:

  • Leaders and Governors.
    • 1. Bismarck.
    • 2. King Humbert of Italy.
    • 3. Napoleon Bonaparte.
    • 4. King Edward VII.
    • 5. Paul Kruger.
    • 120. Lincoln.
  • Hit Songs.
    • 1. “Home, Sweet Home.”
    • 2. “Last Rose of Summer.”
    • 3. “Marseillaise.”
    • 4. “The Jewel Song in Faust.”
    • 5. “Walter’s Prize Song.”
    • 101. “Comin’ Thro’ the Rye.” {195}
  • Operas.
    • 1. “Faust.”
    • 2. “Lohengrin.”
    • 3. “Bohemian Girl.”
    • 4. “Lucia di Lammermoor.”
    • 5. “Carmen.”
    • 120. “Trovatore.”
  • Great authors.
    • 1. Thackeray.
    • 2. Victor Hugo.
    • 3. Dickens.
    • 4. George Eliot.
    • 5. Shakespeare.
    • 101. Dante.

HOW THE SIGNALS ARE CONCEALED.

“The manager reiterates that if only names of in­ter­na­tional rep­u­ta­tion are given the re­sponses will be cor­rect nine hundred and ninety-nine times in a thousand. Then he descends from the stage, and, smiling right and left, inclines his ear to catch the whispered wishes as he moves slowly up the aisle, generally with his back to the stage. An auditor whispers to him, ‘Bismarck.’

“The manager emphasizes that if only names of international renown are provided, the responses will be accurate nine hundred ninety-nine times out of a thousand. He then steps down from the stage, smiling at everyone, and leans in to hear the quiet requests as he makes his way slowly up the aisle, typically facing away from the stage. One audience member whispers to him, ‘Bismarck.’”

“Herr Svengali, gesticulating freely but naturally, pressing his eyes with his fingers for an instant as if going into a momentary trance—only a second or two, just enough to impress the audience—then thrusts a hand into the air, wipes the moisture from his face with his handkerchief or leans toward a spectator, seeking his attention, when a voice from the stage says, ‘Bismarck.’

“Herr Svengali, waving his arms expressively but naturally, briefly presses his eyes with his fingers as if he's entering a quick trance—just for a second or two, enough to captivate the audience—then raises a hand into the air, wipes the sweat from his face with a handkerchief, or leans towards a spectator to grab their attention, when a voice from the stage calls out, ‘Bismarck.’”

“ ‘Right,’ responds the man who whispered that illustrious name. Then there is a craning of necks and crushing of programmes, all eyes fixed on the stage, where the impersonator, standing before a cabinet of costume pigeonholes, with the aid of an assistant has donned wig and uniform in his lightning change and whirls around disguised as Bismarck, while the girl at the piano plays ‘The Watch on the Rhine.’ It is all the work of a few seconds and makes a great impression upon the spectator.

“‘Right,’ replies the man who whispered that famous name. Then everyone leans in and shuffles their programs, all eyes focused on the stage, where the impersonator, standing in front of a cabinet of costume slots, quickly puts on a wig and uniform with the help of an assistant and spins around disguised as Bismarck, while the girl at the piano plays ‘The Watch on the Rhine.’ It all happens in just a few seconds and leaves a strong impression on the audience.

“The next man calls for an opera air, ‘Bohemian Girl,’ and the piano plays ‘I Dreamt That I Dwelt in Marble Halls,’ etc. Another man suggests the magic name ‘Sheridan.’ It is echoed aloud from the stage, while the audience applauds and the girl plays ‘The Star Spangled Banner.’

“The next guy calls for an opera tune, ‘Bohemian Girl,’ and the piano starts playing ‘I Dreamt That I Dwelt in Marble Halls,’ etc. Another guy suggests the famous name ‘Sheridan.’ It’s shouted out from the stage while the audience cheers, and the girl plays ‘The Star Spangled Banner.’”

“The few experts present pay little attention to the stage. Their eyes are fixed on the man Svengali in the aisle, noting every move he makes. It is observed that his numerous gestures, his frequent use of his handkerchief, the pressure of his {196} fingers on his eyes, as if to hypnotize his assistant on the stage, are natural movements, attracting no attention, yet necessary to hide the vital signals in the cipher code of the show.

“The few experts present pay little attention to the stage. Their eyes are fixed on the man Svengali in the aisle, noting every move he makes. It's observed that his numerous gestures, his frequent use of his handkerchief, the pressure of his {196} fingers on his eyes, as if to hypnotize his assistant on the stage, are natural movements, attracting no attention, yet necessary to hide the vital signals in the cipher code of the show.”

“In the programme and show bills it is emphasized that the lady and gentleman on the stage have their backs to the audience, while Svengali, down in the aisle, has his back to the stage, making collusion apparently impossible. This makes a profound impression on the public.

“In the program and show bills, it is emphasized that the lady and gentleman on stage have their backs to the audience, while Svengali, down in the aisle, has his back to the stage, making any collusion seemingly impossible. This creates a strong impression on the audience.”

“A CONFEDERATE BEHIND A SCREEN.

“But not a word is said of that curious screen panel, bearing a dou­ble-head­ed eagle—the Austrian coat of arms—sur­mount­ing a large cabinet of costumes occupying so much space on the stage. The pro­gramme does not explain that this screen panel is trans­parent from behind and that an accomplice with a strong magnifying lens reads every move made by Svengali and repeats his signals to the pretty girl at the piano and the im­per­so­na­tor at the cabinet.

“But no one mentions that strange screen panel, with a double-headed eagle—the Austrian coat of arms—sitting above a large costume cabinet that takes up so much space on stage. The program doesn’t explain that this screen panel is see-through from behind and that an accomplice with a powerful magnifying lens watches every move made by Svengali and relays his signals to the pretty girl at the piano and the impersonator at the cabinet.”

“THE SYSTEMS EXPLAINED.

“Here is an illustration of how the figure system can be worked. As explained above, the famous personages, popular songs and operas are on numbered lists. Svengali in the aisle, with his code of signals, has all these numbers committed to memory.

“Here’s an example of how the figure system can be used. As mentioned earlier, well-known figures, popular songs, and operas are on numbered lists. Svengali in the aisle, with his signal code, has all these numbers memorized.”

“When a spectator whispers ‘Dickens’ Svengali knows it is No. 4, and he signals accordingly.

“When a spectator whispers ‘Dickens,’ Svengali knows it’s No. 4, and he signals accordingly.”

“But how?

"But how?"

“By touching his head, chin, or breast, or that particular part of his body designated in the signal code of the Svengali Company. The diagram given herewith illustrates the system of com­mu­ni­ca­tion by numbers, nine figures and a cipher (0), by which all the wealth of the world may be measured, and any number of words may be communicated without a word of speech. One has but to map out a square on his face, breast or body, and number it with these nine figures, with an extra space for the cipher, to be ready for the Svengali business. That is, when he has memorized the names and the numbers representing them. {197}

“By touching his head, chin, or chest, or that specific part of his body noted in the signaling code of the Svengali Company. The diagram provided here shows the system of communication using numbers—nine digits plus a cipher (0)—which allows for measuring all the riches of the world and for conveying countless words without speaking. All you need to do is create a grid on his face, chest, or body and label it with these nine digits, plus an additional space for the cipher, to be prepared for the Svengali work. That is, when he has memorized the names and their corresponding numbers. {197}

“Say the human head is used for this purpose. Imagine the top of the head, right hand side, as No. 1, the right ear as No. 2, the jaw as No. 3, and the neck as the cipher; the forehead No. 4, the nose No. 5, the chin No. 6, the top of the head on the left side as No. 7, the left ear No. 8, and the left side of the jaw No. 9.

“Consider the human head for this example. Picture the top right side of the head as No. 1, the right ear as No. 2, the jaw as No. 3, and the neck as the key; the forehead as No. 4, the nose as No. 5, the chin as No. 6, the top left side of the head as No. 7, the left ear as No. 8, and the left side of the jaw as No. 9.”

“Thus you have the code system by which operators can communicate volumes by using a codified list of numbered words or sentences.

“Now you have the code system that allows operators to communicate volumes by using a coded list of numbered words or sentences.

“If you label the Lord’s Prayer No. 4, and the Declaration of Independence No. 5, you may instantly telegraph the mighty literature through wireless space—enough literature to save all Europe from anarchy—by two natural movements of the hand.

“If you label the Lord’s Prayer No. 4, and the Declaration of Independence No. 5, you can instantly send powerful literature across wireless space—enough literature to save all of Europe from chaos—with just two simple gestures of your hand."

“You can label your eyes, your movements or even your glances, making them take the places of the nine omnipotent numbers. Again: Glance upward to the right for No. 1, straight upward for No. 2, and upward to the left for No. 3. Repeating, glancing horizontally for Nos. 4, 5 and 6. Repeating the same again, by glancing downward for Nos. 7, 8 and 9, and stroking your chin for the cipher (0).

“You can label your eyes, your movements, or even your glances, allowing them to represent the nine powerful numbers. Again: Look up to the right for No. 1, straight up for No. 2, and up to the left for No. 3. Repeat that by glancing horizontally for Nos. 4, 5, and 6. Then repeat again by looking down for Nos. 7, 8, and 9, and touch your chin for the zero (0).”

“With your back to the audience, you can telegraph in a similar way, using your arm and elbow to make the necessary signals. Let the right arm, hanging down, represent No. 1; the elbow, projecting from the side, No. 2; elbow raised, No. 3. Repeat {198} with the left arm for Nos. 4, 5 and 6; with either hand placed naturally behind you, on the small of the back, above the belt and over your shoulder for Nos. 7, 8 and 9, and on the back of your head or neck for the cipher (0).”

“With your back to the audience, you can communicate in a similar way, using your arm and elbow to make the necessary signals. Let the right arm, hanging down, represent No. 1; the elbow, sticking out to the side, represents No. 2; elbow raised represents No. 3. Repeat {198} with the left arm for Nos. 4, 5, and 6; with either hand placed naturally behind you, on the small of your back, above the belt and over your shoulder for Nos. 7, 8, and 9, and on the back of your head or neck for the cipher (0).”

III.

It is an interesting fact to note that the Chevalier Pinetti was the first exhibitor of the second-sight trick. Houdin revived (or re-invented) it.

It’s interesting to note that Chevalier Pinetti was the first to showcase the second-sight trick. Houdin brought it back (or re-invented it).

SECOND-SIGHT TRICK.—SIGNALING.

On the 12th of December, 1846, he announced in his bill, “In this programme, M. Robert-Houdin’s son, who is gifted with marvelous second sight, after his eyes have been covered with a thick bandage, will designate every object presented to him by the audience.” In his memoirs he thus describes how he came to invent the trick:

On December 12, 1846, he stated in his bill, “In this program, M. Robert-Houdin’s son, who has an incredible gift of second sight, will identify every object shown to him by the audience after his eyes have been covered with a thick bandage.” In his memoirs, he describes how he invented the trick:

“My two children were playing one day in the drawing-room at a game they had invented for their own amusement. The younger had bandaged his elder brother’s eyes, and made him guess at the objects he touched, and when the latter happened to guess right, they changed places. This simple game suggested to me the most complicated idea that ever crossed my mind.

“My two kids were playing one day in the living room at a game they created for fun. The younger one had blindfolded his older brother and made him guess the objects he touched, and when the older brother guessed correctly, they switched places. This simple game sparked the most complex idea that ever came to me.”

“Pursued by the notion, I ran and shut myself up in my workroom, and was fortunately in that happy state when the mind {199} follows easily the combinations traced by fancy. I rested my head in my hands, and, in my excitement, laid down the first principles of second sight.”

“Driven by the thought, I hurried to my workroom and locked myself in, and I was fortunately in that blissful state when the mind {199} easily follows the ideas imagined by creativity. I rested my head in my hands, and, in my excitement, outlined the fundamental principles of second sight.”

Houdin never revealed his method of working the trick.

Houdini never disclosed how he performed the trick.

Robert Heller’s successors in mental magic are Max Berol and wife, and the Zancigs. Among other feats Berol is able to memorize over two hundred words called out by the spectators and written down on a slip of paper by some gentleman. Berol will then write these words backwards and forwards without hesitation and name any one of them by its number in the list. The Zancigs are marvels in the art of second sight. They were born in Copenhagen, Denmark, but are naturalized citizens of the United States. Clever advertisers, they lay claim to occult powers, as the following notice in the Washington Post, April 30, 1905, will testify:

Robert Heller’s successors in mental magic are Max Berol and his wife, as well as the Zancigs. Among other tricks, Berol can memorize over two hundred words called out by the audience and written down on a piece of paper by someone. He can then write these words both backwards and forwards without any pause and can name any of them by its number on the list. The Zancigs are amazing at the art of second sight. They were born in Copenhagen, Denmark, but are now naturalized citizens of the United States. Skilled at promoting themselves, they claim to have supernatural abilities, as shown by the following ad in the Washington Post on April 30, 1905:

“Although Prof. Zancig and Mme. Zancig, who will be at Chase’s this week, are naturalized Americans, they come from Denmark. They first developed their transmission of thought from one mind to another—or what is known as telepathy—while journeying through the Orient. They found that quite a number of the Orientals had found it possible to control ‘thought waves’ and transmit them to the minds of others, just as Marconi, with his wireless telegraphy, controls electric waves and transmits them to an objective point. Prof. Zancig discovered that Mme. Zancig was inceptive, and he could readily transmit to her mind the thoughts of his own. The tests were continued, and became so positive and conclusive that it was decided to give public exhibitions.

“Even though Prof. Zancig and Mme. Zancig, who will be at Chase’s this week, are naturalized Americans, they originally come from Denmark. They first developed their ability to transmit thoughts from one person to another—or what we now call telepathy—while traveling through the East. They noticed that many people in the East could control ‘thought waves’ and send them to others’ minds, similar to how Marconi uses wireless telegraphy to manage electric waves and transmit them to a specific location. Prof. Zancig realized that Mme. Zancig was receptive, allowing him to easily send his thoughts to her mind. They continued their tests, which became so convincing and conclusive that they decided to hold public exhibitions.”

“While in India, Prof. and Mme. Zancig saw some astonishing telepathic exhibitions, which encouraged them to still greater efforts. They gave exhibitions before the Maharajah, near Delhi; before the Chinese minister at Hongkong, and before the Japanese officials of highest grades, who took great interest in the mental tests. One remarkable incident occurred at Potchefstroom, South Africa, where the natives are extremely super­sti­tious. The exhibition had been extensively advertised, and the house was full. The entertainment created a sensation. As long as Prof. Zancig remained on the stage everything was all right, {200} but when he went among the audience and read dates of coins, inscriptions on letters, and performed other remarkable feats, the audience suddenly became panic-stricken, and there was a mad rush for windows, doors, or any other means of exit. In five minutes the hall was empty, and nothing could induce the people to return. After concluding his tour abroad, Prof. Zancig and his wife returned to America, and began an American tour which has been uninterruptedly successful and will extend to every section of the United States.”

“While in India, Prof. and Mrs. Zancig experienced some incredible telepathic displays, which motivated them to push even harder. They performed shows for the Maharajah near Delhi, for the Chinese minister in Hong Kong, and for top-ranking Japanese officials, who showed great interest in the mental tests. One remarkable incident took place in Potchefstroom, South Africa, where the locals are very superstitious. The event had been widely advertised, and the venue was packed. The show caused a stir. As long as Prof. Zancig was on stage, everything was fine, {200} but when he went into the audience and accurately read dates on coins, inscriptions on letters, and performed other astonishing tricks, the crowd suddenly became panic-stricken, leading to a frantic rush for windows, doors, or any other way to get out. Within five minutes, the hall was empty, and nothing could persuade the people to come back. After finishing his tour abroad, Prof. Zancig and his wife returned to America and began a nationwide tour that has been consistently successful and will cover every part of the United States.”

Two clever performers of the second-sight trick are Harry and Mildred Rouclere. Mr. Rouclere gives a very pleasing magical entertainment.

Two skilled performers of the second-sight trick are Harry and Mildred Rouclere. Mr. Rouclere provides a delightful magical show.

THE CONFESSIONS OF AN AMATEUR CONJURER.

“If this be magic, let it be an art.”—Shakespeare.

I.

At the theatre not long ago, I heard the orchestra play Mendelssohn’s exquisite “Spring Song,” and immediately I was carried back in fancy to my boyhood days under the old roof-tree at Glen Willow, on the heights of Georgetown, D. C., where I spent such happy years. The rain is gently pattering upon the shingled roof; the distant woods are waxing green under the soft influences of the season; the blackbirds are calling in the tree tops. O sweet springtide of youth, made more beautiful still by the associations of books, by the free play of the imag­i­na­tion in realms of poetry and fantasie—

At the theater not long ago, I heard the orchestra play Mendelssohn’s beautiful “Spring Song,” and instantly I was transported back to my childhood days under the old roof at Glen Willow, on the heights of Georgetown, D.C., where I spent such joyful years. The rain is softly tapping on the shingled roof; the distant woods are turning green under the gentle influence of the season; the blackbirds are singing in the tree tops. Oh, sweet springtime of youth, made even more beautiful by the memories of books, by the free play of the imagination in realms of poetry and fantasy

A boy’s will is the wind’s will.
And the thoughts of youth are long, long thoughts.”

The intervening years are all blotted out. I am young again, and have just returned to the old home, after witnessing an exhibition of magic by Wyman the Wizard at the town hall. To a boy fresh from the delights of the Arabian Nights this is a wonderful treat. My mind is agitated with a thousand thoughts. I, too, will become a conjurer, and hold the groundlings spellbound; bring bowls of goldfish from a shawl; cook puddings in a borrowed hat; pull rabbits from old gentlemen’s pockets.

The years in between are all erased. I’m young again, and I’ve just come back to my old home after watching a magic show by Wyman the Wizard at the town hall. For a boy just back from the wonders of the Arabian Nights, this is an amazing experience. My mind is racing with a thousand thoughts. I, too, will become a magician and captivate the audience; pull goldfish out of a shawl; cook puddings in a borrowed hat; pull rabbits out of old men’s pockets.

Dear old Wyman, ventriloquist as well as pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, old-time showman, and the delight of my boyhood—what a weary pilgrimage you had of it in this world; wandering up and down, never at rest, traveling thousands of miles by stagecoach, steamboat, and railroad, giving entertainments in little villages {202} and towns all over the United States, and welcomed everywhere by happy children. The big cities you left to your more ambitious brethren. But what of that? You brought thereby more pleasure into humble lives than all of the old conjurers put together. Well have you earned your rest. Though your name is quite forgotten by the present generation, a few old boys and girls still hold you in loving remembrance.

Dear old Wyman, ventriloquist and magician, old-school showman and the joy of my childhood—what a tiring journey you had in this world; roaming around, never settling down, traveling thousands of miles by stagecoach, steamboat, and train, performing in small villages and towns all over the United States, and being welcomed everywhere by happy kids. You left the big cities to your more ambitious peers. But so what? You brought more happiness into ordinary lives than all the old magicians combined. You've earned your rest. Although your name is mostly forgotten by today's generation, a few older folks still cherish your memory.

WYMAN, THE Magician.
(From an Old Print, Ellison Collection.)

Wyman was born in Albany, N. Y., and was reported to be sixty-five years of age at the time of his death. Just when he went on the stage, I have been unable to ascertain. Mr. George Wood, who is now running a small curio shop on Filbert Street, Philadelphia, was for sixteen years Wyman’s manager. He afterwards went with Pharazyn and Frederick Eugene Powell. Thanks to my friend, Mr. C. S. Eby, who interviewed Mr. Wood during the summer of 1905, I have obtained a few facts concerning Wyman’s career. After giving exhibitions all over the United States in school houses and small halls, Wyman went abroad and brought back with him quite an outfit of apparatus, most of it purchased, I presume, from Voisin’s Repository in {203} Paris. Voisin was the only manufacturer of magical novelties in those days. About 1850 Wyman played in New York City under the management of P. T. Barnum. When the magician Anderson sold out, Wyman bought considerable of his paraphernalia, such as the “Magic Cauldron” (Phillippe’s old trick), the “Nest of Boxes,” “Aerial Suspension,” “Inexhaustible Bottle,” and “Gun Trick.” In 1867 Wyman started the “gift show” in connection with his magic entertainment, sometimes giving away building lots as a first prize. He introduced the Sphinx illusion in the South for the first time and made a tremendous hit. People would come twenty miles to see it. He had a wonderful memory, which he applied to a second-sight act. The articles were placed in a handkerchief by the boy who borrowed them and the professor managed to get one secret look at the collection. From his remembrance he would later describe the articles while they were held aloft still tied in the handkerchief. Another favorite illusion was the borrowing of a watch, which was pounded and afterwards found under one of the spectators (not a confederate). It was one of the duties of Wood to slip the borrowed watch in place while ostensibly selling magic books.

Wyman was born in Albany, NY, and was reported to be sixty-five years old at the time of his death. I haven't been able to find out exactly when he started performing. Mr. George Wood, who now runs a small curio shop on Filbert Street in Philadelphia, was Wyman’s manager for sixteen years. He later worked with Pharazyn and Frederick Eugene Powell. Thanks to my friend, Mr. C. S. Eby, who interviewed Mr. Wood in the summer of 1905, I’ve gathered some facts about Wyman’s career. After performing all over the United States in schoolhouses and small halls, Wyman went abroad and brought back quite a collection of equipment, most of which I assume was purchased from Voisin’s Repository in {203} Paris. Voisin was the only manufacturer of magic novelties at that time. Around 1850, Wyman performed in New York City under the management of P. T. Barnum. When the magician Anderson sold his show, Wyman bought a lot of his props, like the “Magic Cauldron” (Phillippe’s old trick), the “Nest of Boxes,” “Aerial Suspension,” “Inexhaustible Bottle,” and “Gun Trick.” In 1867, Wyman started the “gift show” alongside his magic performance, sometimes giving away building lots as the grand prize. He introduced the Sphinx illusion to the South for the first time and it was a huge success. People would travel twenty miles just to see it. He had an incredible memory, which he used in a second-sight act. A boy would put items in a handkerchief, and the professor would sneak one quick look at the collection. From memory, he would later describe the items while they were still tied up in the handkerchief. Another popular illusion was borrowing a watch, which was then hammered and later found under one of the audience members (who wasn’t in on the trick). One of Wood’s tasks was to discreetly place the borrowed watch while pretending to sell magic books.

Wyman retired from the stage eventually, and lived in Philadelphia for several years at 612 North Eleventh Street. Afterwards he moved to Burlington, New Jersey, where he bought an imposing country place. He owned considerable real estate. He died July 31, 1881. A few days before his death he called to see his old friend Thomas W. Yost, the manufacturer of magical apparatus, of Philadelphia. He must have had a premonition of his demise, for he remarked to Mr. Yost, as he left the store: “You will not see me again. This is the last of Wyman.” In a few days he was dead. He was buried at Fall River, Massachusetts, the home of his wife. Wyman’s show consisted of ventriloquism, magic, and an exhibition of Italian fantochini (puppets). He was one of the best entertainers of his day.

Wyman eventually retired from performing and lived in Philadelphia for several years at 612 North Eleventh Street. He later moved to Burlington, New Jersey, where he purchased an impressive country home. He owned a significant amount of real estate. He passed away on July 31, 1881. A few days before his death, he visited his old friend Thomas W. Yost, a manufacturer of magic props in Philadelphia. He must have sensed his impending death, as he told Mr. Yost, upon leaving the store: “You won’t see me again. This is the last of Wyman.” Just a few days later, he was gone. He was buried in Fall River, Massachusetts, the hometown of his wife. Wyman’s show featured ventriloquism, magic, and a display of Italian fantochini (puppets). He was one of the top entertainers of his time.

II.

I took to magic at an early age—not the magic of the sleight of hand artist, however, but the real goetic or black magic, {204} as black as any old grimoire of mediæval days could make it. Aye, darker in hue than any inveighed against in the famous Dæmonologie of King James I. of Protestant memory. I believed firmly in witches, ghosts, goblins, voodoo spells, and conjure doctors. But what can you expect of a small boy surrounded by negro servants, the relics of the old régime of slavery, who still held tenaciously to the devil-lore of their ancestors of the African jungle? At nightfall I dared not go near the smoke-house for fear of the witches who held their revels there. One day my father brought home a book for his library. It was Mackey’s Extraordinary Popular Delusions; or, The Madness of Crowds. That work of absorbing interest opened my eyes to the unreality of the old super­sti­tions. I read it with avidity. It became a sort of Bible to me. It lies on the table before me, as I pen these lines; a much-thumbed, faded, old book.

I got into magic at a young age—not the sleight-of-hand kind, but real goetic or black magic, {204} as dark as any ancient grimoire from the medieval days. In fact, it was darker than anything criticized in King James I's well-known Dæmonologie. I truly believed in witches, ghosts, goblins, voodoo spells, and conjurers. But what can you expect from a little boy surrounded by Black servants, remnants of the old slavery system, who still clung tightly to the devil lore of their African ancestors? At night, I was too scared to go near the smokehouse for fear of the witches who celebrated there. One day, my father brought home a book for his library. It was Mackey’s Extraordinary Popular Delusions; or, The Madness of Crowds. That fascinating work opened my eyes to how unrealistic the old superstitions were. I read it eagerly. It became like a Bible to me. It sits on the table in front of me as I write these lines; a well-worn, faded, old book.

The first amateur sleight of hand show I ever took part in, was given by a boy named Albert Niblack. The matinée magique was held in a stable attached to my father’s house. The entrance fee was three pins, orchestra chairs ten pins. The stage was erected in the carriage house, and the curtain consisted of a couple of sheets sur­rep­ti­tious­ly borrowed from the household linen closet. I acted as the conjurer’s assistant. The success of the entertainment was phenomenal. The audience consisted of some thirty children, with a sprinkling of negro nurses who came to preserve order among the smaller fry, and an old horse who persisted in sticking his head through a window near the stage, his stall being in an adjoining compartment. He occupied the only private box in the theatre. Among other tricks on the programme, young Niblack produced a small canary bird from an egg which had been previously examined and declared to be the real product of the hen by all the colored experts present, who tested it on their teeth. One fat old mammy, with her head picturesquely done up in a red bandana handkerchief, was so overcome by the trick that she shouted out: “Fo de Lawd sake! Dat boy mus’ be kin to de Debbil sho,’ ” and regretted the fact that she did not have a rabbit’s foot with her, to ward off the spells. Years have passed since then. Young Niblack is now Lieut. Commander Niblack, U. S. N., erstwhile naval attaché {205} of the American embassy at Berlin, etc. I wonder if he still practises magic. He obtained his insight into the mysteries of conjuring from a little book of sleights, puzzles and chemical experiments, a cheap affair and very crude. Like Houdin, he had to create the principles of legerdemain himself, for the book contained no real information on the subject. It was manufactured to sell in two senses of the word, and to the best of my belief, was purchased at the circus. Among that audience were several children who have since become famous, to a greater or less extent. There was Umei Tsuda, a diminutive Japanese girl, sent to this country to be educated, and who now presides over a great normal school in Japan; Waldemar Bodisco (son of Count Bodisco, the Russian Minister to the United States), now an officer in the Czar’s navy; and, if I mistake not, Agustin de Iturbide, the adopted son of the ill-fated Maximilian, who attempted to found an empire in Mexico, bolstered up by French bayonets. Young Iturbide’s mother, after the tragic death of Maximilian, came to Georgetown to reside and educate her son, the heir to the throne of Mexico. Poor fellow, he was a prince, but he did not plume himself because of the fact, for he was in reality a “boy without a country.” We were classmates in the preparatory department of Georgetown College. His career is one of the romances of history. He is now living an exile in an old country house in the District of Columbia, where he spends his time reading and dreaming.

The first amateur magic show I ever participated in was hosted by a boy named Albert Niblack. The matinée magique took place in a stable attached to my dad's house. The entrance fee was three pins, and it cost ten pins for orchestra chairs. The stage was set up in the carriage house, and the curtain was made from a couple of sheets that were secretly borrowed from the household linen closet. I served as the magician’s assistant. The show was a huge success. The audience consisted of about thirty kids, along with some black nurses who came to keep order among the younger ones, and an old horse that kept sticking his head through a window near the stage since his stall was in a nearby area. He occupied the only private box in the theater. Among the various tricks in the show, young Niblack produced a small canary bird from an egg that had been examined beforehand and confirmed to be a real hen's egg by all the black experts present, who tested it with their teeth. One plump old woman, with her head stylishly wrapped in a red bandana, was so blown away by the trick that she shouted, “For the Lord’s sake! That boy must be related to the devil for sure,” and wished she had a rabbit’s foot with her to ward off any spells. Years have gone by since then. Young Niblack is now Lieutenant Commander Niblack, U.S. Navy, formerly the naval attaché {205} at the American embassy in Berlin, etc. I wonder if he still practices magic. He learned his magic tricks from a little book filled with sleights, puzzles, and chemical experiments, a cheap and very basic guide. Like Houdini, he had to figure out the principles of magic himself because the book didn’t provide any real information on the subject. It was made to sell in both senses of the word, and to the best of my knowledge, it was bought at the circus. Among that audience were several kids who have since become fairly well-known. There was Umei Tsuda, a tiny Japanese girl sent to this country for her education, who now runs a prominent normal school in Japan; Waldemar Bodisco, the son of Count Bodisco, the Russian Minister to the United States, who is now an officer in the Czar’s navy; and, if I’m not mistaken, Agustin de Iturbide, the adopted son of the tragic Maximilian, who tried to establish an empire in Mexico supported by French guns. After Maximilian's sad death, young Iturbide's mother moved to Georgetown to raise and educate her son, who was the heir to the Mexican throne. Poor guy, he was a prince, but he didn't act like one because, in reality, he was a “boy without a country.” We were classmates in the preparatory department at Georgetown College. His story is one of the romances of history. He is now living in exile in an old country house in the District of Columbia, where he spends his time reading and dreaming.

III.

I entered upon the practise of sleight of hand in the year 1877, after reading Hoffmann’s Modern Magic. I adopted Houdin’s method of carrying a pack of cards and other articles in my pockets. On my way to school, over a long country road, I put in some hard practise, learning to sauter le coupe, and palm most any small object. While in class one day, I was caught in flagrante delicto, with a pack of cards in my hand, by the dignified old Latin professor. I was sent to the Principal of the Academy for punishment, which I received like a stoic, but vowing vengeance on the Latin pedagogue, who was a very {206} orthodox religionist, the principal of a Baptist Sunday school, and consequently held cards in abhorrence. I often heard him remark that cards were the “Devil’s Looking Glasses.” One day, I slipped a couple of packs of cards in the sleeve of the professor’s overcoat, which hung upon the wall back of his desk, and tipped the wink to the boys. They were astounded at my audacity. When the class was dismissed, the scholars lingered around to see the fun. The professor went to put on his coat, whereupon the cards flew about the room in a shower, being propelled by the impact of his arm, which he thrust violently into the sleeve. The boys, with a great shout, began picking up the scattered pasteboards, which they presented to the teacher, commiserating with him in his trouble. The old man, who was very angry, disclaimed ownership of the detested cards, and got out of the room as speedily as possible. Perhaps it is needless to remark that I failed miserably in the Latin examinations that year. But it may have been owing to my stupidity and not to any animus on the professor’s part. Let us hope so.

I started practicing sleight of hand in 1877 after reading Hoffmann’s Modern Magic. I took Houdin’s approach of keeping a deck of cards and other items in my pockets. On my way to school, along a long country road, I put in a lot of practice, learning to sauter le coupe and palm almost any small object. One day in class, I was caught in flagrante delicto with a pack of cards in my hand by the serious old Latin professor. I was sent to the Principal of the Academy for punishment, which I accepted like a stoic but vowed revenge on the Latin teacher, who was a very {206} orthodox religious man, the head of a Baptist Sunday school, and thus had a strong disdain for cards. I often heard him say that cards were the “Devil’s Looking Glasses.” One day, I slipped a couple of packs of cards into the sleeve of the professor’s overcoat hanging on the wall behind his desk and signaled to the boys. They were shocked by my boldness. When the class ended, the students hung around to see what would happen. The professor went to put on his coat, and the cards flew across the room in a shower, propelled by the sudden movement of his arm as he shoved it into the sleeve. The boys cheered and began picking up the scattered cards, offering them to the teacher and sympathizing with his predicament. The old man, very angry, denied owning the hated cards and hurried out of the room. It’s probably unnecessary to mention that I failed miserably in the Latin exams that year. But it might have been due to my own foolishness and not because of any ill will from the professor. Let’s hope that’s the case.

Glen WILLOW, Georgetown, D.C.

After long practise in legerdemain, I determined to give an entertainment, and selected as my assistant, my school chum, Edward L. Dent, a boy who possessed great mechanical genius. Later in life he graduated with honors as a mechanical engineer {207} from Stevens’ Institute, New Jersey, and founded a great iron mill in Georgetown. Poor fellow, he met with business reverses and lost a fortune. He died some five or six years ago. Young Dent lived in a historical mansion on the heights of Georgetown, surrounded by a great park of oaks. It was the home of John C. Calhoun, when he was Secretary of State of the United States. In the great attic of the house, Judge Dent had fitted up a superb carpenter shop and forge for his son.

After a lot of practice in sleight of hand, I decided to put on a show and chose my school friend, Edward L. Dent, as my assistant. He had a natural talent for mechanics. Later in life, he graduated with honors as a mechanical engineer {207} from Stevens’ Institute in New Jersey and started a successful iron mill in Georgetown. Sadly, he faced some business setbacks and lost a fortune. He passed away about five or six years ago. Young Dent lived in a historic mansion on the heights of Georgetown, surrounded by a large park filled with oak trees. It used to belong to John C. Calhoun when he served as Secretary of State of the United States. In the spacious attic of the house, Judge Dent had set up a fantastic woodworking shop and forge for his son.

Here my chum and I manufactured our apparatus: the Washerwoman’s Bottle, the Nest of Boxes à la Kellar; the Card Star; the Coffee and Milk Vases; the Sphinx Table, etc. When all was ready, about two hundred invitations were sent out for a Soirée Magique. The great drawing-room of the house was fitted up as a theatre, with a stage at one end and drop curtain. We fenced in the stage with rich draperies, after the style of Robert Heller, and our gilded tables and silver candelabra with wax tapers looked very fine against the crimson background. It was the most elaborate amateur show I ever saw. Twenty minutes before the curtain rang up, both magician and assistant were seized with stage fright. We had peeped through a hole in the curtain and taken in the sea of faces. We dared not confront that crowd of youngsters without a mask of some kind. Happy thought! We decided to blacken our faces with burnt cork and appear as negro necromancers. The performance went off very well indeed, until we came to the “Card Star.” O fatal Pentagram of Pythagoras! The cards were chosen from a pack and rammed down the mouth of a big pistol, preparatory to firing them at the star, on the points of which they were to appear. I began my patter, facing the audience. “Ladies and gentlemen, I will give you an exhibition of magic marksmanship. I will fire this pistol (laughter) at the star on yonder table (renewed laughter), and the cards”—(ironical cat calls). I turned around, and to my horror, the duplicate cards were already sticking to the star; my assistant had let off the apparatus too soon. The curtain fell. I shed tears of rage at the fiasco. But, later on, I learned to act more philosophically. Magicians are subject to these mistakes. I have seen Alexander Herrmann’s {208} calculations all upset by comical contretemps of like character to the above, but he smiled benignantly and went right along as unconcernedly as ever. Conjuring certainly gets on the nerves of its devotees.

Here, my friend and I created our setup: the Washerwoman’s Bottle, the Nest of Boxes in the style of Kellar; the Card Star; the Coffee and Milk Vases; the Sphinx Table, and more. Once everything was ready, we sent out about two hundred invitations for a Magical Evening. The grand drawing room of the house was transformed into a theater, complete with a stage at one end and a drop curtain. We surrounded the stage with luxurious drapes, inspired by Robert Heller, and our gilded tables and silver candelabra with wax candles looked stunning against the red backdrop. It was the most elaborate amateur show I had ever seen. Just twenty minutes before the curtain went up, both the magician and I were hit with stage fright. We had peeked through a hole in the curtain and seen a sea of faces. We couldn’t face that crowd of kids without some kind of disguise. A brilliant idea struck us! We decided to darken our faces with burnt cork and present ourselves as Black necromancers. The performance went really well until we reached the “Card Star.” Oh, the fatal Pentagram of Pythagoras! The cards were chosen from a deck and shoved into the barrel of a big pistol, ready to be fired at the star where they were supposed to appear. I started my speech, facing the audience. “Ladies and gentlemen, I will demonstrate some magical marksmanship. I will fire this pistol (laughter) at the star on that table (more laughter), and the cards”—(sarcastic catcalls). I turned around, and to my horror, the duplicate cards were already stuck to the star; my assistant had launched the mechanism too early. The curtain fell. I cried out in frustration over the disaster. But later on, I learned to take it more philosophically. Magicians often experience these blunders. I’ve seen Alexander Herrmann’s plans get derailed by similar comedic mishaps, but he smiled calmly and carried on as if nothing had happened. Conjuring really does put pressure on its practitioners.

IV.

Amateur magicians are called upon to exhibit their skill in all sorts of places. I once gave a performance in a Pullman car, going at full speed. It was on the occasion of a pilgrimage to the Scottish Rite temples of the Southwest, with a party of eminent members of the fraternity. This was in the spring of 1904. Among those who went on the journey were the Hon. James Daniel Richardson, 33°, Sovereign Grand Commander of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry for the Southern jurisdiction of the United States, and Admiral Winfield Scott Schley, 32°, the “hero of Santiago,” a most genial traveling companion and raconteur. Mr. Richardson had jocularly appointed me Hierophant of the Mysteries, so I took along with me a box full of magic apparatus, to amuse the Initiates when time hung heavy on their hands. My first performance was given while speeding across the State of Kentucky. At one end of an observation car I arranged my table and paraphernalia. In honor of the Admiral, I got up an impromptu trick, which I called, “After the Battle of Santiago.” Borrowing a silk hat, and showing it empty, I began as follows:

Amateur magicians often get the chance to show off their skills in all sorts of venues. I once performed in a Pullman car that was going full speed. This happened during a pilgrimage to the Scottish Rite temples of the Southwest, alongside a group of notable members of the fraternity. It was in the spring of 1904. Among those on the trip were the Hon. James Daniel Richardson, 33°, Sovereign Grand Commander of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry for the Southern jurisdiction of the United States, and Admiral Winfield Scott Schley, 32°, the “hero of Santiago,” who was a really friendly travel buddy and storyteller. Mr. Richardson jokingly appointed me as the Hierophant of the Mysteries, so I brought along a box full of magic supplies to entertain the Initiates when things got slow. My first performance took place while we were speeding through Kentucky. I set up my table and equipment at one end of an observation car. In honor of the Admiral, I created an impromptu trick called, “After the Battle of Santiago.” Borrowing a silk hat and showing it was empty, I started as follows:

“Gentlemen, stretch your imag­i­na­tions, like Jules Verne, and let this hat represent the cruiser Brooklyn, Admiral Schley’s ship. This oscillating Pullman car is the ocean. The great battle of Santiago is over. Victory has crowned the American arms. An order comes from the flagship to decorate the vessels of the fleet with bunting. The sailors of the Brooklyn dive down into the hold and bring up a variety of flags. (Here I produced from the hat the flags of all nations.) They are not satisfactory. Roll them together, says the commander, and see what the composition will make. (I rolled the flags into a bundle, which I proceeded to throw in the air, whereupon a big silk American flag appeared, the smaller ensigns having disappeared.) Ah, the Star {209} Spangled Banner, under whose folds the men of many nations live in amity as fellow citizens.”

“Gentlemen, let’s use our imaginations, just like Jules Verne, and think of this hat as the cruiser Brooklyn, Admiral Schley’s ship. This moving Pullman car is the ocean. The huge battle of Santiago is done. Victory has honored the American forces. An order comes from the flagship to decorate the fleet’s ships with bunting. The sailors of the Brooklyn dive down into the hold and bring up a mix of flags. (Here, I took the flags of all nations from the hat.) They’re not good enough. Roll them together, says the commander, and see what you get. (I rolled the flags into a bundle and tossed it in the air, causing a large silk American flag to appear while the smaller flags vanished.) Ah, the Star {209} Spangled Banner, under which people from many nations live together as fellow citizens.”

I waved the flag in the air, amid the plaudits of the spectators. Just then the car gave a terrific lurch, while rounding a curve; I lost my balance and was precipitated head first like a battering ram against the capacious stomach of an old gentleman, seated in the front row. He doubled up with pain.

I waved the flag in the air, surrounded by the cheers of the crowd. Just then, the car made a huge lurch while going around a curve; I lost my balance and crashed headfirst like a battering ram into the big stomach of an old man sitting in the front row. He doubled over in pain.

“Say, what kind of a trick do you call that?” he gasped out.

“Hey, what kind of trick is that?” he gasped.

“That,” said I, “is a representation of a sailor on board of the Brooklyn falling overboard.”

"That," I said, "is a depiction of a sailor on the Brooklyn who has fallen overboard."

“I call it a monkey trick,” he groaned. His dignity and digestive apparatus had been sadly upset. From that time on, he eyed me with suspicion whenever I gave a show, and always took a chair in the back row of seats.

“I call it a monkey trick,” he groaned. His pride and stomach had been seriously upset. After that, he looked at me with suspicion every time I performed, and always chose a seat in the back row.

“Speaking of monkey tricks,” said Admiral Schley, “reminds me of an incident that occurred when I was a midshipman on board of the steam frigate Niagara, in 1860. A monkey was the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur. We were conveying back to their native land the Japanese embassy that had visited the United States in return for the visit made to their country by Commodore Perry some years before. One of the embassy bought a monkey at Anger Point, Africa, during a stoppage at that place. He (the monkey, not the Ambassador) proved to be a most mischievous brute, and was continually picking and stealing eatables from the cook’s galley. Worse than that, so far as the sailors were concerned, the ‘missing link’ of Darwin took a special delight in upsetting pots and pans of grease on the deck, which the seamen had to clean up. When chased by some irate Jack Tar with a rope’s end, the monkey would take refuge in the rigging, where he would hang by his tail from a spar, and grin with delight at his enemies. We all hated the beast, but respect for our Japanese guests forbade revenge. Finally an old sailor caught the monkey and greased his tail. Soon after, the simian committed one of his daily depredations and hied himself, as usual, up the rigging, where he attempted to swing from a yardarm by his greased tail. But, alas, he fell overboard and was drowned. The verdict rendered was that he had committed suicide. His only mourners were the Mikado’s ambassadors.” {210}

"Speaking of monkey tricks," said Admiral Schley, "reminds me of an incident that happened when I was a midshipman on the steam frigate Niagara in 1860. A monkey was our little entertainer. We were bringing back the Japanese embassy that had visited the United States after Commodore Perry went to their country a few years earlier. One of the embassy members bought a monkey at Anger Point, Africa, during our stop there. The monkey (not the Ambassador) turned out to be a real troublemaker, constantly picking and stealing food from the cook’s galley. Even worse for the sailors, this 'missing link' loved to knock over pots and pans of grease on the deck, which the crew had to clean up. When chased by some angry sailor with a rope, the monkey would escape to the rigging, hanging by his tail from a spar and grinning at them with delight. We all disliked the little beast, but we couldn't take revenge out of respect for our Japanese guests. Finally, an old sailor caught the monkey and greased his tail. Soon after, the little rascal went back to his usual mischief and climbed the rigging, trying to swing from a yardarm by his greased tail. But, unfortunately, he fell overboard and drowned. The verdict was that he had committed suicide. His only mourners were the Mikado’s ambassadors." {210}

V.

The study of natural magic is wonderfully fascinating. It possesses, too, a decided pedagogic value, which eminent scholars have not been slow to recognize. Those who obtain an insight into its principles are preserved against infection from the many psychical epidemics of the age. The subject is of interest to scientists. Dr. G. Stanley Hall, at one time professor of experimental psychology at the Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., at present president of Clarke University, Worcester, Massachusetts, used to exhibit conjuring tricks to his classes, to illustrate the illusions of the senses. An eminent German scientist, Dr. Max Dessoir, has written learnedly on the psychology of legerdemain. Prof. Joseph Jastrow, of the University of Wisconsin, subjected the conjurers, Herrmann and Kellar, to a series of careful tests, to ascertain their “tactile sensibility, sensitiveness to textures, accuracy of visual perception, quickness of movement, mental processes,” etc. The results of these tests were printed in Science, Vol. III, page 685–689, under the title of “Psychological Notes upon Sleight-of-hand Experts.”

The study of natural magic is incredibly fascinating. It also has clear educational value, which respected scholars have recognized. Those who understand its principles are protected from the many psychological trends of the time. The topic is of interest to scientists. Dr. G. Stanley Hall, who was once a professor of experimental psychology at Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, Maryland, and is currently the president of Clarke University in Worcester, Massachusetts, used to perform magic tricks for his students to demonstrate sensory illusions. An esteemed German scientist, Dr. Max Dessoir, has written extensively on the psychology of sleight of hand. Prof. Joseph Jastrow from the University of Wisconsin conducted a series of detailed tests on the magicians Herrmann and Kellar to evaluate their “tactile sensitivity, sensitivity to textures, accuracy of visual perception, speed of movement, mental processes,” and more. The results of these tests were published in Science, Vol. III, pages 685–689, under the title “Psychological Notes upon Sleight-of-hand Experts.”

The literature of natural magic is not extensive. Thirty years ago, first-class works in English on legerdemain were rare. Houdin’s Secrets de la Prestidigitation et de la Magie, which was published in 1868, was out of print, and, says Prof. Hoffmann, “the possession of a copy was regarded among professors of magic as a boon of the highest possible value.” Hoffmann picked up an old second-hand copy of the work in Paris, and translated it in the year 1877. To-day, books on sleight of hand have been multiplying rapidly. Every professor of the art thinks it incumbent upon him to publish a treatise on magic. Strange to say, the good works on the subject have been written by amateurs. Prof. Hoffmann (Angelo Lewis), a member of the London bar, has written the best book, following him have come Edwin Sachs and C. Lang Neill. The autobiography of that arch-master of magic, Robert-Houdin, was translated, in 1859, by Dr. R. Shelton Mackenzie, of Philadelphia. Thomas Frost, in 1881, produced an interesting work on the Lives of the Conjurers, but it is now quite out of date. I know of no really scholarly treatise extant to-day on the history of pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion. {211}

The literature on natural magic isn't very extensive. Thirty years ago, there weren't many top-notch English works on sleight of hand. Houdin’s Secrets de la Prestidigitation et de la Magie, published in 1868, was out of print, and, as Prof. Hoffmann noted, “having a copy was considered a huge asset among magic professionals.” Hoffmann found an old second-hand copy of the book in Paris and translated it in 1877. Nowadays, books about sleight of hand have been multiplying quickly. Every magic professor feels it’s essential to publish a guide on the subject. Interestingly, the best works have mostly come from amateurs. Prof. Hoffmann (Angelo Lewis), a member of the London bar, wrote the best book, followed by Edwin Sachs and C. Lang Neill. The autobiography of the legendary magician Robert-Houdin was translated in 1859 by Dr. R. Shelton Mackenzie from Philadelphia. Thomas Frost produced an interesting book on the Lives of the Conjurers in 1881, but it’s now quite outdated. I don't know of any truly scholarly work available today on the history of prestidigitation. {211}

Wands OF Famous Magicians.
(From the Ellison Collection, New York.)

I have been very fortunate in my researches in the history of magic, to have had access to several private collections of books, old playbills, programmes, prints, etc., relating to the subject. I myself have been an indefatigable collector of books and pamphlets treating of magic and magicians. But my library pales into insignificance beside that of my friend, Dr. Saram R. Ellison, of New York City. Dr. Ellison is a practising physician and, like many others of his profession, a great lover of escamotage, perhaps because of its relationship to psychology. He has {212} in his collection of books, many rare volumes picked up in Europe and elsewhere. At the present writing his library contains nearly one thousand two hundred titles, among them being rare copies of Decremps (1789–1793), Pinetti (1785), Breslaw (1812), Porta (1658), Kosmann (1817), Witgeest (1773), Naudeus (1657), etc., etc. In the year 1902, Kellar visited the Ellison library. He endeavored to purchase the collection for $2,000. Dr. Ellison refused to part with his beloved books. In his will he has left the collection to Columbia University, New York City. One of the doctor’s fads is the collection of wands of famous magicians. He possesses over sixty rods of the modern magi, and has often contemplated sending an expedition to Egypt to discover the wands used by Moses and Aaron. Among his collection are wands formerly wielded by Carl, Leon, Alexander and Mme. Herrmann (four representatives of one family), Willmann, Anderson, Blitz, de Kolta, Hoffmann, Goldin, Maskelyne, Powell, McAllister, Robinson, Kellar, Fox, etc. Each of the wands is accompanied by a story, which will be published in the near future.

I've been quite lucky in my research on the history of magic, as I've had access to several private collections of books, old playbills, programs, prints, and more related to the subject. I've also been an enthusiastic collector of books and pamphlets about magic and magicians. However, my library seems small compared to my friend, Dr. Saram R. Ellison, from New York City. Dr. Ellison is a practicing physician and, like many in his field, is a huge fan of sleight of hand, possibly because of its links to psychology. He has {212} in his library, featuring many rare volumes sourced from Europe and beyond. Currently, his library holds nearly twelve hundred titles, including rare editions of Decremps (1789–1793), Pinetti (1785), Breslaw (1812), Porta (1658), Kosmann (1817), Witgeest (1773), Naudeus (1657), and so on. In 1902, Kellar visited the Ellison library and tried to buy the collection for $2,000, but Dr. Ellison refused to part with his cherished books. In his will, he left the collection to Columbia University in New York City. One of the doctor’s hobbies is collecting wands from famous magicians. He has over sixty wands from modern magicians and has even thought about sending an expedition to Egypt to find the wands used by Moses and Aaron. Among his collection are wands that belonged to Carl, Leon, Alexander, and Mme. Herrmann (four members of the same family), Willmann, Anderson, Blitz, de Kolta, Hoffmann, Goldin, Maskelyne, Powell, McAllister, Robinson, Kellar, Fox, and others. Each wand comes with a story, which will be published soon.

VI.

When the citizen-king, Louis Philippe, ruled over the destinies of la belle France, there resided in Paris an old man, by the name of M. Roujol, familiarly known among his confrères as “Father” Roujol. He kept a modest shop in the Rue Richelieu for the manufacture and sale of magical apparatus. The professional and amateur conjurers of the French capital made Roujol’s their meeting place. “The Duc de M——,” says Robert-Houdin, “did not disdain to visit the humble emporium of the mystic art, and remain for hours conversing with Roujol and his associates.” It was here that Houdin became acquainted with Jules de Rovère, of noble birth, a conjurer who abandoned the title of escamoteur, as beneath his aristocratic dignity, and coined for himself the pompous cognomen, pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, from presti digiti (activity of the fingers). The French Academy sanctioned the formation of this word, thus handing it down to posterity. Jules de Rovère also called himself Physicien du Roi. Old Father Roujol is dust long ago. We have replicas of his {213} quaint place in New York, Chicago, Boston and Philadelphia. On Sixth Avenue, not far from Thirtieth Street, New York City, is the shop of the Martinka Brothers. It is located on the ground floor of a dingy old building. In front is a tiny window, with a variety of magical apparatus displayed therein. Above the door, in tarnished gold letters, is the sign, “Palace of Magic.” The second floor is occupied by a Chinese restaurant. The Occident and Orient exist here cheek-by-jowl. The Chinaman concocts mysterious dishes to tickle the jaded palates of the boulevardiers; the proprietors of the Aladdin Palace of Up-to-Date Enchantments invent ingenious tricks and illusions to astound the eyes of their patrons. Here I met Robinson, de Kolta, Kellar, and many other conjurers of note. The Society of American Magicians holds its meetings at Martinka’s.

When Citizen King Louis Philippe was in charge of the fate of la belle France, an old man named M. Roujol lived in Paris. He was affectionately called “Father” Roujol by his peers. He ran a small shop on Rue Richelieu where he made and sold magic equipment. Professional and amateur magicians in the French capital gathered at Roujol’s place. “The Duc de M——,” Robert-Houdin stated, “did not hesitate to visit the humble shop of the mystic arts, spending hours discussing with Roujol and his friends.” It was here that Houdin met Jules de Rovère, a nobleman and magician who considered the title of escamoteur below his aristocratic status and instead coined the grand title pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, derived from presti digiti (finger tricks). The French Academy approved the creation of this term, ensuring it would be remembered. Jules de Rovère also referred to himself as Physicien du Roi. Old Father Roujol has long since passed away. We now have replicas of his {213} charming shop in New York, Chicago, Boston, and Philadelphia. On Sixth Avenue, near Thirtieth Street in New York City, there’s the store of the Martinka Brothers. It’s situated on the ground floor of a shabby old building. In front, there’s a small window showcasing various magic devices. Above the door, in faded gold letters, is the sign “Palace of Magic.” The second floor is home to a Chinese restaurant. The West and East come together here. The Chinese chef whips up mysterious dishes to indulge the sophisticated tastes of the boulevardiers; the owners of the Aladdin Palace of Up-to-Date Enchantments create clever tricks and illusions to amaze their customers. Here, I met Robinson, de Kolta, Kellar, and many other notable magicians. The Society of American Magicians holds its meetings at Martinka’s.

BIJOU THEATER OF THE MARTINKA BROS., New YORK.

This society owes its foundation to two practising physicians of New York, Dr. W. Golden Mortimer, an ex-conjurer, and Dr. Saram R. Ellison, the collector of magic literature. Ellison suggested the name, Mortimer wrote the ritual of the order, and {214} the two of them called the meeting for the formation of the society. The first idea of such a fraternity of magicians was formulated by the writer of this book, who endeavored to found a society called the “Sphinx,” but it proved abortive. The leading conjurers of the United States and Europe are enrolled among the members of the S. A. M. The meetings are held once a month, at Martinka’s, usually followed by exhibitions of skill on the stage of the Bijou Theatre, attached to the place. Robert-Houdin, in the closing chapter of his Secrets of Conjuring and Magic, remarks that it would be a superb sight to witness a performance by magicians, where each would show his chef d’oeuvre in the art. At Martinka’s this is realized. Here you may see the very perfection of digital dexterity, mental magic, and the like. Mr. Francis J. Martinka possesses many interesting relics of celebrated performers: Alexander Herrmann’s wand, Robert Heller’s orange tree, and photographs galore of magicians, living and dead. Some of the most important illusions of the day have been built in the shop of the Martinka Brothers. Other manufacturers in New York City are Witmark & Sons, and Mr. Beadle, a veteran mechanic and erstwhile assistant to Robert Heller.

This society was founded by two practicing physicians from New York, Dr. W. Golden Mortimer, a former magician, and Dr. Saram R. Ellison, a collector of magic literature. Ellison came up with the name, Mortimer wrote the ritual for the organization, and {214} the two of them scheduled a meeting to establish the society. The initial idea for such a magician fraternity was proposed by the author of this book, who tried to create a society called the “Sphinx,” but it didn’t work out. The top magicians from the United States and Europe are members of the S. A. M. Meetings take place once a month at Martinka’s, typically followed by demonstrations of skill on the stage of the Bijou Theatre, which is connected to the venue. Robert-Houdin, in the last chapter of his Secrets of Conjuring and Magic, mentions how incredible it would be to see a performance by magicians, each showcasing their best work in the art. At Martinka’s, this vision comes to life. Here, you can witness the highest level of sleight of hand, mental magic, and more. Mr. Francis J. Martinka has many fascinating relics from famous performers: Alexander Herrmann’s wand, Robert Heller’s orange tree, and countless photographs of both living and deceased magicians. Some of the most significant illusions of the time have been created in the Martinka Brothers' workshop. Other manufacturers in New York City include Witmark & Sons and Mr. Beadle, a seasoned craftsman and former assistant to Robert Heller.

In Boston we have the magic emporiums of W. D. LeRoy and C. Milton Chase; and in Chicago, that of A. Roterberg. Both LeRoy and Roterberg are fine sleight-of-hand performers. Mr. Roterberg is the author of a clever work on card conjuring, which ranks very high in the estimation of the profession, also several little brochures on up-to-date legerdemain. In Philadelphia, Mr. Thomas Yost, a veteran manufacturer of magical apparatus, holds forth. He has built many fine illusions and tricks. In London, we have the well-known firm of Hamley & Co.; in Paris, Caroly and De Vere. There is no dearth of periodicals devoted to the art of magic. Among the leading ones are: Mahatma, Brooklyn, New York; The Sphinx, Kansas City, Missouri; Magic and The Wizard, London; The Magician, Liverpool; L’Illusioniste, Paris; and Der Zauberspiegel, Berlin.

In Boston, we have the magic shops of W. D. LeRoy and C. Milton Chase; and in Chicago, A. Roterberg. Both LeRoy and Roterberg are amazing sleight-of-hand performers. Mr. Roterberg has written a smart book on card tricks, which is highly regarded in the profession, along with several brochures on modern magic. In Philadelphia, Mr. Thomas Yost, a seasoned maker of magic props, is prominent. He has created many impressive illusions and tricks. In London, there's the well-known company Hamley & Co.; in Paris, Caroly and De Vere. There is no shortage of magazines focusing on the art of magic. Some of the leading ones are: Mahatma, Brooklyn, New York; The Sphinx, Kansas City, Missouri; Magic and The Wizard, London; The Magician, Liverpool; L’Illusioniste, Paris; and Der Zauberspiegel, Berlin.

A DAY WITH ALEXANDER THE GREAT.

Come, bring thy wand, whose magic power
Can wake the troubled spirits of the deep.”
HEMANS: Address to Fancy.

I.

They come back to me, those old days in the newspaper office in Baltimore. I can shut my eyes and see the long, dingy room with its ink-splattered tables and flaring gas jets. The printers’ devils rushing in and out with wet proof-sheets. Reporters come and go. Look! There is Joe Kelly, Lefevre, Jarrett and John Monroe. And here comes Ludlam, familiarly known as “Lud,” the prince of Bohemian newsgatherers; a cross between Dickens’ Alfred Jingle and Murger’s Rodolph. He is always “down on his luck,” but nothing can phase his natural gaiety and bonhomie. He snaps his fingers at Fate, and mocks at the world. On his death bed he made bon mots. Poor old Ludlam, he is forever associated with my introduction to Alexander the Great.

They come back to me, those old days in the newspaper office in Baltimore. I can close my eyes and see the long, grimy room with its ink-stained tables and flickering gas lights. The printing assistants rush in and out with wet proof sheets. Reporters come and go. Look! There’s Joe Kelly, Lefevre, Jarrett, and John Monroe. And here comes Ludlam, affectionately known as “Lud,” the king of Bohemian newsgatherers; a mix of Dickens’ Alfred Jingle and Murger’s Rodolph. He’s always “down on his luck,” but nothing can shake his natural cheerfulness and friendliness. He snaps his fingers at Fate and mocks the world. On his deathbed, he made witty remarks. Poor old Ludlam, he’s forever linked to my introduction to Alexander the Great.

I look back across the years that separate me from my journalistic experiences, and see myself seated at a reporter’s table, on a certain morning in January, waiting for an assignment from the city editor; a fire, a murder, political interview, I knew not what, and therein lies the ineffable charm of newspaper reporting. Enter Ludlam, jaunty and debonaire. The snow encrusts his faded coat with powdery flakes. He strikes a theatrical attitude, and exclaims: “Philosophers say that the Devil is dead! Gentlemen, don’t you believe them. I have just had an interview with His Satanic Majesty, and he is very much alive. He was beautifully perfumed with sulphur (or was it cigarette smoke?); and wore a fur-lined overcoat. Coming from a tropical climate, {216} he finds this cold weather very disagreeable. He turned my watch into a turnip and back again. He took a roll of greenbacks from my coat pocket. That was sure enough witchcraft. I defy any other person than Beelzebub to get money from my clothes. He extracted a hard-boiled egg from my nose, and a rabbit from my hat. But seeing is believing. Here he is now!”

I look back on the years that separate me from my journalism days and see myself sitting at a reporter’s table, on a January morning, waiting for an assignment from the city editor; a fire, a murder, a political interview, I had no idea, and that’s the unique thrill of newspaper reporting. In walks Ludlam, cheerful and charming. The snow covers his worn coat with fluffy flakes. He strikes a dramatic pose and says: “Philosophers claim that the Devil is dead! Gentlemen, don’t buy it. I just had a meeting with His Satanic Majesty, and he’s very much alive. He was smelling wonderfully of sulfur (or was it cigarette smoke?); and he wore a fur-lined overcoat. Coming from a tropical climate, {216} he finds this cold weather quite unpleasant. He turned my watch into a turnip and back again. He took a roll of cash from my coat pocket. That was definitely magic. I challenge anyone other than Beelzebub to get money from my clothes. He pulled a hard-boiled egg from my nose and a rabbit from my hat. But seeing is believing. Here he is now!”

ALEXANDER HERRMANN.

With that he threw open the green baize door with a crash, and in walked Alexander Herrmann, the magician, smiling and bowing. This little comedy had been arranged by the irrepressible Ludlam. He was a great practical joker. We shouted with laughter. This was my first introduction to Alexander the Great, who was making his periodical visit to the newspaper offices, and he came to the News first, because it was an afternoon journal. He was to play that night at Ford’s Opera House. He performed a number of capital tricks for us with watches, coins, handkerchiefs and rings, and was pronounced a royal good fellow by the entire outfit—editors, reporters, typesetters and devils. Being the only amateur magician on the paper, I was detailed to accompany the famous conjurer on his “swing around the {217} magic circle.” I was delighted with my assignment. We traversed the markets; visited the Stock Exchange, where a howling mob of brokers danced a carmagnole about us; and the police stations. Herrmann was received everywhere with acclamations. His impromptu feats of magic evoked shouts of laughter. On one of the street cars the following scene took place, which I hugely enjoyed:

With that, he flung open the green felt door with a bang, and in walked Alexander Herrmann, the magician, grinning and bowing. This little prank had been set up by the unstoppable Ludlam. He was a master prankster. We erupted in laughter. This was my first encounter with Alexander the Great, who was making his regular visit to the newspaper offices, starting with the News since it was an afternoon paper. He was set to perform that night at Ford’s Opera House. He wowed us with some amazing tricks involving watches, coins, handkerchiefs, and rings, and everyone on the staff—editors, reporters, typesetters, and assistants—declared him a really great guy. As the only amateur magician at the paper, I was chosen to accompany the legendary conjurer on his “swing around the {217} magic circle.” I was thrilled with my role. We went through the markets, visited the Stock Exchange, where a rowdy crowd of brokers swirled around us, and made stops at the police stations. Herrmann was welcomed everywhere with cheers. His spontaneous magic tricks drew bursts of laughter. On one of the streetcars, the following scene unfolded, which I found immensely enjoyable:

The conductor, a cadaverous, solemn looking man, who took the world and himself seriously, came around to collect the fares. He accosted the conjurer first.

The conductor, a gaunt and serious-looking man who took the world and himself seriously, came around to collect the fares. He approached the magician first.

“Fare.” exclaimed Herrmann, with an expressive shrug of the shoulders. “Why, I paid mine long ago.”

“Fare,” Herrmann exclaimed, shrugging his shoulders dramatically. “I paid mine a long time ago.”

“No such thing!” snapped the conductor.

“Not a chance!” snapped the conductor.

“But, my dear fellow—!”

“But, my dear dude—!”

“You can’t come that game on me!” said the conductor. “I demand your fare, at once, or off you go.”

“You can’t pull that on me!” said the conductor. “I need your fare, right now, or you’re getting off.”

“Nonsense, man, I gave you a five-dollar gold piece, but you did not return the change. You said, ‘Wait until’—. But here is the gold coin sticking in your scarf.” So saying, the conjurer proceeded to extract a coin from the muffler which the conductor wore about his neck. “And worse than that, you’ve robbed me.” Then seizing hold of the coat of the dumbfounded man, he took from his breast pocket a large bundle of what seemed to be greenbacks. These, Herrmann scattered about the car. On each note was printed his portrait and an advertisement of his show. At a trifling distance these advertisements resembled greenbacks. They were more or less facsimiles of U. S. Treasury certificates. The occupants of the car picked them up, and laughed heartily at the mystification. Herrmann then paid his fare, presented the conductor and driver with passes to the theater, and in a little while we got off at Barnum’s hotel, where we had luncheon. The negro waiters of the establishment eyed him with fear and trembling, for he had played many practical jokes on them, and they never knew when he would break out in a new spot. He had a capital trick of raising a glass of wine to his lips as if about to partake of it, when with a dash of the hand upwards the glass would vanish, wine and all, only to be reproduced a minute later from somebody’s coat tail. {218}

“Nonsense, man, I gave you a five-dollar gold piece, but you didn’t give me the change. You said, ‘Wait until’—. But here’s the gold coin stuck in your scarf.” With that, the magician reached into the muffler the conductor was wearing around his neck and pulled out a coin. “And even worse, you’ve robbed me.” Then, grabbing hold of the coat of the shocked man, he took a large bundle of what looked like cash from his breast pocket. Herrmann scattered them around the car. Each bill had his picture on it and an ad for his show. From a distance, these ads looked like real cash. They were pretty much copies of U.S. Treasury certificates. The passengers in the car picked them up and laughed heartily at the confusion. Herrmann then paid his fare, gave the conductor and driver passes to the theater, and soon we got off at Barnum’s hotel, where we had lunch. The Black waiters at the establishment watched him with fear and trembling because he had played many practical jokes on them, and they never knew when he would pull another one. He had a great trick where he’d raise a glass of wine to his lips like he was about to drink it, then with a quick motion, the glass would disappear, wine and all, only to reappear a minute later from someone’s coat tail. {218}

II.

The following is a charming anecdote related by Herrmann in the North American Review, some years ago:

The following is a delightful story shared by Herrmann in the North American Review, a few years back:

ALEXANDER HERRMANN AT THE Ages OF 23.

“In March, 1885, while in Madrid, I appeared at the Sasuella Theatre quite successfully, for the house was filled every evening with hidalgos and noble senoras, and King Alphonso XII. was kind enough to view my performance from a box. He was so pleased that I was asked to the palace, and knowing him to be a great sportsman, I presented him with a silver-mounted saddle which I had brought with me from Buenos Ayres. He was exceedingly kind, and after I had performed a mathematical trick with cards, which pleased him greatly, he kept asking me continually if he could not be of some service to me. At first I did not accept, but a little while afterwards I thought it would be a great {219} thing if I could make the King of Spain my confederate in a trick. He consented, laughingly, and it was so arranged that from the stage I was to ask one of the audience to write a number, when the King was to get up and say, ‘I will write it,’ and do it. Of course, with such a confederate, the trick was accomplished with the greatest effect. The first thing I did in beginning the second part of my performance was to take a blank piece of paper. This I handed to the King, asking him to sign it at the bottom. He did so readily, and the paper was passed from hand to hand and given to me. I conjured up all the spirits that have been or will be, and lo and behold! the paper was closely written from the top to the place where His Majesty’s signature was affixed. It was handed back to him, and, while he laughed very heartily, he said, ‘I will not deny my signature to this document, which appoints Alexander Herrmann pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur to the King of Spain, and, as the spirits have done so, I heartily acquiesce.’ ”

“In March 1885, while I was in Madrid, I performed at the Sasuella Theatre to great success, as the theater was packed every evening with nobles and dignified ladies, and King Alphonso XII. kindly watched my show from a box. He enjoyed it so much that I was invited to the palace, and knowing he was a passionate sportsman, I gifted him a silver-mounted saddle that I had brought from Buenos Aires. He was incredibly gracious, and after I performed a card trick that delighted him, he kept asking if there was anything he could do for me. At first, I declined, but soon I realized it would be fantastic to have the King of Spain as my accomplice in a trick. He agreed with a laugh, and we arranged for me to ask someone from the audience to write down a number, at which point the King would stand up and say, ‘I will write it,’ and do just that. With such an ally, the trick was executed brilliantly. To start the second part of my show, I took a blank piece of paper and handed it to the King, asking him to sign it at the bottom. He readily obliged, and the paper was passed around before coming back to me. I conjured up all the spirits that have ever existed or will exist, and lo and behold! The paper was filled with writing all the way to where His Majesty's signature was. I handed it back to him, and while he laughed heartily, he said, ‘I won’t deny my signature to this document, which appoints Alexander Herrmann as the magician to the King of Spain, and since the spirits have done this, I wholeheartedly agree.’”

Those who are acquainted with the peculiar properties of sympathetic inks will readily understand the modus operandi of the above trick. For example: Copper sulphate in very dilute solution will produce an invisible handwriting, which will turn light blue when subjected to the vapor of ammonia. Again, write with a weak solution of sulphuric acid and the chirography will appear in black letters when the paper is submitted to a strong heat. To obtain the requisite heat, all you have to do is to lay the sheet of paper on a small table which has a top of thin sheet iron or tin. Beneath this top, concealed in the body of the table, is a spirit lamp—not a lamp run by spooks, but “spirits of wine.” Ample time for the chemical operation to take place is afforded by the patter of the conjurer.

Those familiar with the unusual properties of sympathetic inks will quickly grasp how the trick works. For instance, copper sulfate in a very diluted solution creates invisible writing that turns light blue when exposed to ammonia vapor. Similarly, if you write with a weak solution of sulfuric acid, the writing will appear in black when the paper is heated strongly. To get the needed heat, simply place the sheet of paper on a small table with a thin iron or tin top. Hidden underneath this top, in the body of the table, is a spirit lamp—not one run by ghosts, but one filled with "spirits of wine." The magician's patter gives enough time for the chemical reaction to occur.

Another clever trick, bordering on the supernatural, was Herrmann’s “Thibetan Mail,” the effect of which was as follows: Handing a sheet of note paper to various persons in the audience, Herrmann requested them to write sentences upon it, one under the other. When this was accomplished, he tore the paper into halves, and requested some gentleman to retain one half. The other half the magician thrust into the flame of a candle and burned it to ashes. Flinging the ashes in the air, he cried: “I send this message to the mighty Mahatma who dwells in the {220} great temple of Lhassa. Let him restore the paper intact and return it to me by spiritual post.” No sooner said than done. Immediately a District Messenger boy rushed into the theatre, down the center aisle, waving in his hand a sealed letter. Handing this to some one in the audience, Herrmann requested him to break the seal and examine the contents of the envelope. Inside of the envelope he found a second one, and within that a third and fourth, etc. In the last envelope the half sheet of paper was revealed perfectly restored. Its identity was proved by matching it with the half-sheet of writing retained by the first spectator, whereupon they were found to fit exactly, and the writing to correspond. The modus operandi of this astounding feat, like all good things in magic, is very simple, but it requires adroitness on the part of the performer to execute properly. The conjurer does not burn the piece of paper which contains the writing, but exchanges it for a dummy which he thrusts into the flame of the candle. The original half-sheet of paper is secretly transferred to an assistant, usually in the following manner: The magician calls for a candle and matches, which the assistant brings in upon a salver. The slip of paper is “worked off” to the assistant in the act of taking the candle and matches from the tray. The confederate then goes behind the scenes, slips the paper into a “nest of envelopes,” seals them simultaneously, and gives the package to a stage hand habited as a messenger boy, who runs to the front part of the house to await the cue from the conjurer. This trick was intended as a burlesque on Madame Blavatsky’s Indian Mail feat.

Another clever trick, almost supernatural, was Herrmann’s “Thibetan Mail.” Here’s how it worked: He handed a sheet of note paper to several audience members and asked them to write sentences one below the other. Once they were done, he tore the paper in half and asked one man to keep one half. The other half, the magician shoved into the flame of a candle and burnt it to ashes. Throwing the ashes into the air, he exclaimed: “I send this message to the great Mahatma who resides in the {220} great temple of Lhassa. Let him restore the paper intact and send it back to me by spiritual post.” As soon as he said it, a District Messenger boy raced into the theater, down the center aisle, waving a sealed letter. He handed it to someone in the audience, and Herrmann asked him to break the seal and check the envelope's contents. Inside, he found a second envelope, which contained a third, and so on. In the last envelope, the half sheet of paper appeared perfectly restored. Its identity was confirmed by matching it with the half-sheet of writing the first spectator had, and they fit exactly, with the writing matching. The method behind this incredible feat, like all great magic, is pretty simple, but it requires skill from the performer to pull off. The magician doesn’t actually burn the piece of paper with the writing; instead, he switches it for a dummy that he holds in the candle flame. The original half-sheet of paper is secretly passed to an assistant, usually like this: The magician asks for a candle and matches, which the assistant brings on a tray. The slip of paper is “worked off” to the assistant while taking the candle and matches from the tray. The accomplice then goes behind the scenes, slips the paper into a “nest of envelopes,” seals them up, and gives the package to a stagehand dressed as a messenger boy, who runs to the front to wait for the cue from the magician. This trick was meant as a parody of Madame Blavatsky’s Indian Mail feat.

I remember very well performing this experiment at an amateur show at the home of Mr. O― H―, of Baltimore, some eighteen years ago, before a company of interested spectators, among whom was the charming daughter of the house, Miss Alice, now the Countess Andrezzi Bernini, of Rome, Italy. My stage was situated in an alcove at one end of the splendid drawing room, and it had a window opening on a side street. My District Messenger boy, hired for the occasion, and privately instructed how to act, was stationed beneath this window, and threatened with all the penalties of Dante’s Inferno if he went asleep at his post. My brother, Walter Dorsey Evans, {221} afterwards a skillful amateur pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, acted as my assistant, and adroitly threw the sealed note out of the window to the boy. Great was the surprise of my audience when the door bell rang and the stately butler of the establishment brought into the parlor the messenger boy with his sealed letter.

I remember performing this experiment at an amateur show at Mr. O― H―'s home in Baltimore about eighteen years ago, in front of a group of interested spectators, including the lovely daughter of the house, Miss Alice, who is now the Countess Andrezzi Bernini, living in Rome, Italy. My stage was set up in an alcove at one end of the beautiful drawing room, and it had a window that opened onto a side street. I had hired a District Messenger boy for the occasion, who I privately instructed on what to do, and he was stationed under the window, warned about all the penalties from Dante’s Inferno if he fell asleep on the job. My brother, Walter Dorsey Evans, who later became a skilled amateur magician, helped me by tossing the sealed note out the window to the boy. My audience was greatly surprised when the doorbell rang and the elegant butler brought the messenger boy into the parlor with his sealed letter.

“Where did you get this?” asked the host, as he doubtfully fingered the envelope and examined the address, which read, “To Sahib O― H―, Baltimore, Md.”

“Where did you get this?” the host asked, skeptically handling the envelope and looking at the address, which read, “To Sahib O― H―, Baltimore, Md.”

“Please, sir, an old man dressed in a yellow robe came into the office, and asked that the letter be delivered at once.”

“Excuse me, sir, an older man in a yellow robe walked into the office and requested that the letter be delivered immediately.”

“A Mahatma, I presume!” said the lawyer, ironically.

“A Mahatma, I guess!” said the lawyer, with a hint of sarcasm.

“He had no hat on, sir, only a turbot wrapped round his head.”

“He wasn't wearing a hat, sir, just a turbot wrapped around his head.”

“A turban, I suppose you mean.”

“A turban, I guess that’s what you mean.”

“That’s it, sir—a turbing like the Turks wear.”

“That’s it, sir—a turban like the Turks wear.”

“That will do, young man. You may go.”

“That's enough, young man. You can leave now.”

The boy left. May he be forgiven the lies uttered in my behalf. But all is fair in love, war, and conjuring. He was well tutored what to say in the event of his being questioned, but he performed his part so naturally and lied so artistically and with such a front of brass as to have deceived the most incredulous. I have often speculated upon the subsequent career of that lad. Possibly today he is representing his country abroad in an important diplomatic post, or manufacturing sensational news for the yellow press. Had I been a professional conjurer, I would have hired him on the spot as an assistant.

The boy left. I hope he’s forgiven for the lies told on my behalf. But everything’s fair in love, war, and magic. He was well-prepared for what to say if anyone asked him, but he played his role so naturally and lied so convincingly with such confidence that he fooled even the biggest skeptics. I often wonder about what that kid is doing now. Maybe today he’s serving his country in a significant diplomatic role or creating sensational stories for the tabloid press. If I had been a professional magician, I would have hired him on the spot as my assistant.

III.

Alexander Herrmann was born in Paris, February 11, 1844. Information concerning his family is somewhat meagre. His father, Samuel Herrmann, was a German Jew, a physician, who had come to France to reside, and there married a Breton lady. Sixteen children were born of this union, of whom Carl was the oldest of the eight boys and Alexander the youngest. Samuel Herrmann was an accomplished conjurer, but rarely performed in public. He gave private séances before Napoleon I, who presented him with a superb watch. This timepiece descended to Alexander, and is in possession of his widow. {222}

Alexander Herrmann was born in Paris on February 11, 1844. Information about his family is somewhat limited. His father, Samuel Herrmann, was a German Jew and a physician who moved to France and married a Breton woman. They had sixteen children, with Carl being the oldest of the eight boys and Alexander the youngest. Samuel Herrmann was a skilled magician but rarely performed in public. He held private shows for Napoleon I, who gifted him an exquisite watch. This timepiece was passed down to Alexander and is now owned by his widow. {222}

Carl Herrmann was born in Hanover, Germany, January 23, 1816. Despite parental opposition he became a sleight-of-hand artist, and was known as the “First Professor of Magic in the World.” In 1848 he made his first bow to the English people, at the Adelphi Theatre, London, where he produced the second-sight trick, which he copied from Houdin in France. Early in the sixties he made a tour of America, with great success. At his farewell performance in New York City, he introduced his brother Alexander as his legitimate successor. Carl then retired with a fortune to Vienna, where he spent the remainder of his days in collecting rare antiquities. His death occurred at Carlsbad, June, 1887, at the age of seventy-two. He was a great favorite with Czar Nicholas and the Sultan of Turkey and frequently performed at their palaces.

Carl Herrmann was born in Hanover, Germany, on January 23, 1816. Despite his parents' disapproval, he became a sleight-of-hand artist and was known as the “First Professor of Magic in the World.” In 1848, he made his debut to the English audience at the Adelphi Theatre in London, where he showcased the second-sight trick, which he had copied from Houdin in France. In the early 1860s, he toured America with great success. During his farewell performance in New York City, he introduced his brother Alexander as his legitimate successor. Carl then retired with a fortune to Vienna, where he spent the rest of his days collecting rare antiquities. He passed away in Carlsbad in June 1887 at the age of seventy-two. He was a favorite of Czar Nicholas and the Sultan of Turkey, frequently performing at their palaces.

Here is one of Carl Herrmann’s German programmes:

Here is one of Carl Herrmann’s German programs:

Teplitzer Stadttheater

Tuesday, June 8, 1886
Second and final guest performance
the famous magician
Prof. C. Herrmann
from Vienna
under the direction of Mr. A. MORINI
PROGRAMM
I. Abtheilung
II. Abtheilung
1. Wo wünschen Sie es?
1. Der Sack
2. Die Billard-Kugel
2. Die Plantation
3. Das Schlangentuch
3. Die Tasche
4. Die fliegenden Gegenstände
4. Der Kegel
5. Der Banquier
5. Der Ring in Gefahr
6. Der Fischfang und das Gegenstück
6. Eine Improvisation

Alle oben ausgeführten Experimente sind Erfindungen des Herrn Prof. Herrmann und werden ohne jedweden Apparat und sonstige Hilfsmittel ausgeführt.

The following is one of Carl’s char­ac­ter­is­tic Eng­lish pro­grammes. I con­si­der it of great in­ter­est to the pro­fes­sion: {223}

The following is one of Carl’s characteristic English programs. I think it's very relevant to the profession: {223}

Theatre Royal, Haymarket.
Mr. B. WEBSTER, Sole Lessee and Manager, Old Brompton.
MORNING SHOWS.
MATINEES
MAGIC
Starting at 2 PM.
THE WONDER OF THE WORLD!
This morning, Wednesday, May 3rd, 1848,
And during the week,
M. Herrmann
(OF HANOVER), PREMIER PRESTIDIGITATEUR OF FRANCE, AND THE ACKNOWLEDGED FIRST PROFESSOR OF MAGIC IN THE WORLD,
Respectfully announces to the Nobility, Gentry and the Public in general that he will give
FOUR FINAL SHOWS,
Before he leaves for the Provinces, he will introduce
SIX AMAZING NEW TRICKS,
NEVER SHOWN BEFORE!
  • L’Album Hanoverien; The Hanoverian Album.
  • Les Chapeaux Diaboliques; The Diabolical Hats.
  • Le Coffre infernale; The Infernal Chest.
  • Le Vase d’Armide; ou, l’horlogerie de Geneve; Armida’s Vase; or The Geneva Clockwork.
  • La Multiplication des Indes; Indian Multiplication.
  • Les Mysteres de Paris; The Mysteries of Paris.
MADE. HERRMANN
Will also showcase her amazing powers of
SECOND SIGHT; OR ANTI-MAGNETISM,
By divining, with Closed Eyes, any objects that may be submitted to this proof, which has astonished the most scientific.
PROGRAM
  • Le Volage des Cartes; Illusions with Cards.
  • Le Miroir des Dames; the Lady’s Looking Glass.
  • LA BOUTEILLE INEPUISABLE; THE INEXHAUSTIBLE BOTTLE.
  • Robin le Sorcier (piece mecanique); Robin the Sorcerer.
  • La Poche Marveilleuse; The Marvellous Pocket.
  • Le Noces de Canaes; The Nuptials of Cana.
  • Satan et son Mouchoir; Satan and his Kerchief.
  • Les Colombes Sympathetiques; The Sympathetic Doves.
  • LE CADRAN MATHEMATICIEN; THE MATHEMATICAL CLOCK.
  • Le Timbre Isole (piece mecanique); The Isolated Clock Bell.
  • Le pain de sucre Magique; The Magic Sweetcake.
  • Plusieurs tours de Cartes nouveaux et de magie blanche; New Illusions with Cards and White Magic.
  • La naissance des Poissons rouges, execute en habit de ville; The Birth of Gold Fish; performed in an Evening Dress.
Brand New Illusions from India,
The ETHEREAL SUSPENSION By Ether
THE DOUBLE VISION! or, SECOND SIGHT,
By MADAME HERRMANN, with various updates
Card Tricks AND White Magic!
And a Concert Imitating Different Birds,
By M. HERRMANN.
{224}

Alexander was destined by his father to the practice of medicine, but fate willed otherwise.

Alexander was intended by his father to pursue a career in medicine, but fate had other plans.

AAdelaide HERRMANN.

When quite a boy, he ran away and joined Carl, acting as his assistant. He remained with his brother six years, when his parents placed him in college at Vienna. He did not complete his scholastic studies, but went to Spain in 1859 and began his career as a magician. He appeared in America in 1861, but returned a year later to Europe, and made an extended tour. He played an engagement of 1,000 consecutive nights at Egyptian Hall, London. In 1875 he married Adelaide Scarsez, a beautiful and clever danseuse, who assisted him in his soirées magiques. Herrmann became a naturalized citizen of the United States in 1876. He died of heart failure in his private car, December 11, 1896, while traveling from Rochester, N. Y., to Bradford, Penn., and was buried with Masonic honors in Woodlawn cemetery, just outside of New York City. He made and lost several fortunes. Unsuccessful theatrical speculations were largely responsible for his losses. He aspired in vain to be the manager and proprietor of a chain of theatres. He introduced the celebrated Trewey, the French fantaisiste, to the American public. Herrmann was an extraordinary linguist, a raconteur and wit. Several chivalric orders were conferred upon him by European potentates. He usually billed himself as the Chevalier Alexander Herrmann. His mephistophelean aspect, his foreign accent, and histrionic powers, coupled with his wonderful sleight of hand, made him indeed the king of conjurers. He had a wrist of steel and a palm of velvet. He performed tricks wherever he went, in the street cars, cafés, clubs, hotels, newspaper offices, and markets, imitating in this respect the renowned Bosco. These impromptu entertainments widely advertised his art. He rarely changed his repertoire, but old tricks in his hands were invested with the charm of newness. I can remember as a boy with what emotion I beheld the rising of the curtain, in his fantastic soirées, and saw him appear, in full court costume, smiling and bowing. Hey, presto! I expected every moment to see him metamorphosed into the Mephisto of Goethe’s “Faust,” habited in the traditional red costume, with red cock’s feather in his pointed cap, and clanking rapier by his side; sardonic, {225} and full of subtleties. He looked the part to perfection. He was Mephisto in evening dress. When he performed the trick of the inexhaustible bottle, which gave forth any liquor called for by the spectators, I thought of him as Mephisto in that famous drinking scene in Auerbach’s cellar, boring holes in an old table, and extracting from them various sparkling liquors as well as flames. In his nervous hands articles vanished and reappeared with surprising rapidity. Everything material, under the spell of his flexible fingers, seemed to be resolved into a fluidic state, as elusive as pellets of quicksilver. He was indeed the Alexander the Great of Magic, who had conquered all worlds with his necromancer’s wand—theatrical worlds; and he sighed because there were no more to dominate with his legerdemain. One of his posters always fascinated my boyish imag­i­na­tion. It was {226} night in the desert. The Sphinx loomed up majestically under the black canopy of the Egyptian sky. In front of the giant figure stood Herrmann, in the center of a magic circle of skulls and cabalistic figures. Incense from a brazier ascended and circled about the head of the Sphinx. Herrmann was depicted in the act of producing rabbits and bowls of gold fish from a shawl, while Mephisto, the guardian of the weird scene, stood near by, dressed all in red, and pointing approvingly at his disciple in the black art. In this picture were symbolized Egyptian mystery and necromancy, mediæval magic, and the sorcery of science and pre­sti­di­gi­ta­tion.

When he was a young boy, he ran away and joined Carl, serving as his assistant. He stayed with his brother for six years until his parents enrolled him in college in Vienna. He didn’t finish his studies and went to Spain in 1859 to start his career as a magician. He appeared in America in 1861 but returned to Europe a year later for an extended tour. He performed for 1,000 consecutive nights at Egyptian Hall in London. In 1875, he married Adelaide Scarsez, a beautiful and talented dancer who helped him with his soirées magiques. Herrmann became a naturalized U.S. citizen in 1876. He died of heart failure in his private car on December 11, 1896, while traveling from Rochester, N.Y., to Bradford, Penn., and was buried with Masonic honors in Woodlawn Cemetery, just outside New York City. He made and lost several fortunes, with unsuccessful theatrical ventures mostly causing his losses. He aspired to manage and own a chain of theaters but was unsuccessful. He introduced the famous Trewey, the French entertainer, to American audiences. Herrmann was an extraordinary linguist, storyteller, and wit. Several chivalric orders were granted to him by European leaders. He often referred to himself as the Chevalier Alexander Herrmann. His devilish look, foreign accent, and acting skills, combined with his incredible sleight of hand, made him the king of magicians. He had a steel wrist and a velvet palm. He performed tricks everywhere—on streetcars, in cafés, clubs, hotels, newspaper offices, and markets, imitating the famous Bosco. These impromptu performances greatly promoted his art. He rarely changed his repertoire, but his old tricks felt fresh in his hands. I remember as a boy the excitement I felt when the curtain rose during his fantastic soirées, where he appeared in full court costume, smiling and bowing. Hey, presto! I expected him to transform into Goethe’s Mephisto, dressed in the traditional red outfit, with a red feather in his pointed cap and a clanking sword by his side; sardonic and full of nuances. He perfectly fit the role. He was Mephisto in evening attire. When he performed the trick with the endless bottle, pouring any drink requested by the audience, I thought of him as Mephisto in that famous drinking scene in Auerbach’s cellar, boring holes in an old table and pulling out various sparkling drinks as well as flames. In his nimble hands, items vanished and reappeared at astonishing speed. Everything material, under the spell of his dexterous fingers, seemed to dissolve into a fluid state, as elusive as quicksilver pellets. He was indeed the Alexander the Great of Magic, who had conquered all realms of magic with his wand—the theatrical realms; and he sighed because there were no more to conquer with his magic. One of his posters always captivated my youthful imagination. It depicted a night in the desert. The Sphinx rose majestically under the dark Egyptian sky. In front of the giant figure stood Herrmann, inside a magic circle made of skulls and mystical symbols. Incense from a brazier rose and enveloped the head of the Sphinx. Herrmann was shown pulling rabbits and bowls of goldfish from a shawl, while Mephisto, the guardian of that strange scene, stood nearby dressed in red, pointing approvingly at his apprentice in the black arts. This image symbolized Egyptian mystery and necromancy, medieval magic, and the sorcery of science and prestidigitation.

IV.

When Herrmann came to Baltimore, he always put up at Barnum’s Hotel, a quaint, old caravansary that had sheltered beneath its hospitable roof such notables as Charles Dickens, Thackeray and Jenny Lind. Alas, the historic hostelry was torn down years ago to make room for improvements. It stood on the southwest corner of Calvert and Fayette streets, within a stone’s throw of the Battle Monument. I spent some happy hours with Herrmann in this ancient hotel, listening to his rich store of anecdotes. I received from him many valuable hints in conjuring. There was something exotic about his tastes. He loved to surround himself with Oriental luxuries, rare curios picked up in the bazaars of Constantinople, Cairo, and Damascus; nargilehs, swords of exquisite workmanship; carved ivory boxes; richly embroidered hangings, and the like. His private yacht, “Fra Diavolo,” and his Pullman car were fitted up regardless of expense. Habited in a Turkish dressing gown which glowed with all the colors of the rainbow; his feet thrust into red Morocco slippers; the inevitable cigarette in his mouth, Herrmann resembled a pasha of the East. He was inordinately fond of pets and carried with him on his travels a Mexican dog, a Persian cat, cages full of canaries, a parrot and a monkey. His rooms looked like a small zoo. He seemed to enjoy the noises made by his pets. His opinions concerning his art were interesting. {227}

When Herrmann came to Baltimore, he always stayed at Barnum’s Hotel, a charming old place that had hosted famous guests like Charles Dickens, Thackeray, and Jenny Lind. Unfortunately, the historic hotel was demolished years ago to make way for renovations. It was located on the southwest corner of Calvert and Fayette streets, just a short walk from the Battle Monument. I spent some enjoyable hours with Herrmann in this old hotel, listening to his wealth of stories. He shared many valuable tips about magic with me. There was something exotic about his tastes. He loved to surround himself with Oriental luxuries, rare finds from the bazaars of Constantinople, Cairo, and Damascus; nargilehs, beautifully crafted swords; carved ivory boxes; richly embroidered fabrics, and more. His private yacht, “Fra Diavolo,” and his Pullman car were lavishly furnished. Dressed in a Turkish robe that shimmered with all the colors of the rainbow, his feet in red Moroccan slippers and a cigarette always in his mouth, Herrmann looked like a pasha from the East. He was very fond of pets and traveled with a Mexican dog, a Persian cat, cages full of canaries, a parrot, and a monkey. His rooms resembled a small zoo. He seemed to enjoy the sounds made by his animals. His views on his art were fascinating. {227}

“A magician is born, not made!” was his favorite apothegm. “He must possess not only digital dexterity, but be an actor as well.”

“A magician is born, not made!” was his favorite saying. “He must have not only skilled hands but also be a performer.”

“What is the greatest illusion in the repertoire of the conjurer?” I asked him.

“What is the biggest illusion in the magician's act?” I asked him.

“The Vanishing Lady of M. Buatier de Kolta,” was the unhesitating reply.

“The Vanishing Lady of M. Buatier de Kolta,” was the quick answer.

“Why so?” I inquired.

“Why?” I asked.

“Because of its simplicity. The great things of magic are always the simple things. The ‘Vanishing Lady’ trick has the most transcendant effect when properly produced, but, alas, the secret is now too well known. Its great success proved its ruin. Irresponsible bunglers took it up and made a fiasco of it. In the hands of De Kolta it was perfection itself. There was nothing wanting in artistic finish.”

“Because of its simplicity. The best things in magic are always the simple ones. The ‘Vanishing Lady’ trick has the most amazing effect when done correctly, but, unfortunately, the secret is now too widely known. Its great success led to its downfall. Irresponsible amateurs picked it up and made a mess of it. In the hands of De Kolta, it was perfection itself. There was nothing lacking in artistic execution.”

Herrmann related to me some amusing episodes of his varied career. In the year 1863 he was playing an engagement in Constantinople. He received a summons to appear before the Sultan and his court. At the appointed hour there came to the hotel where he was staying a Turkish officer, who drove him in a handsome equipage to a palace overlooking the gleaming waters of the Golden Horn, where “ships that fly the flags of half the world” ride at anchor. It was a lovely afternoon in April. Herrmann was ushered into a luxuriously furnished apartment and invited to be seated on a divan. The officer then withdrew. Presently a couple of tall Arabs entered. One carried a lighted chibouk; the other a salver, upon which was a golden pot full of steaming hot Mocha coffee, and a tiny cup and saucer of exquisite porcelain. The slaves knelt at his feet and presented the tray and pipe to him.

Herrmann shared with me some funny stories from his diverse career. In 1863, he was performing in Constantinople. He got a call to meet with the Sultan and his court. At the scheduled time, a Turkish officer arrived at his hotel and took him in a fancy carriage to a palace overlooking the shimmering waters of the Golden Horn, where “ships that fly the flags of half the world” were anchored. It was a beautiful afternoon in April. Herrmann was led into a lavishly decorated room and invited to sit on a divan. The officer then left. Soon, a couple of tall Arabs came in. One held a lit chibouk; the other had a tray with a golden pot filled with steaming hot Mocha coffee, along with a tiny cup and saucer made of exquisite porcelain. The servants knelt at his feet and offered him the tray and pipe.

“A faint suspicion,” said Herrmann, “crossed my mind that perhaps the tobacco and coffee were drugged with a pinch or two of hasheesh—that opiate of the East, celebrated by Monte Cristo; the drug that brings forgetfulness and elevates its votaries to the seventh heaven of spiritual ecstasy. I thought, ‘what if the Sultan were trying some of his sleight-of-hand tricks on me for the amusement of the thing. Sultans have been known to do such things.’ Now I wanted to keep cool and have all of my wits {228} about me. My reputation as a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur was at stake. It was very silly, I suppose, to entertain such ideas. But once possessed of this absurd obsession I could not get rid of it. So I waved off the attendants politely and signified by gestures that I did not desire to indulge in coffee or tobacco. But they persisted, and I saw that I could not rid myself of them without an effort. Happy thought! I just took a whiff of the pipe and a sip of the coffee, when, hey, presto!—I made the chibouk and cup vanish by my sleight of hand and caused a couple of small snakes, which I carried upon my person for use in impromptu tricks, to appear in my hands. The astonishment on the faces of those two Arabs was something indescribable. They gazed up at the gilded ceiling and down at the carpet, puzzled to find out where the articles had gone, but finding no solution to the problem and beholding the writhing serpents in my hands, fled incontinently from the room. These simple sons of the desert evidently thought that I had just stepped out of the Arabian Nights Entertainments. At this juncture a chamberlain entered and in French bade me welcome, informing me that His Imperial Majesty was ready to receive me. He conducted me to a superb salon with a platform at one end. I looked around me, but saw only one person, a black-bearded gentleman, who sat in an armchair in the middle of the apartment. I recognized in him the famous ‘Sick Man of Europe.’ I bowed low to the Sultan Abdul Aziz.

“A faint suspicion,” said Herrmann, “crossed my mind that maybe the tobacco and coffee were spiked with a little hasheesh—that Eastern opiate made famous by Monte Cristo; the drug that causes forgetfulness and lifts its users to the heights of spiritual ecstasy. I thought, ‘what if the Sultan is trying to pull some tricks on me for fun? Sultans have been known to do that.’ I wanted to stay calm and keep all my wits about me. My reputation as a magician was on the line. It was pretty silly, I guess, to think like this. But once I got caught up in this ridiculous idea, I couldn’t shake it off. So I politely waved off the attendants and signaled with my hands that I didn’t want any coffee or tobacco. But they kept insisting, and I realized I couldn’t get rid of them without trying. Then it hit me! I just took a puff of the pipe and a sip of the coffee, and then—voila!—I made the pipe and cup disappear with a flick of my wrist and made a couple of small snakes, which I carried for impromptu tricks, appear in my hands. The shock on the faces of those two Arabs was beyond words. They looked up at the gilded ceiling and down at the carpet, confused about where the items had gone, finding no answer to the mystery, and when they saw the writhing snakes in my hands, they ran out of the room in a hurry. These simple desert dwellers clearly thought I had just stepped out of the Arabian Nights. At that moment, a chamberlain entered and welcomed me in French, informing me that His Imperial Majesty was ready to see me. He led me to an exquisite salon with a platform at one end. I looked around but saw only one person, a gentleman with a black beard, sitting in an armchair in the middle of the room. I recognized him as the famous ‘Sick Man of Europe.’ I bowed deeply to Sultan Abdul Aziz.”

“ ‘Well, monsieur, begin,’ he said in French.

“‘Well, sir, go ahead,’ he said in French.”

“And so this was my audience. No array of brilliantly garbed courtiers and attendants; no music. Only a fat gentleman, languidly polite, waiting to be amused. How was it possible to perform with any élan under such depressing conditions? It takes a large and enthusiastic audience to inspire a performer. I began my tricks. As I progressed with my programme, however, I became aware of the presence of other persons in the room besides the ruler of the Ottoman Empire. The laughter of women rippled out from behind the gilded lattice work and silken curtains that surrounded the salon. The harem was present though invisible to me. I felt like another being and executed my tricks with more than usual effect. The Sultan was charmed and paid me many compliments. A couple of weeks after the {229} séance, I was invited to accompany him on a short cruise in the royal yacht. On this occasion I created a profound sensation by borrowing the Sultan’s watch, which I (apparently) threw overboard. His face fairly blazed with anger; his hand involuntarily sought the handle of his jeweled sword. Never before had the Commander of the Faithful been treated so cavalierly. Seeing his agitation, I hastened to explain. ‘Don’t be alarmed, your Majesty, for the safety of your timepiece. It will be restored to you intact. I pledge my honor as a magician.’ He sneered incredulously, but vouchsafed no reply. ‘Permit me to throw overboard this hook and line and indulge in a little fishing.’ So saying, I cast into the sea the line, and after a little while brought up a good sized fish. Cutting it open, I produced from its body the missing watch. This feat, bordering so closely on the sorcery of the Arabian Nights, made a wonderful impression on the spectators. I was the lion of the hour. Constantinople soon rang with my fame. In the cafés and bazaars the ignorant populace discussed my marvelous powers with bated breath. The watch trick, however, proved my undoing. One morning I was sitting in my room at my hotel, idly smoking a cigarette and building palaces as unsubstantial as those erected by the Genii in the story of ‘Aladdin and his wonderful lamp,’ when a messenger from his Imperial Majesty was announced. He made a low obeisance and humbly laid at my feet a bag containing 5,000 piastres, after which he handed me an envelope inscribed with Turkish characters and sealed with large seals.

“And so this was my audience. No group of brilliantly dressed courtiers and attendants; no music. Just a portly gentleman, lazily polite, waiting to be entertained. How could I perform with any flair under such dull circumstances? It takes a large and enthusiastic audience to inspire a performer. I began my tricks. As I continued with my program, however, I became aware of other people in the room besides the ruler of the Ottoman Empire. The laughter of women echoed from behind the gilded lattice work and silk curtains that surrounded the salon. The harem was present, though I couldn’t see them. I felt like a different person and executed my tricks with more effectiveness than usual. The Sultan was charmed and showered me with compliments. A couple of weeks after the {229} performance, I was invited to join him on a short cruise in the royal yacht. On this occasion, I created quite a stir by borrowing the Sultan’s watch, which I (apparently) threw overboard. His face turned red with anger; his hand instinctively reached for the handle of his jeweled sword. Never before had the Commander of the Faithful been treated so disrespectfully. Seeing his agitation, I quickly explained, ‘Don’t worry, your Majesty, about your watch. It will be returned to you safe and sound. I promise you as a magician.’ He sneered in disbelief but didn’t respond. ‘Let me throw this hook and line overboard and do a little fishing.’ Saying this, I cast the line into the sea, and after a moment, I pulled up a good-sized fish. Cutting it open, I retrieved his missing watch from its body. This stunt, so reminiscent of the magic of the Arabian Nights, greatly impressed the spectators. I was the star of the moment. Constantinople soon buzzed with my fame. In the cafes and bazaars, the curious masses whispered about my incredible powers. However, the watch trick led to my downfall. One morning, I was sitting in my hotel room, idly smoking a cigarette and building palaces as imaginary as those created by the Genies in the story of ‘Aladdin and his wonderful lamp,’ when a messenger from his Imperial Majesty was announced. He bowed deeply and humbly placed a bag containing 5,000 piastres at my feet, then handed me an envelope written in Turkish characters and sealed with large seals.”

“ ‘Ah,’ I said to myself, ‘the Sultan is going to confer upon me the coveted order of the Medjidie.’ My heart swelled with pride. I was like the foolish Alnaschar, who, while indulging in day dreams of greatness, unconsciously overturned his stock of glassware in the market, thereby ruining himself. I prolonged opening the envelope in order to indulge my extravagant fancies. Finally I broke the seals and read the enclosed letter, which was written in French:

“ ‘Ah,’ I said to myself, ‘the Sultan is going to give me the prestigious order of the Medjidie.’ My heart swelled with pride. I felt like the foolish Alnaschar, who, lost in daydreams of greatness, accidentally knocked over his stock of glassware in the market, ruining himself in the process. I took my time opening the envelope to savor my wild fantasies. Finally, I broke the seals and read the enclosed letter, which was written in French:

“ ‘It would be better for you to leave Constantinople at once.’

“‘It would be better for you to leave Constantinople right away.’”

“My budding hopes were crushed. I left the city that afternoon in a British steamer bound for a Grecian port. Either {230} watch tricks were unpopular in the Orient, or I was encroaching upon the preserves of the Dervishes—a close corporation for the working of pious frauds. But things have changed in Turkey since then.”

“My growing hopes were shattered. That afternoon, I left the city on a British steamer headed for a Greek port. Either {230} watch tricks weren't popular in the East, or I was stepping on the toes of the Dervishes—a tight-knit group known for their pious scams. But Turkey has changed since then.”

V.

Madame Herrmann, on the death of her husband, sent to Europe for her nephew-in-law, Leon Herrmann, and they continued the entertainments of magic throughout the country, meeting with success. Some curious and amusing adventures were encountered on their travels. One of Alexander Herrmann’s favorite tricks was the production of a mass of colored paper ribbon from a cocoanut shell, and from the paper a live duck. This clever feat always evoked tremendous applause. The stupid look of the duck as it waddled around the stage was very laughable. On one occasion, when I was present at the soirée magique, the duck seemed to find difficulty in reaching the exit and went around quacking in loud distress, thereby interrupting the conjurer in his patter. Quick as a flash, Herrmann remarked to his assistant, “Kindly remove the comedian.” Shouts of laughter greeted the sally. Herrmann was very felicitous in this species of impromptu by-play. He was indeed, as he described himself, the necromantic comedian. Leon, following in the footsteps of his illustrious uncle, also performed the cocoanut shell trick. He had as assistant a stalwart Ethiopian, who had been with the elder Herrmann, and rejoiced in the stage name of “Boumski.” One day in the city of Detroit, Mich., Madame Herrmann missed from her dressing room at the theatre a valuable diamond ring. Suspicion fell upon the negro, who had attained some proficiency in the black art, so far as making things disappear was concerned, though he was not so apt when it came to producing them. Boumski stoutly asseverated that he had seen the duck swallow the ring. The fowl was accordingly slain, and its stomach searched, but without result. The loss of the duck caused considerable grief in the conjuring ménage. It was quite a pet, and trained to perform its part in the magic tricks. Suspicion again fell upon Boumski. Finally, the dusky necromancer confessed that he was the thief and that the poor {231} duck was innocent. The ring was recovered in a pawnbroker’s shop. Boumski went to jail. To revenge himself he exposed the whole repertoire of tricks of the Herrmann company to the newspapers.

Madame Herrmann, after her husband passed away, contacted her nephew-in-law, Leon Herrmann, and together they traveled around the country, continuing their magic shows with great success. They encountered some curious and entertaining adventures along the way. One of Alexander Herrmann’s favorite tricks involved producing a bunch of colorful paper ribbons from a coconut shell and then pulling out a live duck from the paper. This clever act always received huge applause. The silly expression on the duck's face as it waddled around the stage was really funny. One time, when I attended the soirée magique, the duck seemed to struggle to find the exit and wandered around quacking loudly in distress, interrupting the magician’s performance. Quick on his feet, Herrmann told his assistant, “Please take away the comedian.” This prompted loud laughter from the audience. Herrmann was quite good at this kind of spontaneous banter. He truly was, as he called himself, the necromantic comedian. Leon, following in his famous uncle's footsteps, also performed the coconut shell trick. He had a strong assistant named Boumski, an Ethiopian who had previously worked with the older Herrmann. One day in Detroit, Michigan, Madame Herrmann discovered that a valuable diamond ring was missing from her dressing room at the theater. Suspicion fell on Boumski, who had become somewhat skilled in the art of making things disappear, although he wasn’t as good at making them reappear. Boumski insisted that he saw the duck swallow the ring. As a result, they killed the duck and searched its stomach, but found nothing. The loss of the duck caused a lot of sadness in the magic troupe. It was a beloved pet and was trained to perform in their tricks. Suspicion fell on Boumski yet again. Eventually, the dark magician confessed that he was the one who took the ring, and that the poor {231} duck was innocent. The ring was retrieved from a pawn shop, and Boumski ended up in jail. To get back at them, he revealed all the tricks of the Herrmann company to the newspapers.

ALEXANDER HERRMANN’S MGIC Table.
(In the Possession of Francis J. Martinka.)

After playing together for a season or two, aunt and nephew separated, today they are performing with great success in vaudeville. Madame Herrmann calls her act “A Night in Japan.” It is an exhibition of silent magic—en pantomime. She was ever a graceful woman, and her exhibitions of legerdemain are most pleasing. Beautiful scenery adds to the effect. Leon Herrmann, who resembles his great uncle in personal appearance, is fast becoming a favorite with the American public.

After playing together for a season or two, aunt and nephew separated; today they are performing successfully in vaudeville. Madame Herrmann calls her act “A Night in Japan.” It’s a silent magic show—en pantomime. She has always been a graceful woman, and her tricks are very enjoyable. Beautiful scenery enhances the performance. Leon Herrmann, who looks a lot like his great uncle, is quickly becoming a favorite with the American audience.

VI.

Magical CCabinet Built BY CARL HERRMANN.

The magician places a card in one of the little drawers of the cabinet, and it reappears in any other drawer the onlooker may suggest. (Now in the possession of Mr. Martinka, New York City.)

The magician puts a card into one of the small drawers of the cabinet, and it reappears in whichever drawer the spectator suggests. (Now owned by Mr. Martinka, New York City.)

Let us now pass in review some of Alexander Herrmann’s tricks. His gun illusion was perhaps his most sensational feat. {232} I am indebted to the late Frederick Bancroft for the correct explanation of the startling trick. A squad of soldiers, under the command of a sergeant, comprised the firing party. The guns were apparently loaded with genuine cartridges, the bullets of which had been previously marked for identification by various spectators. The soldiers stood upon a platform erected in the centre of the theatre, and Herrmann stationed himself upon the stage. The guns were fired at him, and he caught the balls upon a plate. Upon examination the balls were found to be still warm from the effects of the explosion, and the marks were identified upon them. The substitution of the sham cartridges, which were loaded into the gun, for the genuine ones was very subtly executed by means of a trick salver having a small well let into its centre to hold the cartridges. Into this well the marked cartridges were deposited by the spectators. In the interior of the salver was a second compartment loaded with the blank cartridges. The sergeant who collected the bullets shifted the compartments by means of a peg underneath the salver, as he walked from the audience to the stage. The sham cartridges {233} were now brought to view and the real were hidden in the body of the salver. While the soldiers were engaged in loading their rifles with the blank cartridges, the sergeant went behind a side scene to get his gun and deposit the salver. A couple of assistants extracted the genuine bullets and heated them. Herrmann went to the wing to get the plate, and secretly secured the marked bullets. The rest of the trick consisted in working up the dramatic effects.

Let’s review some of Alexander Herrmann’s tricks. His gun illusion was probably his most impressive feat. {232} I owe the correct explanation of this amazing trick to the late Frederick Bancroft. A group of soldiers, led by a sergeant, made up the firing squad. The guns seemed to be loaded with real cartridges, which had been marked for identification by various audience members. The soldiers stood on a platform in the center of the theater, while Herrmann stood on stage. They fired at him, and he caught the bullets on a plate. Upon inspection, the bullets were still warm from the explosion, and the marks were confirmed. The switch of the fake cartridges loaded into the gun for the real ones was done cleverly using a trick salver with a small well in the center to hold the cartridges. Audience members placed the marked cartridges into this well. Inside the salver was a second section filled with blank cartridges. The sergeant who collected the bullets discreetly switched the compartments using a peg underneath the salver as he walked from the audience to the stage. The fake cartridges {233} were then revealed, while the real ones were concealed in the salver. While the soldiers were loading their rifles with the blank cartridges, the sergeant went behind a side curtain to get his gun and put down the salver. A couple of assistants took the real bullets and heated them. Herrmann went to the side of the stage to get the plate and secretly collected the marked bullets. The rest of the trick was about building up the dramatic effects.

“AFTER THE BALL”—1. SCREENING THE Lady.
“AFTER THE BALL”—2. THE ESCAPE.

One of Herrmann’s best illusions, though not invented by him, was his vanishing lady, known as “Vanity Fair” and “After {234} the Ball.” A large pier glass, which was elevated some two feet above the stage, was brought forward by the magician, and the glass shown to be solid, back and front. Mme. Herrmann, dressed in a handsome ball costume, was now introduced to the audience. By the aid of a small ladder, she climbed up and stood upon a glass shelf immediately in front of the mirror. A narrow screen was then placed about her, so as not to hide from the spectators the sides of the mirror.

One of Herrmann’s best illusions, although not created by him, was his vanishing lady, known as “Vanity Fair” and “After {234} the Ball.” A large mirror, which was raised about two feet above the stage, was brought forward by the magician, and the mirror was shown to be solid, both front and back. Mme. Herrmann, dressed in an elegant ball gown, was then introduced to the audience. With the help of a small ladder, she climbed up and stood on a glass shelf right in front of the mirror. A narrow screen was then placed around her so that the audience could still see the sides of the mirror.

“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Herrmann, “Madame Vanity Fair, who is now gazing at her pretty features in the mirror, has only to pronounce a certain mystic formula known to the Cabalists, and she will be instantly transported to the grand ball at the Opera House. This is a decided improvement on horses and carriages.” He fired a pistol, and the screen was pulled away. The lady was found to have completely vanished. But how? Not into the mirror, into that land of adumbration, celebrated in Alice’s Adventures in a Looking Glass. No, the glass was apparently of solid crystal, and too thin to conceal anyone. This is the modus operandi of the trick: The mirror in reality was composed of two sections. The glass shelf, upon which the lady stood, concealed the top of the lower section. The upper section was placed to the rear of the lower mirror, so that its lower end slid down behind it. This upper glass worked like a window sash. When it was pushed up, its upper end was hidden in the wide panel of the frame. The lower part of this large glass had a piece cut out. Through this opening the lady was drawn by an assistant across an improvised bridge—a plank shoved through the back scene, as shown in the illustration. When she had escaped, the counterpoised mirror was again pushed down into its proper place, and the plank withdrawn. The fact that some of the mirror was in view during the exhibition allayed suspicion on the part of the audience. The effect was further enhanced by turning the back of the mirror to the spectators to show them that the lady was not there. It was one of the most novel and effective illusions of Herrmann’s repertoire, particularly because of the fact that he was assisted by his pretty and graceful wife, who looked charming in her elegant ball dress, and acted her part to perfection. {235}

“Ladies and gentlemen,” said Herrmann, “Madame Vanity Fair, who is now admiring her beautiful features in the mirror, just needs to say a special mystic phrase known to the Cabalists, and she will be instantly transported to the grand ball at the Opera House. This is definitely a step up from horses and carriages.” He fired a pistol, and the screen was pulled away. The lady had completely disappeared. But how? Not into the mirror, that realm of shadows famous from Alice’s Adventures in a Looking Glass. No, the glass was clearly solid crystal, and too thin to hide anyone. This is the modus operandi of the trick: the mirror was actually made of two sections. The glass shelf, where the lady stood, hid the top of the lower section. The upper section was positioned behind the lower mirror, so its bottom slid down behind it. This upper glass acted like a window sash. When it was pushed up, its top end was concealed in the wide panel of the frame. The lower part of this large glass had a section cut out. Through this opening, the lady was pulled by an assistant across a makeshift bridge—a plank extended through the back scene, as shown in the illustration. After she escaped, the counterweighted mirror was pushed back into its original position, and the plank was removed. The fact that some of the mirror was still visible during the performance helped reduce suspicion from the audience. The effect was further enhanced by turning the back of the mirror towards the spectators to prove that the lady was gone. It was one of the most original and effective illusions in Herrmann’s act, especially considering he was assisted by his lovely and graceful wife, who looked stunning in her elegant ball gown and performed her role perfectly. {235}

HERRMANN I, II, III.

The following is one of Alexander Herrmann’s programmes:

The following is one of Alexander Herrmann's programs:

The Dark Comedy Performer
HERRMANN, the Great
With the help of MME. HERRMANN, in his unmatched entertainment of
Magic, Fun, and Mystery
PART 1.
30 MINUTES WITH HERRMANN,
All Nature’s laws set aside. Laughter born of bewilderment and wonder. Concluding with Herrmann’s latest and most startling illusion, entitled:
AFTER THE DANCE.
By MME. HERRMANN.
BREAK.
SECTION II.
HERRMANN’S NEW AMAZING SPIRIT SEANCE.
(During the séance, no one will be allowed to enter or leave the auditorium.)
BREAK.
PART 3.
Herrmann’s latest thrilling illusion,
THE ESCAPE FROM SING SING,
Founded on the recent escape of the notorious convicts, Pallister and Roehl, from the famous prison.
BREAK.
PART IV—FINAL.
HERRMANN,
With a bouquet of mystic novelties. “The closer you watch the less you see.” Concluding with Herrmann’s mystifying masterpiece,
THE ENIGMATIC SWING.
HERE! THERE! NOWHERE!

A TWENTIETH CENTURY THAUMATURGIST.

“I have, since I was three years old, conversed with a magician, most profound in his art, and yet not damnable.”—SHAKESPEARE; As You Like It—V. 2, 68.

“I have, since I was three years old, talked with a magician, very skilled in his craft, and yet not evil.”—Shakespeare As You Like It—V. 2, 68.

I.

The leading exponent of the magic art in the United States today is the famous Harry Kellar. He makes a specialty of pseudo-clairvoyance, second sight, feats of levitation, spirit cabinets, and mechanical illusions. Seizing upon the craze for Hindoo necromancy, mahatma miracles and the like, he presents many of his tricks and illusions as examples of Eastern thaumaturgy. Unlike Herrmann, who bubbled over with wit and humor and acted the comedian, Kellar assumes a Sphinx-like demeanor and envelopes himself in a mantle of mystery. Herrmann was the tricksy Mephistopheles of Goethe’s Faust. Kellar is the Arbaces of Bulwer’s Last Days of Pompeii—the Egyptian sorcerer and initiate into the rites of Isis and Osiris; or, better still, the Brahmin adept of Crawford’s Mr. Isaacs. Kellar’s entertainments appeal to the scholarly inclined. To see him at work, one is transported in imag­i­na­tion to a Hindoo temple where mahatmas exhibit their miracles. His patter is more or less based on Oriental ideas. For example, “The Yoge’s Lamp,” which is a very fine trick, invented by a German conjurer, Herr Conradi, of Berlin. The effect is as follows: On a pedestal stands a lighted lamp. Enveloping this lamp with a foulard, the magician carries it across the stage and places it upon a small gueridon with a glass top. A portion of the chimney of the lamp is in view all the time, and within the silken folds of the foulard the light may be seen shining through with subdued effect. Kellar now fires a pistol. The foulard drops upon {238} the table, and the big lamp vanishes with lightning rapidity. It seems to melt away. It is a seemingly impossible feat, because the glass-topped table has no possible place of concealment about it. The foulard is afterwards passed to the spectators for examination. I am not at liberty to reveal the secret of this surprising trick. I must preserve a discreet silence, in deference to the wishes of Mr. Kellar. As originally invented by Herr Conradi, the lamp reappears in a frame hanging in the center of the stage. But Kellar’s method I consider more artistic, and in better keeping with the mise en scène. Without patter this feat of magic would fall comparatively flat. In Kellar’s hands it is invested with a halo of supernaturalism which is very effective. The following is a brief résumé of the story of the lamp: “Ladies and gentlemen, I have here on this pedestal a copper lamp of antique pattern which was loaned to me by a celebrated Brahmin who presides over a shrine in the Holy City of Benares, India. I have his permission to use it in my thaumaturgic séances, but I must return it to him at a certain hour every evening, as it is needed in the ceremonial rites of the temple at Benares. That hour has now arrived. (A bell strikes the hour, slowly and solemnly. He wraps the foulard about the lamp, which he places on the table.) I shall count three—the mystic number of Brahmin theosophy—and fire this pistol. Instantaneously the atoms composing the lamp will be disintegrated by the force of my will and fly through the fourth dimension of space to India, where they will reassemble and materialize in their former shape, and the lamp will appear upon the altar of the temple as of old.”

The leading performer of magic in the United States today is the famous Harry Kellar. He specializes in pseudo-clairvoyance, second sight, levitation tricks, spirit cabinets, and mechanical illusions. Capitalizing on the fascination with Hindoo necromancy, mahatma miracles, and similar themes, he presents many of his acts as examples of Eastern magic. Unlike Herrmann, who was full of wit and humor and played the comedian, Kellar takes on a Sphinx-like demeanor and surrounds himself with an aura of mystery. Herrmann was the playful Mephistopheles from Goethe’s Faust. Kellar is the Arbaces from Bulwer’s Last Days of Pompeii—the Egyptian sorcerer involved in the rites of Isis and Osiris; or, even better, the Brahmin adept from Crawford’s Mr. Isaacs. Kellar’s shows appeal to those with a scholarly mindset. Watching him perform, one is transported in imagination to a Hindoo temple where mahatmas demonstrate their miracles. His dialogue is largely based on Eastern concepts. For example, “The Yoge’s Lamp,” which is a very clever trick created by a German magician, Herr Conradi, from Berlin. The effect is as follows: On a pedestal stands a lit lamp. Wrapping this lamp in a foulard, the magician carries it across the stage and places it on a small glass-topped table. A portion of the lamp's chimney remains visible at all times, and the light can be seen shining through the folds of the foulard. Kellar then fires a pistol. The foulard drops onto the table, and the large lamp disappears in an instant. It seems to melt away. It appears to be an impossible feat, as the glass-topped table offers no place to hide it. The foulard is later passed around for the audience to examine. I can’t reveal the secret behind this surprising trick. I must keep quiet, respecting Mr. Kellar’s wishes. In Herr Conradi's original version, the lamp reappears in a frame hanging in the center of the stage. But Kellar’s method is more artistic and fits better with the mise en scène. Without the dialogue, this magic trick would fall somewhat flat. In Kellar’s hands, it carries an aura of the supernatural that is very effective. Here’s a brief summary of the story of the lamp: “Ladies and gentlemen, I have on this pedestal a copper lamp of antique design, which was lent to me by a celebrated Brahmin who oversees a shrine in the Holy City of Benares, India. I have his permission to use it in my magical performances, but I must return it to him at a specific hour every evening, as it is needed for the ceremonial rites at the temple in Benares. That hour has now arrived. (A bell tolls the hour slowly and solemnly. He wraps the foulard around the lamp, placing it on the table.) I will count to three—the mystical number of Brahmin philosophy—and fire this pistol. Instantly, the atoms that make up the lamp will be broken down by the power of my will and fly through the fourth dimension of space to India, where they will reassemble and materialize in their original form, and the lamp will reappear on the altar of the temple as before.”

Of course no one credits this rhodomontade, but the conjurer’s purpose is accomplished. The trick is given a mystical setting and a certain kind of pseudo-scientific explanation. And all things are possible in nature, for have we not the x-rays, radio-activity, wireless telegraphy, and forces undreamed of a few years ago by the physicists?

Of course, no one believes this bragging, but the magician’s goal is achieved. The trick is given a mystical backdrop and a kind of fake scientific explanation. And everything is possible in nature, because don’t we have x-rays, radioactivity, wireless communication, and forces that physicists couldn’t have imagined a few years ago?

II.

Kellar was born in Erie, Pennsylvania, in 1849—the famous year of the California Argonauts. When quite a young lad he {240} was apprenticed to the drug business. In this respect he resembles the great Cagliostro. One day while experimenting on his own account, during the absence of his master, he charged a copper vessel with soda and sulphuric acid, the result being a terrific explosion which tore a hole in the office floor overhead. Thus he began life by making a great noise in the world, and has resolutely kept it up. After the fiasco with the chemicals, he was dismissed by his employer, whereupon he boarded a freight train and went to New York City, where he became a newsboy. His energy and winning manners attracted the attention of Rev. Robert Harcourt, an English clergyman, who adopted him, and gave him a good education. The reverend gentleman intended preparing young Kellar for the church, but such was not to be. Seeing an advertisement in a Buffalo paper that the renowned “Fakir of Ava” wanted a boy to travel with him and learn the trade of magician, Kellar determined to apply for the place. He set out for Buffalo and went to the Fakir’s bungalow, a quaint old house in the environs of the city. “When he entered the yard, the Fakir’s little black-and-tan dog jumped at him in a friendly way, and showed great delight at the meeting. The Fakir soon appeared, and after he had talked with the boy for a short time, said: ‘I have had about one hundred and fifty applications for the place, but that little dog has shown great animosity to every boy who entered the gate until you came. You are the first one he has made friends with. I will give you a trial.’ ”27 The result was that Kellar became acolyte or familiar to the Fakir of Ava, and all because of a dog. This was reversing the old proverb, “Love me, love my dog” to that of “Whom my dog loves, I love.” The reader will remember that Mephistopheles first appears to Faust in the shape of a dog. Perhaps the Fakir’s canine was possessed with the Devil, and recognized a future master of the black art in Kellar.

Kellar was born in Erie, Pennsylvania, in 1849—the famous year of the California Gold Rush. As a young boy, he became an apprentice in the drug trade, similar to the great Cagliostro. One day, while experimenting on his own during his master's absence, he mixed soda and sulfuric acid in a copper vessel, resulting in a massive explosion that tore a hole in the office floor above. This was how he made his loud entrance into the world, and he’s kept that energy going ever since. After the chemical mishap, he was let go by his employer, so he hopped on a freight train to New York City, where he became a newsboy. His enthusiasm and charming personality caught the attention of Rev. Robert Harcourt, an English clergyman, who took him in and provided him with a solid education. The reverend intended to train Kellar for the church, but that wasn’t in the cards. When he saw an ad in a Buffalo paper stating that the famous “Fakir of Ava” was looking for a boy to travel with him and learn the art of magic, Kellar decided to apply for the job. He traveled to Buffalo and went to the Fakir’s bungalow, an eccentric old house on the outskirts of the city. When he entered the yard, the Fakir’s little black-and-tan dog jumped at him excitedly, clearly thrilled to meet him. The Fakir appeared shortly after, and after a brief conversation, he said: ‘I’ve had about one hundred and fifty applications for the position, but that little dog has shown aggression toward every boy who entered the gate until you came. You’re the first one he has befriended. I’ll give you a chance.’ The outcome was that Kellar became the assistant or confidant of the Fakir of Ava, all thanks to a dog. This turned the old saying “Love me, love my dog” into “Whom my dog loves, I love.” Readers will recall that Mephistopheles first appears to Faust in the form of a dog. Perhaps the Fakir’s canine was marked by the Devil and recognized Kellar as a future master of the black arts.

HARRY KELLAR

27 A Magical Tour. Chicago, 1886.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ A Magical Tour. Chicago, 1886.

After traveling several seasons with the good old Fakir, Kellar started out on his own account. It was an uphill fight. He met the Davenport Brothers and Fay, alleged spirit mediums but in reality clever conjurers, and joined them, first as assistant, then as agent, and afterwards as business manager. He traveled {241} with them over the greater part of the United States (including California) and Canada, over the Continent of Europe, through Russia, via Riga, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nijni-Novgorod and Odessa; thence back again to the United States. In the summer of 1871 he piloted them through Texas. They traveled all over that State in wagons. There was no railroad beyond Hearne then, and their route was from Galveston to Houston, Columbus, San Antonio, Austin, Lampasas Springs, Dallas, and Shreveport, and thence by boat down the river to New Orleans.

After traveling for several seasons with the good old Fakir, Kellar set out on his own. It was a tough battle. He met the Davenport Brothers and Fay, who were said to be spirit mediums but were actually skilled magicians, and joined them, first as an assistant, then as an agent, and later as their business manager. He traveled {241} with them across most of the United States (including California) and Canada, through Europe, and across Russia, hitting Riga, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nijni-Novgorod, and Odessa; then he returned to the United States. In the summer of 1871, he guided them through Texas. They traveled all over that state in wagons. There wasn't any railroad beyond Hearne at the time, so their route went from Galveston to Houston, Columbus, San Antonio, Austin, Lampasas Springs, Dallas, and Shreveport, and from there by boat down the river to New Orleans.

In the spring of 1873, he left the Davenports, from whom he learned the secrets of rope-tying and the cabinet act, and formed a combination called Fay and Kellar. Eventually he went into partnership with two Chinese magicians. This company was known as the Royal Illusionists. After touring Australia, India and China, Kellar dissolved partnership and came to the United States. During his stay at Calcutta, India, the Asian of Jan. 3, 1882, printed the following effusion, a paraphrase on Robert Heller’s verse about himself and Anderson:

In the spring of 1873, he left the Davenports, who taught him the secrets of rope-tying and the cabinet trick, and formed a duo called Fay and Kellar. Eventually, he partnered with two Chinese magicians. This group was known as the Royal Illusionists. After touring Australia, India, and China, Kellar ended the partnership and returned to the United States. While he was in Calcutta, India, the Asian on Jan. 3, 1882, published the following piece, a rephrasing of Robert Heller’s verse about himself and Anderson:

For many a day,
We have heard people say
That a wondrous magician was Heller;
Change the H into K,
And the E into A,
And you have his superior in Kellar.”

Kellar has written several monographs on his art—mainly contributions to magazines; all highly suggestive and entertaining. He says: “There are six qualifications which are the essence of the successful magician, pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, necromancer—call him what you may. They are: The will, manual dexterity, physical strength, the capacity to perform things automatically, an accurate, perfectly ordered and practically automatic memory, and a knowledge of a number of languages, the more the better.”

Kellar has written several essays on his craft—primarily contributions to magazines; all incredibly insightful and entertaining. He says: “There are six essential qualities that define a successful magician, prestidigitator, necromancer—whatever you want to call him. They are: willpower, manual dexterity, physical strength, the ability to perform tasks automatically, an accurate, well-organized, and almost automatic memory, and knowledge of several languages—the more, the better.”

Speaking of his experiences as stage helper, or chela, to the so-called Fakir of Ava, he says (Independent, May 28, 1903): “The ‘face’ of many a pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur has been saved and his defeat turned into a glorious victory by the merest chance. One of my first adventures with the Fakir of Ava affords a capital {242} illustration. We were doing the watch trick—taking a timepiece from some one in the audience, passing it upon the stage in a platter, destroying both platter and timepiece in plain view of the spectators, loading the fragments into a pistol, firing the weapon at a target and bringing the watch—whole and sound—to life again upon the face of the mark, in plain sight of the audience. But on that particular day the target concluded not to do its share of the performance. No watch would it produce; the machinery was out of order. We had to work hard to ‘save face.’

Speaking about his experiences as a stage assistant, or chela, to the so-called Fakir of Ava, he says (Independent, May 28, 1903): “The image of many a magician has been saved and their defeat turned into a glorious victory by sheer luck. One of my first adventures with the Fakir of Ava provides a great {242} example. We were performing the watch trick—taking a watch from someone in the audience, passing it on stage in a platter, destroying both the platter and the watch right in front of the audience, loading the pieces into a pistol, firing the gun at a target, and bringing the watch—whole and intact—back to life on the face of the target, in full view of everyone. But on that particular day, the target decided not to cooperate. It wouldn't produce a watch; the mechanism was broken. We had to work hard to ‘save face.’”

“Disguised as an usher of the house, I went down into the audience with the timepiece, hoping to be able to slip it unobserved into the pocket of the owner. He was sitting at a distance from the aisle; I found it impossible. I did the next best thing—slipped the watch into the waistcoat pocket of the man who sat next to the aisle on the same row with the owner. Then I returned to the stage.

“Disguised as an usher, I went down into the audience with the watch, hoping to quietly slip it into the owner's pocket. He was sitting far from the aisle, so that was impossible. I did the next best thing—slipped the watch into the waistcoat pocket of the guy sitting next to the aisle in the same row as the owner. Then I returned to the stage.”

“The Fakir in the meantime was discussing learnedly upon some other subject. When I returned, the question of the whereabouts of the watch was called up and a bell on the stage was summoned to answer questions; one ring for ‘yes,’ two for ‘no.’

“The Fakir in the meantime was talking knowledgeably about some other topic. When I came back, the issue of where the watch was came up, and a bell on the stage was brought in to answer questions; one ring for ‘yes,’ two for ‘no.’”

“ ‘Is the watch on the stage?’

“Is the watch on the stage?”

“ ‘No,’ replied the obedient bell.

“‘No,’ replied the obedient bell."

“ ‘Is it in the audience?’

“Is it with the audience?”

“ ‘Yes.’

"Yes."

“ ‘Is it on the first row?’

“Is it on the first row?”

“ ‘No.’

'No.'

“ ‘The second—the third, the fourth, the fifth?’

“‘The second—the third, the fourth, the fifth?’”

“To each question came a ‘no.’

“To each question came a ‘no.’

“ ‘Is it on the sixth row?’

“Is it in the sixth row?”

“ ‘Yes.’

"Yeah."

“ ‘Is it the first man on the row?’

“Is it the first guy in the row?”

“ ‘Yes.’

“Yeah.”

“The eyes of the audience focused upon the unfortunate occupant of the seat.

“The eyes of the audience were fixed on the unfortunate person in the seat.

“ ‘Look in your pocket, sir,’ said the Fakir of Ava, in his politest, most persuasive tones. {243}

“‘Look in your pocket, sir,’ said the Fakir of Ava, in his politest, most persuasive tones. {243}

“ ‘Go on with your show there and let me alone,’ shouted the enraged seat holder.

“‘Keep doing your show and leave me out of it,’ shouted the angry seat holder.

“ ‘But I pray you, look in your pocket,’ said the Fakir.

“ ‘But please, check your pocket,’ said the Fakir.

“The man obeyed and produced the watch. The trick, called in stage vernacular a ‘life saver,’ made a hit vastly more impressive than the one originally planned but spoiled by the perverseness of the target.”

“The man complied and brought out the watch. The trick, known in showbiz as a ‘life saver,’ ended up being much more impressive than what was initially intended, but it was ruined by the stubbornness of the audience.”

Fig. 1.—THE Celebrated “LEVITATION” MYSTERY.

Kellar’s greatest and most sen­sa­tional illu­sion is his “lev­i­ta­tion”—raising a person and leaving him sus­pended in mid-air with­out any ap­parent means of sup­port, seem­ingly defying the law of grav­i­ta­tion. An explanation of this sur­pris­ing feat is thus described by a writer in the Strand Magazine (London):

Kellar’s greatest and most sensational illusion is his “levitation”—lifting a person and leaving them suspended in mid-air with no visible means of support, seemingly defying the law of gravity. A writer in the Strand Magazine (London) describes an explanation of this surprising feat as follows:

“An assistant is introduced, laid upon an ottoman, and then sent off into a hypnotic trance (?). The performer takes an ordinary fan and fans the body while it rises slowly about four feet in the air, where it mysteriously remains for any length of time desired. A large solid steel hoop is given for examination, and after the audience is satisfied as to its genuineness it is passed over the body from head to feet, behind the body and over it again, at once dispelling the idea of wires or any other tangible support being used, the body, as it were, journeying through the hoop each time. The suspended assistant is now fanned from {244} above and gently descends to the ottoman as slowly and gracefully as he rose from it. He is then brought back to his normal state out of the trance, and walks off none the worse for his aerial pose.

“An assistant is brought in, laid down on an ottoman, and then sent into a hypnotic trance. The performer takes a regular fan and fans the body while it slowly rises about four feet into the air, where it mysteriously stays for as long as desired. A large solid steel hoop is shown to the audience, and after they are satisfied about its authenticity, it is passed over the body from head to feet, behind the body and over it again, instantly dismissing the idea of wires or any other physical support being used, with the body seeming to pass through the hoop each time. The suspended assistant is now fanned from above and gently descends to the ottoman as slowly and gracefully as he rose from it. He is then brought back to his normal state out of the trance and walks off perfectly fine after his aerial display.”

FIG. 2.—“Levitation”—Hypnotism OR MECHANISM?—WHICH?

“This seeming impossibility is performed by the aid of a cranked bar (Fig. 2 and A, Fig. 3) and a pulley to raise it, the bar being pushed through from the back at the moment when the performer is ‘hypnotizing’ the subject, and in the act of placing a light covering over him he guides a clamp (B, Fig. 3) and fixes it to the top of the ottoman upon which the subject rests, and which rises, unseen, with him, the edges being obscured by the covering. The bar being the same color as the back scene cannot be noticed, and resting upon a stand (C, Figs. 2 and 3) behind the scenes the same height as the ottoman it is kept firm by the aid of strong supports. Being also double the width (D, Fig. 3) at this part greater leverage is obtained to hold the board upon which the subject rests secure from tilting either way. By means of a pulley arrangement (E, Fig. 2) the assistant behind raises and lowers the body, looking through a small hole in the scene and timing the performer’s movements with exactness. Fig. 1 shows the illusion as it appears. Fig. 2—a side view—shows the {245} means of suspension and the pulley for raising the bar and telescopic stand. Fig. 3 almost explains itself. It shows the method of passing the ring over the body. By putting it on at (1) and passing it as far as the center of the bar (A) it can be brought around and off the body at (2), apparently having passed right over it, although not free from the crank; it is then passed behind the body as far as (3), when it can again be placed over the end (1) and drawn across once more, this time being, of course, quite free, having made an apparent circle right around and across the body. It seems evident to the audience that the subject is so raised and suspended by the performer’s magic power alone.

“This seemingly impossible feat is achieved with the help of a cranked bar (Fig. 2 and A, Fig. 3) and a pulley system to lift it. The bar is pushed through from the back at the moment the performer is ‘hypnotizing’ the subject. While placing a light covering over the subject, the performer guides a clamp (B, Fig. 3) and secures it to the top of the ottoman where the subject is resting, which rises, hidden, along with him, with the edges obscured by the covering. The bar, matching the color of the backdrop, goes unnoticed and is supported by a stand (C, Figs. 2 and 3) behind the scenes, level with the height of the ottoman and stabilized with strong supports. The bar is also double the width (D, Fig. 3) in this section, which provides more leverage to keep the platform on which the subject is resting from tilting. Using a pulley setup (E, Fig. 2), the assistant backstage raises and lowers the body while peeking through a small hole in the backdrop, perfectly timing the performer's movements. Fig. 1 shows how the illusion looks. Fig. 2—a side view—depicts the suspension setup and the pulley used to elevate the bar and telescopic stand. Fig. 3 is almost self-explanatory, illustrating how the ring is passed over the body. By placing it at (1) and moving it to the middle of the bar (A), it can then be taken around and off the body at (2), seemingly passed right over it, even though it remains attached to the crank. It is then moved behind the body to (3), where it can be placed back over the end (1) and pulled across again, this time completely free, having made an apparent circle around and over the body. The audience is led to believe that the subject is raised and suspended solely by the performer’s magical power.”

“The sleeping subject is now lowered, and in the act of being ‘dehypnotized’ the performer slips the crank off, which is immediately drawn in from behind, the subject and performer sharing the applause. It is almost needless to explain that the ‘hypnotism’ is mere sham to heighten the effect and admit of an excuse to stoop in order to fix the cranked bar.”

“The sleeping subject is now lowered, and as they are being ‘dehypnotized,’ the performer slides off the crank, which is quickly pulled in from behind, as the subject and performer receive the applause together. It’s almost unnecessary to point out that the ‘hypnotism’ is just a trick to enhance the effect and provide a reason to bend down to secure the cranked bar.”

FIG. 3.—“LEVITATION” How THE HOOP IS PASSED OVER THE BODY.

So far, so good. The above method was undoubtedly the one used in Mr. Kellar’s original presentation of the illusion. But he has since made numerous improvements in it which have puzzled not only the public but the conjurers as well.

So far, so good. The method described above was definitely the one Mr. Kellar used in his original presentation of the illusion. However, he has since made several improvements that have baffled not just the audience but the magicians too.

III.

Kellar has been an extensive Oriental traveler. He has hob-nobbed with Hindoo Rajahs, smoked nargilehs with the {246} turbaned Turk, and penetrated into darkest Africa. In India he witnessed many exhibitions of thaumaturgy. Concerning the high-caste magic, such as hypnotic feats and experiments in apparent death, he speaks with respect, but the magic of the strolling Fakirs he characterizes as inferior to that of our Western conjurers, with, perhaps, the exception of the Hindoo Basket Trick, which is a clever illusion. When we contemplate the fact that this startling trick is always performed in the open air, amid a circle of spectators, we must give due credit to the histrionic ability of the native conjurers and their powers of misdirection. Robert-Houdin and Col. Stodare introduced this experiment to European theatre-goers, but they were aided by all the accessories of the modern stage and the audience sat at a respectable distance. Let us hear Kellar’s explanation of the feat (A Magician’s Tour, Chicago, 1886).

Kellar has traveled extensively in the East. He has hung out with Hindu kings, smoked hookahs with the turbaned Turks, and ventured deep into Africa. In India, he witnessed many displays of magic. He speaks with admiration about high-caste magic, like hypnotic tricks and experiments in apparent death, but he considers the magic of street performers, or Fakirs, to be inferior to that of our Western magicians, except for perhaps the Hindu Basket Trick, which is a clever illusion. When we consider that this impressive trick is always performed outdoors in front of an audience, we must acknowledge the acting skills of the local magicians and their ability to misdirect. Robert-Houdin and Colonel Stodare introduced this trick to European audiences, but they had all the benefits of modern stage equipment, and the audience watched from a comfortable distance. Let's hear Kellar’s explanation of the trick (A Magician’s Tour, Chicago, 1886).

“At Allahabad I saw a juggler who made a specialty of this trick. Having explained to the spectators what he proposed to do, he allowed them to select a spot on the turf in the open air where the trick should be performed. Here he stationed himself with a basket with a hinged lid at his feet, a little boy at his side, and a sharp sword in one hand. He wore nothing but a breech clout. The company surrounded the conjurer in a circle so close that there was no possibility for any person to pass it without detection. The juggler placed the child in the basket, closed the lid, and began muttering a seeming incantation. While still praying he wound a large white cloth about his arm, and suddenly threw it over the basket, binding one end. He then drew the cloth towards him, brought it up around his waist and tucked the end in his clout, leaving a portion to hang down in front in graceful folds. This much done, he plunged the sword through the basket. As the child’s agonizing cries were heard, the man drew back the sword all dripping with blood. Again and again was the sword thrust into the basket, the child’s heart-rending screams growing fainter and fainter until they ceased altogether. The Fakir asked that the basket be examined. It was opened and found to be empty. A gleeful shout was heard. The spectators looked in the direction from whence it came, and there sat the child on the limb of a small {247} tree, waving his arms and seeming as happy as a bird. I paid the thaumaturgist two rupees (one dollar) and the secret of the trick was explained to me. I marveled at first that the man was willing to reveal the mystery for so small a sum, but I soon discovered that only those who wore the Indian juggler’s costume, the breech clout, could perform it. The trick is done in this way: When the cloth is spread the boy slips out of the basket under the friendly cover of the linen, and crawls under the Fakir. Grasping a strap about the man’s waist, he draws himself up between the juggler’s legs. The cloth when brought about the Fakir’s waist hides the little fellow, who, from his unexpected retreat, utters the piercing shrieks of the dying child. With a sponge saturated with a red liquid the conjurer produces the blood stains. When the people rush forward to look into the basket, the boy slips from his place of concealment and makes his presence manifest wherever he has been directed to go.”

“At Allahabad, I saw a juggler who specialized in this trick. After explaining to the spectators what he was going to do, he let them choose a spot on the grass in the open air for the performance. He then positioned himself with a basket that had a hinged lid at his feet, a little boy beside him, and a sharp sword in one hand. He was dressed only in a breech clout. The audience surrounded the juggler in a tight circle, making it impossible for anyone to slip through without being seen. The juggler placed the child in the basket, closed the lid, and started mumbling what sounded like an incantation. While still chanting, he wrapped a large white cloth around his arm and suddenly threw it over the basket, tying one end. He then pulled the cloth towards him, wrapped it around his waist, and tucked the end into his clout, letting part of it hang down in elegant folds. Having done that, he plunged the sword into the basket. As the child's agonizing cries echoed, the man pulled back the sword, dripping with blood. Again and again, he thrust the sword into the basket, the child's heartbreaking screams fading gradually until they stopped completely. The Fakir invited the audience to inspect the basket. When it was opened, it was found to be empty. A joyful shout rang out. The spectators turned to see where it came from, and there was the child sitting on a branch of a small {247} tree, waving his arms and looking as happy as a bird. I paid the thaumaturgist two rupees (one dollar), and the secret of the trick was revealed to me. I was initially amazed that the man was willing to share the mystery for such a small amount, but soon realized that only those dressed in the Indian juggler’s costume, the breech clout, could perform it. The trick is done like this: When the cloth is spread, the boy slips out of the basket under the cover of the linen and crawls under the Fakir. Clutching a strap around the man’s waist, he pulls himself up between the juggler’s legs. The cloth, wrapped around the Fakir’s waist, hides the little boy, who, from his unexpected hiding place, emits the piercing screams of a dying child. The juggler uses a sponge soaked in red liquid to create the blood stains. When the crowd rushes forward to look into the basket, the boy slips from his hiding spot and appears wherever he has been instructed to go.”

{248}

Herr Willmann describes practically the same trick under the title “Spirit box,” designed to prove the permeability of matter. A medium is placed in the box, and after some hocus-pocus the manager reopens it and declares it to be empty; for the purpose of proving his assertion he turns it over toward the public, and when the lid is opened, the medium, who remains all the while in his place, has become invisible, because he is hidden by the interior part of the double wall, which now seems to be the bottom of the box. The box stands upon a podium, in order to show that the medium could not have escaped through the floor. The adjoined illustration reveals the secret of the trick, the explanation of which is as simple as the effect is surprising.

Herr Willmann describes almost the same trick under the title “Spirit box,” aimed at demonstrating the permeability of matter. A medium is placed inside the box, and after some theatrics, the manager reopens it and claims it’s empty; to prove his point, he turns it towards the audience, and when he opens the lid, the medium, who has stayed in his spot, appears to be invisible because he is concealed by the inner part of the double wall, which now looks like the bottom of the box. The box is placed on a podium to show that the medium couldn’t have escaped through the floor. The accompanying illustration reveals the secret of the trick, and the explanation is as straightforward as the effect is surprising.

On stages which allow the pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur to use traps, a trunk is placed so as to allow the prisoner to escape through the floor. The movable wall of the trunk in such a case swings round an axis which lies parallel with the rope that is afterwards fastened around the trunk. The movable wall in the trunk connects with a trap in the floor, and while visitors from the audience closely watch the fastening, the enclosed person makes his escape with the greatest ease.

On stages that let the magician use traps, a trunk is set up so the prisoner can escape through the floor. The movable wall of the trunk swings around an axis that runs parallel to the rope tied around the trunk. The movable wall inside the trunk connects to a trapdoor in the floor, and while audience members closely watch the fastening, the person inside easily makes their escape.

THE Mysterious TRUNK OPERATED THROUGH A TRAP IN THE Stage.

Kellar is an expert in the rope-tying business, which the notorious Davenport Brothers exploited under the guise of spiritism. When I first saw Kellar at Ford’s Opera House, Washington, D. C., in February, 1879, his cabinet act, a burlesque on the Davenport séance, was a feature of his entertainment. After playing a disastrous engagement in Philadelphia, he came to Washington, where his business proved no better, and being “flat broke,” as he expressed it, he advertised in sheer desperation a Sunday night lecture on Spiritualism, to be delivered at the old National Theatre. The theatre and advertising were furnished by Mr. Ford, who took half of the gross receipts. I was present on the occasion and recall the excitement. Everything passed off without special incident, until the magician came to the Davenport cabinet test. At this juncture a venerable gentleman arose in the audience and challenged Kellar to permit him to do the tying in the same manner that he had tied the Davenports years before. The gentleman was very much in earnest and remarked: “If you fail to get {249} loose when tied, you are a colossal humbug; if you do get loose, it will be by spirit agency.” Kellar joyfully accepted the challenge. The old gentleman came upon the stage and pinioned the magician’s hands behind his back with many intricate and subtle knots. So tightly did he draw the rope that sympathetic {250} people in the theatre cried, “Shame.” Having completed his job, he turned to the spectators with a self-satisfied look on his face, as much as to say, “I have trapped the fox.” But he reckoned without his host. No sooner was his back turned to the magician than the latter slipped one hand from its lashings and tapped the skeptic on the shoulder. “If you have two of my hands tied behind my back,” said Kellar, “I must have been royally endowed by Nature with a third hand.”

Kellar is an expert in rope-tying, a skill that the infamous Davenport Brothers took advantage of while pretending to practice spiritism. When I first saw Kellar at Ford’s Opera House in Washington, D.C. in February 1879, his cabinet act, a parody of the Davenport séance, was a highlight of his show. After a disastrous run in Philadelphia, he arrived in Washington, where his situation didn’t improve, and being “flat broke,” as he put it, he desperately advertised a Sunday night lecture on Spiritualism at the old National Theatre. The theatre and advertising were provided by Mr. Ford, who took half of the total earnings. I was there that night and remember the excitement. Everything went smoothly until the magician reached the Davenport cabinet test. At that moment, an elderly gentleman stood up in the audience and challenged Kellar to let him do the tying the same way he had tied the Davenports years earlier. The gentleman was quite serious and said, “If you can’t get loose once tied, you’re a massive fake; if you do get loose, it’ll be because of spirit assistance.” Kellar eagerly accepted the challenge. The old man came on stage and tied the magician’s hands behind his back with many intricate and clever knots. He pulled the ropes so tightly that sympathetic audience members yelled, “Shame.” After finishing, he turned to the audience with a pleased expression, as if to say, “I’ve caught the fox.” But he didn't count on Kellar. As soon as the old man turned his back, Kellar slipped one hand free and tapped the skeptic on the shoulder. “If you have both my hands tied behind my back,” Kellar said, “I must have been incredibly gifted by Nature with a third hand.”

Thunders of applause greeted the scene. Even ladies rose from their seats and cheered. “Bravo, Kellar!” was heard on all sides. The old gentleman joined in the demonstration, and acknowledged himself beaten. This episode caused so great a sensation in Washington that two more Sunday evening lectures were given to crowded houses, and Kellar was enabled to pay his debts and get out of town.

The audience erupted in applause. Even the ladies got up from their seats to cheer. “Bravo, Kellar!” could be heard all around. The older gentleman joined in the celebration, admitting he was outmatched. This moment created such a buzz in Washington that two more Sunday evening lectures were held to packed houses, allowing Kellar to pay off his debts and leave town.

It is now pretty well known to conjurers that the Davenports accomplished their feats by secretly taking up slack in the rope while it was being tied, thereby getting a loop hole in the bonds through which to work one hand loose. Frequently they cut the cords with knives secreted up their sleeves, and after the alleged spirit manifestations were gone through with, exchanged the cut ropes for genuine ones, and came out of the cabinet with these, making the spectators believe that some occult agency had freed them from the knots.

It’s now widely recognized among magicians that the Davenports achieved their tricks by secretly pulling slack in the rope while it was being tied, creating a loophole in the restraints that allowed them to work one hand free. Often, they would cut the ropes with knives hidden in their sleeves, and after the supposed spirit performances were done, they would swap the cut ropes for real ones and emerge from the cabinet with these, leading the audience to think that some supernatural force had freed them from the knots.

There is a conjurer named Joad Heteb who claims to have dropped from the eye of the Sphinx in the form of a tear, and was immediately metamorphosed into the Wizard of the Pyramids. According to his account the spirits of the sorcerers and soothsayers of the olden Pharaohs left their rock-cut tombs and painted mummy-cases to be present at the event. Joad Heteb has a clever press-agent. If Joad fell from the Sphinx’s eye in the shape of a tear, Kellar must have dropped from the fabled monster’s mouth in the form of a word, and that word “Mystery.” Kellar is ably assisted by Herr Valadon, an Anglo-German professor of legerdemain, formerly of Egyptian Hall, London. Valadon, upon his entrance on the stage, takes off his gloves, vanishes them, by apparently throwing {251} them in the air, whereupon a white dove flutters upwards. It is a very pretty effect.

There’s a magician named Joad Heteb who claims he fell from the eye of the Sphinx as a tear and was instantly transformed into the Wizard of the Pyramids. According to him, the spirits of the sorcerers and seers of the ancient Pharaohs emerged from their carved tombs and painted mummy cases to witness the event. Joad Heteb has a smart publicist. If Joad fell from the Sphinx’s eye as a tear, then Kellar must have dropped from the mythical creature’s mouth as a word, and that word is “Mystery.” Kellar is skillfully supported by Herr Valadon, an Anglo-German professor of sleight of hand, who used to perform at Egyptian Hall, London. When Valadon enters the stage, he removes his gloves, makes them disappear by seemingly tossing {251} them into the air, and a white dove then flutters upwards. It’s a really nice effect.

X-Ray Photo OF KELLAR’S HAND.
(In Possession of Mr. Francis J. Martinka, New York.)
{252}

I give one of Kellar’s programmes (Proctor’s Theatre, New York City, September, 1904):

I attended one of Kellar’s shows (Proctor’s Theatre, New York City, September, 1904):

KELLAR
THE UNMATCHED MAGICIAN.
Exclusive Event of
PAUL VALADON

From England’s Home of Mystery, the Egyptian Hall, London. Tour under the management of DUDLEY MCADOW.

From England’s Home of Mystery, the Egyptian Hall, London. Tour managed by Dudley MCADOW.


FIRST PART.
KELLAR

In a series of original experiments in pure sleight of hand, thoroughly up to date. A display of marvelous digital dexterity, surpassing anything heretofore achieved in the field of magic. Novel, unique, original, including:

In a series of new experiments in pure sleight of hand, totally modern. A showcase of amazing digital skill, exceeding anything previously accomplished in the world of magic. New, unique, original, including:

American Flag,
THE DYEING MYSTERY,
AND THE AMAZING HYPNOTIC SCENE,
The Levitation of Princess Karnac

The most daring and bewildering illusion, and by far the most difficult achievement Mr. Kellar ever attempted. Absolutely new in principle. The dream in midair of the dainty Princess of Karnac surpasses the fabled feats of the ancient Egyptian sorcerers, nor can anything more magical be found in the pages of The Thousand and One Nights, and it lends a resemblance to the miraculous tales of levitation that come out of India. This {253} illusion is acknowledged by critics and historians of the goetic art to be the profoundest achievement in either ancient or modern magic. Its perfection represents fifteen years of patient research and abstruse study, and the expenditure of as many thousands of dollars. The result of these labors is a veritable masterpiece of magic, the sensational marvel of the twentieth century and the crowning achievement of Mr. Kellar’s long and brilliant career.

The most daring and astonishing illusion, and by far the most challenging feat Mr. Kellar ever attempted. Completely new in concept. The dreamlike spectacle of the delicate Princess of Karnac surpasses the legendary acts of the ancient Egyptian magicians, and nothing more enchanting can be found in the stories of The Thousand and One Nights, resembling the miraculous tales of levitation from India. This {253} illusion is recognized by critics and historians of the magical arts as the greatest achievement in both ancient and modern magic. Its perfection represents fifteen years of dedicated research and complex study, along with the investment of thousands of dollars. The outcome of this hard work is a true masterpiece of magic, the sensational wonder of the twentieth century and the pinnacle of Mr. Kellar’s long and illustrious career.


PART TWO.
By Mr. Valadon

The most accomplished exponent of pure sleight of hand ever seen in this or any other age, introducing his entirely new and original mystery, entitled:

The most skilled performer of pure sleight of hand ever seen in this or any other time, presenting his completely new and original trick, titled:

A Drum That Can't Be Beaten
—AND—
Well I'm————!!!

PART THREE.
KELLAR
THE YOGE’S LAMP,
MIND POWER,
THE SIMLA SEANCE,
FLY TO, OR THE PRINCESS OF KARNAC,

An astonishing illusion, exploiting the theosophic theory of projection of astral bodies through the air. An original conception so startling in effect and so nearly approaching the supernatural as to seem miraculous. Affinity with an unseen power seems plausible, and scientific minds marvel at the production.

An incredible illusion that takes advantage of the theosophical theory of projecting astral bodies through the air. It’s an original idea with such a shocking effect that it almost feels supernatural, making it seem miraculous. The connection with an unseen force feels believable, and scientific minds are amazed by the creation.

A GENTLEMAN OF THIBET.

“I could not remember any more than that the hero [Cagliostro] had spoken of heaven, of the stars, of the Great Secret, of Memphis, of the High Priest, of transcendental chemistry, of giants and monstrous beasts, of a city ten times as large as Paris, in the middle of Africa, where he had correspondents.”—COUNT BEUGNOT: Memoirs.

“I couldn't remember much more than that the hero [Cagliostro] had talked about heaven, the stars, the Great Secret, Memphis, the High Priest, transcendental chemistry, giants and monstrous beasts, and a city ten times bigger than Paris, located in the middle of Africa, where he had contacts.”—Count BEUGNOT: Memoirs.

I.

When Madame Blavatsky, High Priestess of Isis, died, there followed a long interregnum during which magic languished. Finally there appeared in the East a star of great magnitude—the five-pointed star of the Gnostics and the Oriental Mahatmas, heralding the coming of another mystic. Madame Blavatsky had set the fashion for Thibetan adepts, and had turned the current of modern occultism towards the Land of the Lamas, so it was quite natural that the new thaumaturgist should hail from the Holy City of Llassa. His name was Monsieur le Docteur Albert de Sarak, Comte de Das, who claimed to be “the son of a Rajah of Thibet and a French Marchioness,” and to have been born in the land of marvels.

When Madame Blavatsky, High Priestess of Isis, passed away, there was a long gap during which magic faded away. Eventually, a significant new figure emerged in the East—the five-pointed star of the Gnostics and the Oriental Mahatmas, signaling the arrival of another mystic. Madame Blavatsky had set the trend for Tibetan adepts and had directed the flow of modern occultism towards the Land of the Lamas, so it was only fitting that the new miracle worker should come from the Holy City of Lhasa. His name was Monsieur le Docteur Albert de Sarak, Comte de Das, who claimed to be “the son of a Rajah of Tibet and a French Marchioness,” and to have been born in the land of wonders.

Monsieur le Comte, in his circulars, described himself as “General Inspector of the Supreme Council of Thibet.” He carried about with him a voluminous portfolio of papers containing “the numerous diplomas which he possessed as member of several orders of knighthood and of scientific and humanitarian associations.” He also exhibited a Masonic diploma of the Thirty-third degree, which bore the endorsement of all the Supreme Councils of the Rite to which he belonged in the countries through which he had traveled. But he was not a {255} Fellow of the Theosophical Society. On the contrary, he claimed to have been persecuted by the members of that Brotherhood; to have been frequently arrested and denounced by them as a pretender to the occult, as a false magician, etc., etc.

Monsieur le Comte, in his circulars, referred to himself as “General Inspector of the Supreme Council of Thibet.” He carried a large portfolio filled with papers that included “the many certificates he held as a member of various orders of knighthood and of scientific and humanitarian organizations.” He also displayed a Masonic diploma of the Thirty-third degree, endorsed by all the Supreme Councils of the Rite to which he belonged in the countries he had visited. However, he was not a {255} Fellow of the Theosophical Society. On the contrary, he claimed to have been persecuted by the members of that Brotherhood; he said he had been frequently arrested and accused by them of being a pretender to the occult, a false magician, and so on.

The Count made his début in Washington, D. C, in the year 1902, where he founded one of his esoteric centers, described as follows in the organ of his cult, The Radiant Truth, of which he was editor-in-chief:

The Count made his debut in Washington, D.C., in 1902, where he established one of his esoteric centers, described as follows in the publication of his cult, The Radiant Truth, of which he was the editor-in-chief:

“Oriental Esoteric Head Centre of the United States of America, under obedience to the Supreme Esoteric Council of the Initiates of Thibet. Social object: To form a chain of universal fraternity, based upon the purest Altruism, without hatred of sect, caste or color; in which reign tolerance, order, discipline, liberty, compassion and true love. To study the Occult Sciences of the Orient and to seek, by meditation, concentration and by a special line of conduct, to develop those psychic powers which are in man and his environment.”

“Oriental Esoteric Head Center of the United States of America, under the authority of the Supreme Esoteric Council of the Initiates of Tibet. Purpose: To create a network of global brotherhood based on the purest altruism, without hatred of sect, caste, or color; where tolerance, order, discipline, freedom, compassion, and true love prevail. To explore the occult sciences of the East and to seek, through meditation, concentration, and a specific way of living, to develop the psychic abilities present in humans and their surroundings.”

The Count also gave private séances, as we see by his advertisement in the above-named journal:

The Count also held private séances, as shown by his ad in the aforementioned journal:

“Science of Occultism, Double Vision, Telepathy, Astrology, Horoscopy, etc. Doctor Albert de Sarak, Count de Das, General Inspector of the Supreme Council of Thibet.

“Science of Occultism, Double Vision, Telepathy, Astrology, Horoscopy, etc. Doctor Albert de Sarak, Count de Das, General Inspector of the Supreme Council of Tibet.”

“Office hours: 3 to 5 p. m.

“Office hours: 3 to 5 PM.”

“Address, 1443 Corcoran Street, Washington, D. C.”

“Address, 1443 Corcoran Street, Washington, D.C.”

Dr. Sarak’s first public exhibition of his alleged psychic powers is thus described in the Washington Post (March 16, 1902):

Dr. Sarak’s first public exhibition of his supposed psychic abilities is described in the Washington Post (March 16, 1902):

“Dr. A. de Sarak, occultist and adept, a professor of the mystic and the sixth sense, gave a demonstration last night before a Washington audience. Several hundred persons gathered in the beautiful assembly hall of the House of the Temple of the Supreme Council, Southern Jurisdiction, 433 Third street, last evening, to witness his weird exhibition of occult powers. After three hours spent in the presence of the East Indian, the audience filed out with apparently something to think about and ponder.

“Dr. A. de Sarak, an occultist and expert, a professor of mysticism and intuition, gave a demonstration last night to an audience in Washington. Several hundred people gathered in the beautiful assembly hall of the House of the Temple of the Supreme Council, Southern Jurisdiction, 433 Third Street, to witness his unusual display of occult abilities. After three hours spent with the East Indian, the audience left with plenty to think about and reflect on.”

“Professor Sarak, while master of fourteen languages, does not speak fluently the English language. Last evening he spoke {256} in French, and a very charming young woman, also an adept, but of English birth, acted as his interpreter. The Easterner, a man of medium height, was attired in a gorgeous gown of white silk, across the breast of which hung certain mystic emblems of gold and silver. A loose, pale-yellow robe covered this garment during most of the evening. He wore a white turban. The adept wears a pointed black beard, which, with large, languid brown eyes, gave fully the effect that one expects in a student of the mystic schools of Thibet.

“Professor Sarak, who is fluent in fourteen languages, doesn’t speak English very well. Last night, he spoke {256} in French, and a lovely young woman, also skilled but of English origin, served as his interpreter. The Easterner, a man of average height, was dressed in a stunning white silk gown, adorned with certain mystical gold and silver symbols across the chest. A loose, pale-yellow robe covered this outfit for most of the evening. He wore a white turban. The adept had a pointed black beard, and his large, languid brown eyes created the impression one expects from a student of the mystical traditions of Tibet.”

“The interpreter stated that Professor de Sarak was born in Thibet and was descended from a noble French family. He had devoted his life, she said, to the study of the occult, first in the Thibetan schools and later with the ascetics hidden in the mountains. He had visited almost every country on the globe, spreading the occult science, which, she declared, some time would bring a rich harvest to all mankind.

“The interpreter said that Professor de Sarak was born in Tibet and came from a noble French family. She mentioned that he had dedicated his life to studying the occult, first in Tibetan schools and later with the ascetics living in the mountains. He had traveled to nearly every country in the world, sharing occult knowledge, which, she claimed, would eventually benefit all of humanity.”

“As the professor finished his rapidly spoken French sentences the young woman translated them to the hearers. Dr. de Sarak described the sixth sense in man, saying that it was second-sight, a latent and undeveloped force. He said he merely wished to present the facts of his religion. He explained the wonderful fluid force that existed. He said it is the force that raised the huge stones in building the pyramids and is the same force that brings the bird from the egg, the force which gives man the power of rising as if filled with a buoyant gas, a power which can be concentrated in a tube. He stated that occultism was absolutely nothing but the powers of the will.

“As the professor finished his fast-spoken French sentences, the young woman translated them for the audience. Dr. de Sarak talked about the sixth sense in humans, describing it as second sight—a hidden and undeveloped ability. He mentioned that he only wanted to share the facts of his beliefs. He explained the incredible fluid force that exists. He said it’s the force that lifted the massive stones used to build the pyramids and is the same force that helps a bird break out of its egg—the force that allows a person to rise as if they were filled with a light gas, a power that can be focused in a tube. He asserted that occultism is simply the powers of the will.”

“ ‘It is nothing supernatural,’ the doctor said, ‘but is merely the hastening of nature’s work.’

“‘It’s nothing supernatural,’ the doctor said, ‘it’s just the speeding up of nature’s process.’”

“A small table stood by a leather chair, and on this burned a tiny candle from the mouth of a brazen asp. The professor stood over the table and busied himself with a pungent incense in an odd burner. A glass plate, with a number of fish eggs, was shown and examined. A large glass bowl was filled with water, and one of the members of the audience was told to carefully brush the eggs into the water. In the meantime three men from the audience had with strong ropes securely bound {257} the hands of the adept behind his back as he sat in the chair. Broad, clean, white cloths were wrapped about the seated figure, leaving the head free, and the three men selected held the cloths in place. Music rolled from a deep organ, and the head of the adept sank back and a strange light appeared to cross his face. According to the directions of the interpreter the bowl of water containing the fish eggs was placed by one of the three beneath the cloths on the lap of the adept.

A small table was set beside a leather chair, and on it burned a tiny candle shaped like a brazen asp. The professor stood over the table, busying himself with a strong incense in a unique burner. A glass plate with several fish eggs was displayed and examined. A large glass bowl filled with water was brought in, and one of the audience members was instructed to gently brush the eggs into the water. Meanwhile, three men from the audience securely bound the adept's hands behind his back with strong ropes as he sat in the chair. Broad, clean, white cloths were wrapped around the seated figure, leaving his head exposed while the three selected men held the cloths in place. Music flowed from a deep organ, and the adept's head tipped back as a strange light seemed to cross his face. Following the interpreter's instructions, one of the three placed the bowl of water with the fish eggs beneath the cloths on the adept's lap.

“After a period of straining and soft moaning from the white-wrapped figure, for perhaps ten minutes, the cloths were removed, and from the lap of the apparently insensible man was lifted the bowl of water, but instead of the eggs which it contained a few moments before there swam about a dozen of tiny, new-born fish.28

“After some time of straining and soft moaning from the white-wrapped figure, which lasted maybe ten minutes, the cloths were removed. From the lap of the seemingly unconscious man, the bowl of water was lifted, and instead of the eggs that had been in it just moments before, there were now about a dozen tiny, newly-born fish swimming around.28

28 This reminds one of the experiments of Prof. Jacques Loeb, of the University of Chicago, with the unfertilized eggs of the sea urchin. There was nothing occult, however, in the professor’s researches.

28 This brings to mind the experiments by Professor Jacques Loeb from the University of Chicago with the unfertilized eggs of sea urchins. There was nothing mysterious about the professor's research, though.

“Dr. Sarak was then blindfolded with a half-dozen bandages pressing against absorbent cotton, which rested before the eyes. For a while he remained in his chair, while the vibrating tones of an organ filled the room. Then the adept suddenly arose and walked surely and steadily down the room, turning into narrow aisles through the audience as safely as a man might who had his sight. This experiment was to demonstrate double vision at a distance and through opaque bodies. A blank canvas stood on an easel near the adept. Apparently in a trance, he walked to the easel, mixed colors, and in ten minutes a finished picture was the result. A game of dominoes was played with a member of the audience, and previous to the beginning of the game the doctor wrote something on a bit of card and his assistant handed it to someone in the audience to keep. Blindfolded and standing, the adept played the game perfectly, and at the conclusion the card was found to contain the numbers of the last two dominoes played by both the adept and his opponent.

“Dr. Sarak was then blindfolded with several bandages pressed against absorbent cotton resting in front of his eyes. For a while, he sat in his chair while the vibrating tones of an organ filled the room. Then the adept suddenly stood up and walked confidently and steadily down the room, navigating through the narrow aisles of the audience as easily as someone with sight. This experiment was meant to show double vision at a distance and through opaque objects. A blank canvas stood on an easel near the adept. Appearing to be in a trance, he walked to the easel, mixed colors, and within ten minutes, a finished painting emerged. A game of dominoes was played with a member of the audience, and before the game started, the doctor wrote something on a piece of card, which his assistant gave to someone in the audience to hold. Blindfolded and standing, the adept played the game perfectly, and at the end, the card was revealed to contain the numbers of the last two dominoes played by both the adept and his opponent.”

“Experiments were given at the close in the disintegration and restoration of matter, of psychic perception, in which he aroused the wondering admiration of the audience.” {258}

"At the end, experiments were conducted on the breaking down and rebuilding of matter, and on psychic perception, which left the audience amazed and full of wonder." {258}

II.

Not many months after this exhibition the Esoteric Centre was founded, and the following extraordinary circular sent out to prominent people in Washington:

Not long after this exhibition, the Esoteric Centre was established, and the following remarkable circular was sent to notable figures in Washington:

DIRECTION OF THE ORIENTAL ESOTERIC CENTER OF WASHINGTON.
UNDER OBEDIENCE TO THE SUPREME ESOTERIC COUNCIL OF THE INITIATES OF TIBET.

We address ourselves to those who truly desire to read—to those who truly wish to understand!

We are addressing those who sincerely wish to learn—those who truly want to understand!

For those whose time has not yet come, this page has little value—it will but be scorned and rejected.

For those who are not ready yet, this page holds little significance—it will likely be ridiculed and ignored.

But we and our work go onward, with few or with many—Forward, ever forward.

But we and our mission continue to progress, whether there are few or many—Always onward.

We will, then, be brief, but logical and clear!

We will be concise, yet rational and clear!

THE SUPREME COUNCIL OF THE ADEPTS OR MAHATMAS RESIDES * * * WHERE IT DESIRES! * * * since it possesses powers still unknown in the West; but it has, in fact, its centre of action in a region not yet (!) explored, in the North of Thibet.

THE SUPREME COUNCIL OF THE ADEPTS OR MAHATMAS OPERATES * * * WHEREVER IT CHOOSES! * * * since it possesses abilities that are still unknown in the West; however, its primary area of influence lies in a region not yet (!) explored, in the North of Tibet.

This Council, composed of Masters who watch that the Law of the Lotus be not revealed to the vulgar, has its General inspectors in the West as in the East, who, invested with the necessary powers to demonstrate the truth of that which they teach and propagate, have different missions, which they must fulfill strictly; and although misunderstood and insulted by those who do not understand them, yet they continue to work actively to serve worthily the Holy Cause of True, Veritable Fraternity, having ever before their eyes this device: “Forward, ever forward!”

This Council, composed of Masters who ensure that the Law of the Lotus is not disclosed to the uninitiated, holds its General inspectors in both the West and the East. These inspectors, granted the authority to validate the truth of what they teach and advocate, have various missions they are obligated to fulfill. Even though they are often misunderstood and insulted by those who do not comprehend them, they persist in their efforts to honor the Sacred Cause of True, Genuine Brotherhood, always upholding this motto: “Forward, ever forward!”

They may suffer all manner of pain and torments, but none of these—no, nothing can touch them; for the Occult Hand sustains, saves and protects them!

They may endure all kinds of pain and suffering, but nothing—absolutely nothing—can affect them; for the Occult Hand supports, saves, and protects them!

The Supreme Council of the Mahatmas of Thibet has, then, given powers to its Representatives, that they may use them, not to enrich themselves, but to call the attention of every man or woman of high ideals who desires “To go forward, ever forward, and ever higher!”

The Supreme Council of the Mahatmas of Tibet has therefore authorized its Representatives to use this power not for personal gain, but to attract individuals with high ideals who seek "To move forward, always forward, and ever higher!"

We care little for their names or their nationality, for names and nations disappear—the Work alone remains!

We place little importance on their names or origins, because names and countries fade away—the Work is what endures!

We have seen some! * * * appear like a shooting star, light up space, and disappear * * * almost without being noticed.

We have witnessed some! * * * appear like a shooting star, illuminate the sky, and then vanish * * * almost without being noticed.

We have read and we have seen many things! * * * calumnies, sufferings, noble deeds, etc.! * * *

We have read and we have seen many things! * * * lies, struggles, acts of heroism, etc.! * * *

We have read that the wicked took them for speculators or sorcerers; and we have seen them continue their good works and remain almost poor! * * *

We have read that the wicked regarded them as speculators or sorcerers; and we have seen them continue their good deeds while living nearly in poverty! * * *

We have read that men tried to destroy them, casting the stones of calumny and vengeance; and we have seen them, even though weeping inwardly, gather up the stones, asking pardon for those who threw them! {259}

We have read that people attempted to destroy them, hurling stones of slander and vengeance; and we have seen them, even while silently in tears, pick up the stones, seeking forgiveness for those who cast them! {259}

We have, in short, read lies, and we have seen them present the Truth! * * *

We have, in summary, read lies, and we have seen them present the Truth! * * *

Therefore, this Commission, animated by the most sincere and reasoned faith, strong in the Right which supports it, for Truth and for Justice, makes an appeal to all those who know that to Think is to Create, to Create is to Love, and that to Love is to Live;—to unite themselves with us in a truly fraternal chain, not formed of links of iron which can be broken, but woven of flowers of the soul—a chain which knows neither hatred nor deceit!

Thus, this Commission, propelled by genuine and well-founded faith and supported by the Right that sustains it, for Truth and Justice, calls on everyone who understands that to Think is to Create, to Create is to Love, and that to Love is to Live;—to join us in a truly brotherly connection, woven not from iron links that can break, but from the flowers of the soul—a bond free from hatred and deceit!

From those who come to us we will ask no sacrifices but sincerity and good faith, which we will put to the test; we respect all creeds and customs, but we banish hypocrisy and slander!

From those who approach us, we won’t ask for any sacrifices but sincerity and good faith, which we will evaluate; we respect all beliefs and traditions, but we denounce hypocrisy and slander!

Strong in our Right, invested with the powers bequeathed to us by Him who had the power to give them, we initiate here in the Capital of the United States, in the heat of the fire of our enemies, this movement of true progress, destined to perpetuate the work of the Adept who has just left us!

Confident in our right, granted the powers given to us by the one who had the authority to provide them, we are initiating here in the Capital of the United States, amidst strong opposition, this movement of genuine progress, intended to continue the work of the Expert who has recently departed from us!

They, our enemies, have insulted him, calumniated him, have abandoned him, because he was an obstacle to them; for the Centres which radiate artificial light are afraid of the Radiant Centre of Truth!

They, our adversaries, have insulted him, slandered him, abandoned him, because he posed a threat to them; for the Centers that emit artificial light fear the Radiant Center of Truth!

“The Radiant Truth” shall be our device, and with it we will go, with our Venerated Master, “Forward, ever forward!”

“The Radiant Truth” will be our guiding principle, and with it we will advance, alongside our respected leader, “Forward, always forward!”

Therefore let those who truly desire to learn and to elevate their spirit, without fear and without care, and they will find Brothers, true Brothers!

Therefore, let those who truly wish to learn and uplift their spirits, without fear and without worry, find genuine Brothers!

Let those who have betrayed and insulted our Master, whom we will now name,

Let those who have betrayed and disrespected our Master, whom we will now name,

OUR BROTHER, DR. SARAK,

know: that we have in our ranks persons who, having belonged to Theosophical Societies, have torn up their diplomas, not caring to appear in the list of those who, under pretext of justice and under the false name of Fraternity, defame, calumniate and insult those whose mission is sublime.

understand: that we have individuals among us who, after being part of Theosophical Societies, have discarded their certificates, not wanting to be associated with those who, under the pretense of justice and the deceptively termed Fraternity, slander, misrepresent, and insult those whose mission is noble.

Let those, in short, who wish to know * * * many other things, come to us! * * * and we will prove to them both the Supreme Council and the Radiant Truth, and, lastly, also our powers!

Let those who wish to know * * * many other things come to us! * * * and we will reveal both the Supreme Council and the Radiant Truth, and, ultimately, our powers as well!

We make, then, an appeal, in view of the preceding considerations, to all those who, even if belonging to other organizations, wish to unite with us frankly and sincerely, and we can assure them that later they will thank us with all their hearts.

We are extending an invitation, based on our discussions, to everyone who, even if they are part of other groups, wishes to join us openly and sincerely. We assure them that they will be grateful in the future.

This will afford them the most conclusive proof of the protection and aid of those Masters or Guides who direct us.

This will give them the most compelling evidence of the protection and support from those Masters or Guides who lead us.

Our Order will publish an official Review, which will have so much success and be so well received that we shall be compelled to reprint it twice.

Our Order will publish an official Review that will be so successful and well-received that we may need to print it twice more.

In this Review, whose propaganda name will be The Radiant Truth, will be found all that the most eager student of Occult Truth can desire, for, aside from the Esoteric work, which we have in reserve, we possess documents of inestimable value, which will be published.

In this Review, whose engaging title will be The Radiant Truth, you will find everything that a keen student of Occult Truth could desire. In addition to the Esoteric work we have planned for the future, we have invaluable documents that will be published.

Only the members of our Order will have the right to our studies and Esoteric demonstrations of a more advanced degree.

Only members of our Order will have access to our studies and higher level Esoteric demonstrations.

A Convention will be held at Washington at a convenient time, and a Commission of delegates and members of the Order will be sent to the {260} East to receive instructions and orders from those who direct the spiritual future of the Race of Evolution—this in spite of all Theosophical or sectarian societies and of those who do not desire the Light.

A convention will be held in Washington at a convenient time, and a commission of delegates and members of the Order will be dispatched to the {260} East to receive guidance and directions from those who shape the spiritual future of the Race of Evolution—this will occur despite all Theosophical or sectarian groups and those who do not seek the Light.

Those, then, who wish to make part of our Order, as Active or Militant Members, or as Correspondents or Delegates, should send in their applications to the General Secretary of the Commission, * * * * 1443 Corcoran Street, Washington, D. C.

Those who wish to join our Order, whether as Active or Militant Members, or as Correspondents or Delegates, should submit their applications to the General Secretary of the Commission, * * * * 1443 Corcoran Street, Washington, D. C.

All the Members of our Head Centre in the United States have the right to receive gratuitously all the publications and work of the Centre.

All members of our Central Headquarters in the United States are entitled to receive all publications and work of the Center free of charge.

For further particulars write to the General Secretary at Washington and to the General Delegates abroad.

For additional details, write to the General Secretary in Washington and to the General Delegates overseas.

May Peace be with all Beings!

May peace be with all beings!

Viewed and found in conformity with Superior Orders.

Reviewed and confirmed according to Superior Orders.

The General Secretary of Gen. Inspection:

A. E. MARSLAND.
(M. E. S.)

A. E. MARSLAND.
(M. E. S.)

Given at our Headquarters this 15th day of June, 1902.

Dated at our Headquarters this 15th day of June, 1902.

The above circular was also signed by the President of the Directing Commission, the Secretary General and the seven Esoteric Members of the Council of the Order at Washington, the majority of them being women. I suppress their names. Possibly by this time they have repudiated Sarak and his absurd pretensions.

The above circular was also signed by the President of the Directing Commission, the Secretary General, and the seven Esoteric Members of the Council of the Order in Washington, most of whom are women. I'm not mentioning their names. By now, they might have rejected Sarak and his ridiculous claims.

III.

I consulted with my friend, Mr. J. Elfreth Watkins, a clever journalist and interested inquirer into the methods of spiritists and occultists, and we decided to investigate Dr. Albert de Sarak, the Thibetan adept. Mr. Watkins was to go first and have an interview with him, with the idea of exploiting the Count in a newspaper article on modern magic and theosophy; eventually we were to attend one of the mystic’s séances together. I shall let Mr. Watkins tell the story in his own words:

I talked to my friend, Mr. J. Elfreth Watkins, a smart journalist who's really curious about the methods of spiritists and occultists, and we agreed to look into Dr. Albert de Sarak, the Tibetan expert. Mr. Watkins was going to meet with him first, planning to use the Count for a newspaper piece about modern magic and theosophy; eventually, we were going to go to one of the mystic’s séances together. I'll let Mr. Watkins share the story in his own words:

“I addressed a letter to Dr. Sarak by post requesting an appointment. I received a prompt response in the form of a courteous note, headed ‘Oriental Esoteric Center of Washington,’ and which commenced: ‘Your letter, which I have received, reveals to me a man of noble sentiments.’ An hour was named and the letter bore the signature, ‘Dr. A. Count de Sarak,’ beneath which were inscribed several Oriental characters. {261}

“I sent a letter to Dr. Sarak by mail asking for an appointment. I got a quick reply in a polite note from the ‘Oriental Esoteric Center of Washington,’ which started with: ‘Your letter, which I have received, shows me a man of noble sentiments.’ An hour was specified, and the letter was signed, ‘Dr. A. Count de Sarak,’ below which were several Oriental characters. {261}

“I found Monsieur le Comte’s house in Corcoran street, late in the appointed afternoon. It was a two-story cottage of yellow brick with English basement, and surmounting the door was an oval medallion repeating the inscription of Monsieur’s letterhead. A young woman with blonde hair and blue eyes responded to my ring. I was invited upstairs, she following. Before me was the mind picture of a Lama with yellowed and wrinkled visage, vested in folds of dingy red, with iron pencase at his side and counting the beads of a wooden rosary; a Yoge of the great hills; who should say to me, ‘Just is the wheel,’ or ‘Thou hast acquired merit.’

“I found Monsieur le Comte’s house on Corcoran Street later that afternoon as planned. It was a two-story yellow brick cottage with an English basement, and above the door was an oval medallion featuring the same inscription as Monsieur’s letterhead. A young woman with blonde hair and blue eyes answered my ring. She invited me upstairs, following behind me. In my mind, I imagined a Lama with a yellowed and wrinkled face, dressed in worn red robes, with an iron pencil case at his side, counting the beads of a wooden rosary; a Yogi from the great hills, who would say to me, ‘The wheel turns justly,’ or ‘You have gained merit.’”

“I was directed to the door of the rear parlor on the main floor, and as I opened it there sat before me, at a modern roller-top desk, a man of slender build and medium height, but with one of the most striking physiognomies I have ever beheld.

“I was directed to the door of the back parlor on the main floor, and as I opened it, there sat before me, at a modern roller-top desk, a man of slim build and average height, but with one of the most remarkable faces I have ever seen.

“The face was that of a sheik of the desert. The hair was of the blackest and so was the beard, sparse at the side but rather full in front and not long. The eyes were huge, languid and dreamy; the forehead, bared by the training of the hair straight back, was high and bisected by a vein falling vertically between prominences over the brows. The nose was strongly aquiline, and the complexion was more that of the Oriental than of the Latin. The man wore a long, black frock-coat of the mode and faultless in fit; his trousers and waistcoat were of a rough gray cloth.

“The face belonged to a desert sheik. The hair was jet black, and so was the beard, thin on the sides but notably full in the front and not long. His eyes were large, heavy-lidded, and dreamy; the forehead, exposed by the way his hair was slicked back, was high and marked by a vein running down the middle between prominent brows. The nose was sharply aquiline, and his complexion leaned more towards that of an Oriental than a Latin. He wore a long black frock coat in style and perfectly fitted; his trousers and waistcoat were made of a coarse gray cloth.”

“Monsieur le Comte rose. The hand which grasped mine was small and soft. He bowed, pointed to a seat and apologized for his crude English, explaining that he preferred to talk to me through an interpreter. The young woman who had ushered me into the presence of Monsieur seated herself at his side and explained that, although ‘the doctor’ had mastered fourteen tongues, the English had been the most difficult of all for him to fathom. After a pause, Monsieur addressed me in French. The interpreter rolled her blue eyes slightly upward and assumed the gaze of one seeing far away into the sky, through the wall before her—an expression which she seldom changed during the entire interview. {262}

“Monsieur le Comte stood up. The hand that held mine was small and soft. He bowed, motioned to a seat, and apologized for his poor English, saying he preferred to communicate through an interpreter. The young woman who had brought me to Monsieur sat down next to him and explained that, although ‘the doctor’ had mastered fourteen languages, English had been the hardest for him to understand. After a moment, Monsieur spoke to me in French. The interpreter rolled her blue eyes slightly upward and assumed a gaze as if she were looking far away into the sky, beyond the wall in front of her—an expression she kept throughout the entire interview. {262}

“ ‘Through my power of second sight was revealed to me your mission before you arrived,’ was the interpretation. ‘And now that you come, a good spirit seems to attend you, and I know that you come as a friend. I assure you also that I welcome you as a friend.’ The translations were made a sentence at a time.

“‘I saw your mission before you arrived through my gift of foresight,’ that was the interpretation. ‘And now that you’re here, a positive spirit seems to be with you, and I can tell that you’ve come as a friend. I also want to assure you that I welcome you as a friend.’ The translations were done one sentence at a time.”

“I assured Monsieur that this was deeply appreciated.

“I assured the gentleman that this was greatly appreciated.

“I asked him if it might be my good fortune to witness some of his esoteric manifestations, such as I had heard of his performing.

“I asked him if I might be lucky enough to see some of his rare performances, like the ones I had heard he did.”

“ ‘In the beginning,’ he continued, ‘I gave some public tests. But now I am engaged in the serious work of teaching, and my time is devoted entirely to the work. If Monsieur pleases, we would welcome his presence as an honorary member of our center. The diploma will cost him nothing. It is a rule of the center that none may attend except members. His diploma will entitle him to attend all our meetings as a spectator. We meet every Wednesday night.’

“‘At first,’ he went on, ‘I conducted some public tests. But now I’m focused on serious teaching, and my time is fully dedicated to that work. If Monsieur is interested, we would be happy to welcome him as an honorary member of our center. The diploma won’t cost him anything. It’s a rule of the center that only members can attend. His diploma will allow him to join all our meetings as an observer. We meet every Wednesday night.’”

“ ‘All that we will require of Monsieur is that he endeavor to learn, and to describe what he sees with absolute truth.’

“‘All we expect from Monsieur is that he tries to learn and honestly describe what he sees.’”

“ ‘I would ask M. le Docteur if he be a Buddhist,’ I said. The question was suggested by a picture of Buddha upon the wall before me.

“ I would ask M. le Docteur if he’s a Buddhist,” I said. The question was prompted by a picture of Buddha on the wall in front of me.

“ ‘Yes, Monsieur, I am a Buddhist, as are my masters in Thibet. Understand, however, that this is not a religion which I am here to teach, but a science—the science of the soul—which does not conflict with any religion. I simply demonstrate to them the powers which I have learned from my masters.’

“ ‘Yes, Sir, I am a Buddhist, just like my teachers in Tibet. However, understand that I’m not here to teach a religion, but a science—the science of the soul—which doesn’t clash with any religion. I simply show them the abilities I’ve learned from my teachers.’”

“ ‘What is your opinion of Mme. Blavatsky?’ was asked.

“ ‘What do you think of Mme. Blavatsky?’ was asked.

“ ‘She was a good person—what shall I say?—was good-hearted. She endeavored to enter Thibet, but was unsuccessful. None of the Theosophists have ever learned from my masters. While Mme. Blavatsky lived, however, the Theosophical Society seems to have worked in harmony. Now that she is dead, they are divided by hatred and ill-feeling.

“‘She was a good person—what can I say?—she had a kind heart. She tried to go to Tibet, but didn’t succeed. None of the Theosophists have ever learned from my teachers. However, when Mme. Blavatsky was alive, the Theosophical Society seemed to function in harmony. Now that she’s gone, they’re split by hatred and resentment.

“ ‘Once when I was in Paris, the Theosophists, hearing that I was from Thibet, asked me to become an honorary member of their society, just as I invite you, Monsieur. I accepted {263} their diploma, as courtesy demanded. I attended a congress in Paris. One speaker mounted the tribune and stated that there was a gentleman from Thibet present who could vouch for their connection with the masters. I was a young man then—let me see—it was about seventeen years ago, but now the weight of fifty years hangs on my shoulders. My young blood boiled and I rushed to the tribune and denounced the statement as false. The Theosophists expelled me from their society—which I had never sought to enter,’ and here he shrugged his shoulders, ‘and since then, they have waged against me a relentless campaign of calumny. In Europe, in South America—everywhere—follows me a trail of circulars and letters published by base calumniators. But still I have gone on with my work, founding centers over the world. I have founded many in South America, but this is the first in this country.’

“Once when I was in Paris, the Theosophists, hearing that I was from Tibet, asked me to become an honorary member of their society, just like I’m inviting you, Monsieur. I accepted their diploma, as courtesy required. I attended a congress in Paris. One speaker went up to the podium and claimed that there was a gentleman from Tibet present who could confirm their connection with the masters. I was young then—let me think—it was about seventeen years ago, but now I feel the weight of fifty years on my shoulders. My youthful spirit flared up, and I rushed to the podium and called out the statement as false. The Theosophists expelled me from their society—which I never sought to join,’ and here he shrugged his shoulders, ‘and since then, they have launched a relentless smear campaign against me. In Europe, in South America—everywhere—I have a trail of pamphlets and letters published by lowly slanderers following me. But still, I have continued my work, establishing centers around the world. I've created many in South America, but this is the first in this country.”

“I ventured to console the count with words to the effect that all great causes had grown out of persecution. When the interpreter translated these sentiments, Monsieur, who sat at his desk, assumed an expression of extreme pain and half closing his eyes fixed his gaze upon a strange instrument reposing upon the window sill. It was a piece of colored glass with a pebbled surface held upright by a metal support. The interpretation of my words was repeated, but Monsieur raised one finger, continuing his stare of mixed concentration and suffering.

“I tried to comfort the count by saying that all great causes come from persecution. When the interpreter translated this, Monsieur, who was sitting at his desk, looked extremely pained and half-closed his eyes as he stared at a strange object resting on the windowsill. It was a piece of colored glass with a textured surface, held up by a metal support. The interpreter repeated my words, but Monsieur raised a finger, maintaining his gaze of both focus and anguish.

“ ‘He is now receiving an interpretation from his masters,’ the interpreter told me in a low voice. I did not notice it and interrupted him. The doctor maintained his weird stare for a few minutes, during which I heard from his corner of the room a vibrating sound such as is produced by a Faradic battery. Monsieur rose from his reverie with a sigh and hastily wrote something upon a sheet of paper upon his desk. Then he resumed the conversation.

“‘He’s currently getting an interpretation from his masters,’” the interpreter said to me quietly. I didn’t catch that and interrupted him. The doctor kept his strange stare for a few minutes, during which I heard a buzzing sound coming from his corner of the room, like the noise from a Faradic battery. Monsieur broke out of his trance with a sigh and quickly wrote something on a piece of paper at his desk. Then he continued the conversation.

“ ‘Fortunately I have preserved extracts from all of the journals which have been friendly to me,’ he said. I was shown a shelf full of scrap-books and the translations of numerous clippings from foreign journals. One of these, credited to the Paris Figaro, 1885, described experiments in ‘Magnetism and Fascination’ performed by Dr. de Sarak before a committee of {264} scientists and journalists, during which he hypnotized a cage full of live lions. There were many such accounts, including a description of demonstrations made before the Queen of Spain in 1888; another before the King of Portugal the same year. An article credited to La Révue des Sciences de Paris, November 7, 1885, stated that in the Grand Salle de la Sorbonne, Count Sarak de Das, in the presence of the Prince of Larignans and 1,400 people, caused his body to rise in the air about two meters and to be there suspended by levitation.

“Fortunately, I’ve kept extracts from all the journals that have been supportive of me,” he said. I was shown a shelf full of scrapbooks and translations of numerous clippings from foreign journals. One of these, credited to the Paris Figaro, 1885, described experiments in ‘Magnetism and Fascination’ conducted by Dr. de Sarak before a committee of {264} scientists and journalists, during which he hypnotized a cage full of live lions. There were many such accounts, including one detailing demonstrations made before the Queen of Spain in 1888; another before the King of Portugal the same year. An article credited to La Révue des Sciences de Paris, November 7, 1885, stated that in the Grand Salle de la Sorbonne, Count Sarak de Das, in the presence of the Prince of Larignans and 1,400 people, caused his body to rise about two meters in the air and to be held there by levitation.

“It was agreed that my name should be presented to the council as suggested, and two days later I received a letter notifying me of my election as honorary member of the center, congratulating me thereupon and inviting me to be present at the next meeting. I was given the privilege of bringing a friend with me. I informed Mr. Evans, and we agreed to attend the next séance, and make careful mental notes of the events of the evening.”

“It was agreed that my name would be submitted to the council as proposed, and two days later I received a letter informing me of my election as an honorary member of the center, congratulating me on it and inviting me to attend the next meeting. I was allowed to bring a friend with me. I told Mr. Evans, and we decided to go to the next séance and take detailed mental notes of the events that evening.”

IV.

Mr. Watkins and I went together on the appointed evening to the house of the Mage, located in quaint little Corcoran street. It was a stormy night, late in November; just the sort of evening for a gathering of modern witches and wizards, in an up-to-date Walpurgis Nacht. We were admitted by the interpreter and secretary, whom I afterwards learned was Miss Agnes E. Marsland, graduate of the University of Cambridge, England.

Mr. Watkins and I went together on the scheduled evening to the home of the Mage, located on the charming Corcoran Street. It was a stormy night, late in November; exactly the kind of evening for a gathering of modern witches and wizards, in a contemporary Walpurgis Nacht. We were welcomed by the interpreter and secretary, who I later found out was Miss Agnes E. Marsland, a graduate of the University of Cambridge, England.

In the back parlor upstairs we were greeted by the Doctor, who wore a sort of Masonic collar of gold braid, upon which was embroidered a triangle. He presented us to his wife and child, who were conspicuously foreign in appearance, the latter about five years old. We were then introduced to an elderly woman, stout and with gray hair, who, we were told, was the president of the center. She wore a cordon similar to Dr. Sarak’s, and soon after our arrival she rapped with a small gavel upon a table, located in the bay window of the front drawing-room.

In the back parlor upstairs, we were welcomed by the Doctor, who wore a Masonic-style collar with gold braid and an embroidered triangle. He introduced us to his wife and child, who looked noticeably foreign, with the child being about five years old. We were then introduced to an elderly woman, who was stout and had gray hair; we learned she was the president of the center. She wore a cord similar to Dr. Sarak’s, and shortly after we arrived, she tapped a small gavel on a table in the bay window of the front drawing room.

When she called the meeting to order the Doctor seated himself upon her right, and at her left—all behind the table—were {265} placed two other women, wearing large gold badges. The interpreter seated herself against the wall beside the Count. Shortly a fifth woman appeared. The Count’s wife and child sat quietly upon a sofa in the corner behind him. In the seats arranged along the walls for the audience sat only myself, Mr. Watkins, and a reporter for the Washington Times.

When she started the meeting, the Doctor took a seat on her right, and on her left—behind the table—were two other women wearing large gold badges. The interpreter sat against the wall next to the Count. Soon, a fifth woman showed up. The Count's wife and child were quietly sitting on a sofa in the corner behind him. In the seats arranged along the walls for the audience, there were only me, Mr. Watkins, and a reporter from the Washington Times.

The mise en scène was well calculated to impress the spectators with a sense of the occult and the mysterious. The table was draped with a yellow cloth, upon which were embroidered various cabalistic symbols. Upon it stood an antique brazier for burning incense, and a bronze candelabra with wax lights arranged to form a triangle. Against the wall, just back of the presiding Mistress of Ceremonies and the little French Mage, was a niche containing a large gilt image of the Buddha, who smiled placidly and benignly at the strange gathering. The walls of the drawing-room were draped with rich Oriental rugs and hung with allegorical paintings. The faint aroma of incense soon permeated the atmosphere; there was a moment of profound silence while the thaumaturgist meditatively consulted a big volume in front of him—a work on mysticism by either Papus or Baraduc, I forget which. I closed my eyes drowsily. In imag­i­na­tion I was transported back into that dead past of the Eighteenth century. I was in Paris, at a certain gloomy mansion in the Rue St. Claude. I saw before me a table covered with a black cloth, embroidered with Masonic and Rosicrucian symbols; upon it stood a vase of water; lights burned in silver sconces; incense rose from an antique brazier. And behold—Cagliostro, necromancer and Egyptian Freemason, at his incantations. The phan­tas­ma­goria fades away. I am back again in Washington, and Sarak is speaking rapidly in French. I shall quote as follows from Mr. Watkins’ note-book:

The mise en scène was carefully arranged to give the audience a sense of the occult and the mysterious. The table was covered with a yellow cloth, embroidered with various mystical symbols. On it stood an old brazier for burning incense and a bronze candelabra with candles arranged in a triangle. Against the wall, just behind the Mistress of Ceremonies and the little French Mage, was a niche containing a large gilded image of Buddha, who smiled calmly and kindly at the unusual gathering. The drawing-room walls were adorned with rich Oriental rugs and hung with allegorical paintings. The faint scent of incense soon filled the air; there was a moment of deep silence as the thaumaturgist thoughtfully consulted a large book in front of him—a work on mysticism by either Papus or Baraduc, I can’t remember which. I closed my eyes lazily. In my imagination, I was transported back to the distant past of the Eighteenth century. I found myself in Paris, at a certain gloomy mansion on Rue St. Claude. Before me was a table covered with a black cloth, embroidered with Masonic and Rosicrucian symbols; on it stood a vase of water; candles flickered in silver wall sconces; incense wafted from an ancient brazier. And there he was—Cagliostro, necromancer and Egyptian Freemason, performing his incantations. The phantasmagoria faded away. I was back in Washington, and Sarak was speaking quickly in French. I shall quote as follows from Mr. Watkins’ notebook:

“The Doctor spoke of a membership of forty-two persons and his disappointment that only six were present. He then commenced in French a long discourse, citing the alleged experiments of Baraduc on the soul’s light, and mentioning the psychic researches of Flammarion. He stated that Marconi had made partial progress in the science of transmitting intelligence without wires, but that his masters had long known of a {266} more simple method. He described the failures of foreigners to penetrate into Thibet, stating that his masters there were able to place a fluidic wall before any man or beast.29 The women watched their hierophant with intense fascination, save the interpreter, who maintained her saintly gaze up into space, and the wife, who sat by in sublime nonchalance.

“The Doctor talked about a group of forty-two people and his disappointment that only six showed up. He then started a lengthy discussion in French, referencing Baraduc's supposed experiments with the soul’s light and mentioning Flammarion's psychic research. He claimed that Marconi had made some progress in the science of transmitting information without wires, but that his masters had known of a {266} simpler method for a long time. He described how foreigners had failed to get into Tibet, saying that his masters there could create a fluid barrier that would stop any man or beast. 29 The women watched their teacher with intense interest, except for the interpreter, who kept her saintly gaze fixed in the sky, and the wife, who sat by in total indifference.”

“The Doctor then passed into a rear room, donned a long robe of light blue material and returned with the piece of colored glass which I had seen during my previous visit. It was still flitted to the metal support, and with it he brought a bar magnet. He placed the glass upon the table before him, making many passes over it with his fingers, sometimes rubbing them upon his gown as if they were burned. He explained that he had sensitized the glass with a secret fluid which remained thereon as a film. He drew a sort of tripod upon paper and placed the glass and magnet alongside.

“The Doctor then went into a back room, put on a long light blue robe, and came back with the piece of colored glass I had seen during my last visit. It was still attached to the metal support, and he also brought a bar magnet. He set the glass on the table in front of him and made many passes over it with his fingers, sometimes rubbing them on his gown as if they were burned. He explained that he had treated the glass with a secret fluid that remained on it like a film. He sketched a sort of tripod on paper and positioned the glass and magnet next to it.”

“ ‘I demonstrated at the last meeting how this power—which I called ‘yud’—could be exerted against human beings. You remember that I caused the man to fall from his bicycle. Tonight I will exert the power against an animal,’ said the fantaisiste.

“‘I showed at the last meeting how this power—which I called ‘yud’—could be used against people. You remember I made the man fall off his bike. Tonight, I’ll use the power on an animal,’ said the fantasist.

“He stated that the lights would all be extinguished; that those present would be stationed at the front windows; that at a given signal he would cause a horse passing the street to halt and remain motionless, to the amazement of the driver. Turning to me, he asked, ‘Would Monsieur prefer that the horse be passing eastward or westward?’ ‘Eastward,’ I said.

“He said that all the lights would be turned off; that everyone present would be positioned at the front windows; that at a certain signal he would make a horse passing down the street stop and stay still, to the surprise of the driver. Turning to me, he asked, ‘Would you prefer that the horse be going east or west?’ ‘East,’ I replied.”

“Then the lights were put out, but previously his wife had retired, ostensibly to put to bed the boy, who had grown sleepy. All of the members present and the young man—a stranger, evidently a reporter—were posted at the front windows. My companion and I were stationed at two windows within a small hall room adjoining. We were all asked to maintain absolute silence. Vines covered both windows of our room and a street lamp burned before the house to our right. The wait was long, {267} probably twenty minutes, before the first vehicle ventured through the block.

“Then the lights went out, but before that, his wife had gone to bed, supposedly to tuck in the boy, who had become sleepy. Everyone present, along with the young man—a stranger who seemed to be a reporter—were gathered at the front windows. My companion and I were positioned at two windows in a small hallway adjoining the room. We were all instructed to remain completely silent. Vines covered both windows of our room, and a streetlamp shone in front of the house to our right. The wait stretched on, {267} probably twenty minutes, before the first vehicle dared to pass through the block."

29 Since Dr. Sarak’s séance, Col. Younghusband and a column of British soldiers have penetrated into the holy city of Llassa without difficulty. The fluidic walls of the masters have not impeded the progress of the British in the least degree.

29 Since Dr. Sarak's séance, Colonel Younghusband and a group of British soldiers have easily entered the holy city of Lhasa. The spiritual barriers of the masters have not hindered the British at all.

“It was a buggy, drawn by a single horse, but, alas! it proceeded westward. In it were seated two figures, whom I could not see—both enshrouded in darkness.

“It was a carriage pulled by a single horse, but unfortunately, it was headed west. Inside were two figures that I couldn't see—both shrouded in darkness."

“My impatience was now well nigh unbearable. In a few minutes, however, I heard the clatter of hoofs from the opposite direction—eastward.

“My impatience was now almost unbearable. A few minutes later, though, I heard the sound of hooves coming from the opposite direction—eastward.”

“A buggy with a single horse came into view. One figure wore a white fascinator or shawl about the head. The other was a man. The horse slowed into a walk just before reaching the house. It halted directly in front of us, then backed a few feet and the rear wheel went upon the sidewalk opposite.

“A horse-drawn buggy appeared. One person wore a white fascinator or shawl on their head. The other was a man. The horse slowed to a walk just before getting to the house. It stopped right in front of us, then backed up a few feet, and the back wheel went up onto the sidewalk across the street.”

“ ‘What’s de mattah wid dat hoss?’ said a negro voice. ‘Nebber seen him act dat way befo’!’ The horse stood still for a minute; then the driver clucked him up and he proceeded on his way. It was too dark to see the positions of the reins or the features of either occupant of the vehicle. Soon afterward Madame de Sarak returned with the child and pointed toward him, as if to say: ‘See, he has recovered from his sleepy spell!’

“‘What’s the matter with that horse?’ said a Black voice. ‘Never seen him act that way before!’ The horse stood still for a minute; then the driver clicked his tongue, and he continued on his way. It was too dark to see the positions of the reins or the features of either person in the vehicle. Soon afterward, Madame de Sarak returned with the child and pointed toward him, as if to say: ‘See, he has recovered from his sleepy spell!’”

“At this point the Doctor retired and returned gowned in white. He passed to us a canvas such as is commonly used by painters in oil. He placed this upon an easel. At his right was a table bearing brushes and two glasses filled, one with dark blue and the other with white paint. He then distributed large napkins among those present and handed to me two balls of absorbent cotton. These I was told to place over his eyes, and as I did so the two other men and several of the women bound the napkins over the cotton. They were tied very tightly and two were crossed. We inspected the bandages and pronounced them secure. Then the white-robed figure, in this grotesque headgear, asked me to lead him to an arm-chair in the far end of the rear apartment, which I did. Seated in the chair, his chin hanging down upon his breast, he remained for some time, until suddenly he arose and walked straightway to his wife and child, who were sitting behind the table in the front room, upon the sofa as previously. He knelt before them, kissed the little one, his back being toward us the while. Then he walked directly {268} to my companion and took the latter’s watch from his pocket without fumbling. He now proceeded to the easel, and, selecting a brush from the table, dipped into the blue paint and printed across the top of the canvas ‘Fifteen Minutes.’ I looked at my companion’s watch and it registered half past 10. Evidently the words denoted the time in which the picture was to be painted. One of the women present requested that a moonlight scene in Thibet be reproduced. Sudden movements of two brushes, dipped in the two colors, transformed the letters into a clouded sky through which a moon was bursting. Below was outlined a sort of tower, to the left of which was painted a tree. After some detail in the picture was outlined in blue, for example, the white paint would be applied in lines exactly parallel to the first, and many such touches of the brushes indicated that the painting was not made as the result of memory alone. Near the end of the painting the Doctor again approached his wife and child, leading the latter to the easel and placing him upon a chair before it.

“At this point, the Doctor stepped away and came back dressed in white. He presented us with a canvas commonly used by oil painters and placed it on an easel. To his right was a table with brushes and two glasses filled—one with dark blue paint and the other with white. He handed out large napkins to everyone present and gave me two balls of absorbent cotton. I was told to put these over his eyes, and while I did, the other two men and several women wrapped the napkins around the cotton. They were tied very tightly, with two crossed. We checked the bandages and confirmed they were secure. Then, the figure in white, with this unusual headgear, asked me to lead him to an armchair at the far end of the back room, which I did. Sitting in the chair with his chin resting on his chest, he stayed like that for a while, until he suddenly stood up and walked directly to his wife and child, who were sitting behind the table in the front room on the sofa, as before. He knelt in front of them and kissed the little one, his back turned to us the whole time. Then he walked straight to my companion and took his watch from his pocket without hesitating. He then went to the easel, picked a brush from the table, dipped it in the blue paint, and wrote across the top of the canvas ‘Fifteen Minutes.’ I looked at my companion’s watch, and it read half past 10. Clearly, the words indicated the time it would take to paint the picture. One of the women present asked for a moonlit scene in Tibet to be recreated. Quick strokes from two brushes, dipped in the two colors, transformed the letters into a clouded sky with a moon breaking through. Below, a kind of tower was sketched, with a tree painted to its left. After outlining some details of the picture in blue, the white paint was applied in lines exactly parallel to the first strokes, and many touches from the brushes showed that the painting was not solely based on memory. Near the end of the painting, the Doctor approached his wife and child again, leading the latter to the easel and putting him on a chair in front of it.”

“The child was given a brush and dabbed paint upon various parts of the picture. Sometimes he seemed to be guiding his father’s hand, but during this operation the latter was not doing difficult work. All the while the adept was chanting something which the child repeated. The picture was signed with Oriental symbols placed in one corner. Then the painter made a gesture of great fatigue, sighed very audibly and staggered into the rear room. He fell upon a sofa near the door and motioned to have the bandages removed. I removed some, assisted by his wife, who brought him a glass of water. The cotton was in its place as far as I could see. His eyes remained closed after they were uncovered, and his attitude was that of a man who had fainted. His wife held the water to his lips, and then, lifting each of his eyelids, blew into them. Then the Mage arose and, complaining of fatigue, resumed his seat behind the table. Shading his eyes with his hand, he looked toward the canvas, saying: ‘Behold the house in Thibet where I was initiated into the mysteries of the Mahatmas.’

“The child was given a brush and dabbed paint onto different parts of the picture. Sometimes he seemed to be guiding his father’s hand, but during this process, the father wasn’t doing anything too complicated. The expert kept chanting something that the child echoed. The picture was signed with Oriental symbols placed in one corner. Then the painter made a gesture of great exhaustion, sighed loudly, and staggered into the back room. He collapsed onto a sofa near the door and signaled for the bandages to be taken off. I removed some, with help from his wife, who brought him a glass of water. The cotton was still in place as far as I could see. His eyes stayed closed after they were uncovered, and he looked like someone who had fainted. His wife held the water to his lips, and then, lifting each of his eyelids, blew into them. Then the Mage got up and, complaining about being tired, took his seat behind the table again. Shading his eyes with his hand, he looked at the canvas and said: ‘Look at the house in Tibet where I was initiated into the secrets of the Mahatmas.’”

“After the exhibition of ‘double vision’ De Sarak performed the cigarette paper test. {269}

“After the 'double vision' exhibition, De Sarak did the cigarette paper test. {269}

“He concluded the séance with a brief speech, in which he stated that it was customary to take up a collection for charity at each meeting. A small cloth bag was passed by one of the women. The secretary announced that $1.62 had been realized. Then the president pounded with her gavel and adjourned the meeting. The secretary ushered us to the door, and we went out into the darkness.

“He wrapped up the séance with a short speech, explaining that it was tradition to collect donations for charity at each meeting. One of the women passed around a small cloth bag. The secretary reported that $1.62 had been collected. Then the president struck her gavel and ended the meeting. The secretary guided us to the door, and we stepped out into the dark.”

“Such were the miracles of the adept Albert de Sarak, Comte de Das, and such was his propaganda.”

“Such were the miracles of the skilled Albert de Sarak, Count de Das, and such was his promotion.”

V.

Is it not strange that people can take such performances seriously? The cigarette test—an old one—and familiar to every schoolboy who dabbles in legerdemain, was a mere trick, dependent upon clever substitution and palming. The absurd splatterdash which the Mage painted while blindfolded had nothing of Thibetan architecture about it, but resembled a ruined castle on the Rhine. That he was able to peep beneath his bandages at one stage of the proceedings seems to me evident. He perhaps arranged this while kissing and fondling the little child. Long practice, however, would enable him to paint roughly while his eyes were bandaged. The horse episode was of course a pre-arranged affair, yet I admit it was very well worked up and gave one a creepy feeling—thanks to the mise en scéne. But the Comte de Sarak has other occult phenomena up his sleeve, which I have not yet witnessed—among them being the shattering of a pane of glass by pronouncing the words, “Forward, ever forward”; the instantaneous production of vegetation from the seed; and the immediate development of fish from spawn. He doubtless owes much of his notoriety to the newspapers, which herald his alleged feats of magic in sensational style.

Isn't it strange that people can take performances like these seriously? The cigarette test—an old trick that's familiar to every schoolboy who messes around with sleight of hand—was just a clever illusion, relying on skillful substitution and palming. The ridiculous painting the magician did while blindfolded had nothing to do with Tibetan architecture; it looked more like a ruined castle in the Rhine. It seems clear to me that he was able to sneak a peek under his bandages at one point during the act. Maybe he set this up while he was busy kissing and playing with the little child. Yet, with enough practice, he could probably paint somewhat accurately even with his eyes covered. The horse act was obviously planned ahead of time, but I admit it was executed very well and managed to create an unsettling vibe—thanks to the staging. However, the Comte de Sarak has other mysterious tricks up his sleeve that I haven't seen yet—like breaking a pane of glass just by saying “Forward, ever forward,” instantly making plants grow from seeds, and producing fish from spawn right away. He probably owes a lot of his fame to the newspapers, which sensationally promote his supposed magical feats.

A few months after my séance at the adept’s house, the Washington papers announced the fact that the Count de Sarak, the famous magician, was projecting a personally conducted tour to the Orient for the members of his cult and all those who were {270} interested in occultism. The pilgrims were to visit the inaccessible shrines, pagodas, crypts, and lamaseries of the East, under the ciceronage of the Count, who doubtless was to break down for them by sheer force of will the fluidic barriers that surround Lhassa, Thibet, where dwell the Mahatmas, in order that the tourists might penetrate into the sacred city.

A few months after my séance at the adept’s house, the Washington papers announced that Count de Sarak, the famous magician, was planning a personally guided tour to the Orient for his followers and anyone interested in occultism. The group would visit the hidden shrines, pagodas, crypts, and lamaseries of the East, led by the Count, who would likely use his sheer willpower to break down the fluidic barriers surrounding Lhassa, Tibet, where the Mahatmas live, so that the tourists could enter the sacred city.

I never heard of anybody leaving Washington to go on this expedition, except the Count—and he, I understand, got no farther than New York City, where the French table d’hôte abounds, and magic and mystery are chiefly to be studied in the recipes of French chefs de cuisine.

I never heard of anyone leaving Washington for this expedition, except the Count—and I understand he didn't get further than New York City, where the French table d’hôte is plentiful, and magic and mystery are mainly found in the recipes of French chefs de cuisine.

MAGICIANS I HAVE MET.

“To succeed as a conjurer, three things are essential—first, dexterity; second, dexterity; and third, dexterity.”—ROBERT-HOUDIN.

“To succeed as a magician, three things are essential—first, skill; second, skill; and third, skill.”—ROBERT-HOUDIN.

I.

Imro Fox, “the comic conjurer,” was born May 21, 1852, in Bromberg, Germany. He came to the United States in 1874, and after serving as a chef de cuisine in several New York hotels, finally came to Washington, where he presided over the kitchen of the old Hotel Lawrence, a famous resort for vaudeville people. When not engaged in his culinary duties, he practised sleight of hand tricks. In the year 1880, a strolling company came to the city, having as its bright, particular star a magician. The man of mystery, alas, was addicted to the flowing bowl, and went on a spree after the first night’s performance. The manager of the troupe, who was staying at the Lawrence, was in despair. He told his woes to the proprietor of the hotel, who informed him that the chef of the establishment was a conjurer. Descending to the “lower regions” (a capital place, by the way, in which to seek a disciple of the black art), the theatrical man discovered the genial Imro studying a big volume. Near by a black cat sat blinking at him. Upon the stove was a huge caldron. The mise en scène of the place was decidedly that of a wizard’s studio. But things are seldom what they seem.

Imro Fox, “the comic conjurer,” was born on May 21, 1852, in Bromberg, Germany. He moved to the United States in 1874, and after working as a chef in several New York hotels, he eventually arrived in Washington, where he ran the kitchen of the old Hotel Lawrence, a well-known spot for vaudeville performers. When he wasn't busy with his cooking duties, he practiced sleight of hand tricks. In 1880, a traveling company came to the city, featuring a magician as its standout star. Unfortunately, this mysterious performer had a drinking problem and went on a bender after the first night's show. The troupe's manager, who was staying at the Lawrence, was at his wit's end. He shared his troubles with the hotel owner, who told him that the chef was a magician. Heading down to the “lower regions” (a great place to find a practitioner of the black arts), the theatrical man found the friendly Imro engrossed in a large book. Nearby, a black cat sat watching him. On the stove was a massive cauldron. The ambiance of the place definitely resembled a wizard’s workshop. But things are rarely what they seem.

The book which Fox was so industriously conning proved to be a dictionary of the French language, not a black-letter tome on sorcery. The chef was engaged in making up a ménu card, in other words, giving French names to good old Anglo-Saxon dishes. The caldron contained soup. The cat was the regular feline habitué of the kitchen, not an imp or familiar demon. {272}

The book that Fox was so diligently studying turned out to be a French dictionary, not an ancient book on magic. The chef was busy putting together a menu, or in other words, giving French names to classic Anglo-Saxon dishes. The pot had soup in it. The cat was just the usual feline resident of the kitchen, not a spirit or demonic entity. {272}

“The chef, I believe,” said the manager, politely.

“The chef, I think,” said the manager, politely.

“I am,” said Fox.

"I'm here," said Fox.

“You are an amateur conjurer?”

"You're an amateur magician?"

“I amuse myself with legerdemain occasionally.”

“I sometimes entertain myself with sleight of hand.”

“You’re the man I’m looking for. I am the proprietor of a vaudeville company playing at . . . . . . The gentleman who does the magic turn for me has disappeared; gone on a prolonged debauch. . . .”

“You’re the person I need. I run a vaudeville company performing at . . . . . . The guy who does the magic act for me has vanished; he’s off on a long binge. . . .”

“Ah, I see,” interrupted Imro, “a devotee of the ‘inexhaustible bottle’ trick.”

“Ah, got it,” interrupted Imro, “a fan of the ‘never-ending bottle’ trick.”

“I want you to take his place,” said the manager, “and fill out the week’s engagement. I will arrange matters with the hotel proprietor for you.”

“I want you to take his spot,” said the manager, “and handle the week’s bookings. I’ll make arrangements with the hotel owner for you.”

Donner und Blitzen!” cried Fox. “Why, I never was on a stage before in my life. I’d die with fright. Face an audience? I’d rather face a battery of cannons.”

Thunder and Lightning!” shouted Fox. “Honestly, I’ve never been on a stage before in my life. I’d be terrified. Facing an audience? I’d rather face a line of cannons.”

“Nonsense,” answered the theatrical man. “Do help me like a good fellow. It will be money in your pocket.”

“Nonsense,” replied the dramatic guy. “Please help me out like a good friend. It’ll be good for your wallet.”

After considerable persuasion, Fox consented. The culinary department was turned over to an assistant. That night Imro appeared on the stage, habited in a hired dress suit that did not fit him like the proverbial “paper on the wall.” With fear and trembling he made his bow, and broke the ice by the following allusion to his very bald pate: “Ladies and gentlemen, why is my head like Heaven? . . . . You give it up! Good! Because there is no parting there!” Amid the shout of laughter occasioned by this conundrum, Fox began his card tricks. In the argot of the stage, he “made good.”

After a lot of convincing, Fox agreed. He handed the culinary department over to an assistant. That night, Imro took the stage, wearing a rented suit that didn’t fit him at all. Nervously, he made his introduction and broke the ice with a joke about his very bald head: “Ladies and gentlemen, why is my head like Heaven? … You give up! Good! Because there’s no parting there!” Amid the bursts of laughter from this joke, Fox began his card tricks. In theater jargon, he “nailed it.”

This event decided him; he abandoned cooking for conjuring; ménu cards for the making of programmes.

This event made him choose; he gave up cooking for magic; menu cards for creating programs.

His entertainment is quite original. The curtain rises on a gloomy cavern. In the middle is a boiling caldron, fed by witches à la Macbeth. An aged necromancer, dressed in a long robe with a pointed cap on his head, enters. He begins his incantations, whereupon hosts of demons appear, who dance about the caldron. Suddenly amid the crash of thunder and a blinding flash of light, the wizard’s cave is metamorphosed into a twentieth century drawing-room, fitted up for a {273} conjuring séance. The decrepit sorcerer is changed into a gentleman in evening dress—Mr. Fox—who begins his up-to-date entertainment of modern magic. Is not this cleverly conceived?

His performance is really unique. The curtain goes up on a dark cave. In the center is a bubbling cauldron, fed by witches like in Macbeth. An old sorcerer, wearing a long robe and a pointed hat, walks in. He starts his spells, and suddenly, a bunch of demons appear, dancing around the cauldron. Out of nowhere, with a crash of thunder and a bright flash of light, the wizard’s cave transforms into a twentieth-century living room, set up for a {273} magic show. The creepy sorcerer turns into a well-dressed gentleman—Mr. Fox—who kicks off his modern magic act. Isn't this cleverly thought out?

II.

A few thumbnail sketches of some of the local magicians of New York City will not come amiss. First, there is Elmer P. Ransom, familiarly known as “Pop.” He was born in old New York, not far from Boss Tweed’s house. He still lives in that quaint part of the city. He knows New York like a book. Once he guided me through the Jewish ghetto, the Italian and Chinese quarters. It was a rare treat. Ransom is a good all around magician, who believes in the old school of apparatus combined with sleight of hand. And so do I.

A few quick sketches of some local magicians in New York City will be helpful. First, there’s Elmer P. Ransom, who everyone calls “Pop.” He was born in old New York, not far from Boss Tweed’s house. He still lives in that charming part of the city. He knows New York like the back of his hand. Once, he took me through the Jewish ghetto, the Italian neighborhood, and the Chinese district. It was a unique experience. Ransom is a well-rounded magician who believes in blending traditional props with sleight of hand. I believe that too.

Next we have Adrian Plate, who was born in Utrecht, Holland, in 1844. His rooms in upper New York are the Mecca of all visiting magicians. He has a fine collection of books on magic, and a scrap-book par excellence. Thanks to this clever conjurer, I have secured translations of rare and curious Dutch works on necromancy. Plate has always something new up his sleeve.

Next we have Adrian Plate, who was born in Utrecht, Holland, in 1844. His place in upper New York is the hub for all visiting magicians. He has an impressive collection of books on magic, and a scrapbook par excellence. Thanks to this clever conjurer, I have obtained translations of rare and fascinating Dutch works on necromancy. Plate always has something new up his sleeve.

T. Francis Fritz (Frank Ducrot) edits Mahatma, a magazine for magicians, and is a good conjurer.

T. Francis Fritz (Frank Ducrot) edits Mahatma, a magazine for magicians, and is a skilled magician.

Sargent, the “Merry Wizard,” and second president of the S. A. M., is an adept in the psychology of deception and a recognized authority on the subject of patter. His articles on magic, published in Mahatma, are very interesting. He wields a facile pen as well as a wand, and like Silas Wegg occasionally drops into poetry. His poetical effusion, “In Martinka’s Little Back Shop,” brought out some years ago in Mahatma, has been widely copied.

Sargent, the "Merry Wizard" and second president of the S. A. M., is skilled in the psychology of deception and a recognized expert on patter. His articles about magic, published in Mahatma, are very engaging. He is as talented with a pen as he is with a wand, and like Silas Wegg, he sometimes writes poetry. His poem, "In Martinka’s Little Back Shop," published a few years ago in Mahatma, has been widely replicated.

Henry V. A. Parsell, for a number of years the archivist of the S. A. M., is a devotee of magic and freemasonry; a student of the occult; and a mechanical engineer by profession. He is especially fond of electrical tricks. He signs himself Paracelsus, not that he has any special love for the Bombast of Hohenheim, but because the name is a euphonic paraphrase of his own cognomen, and redolent of sorcery. {274}

Henry V. A. Parsell, who has been the archivist of the S. A. M. for several years, is a fan of magic and freemasonry, a student of the occult, and works as a mechanical engineer. He has a particular interest in electrical tricks. He goes by the name Paracelsus, not because he has a specific admiration for the Bombast of Hohenheim, but because the name sounds nice and is a clever twist on his own surname, evoking a sense of sorcery. {274}

Dr. Golden Mortimer, first president of the S. A. M., is a gentleman of culture. He was born in New York City, December 27, 1854. He began life as a magician, and was a pupil of Robinson, the Fakir of Vishnu. He eventually toured the country with an entertainment of the Heller order, known as “Mortimer’s Mysteries,” and was very successful. Graduating finally as a physician, he abandoned the art magique as a profession.

Dr. Golden Mortimer, the first president of the S. A. M., is a cultured gentleman. He was born in New York City on December 27, 1854. He started his career as a magician and studied under Robinson, the Fakir of Vishnu. Eventually, he toured the country with a show similar to Heller's, called “Mortimer’s Mysteries,” and achieved great success. After completing his medical degree, he left the art magique behind as a profession.

Krieger, the arch-master of cup-and-ball conjuring, the successor of Bosco, often drops into Martinka’s. He is of Jewish birth. With his little family he travels about, giving exhibitions of his skill, at summer hotels, seaside resorts, clubs, lyceums, etc. The errant propensities of the Krieger ménage gained for it the sobriquet of the “Wandering Few,” a paraphrase of the title of Eugene Sue’s weird novel, The Wandering Jew. To listen to Krieger’s funny accent; to see him shake his bushy locks; to watch his deft fingers manipulate the little cork balls, is to enjoy a rare treat. When the small balls grow to large ones and finally change into onions, potatoes, lemons, and apples you are quite ready to acknowledge that Krieger’s art is the acme of legerdemain.

Krieger, the master of cup-and-ball magic, the successor of Bosco, often stops by Martinka’s. He is of Jewish descent. With his small family, he travels around, showcasing his talent at summer hotels, beach resorts, clubs, lyceums, and more. The wandering nature of the Krieger family earned them the nickname “The Wandering Few,” a play on the title of Eugene Sue’s strange novel, The Wandering Jew. Listening to Krieger’s funny accent, watching him shake his curly hair, and seeing his skilled fingers manipulate the little cork balls is a real delight. When the small balls turn into larger ones and eventually transform into onions, potatoes, lemons, and apples, you can’t help but admit that Krieger’s art is the peak of sleight of hand.

But the prince of Hanky Panky is undoubtedly Nate Leipziger. For close work with cards, coins, watches, handkerchiefs, and the like he is pre-eminent in this country, perhaps in any country. His great forte is amusing after-dinner parties. His art is extremely subtle and indetectable, even to those acquainted with the mysteries of magic. He is the inventor of many new sleights and conjuring artifices.

But the king of tricks is definitely Nate Leipziger. When it comes to working with cards, coins, watches, handkerchiefs, and similar things, he's the best in this country, maybe in the whole world. His real strength is entertaining after-dinner parties. His skill is incredibly subtle and hard to catch, even for those familiar with the secrets of magic. He has invented many new techniques and tricks.

Leipziger was born in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1873, and was apprenticed at an early age to an optical instrument maker. Grinding and polishing lenses is his trade, but he abandoned it for conjuring when he came to the United States. It is a curious fact that the majority of great magicians have been recruited from among watchmakers, optical instrument manufacturers, chemists, and physicians. Hundreds of them have been doctors. Among our American Indians medicine and magic are synonymous terms. The “medicine man” is the High Priest, the Mage, of the tribe. As every student of psychology knows, there is a good deal of humbug about the practice of medicine. {275} Suggestion aided by deception in the way of bread pills and harmless philtres effect as many cures as potent drugs. Surgery is an exact science, medicine is experimental. The medico takes naturally to magic, for he is already an adept in the art of suggestion. Apropos of this let me quote a sentence from an article by Joseph Jastrow (Psychological Review, Vol. 7, p. 617): “A dominant principle, most frequently illustrated, is the kinship of conjuring to suggestion; for it is the suggestion of things not done quite as much as the concealment of those that are done that determines the success of modern conjuring.”

Leipziger was born in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1873, and started an apprenticeship at a young age with an optical instrument maker. Although grinding and polishing lenses was his trade, he left it behind for magic when he moved to the United States. It’s interesting that most great magicians have come from backgrounds as watchmakers, optical instrument manufacturers, chemists, and doctors. Hundreds of them have been physicians. Among American Indians, medicine and magic are seen as the same thing. The “medicine man” is the High Priest, the Mage, of the tribe. As every psychology student knows, there’s quite a bit of nonsense in the practice of medicine. Suggestion, backed by tricks like sugar pills and harmless potions, can result in as many cures as powerful medications. Surgery is a precise science, while medicine is more experimental. A doctor easily adapts to magic because he’s already skilled in the art of suggestion. In this context, let me quote a sentence from an article by Joseph Jastrow (Psychological Review, Vol. 7, p. 617): “A dominant principle, most frequently illustrated, is the kinship of conjuring to suggestion; for it is the suggestion of things not done quite as much as the concealment of those that are done that determines the success of modern conjuring.” {275}

III.

Horace Goldin is known as the “Whirlwind Wizard,” so called because of the rapidity of his work. His tricks and illusions follow each other with kaleidoscopic effect. Goldin can compress more magic feats in a twenty-minute turn, than the average conjurer can execute in an hour. But his act is a silent one; he uses no patter whatever. As a general rule this is to be condemned. Amateurs are warned against it. Says Professor Jastrow, the psychologist: “The ‘patter,’ or setting of a trick, often constitutes the real art of its execution, because it directs, or rather misdirects, the attention.” More than that, artfully worded patter weaves about a conjuring experiment an atmosphere of plausibility; people are often convinced that red is black, etc. Consider the dramatic setting of Houdin’s magic chest and aerial suspension. Without patter these charming tricks would have degenerated to the commonplace. But Goldin is a law unto himself, and must not be judged by any standards other than those laid down by himself. He is a genius.

Horace Goldin is known as the “Whirlwind Wizard,” a nickname that comes from the speed of his performance. His tricks and illusions flow one after another like a colorful display. Goldin can fit more magical feats into a twenty-minute show than most magicians can do in an hour. However, his act is silent; he doesn’t use any dialogue at all. Generally, this is frowned upon, and amateurs are advised against it. Professor Jastrow, a psychologist, says: “The ‘patter,’ or context of a trick, often represents the true art of its execution because it directs, or rather misdirects, attention.” Furthermore, cleverly crafted patter creates a sense of believability around a magic trick; people can easily be led to believe that red is black, and so on. Take a look at the dramatic presentation of Houdini’s magic chest and aerial suspension. Without dialogue, those captivating tricks would be reduced to the ordinary. But Goldin operates by his own rules and shouldn’t be evaluated by any criteria other than those he sets for himself. He is a genius.

Goldin, who is of Jewish descent, was born in Wilana, Russia, December 17, 1874. He began life as a traveling salesman. He took to conjuring to amuse himself and his friends. Afterwards he went on the stage. He has played before Edward VII of England and William II of Germany. While playing an engagement in New York City, at Hammerstein’s Theatre, August, 1904, he went about the city in an automobile known as the “red devil.” Some of his facetious friends described him as a “little white devil” in a “big red devil.” Among the {276} numerous clever illusions performed by him is the “Invisible Flight,” an exposé of which was published in the Strand, as follows:

Goldin, who comes from a Jewish background, was born in Wilana, Russia, on December 17, 1874. He started his career as a traveling salesman. To entertain himself and his friends, he picked up magic tricks. Later, he moved on to the stage. He has performed in front of Edward VII of England and William II of Germany. While he was in New York City at Hammerstein’s Theatre in August 1904, he drove around the city in a car known as the “red devil.” Some of his joking friends called him a “little white devil” in a “big red devil.” Among the {276} many impressive illusions he created is the “Invisible Flight,” an explanation of which was published in the Strand, as follows:

“A pedestal about seven feet high is seen in the centre of the stage. The performer introduces a liveried assistant and entirely envelops him in a black cloak and hood, and puts a pistol in his right hand. He then fetches a ladder, places it against the pedestal, walks up, and steps from it on to the top of the pedestal, behind a curtain, which is hung in front, just reaching to his feet. The assistant puts the ladder back and fires the pistol, when immediately the curtain rises and a great surprise meets the gaze of the audience, for there on the pedestal, where the performer stepped only a moment previously, stands the liveried servant; but the climax is reached when the supposed assistant pulls off the cloak and hood, showing him to be none other than the performer himself.

A pedestal about seven feet high is in the center of the stage. The performer introduces an assistant in a tailored outfit, then wraps him entirely in a black cloak and hood, placing a pistol in his right hand. Next, he gets a ladder, leans it against the pedestal, climbs up, and steps from it onto the top of the pedestal, behind a curtain that hangs just to his feet. The assistant returns the ladder and fires the pistol, and immediately the curtain rises to reveal a big surprise for the audience. There, on the pedestal where the performer stood just moments before, is the assistant; but the real shock comes when the supposed assistant removes the cloak and hood, revealing that he is none other than the performer himself.

“To perform this illusion it is necessary to have two assistants as near alike as possible and of similar stature to the performer himself, the rest being quite simple but requiring much exactness in execution. The performer cloaks assistant No. 1 and hands him the pistol, then goes to fetch the ladder, part of which is showing between the wings, the other part being held by assistant No. 2, who is made to look, at a quick glance, exactly like the performer. The performer catches hold of the ladder and steps between the wings, leaving one leg showing; the assistant (No. 2) steps out backwards with the ladder, covering the performer momentarily, who then steps right in between the wings. The natural movement of the assistant in stepping back at the right moment looks as if it is still the performer; indeed, he is never suspected to be otherwise. Assistant No. 2 places the ladder against the pedestal, walks up, and, stepping behind the curtain, unhooks a duplicate livery from it, quickly puts it on, pockets wig and mustache, or any other make-up which went to match the magician’s appearance, and stands ready for the curtain to be raised, at the sound of the pistol, by a string leading inside to one of the stage hands. During this time assistant No. 1 has taken the ladder back to its original place, and the performer, who has meanwhile quickly donned a cloak and hood exactly as worn by assistant No. 1, reverses his previous action, stepping back {277} with a pistol in his right hand, this again being so natural as not to excite suspicion. He then fires, when assistant No. 2 is seen upon the pedestal, believed by the audience to be assistant No. 1, the idea of a duplicate never occurring to them, as they have not seen the change take place. The performer then takes off his cloak and hood, bowing smilingly to the bewildered audience.”

“To pull off this illusion, you need two assistants who look as much alike as possible and are about the same height as the performer. The rest is pretty straightforward, but it requires a lot of precise execution. The performer covers assistant No. 1 with a cloak and hands him the pistol, then goes to get the ladder, which has part of it showing between the wings while the other part is held by assistant No. 2, who quickly looks just like the performer. The performer grabs the ladder and steps between the wings, leaving one leg exposed; assistant No. 2 then steps back with the ladder, briefly hiding the performer, who then moves fully between the wings. The natural way assistant No. 2 steps back at the right time makes it seem like it's still the performer on stage; no one suspects otherwise. Assistant No. 2 sets the ladder against the pedestal, climbs up, and, as he steps behind the curtain, grabs a matching outfit, quickly puts it on, and stashes away the wig and mustache or any other makeup that matched the magician's look, getting ready for the curtain to be lifted at the sound of the pistol, triggered by a string leading to one of the stage hands. Meanwhile, assistant No. 1 has returned the ladder to its original spot, and the performer quickly dons a cloak and hood just like assistant No. 1 wore, stepping back with a pistol in his right hand, which appears so natural it doesn’t raise any suspicions. He then fires, revealing assistant No. 2 on the pedestal, who the audience believes is assistant No. 1; the thought of a duplicate never crosses their minds, as they didn’t see the switch happen. The performer then removes his cloak and hood, smiling and bowing to the confused audience.”

IV.

THE INVISIBLE Flight.

One of the most entertaining men in the profession is Frederick Eugene Powell. He is a man of scholarly attainments. Powell was born in Philadelphia, and was attracted to magic after having witnessed a performance by good old Signor Blitz. He became quite an expert at the art and gave entertainments for the amusement of his fellow students at the Pennsylvania Military Academy, at Chester, from which institution he graduated in 1877 with the degree of Civil Engineer and the rank of Lieutenant. After a short career on the stage as a magician, he entered into mercantile life. Eventually he returned to his old love, magic, and began a series of entertainments at Wood’s Theatre, corner of Ninth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia. His “second-sight trick,” in which he was assisted by his brother {278} Edwin, was one of his strong cards. Robert Heller had just died, and there was no one to continue the art of second sight but Powell. After touring the United States and Spanish America he left the stage to take the intermediate chair of mathematics at the Pennsylvania Military Academy, which post he held for three years. The sedentary life affected his health, and he returned to the stage. Powell has played several long engagements at the Eden Musée, one of them lasting for six months. In the year 1892, he produced at this theatre for the first time to a New York audience the illusion “She.” In 1902 he visited the Sandwich and Samoa Islands, and played in the principal cities of Australia. Powell was the first conjurer to introduce the improved “coin ladder” in this country.

One of the most entertaining guys in the field is Frederick Eugene Powell. He’s a well-educated man. Powell was born in Philadelphia and got into magic after seeing a performance by the legendary Signor Blitz. He became quite skilled at the art and performed shows for his fellow students at the Pennsylvania Military Academy in Chester, from which he graduated in 1877 with a degree in Civil Engineering and the rank of Lieutenant. After a brief career on stage as a magician, he moved into business. Eventually, he returned to his passion for magic and started a series of performances at Wood’s Theatre, at the corner of Ninth and Arch Streets in Philadelphia. His “second-sight trick,” which he performed with his brother Edwin, was one of his standout acts. After the death of Robert Heller, there was no one left to carry on the second sight act except Powell. Following a tour across the United States and Spanish America, he left the stage to take a position as a mathematics instructor at the Pennsylvania Military Academy, where he taught for three years. The sedentary lifestyle took a toll on his health, prompting him to return to the stage. Powell had several long engagements at the Eden Musée, one lasting six months. In 1892, he introduced the illusion “She” to a New York audience for the first time at this theatre. In 1902, he traveled to the Sandwich and Samoa Islands and performed in the major cities of Australia. Powell was the first magician to bring the improved “coin ladder” to this country.

Howard Thurston, the American illusionist, was educated for the ministry, but abandoned theology for conjuring. He possesses great skill with cards, and is an inventor of many novel feats of spectacular magic.

Howard Thurston, the American magician, was trained for the ministry but left theology for magic. He has incredible card skills and has created many new and exciting magic tricks.

His stage represents an Oriental scene. Enter Thurston dressed somewhat after the fashion of a Tartar chieftain: loose trousers, short jacket, turban and high boots. He introduces his act with card manipulation, after which he produces from a shawl thrown over his arm a bowl from which bursts a flame, then another bowl from which spurts a jet of water like a fountain. He stands on a small stool of glass and produces a great quantity of water from a large tin can, by dropping into it the half of a cocoanut shell. Enough water wells up from the can to fill several receptacles. The thaumaturgist then defies the laws of gravitation by suspending a large ball in the air, à la Mahomet’s alleged coffin at Mecca, and passes a hoop about the ball. When he leaves the stage, the ball follows him. This feat is accomplished by a stream of compressed air which plays upon the globe from a receptacle secreted in the sleeve of the performer. The conjurer walks to a stool, covers it with a shawl, and produces a life-size statue, which undergoes various pretty transformations. The illusion suggests that of Professor Pepper. Finally he produces pigeons from a borrowed hat, and toy balloons which float in the air. Altogether it is a pleasing and curious act. {279}

His stage features an Oriental backdrop. Enter Thurston, dressed like a Tartar chieftain: loose pants, a short jacket, a turban, and high boots. He starts his act with card tricks, then reveals a bowl from a shawl slung over his arm, from which a flame bursts forth, followed by another bowl that sprays water like a fountain. He stands on a small glass stool and produces a large amount of water from a big tin can by dropping in half a coconut shell. Enough water pours out to fill several containers. The magician then defies gravity by suspending a large ball in the air, similar to Mahomet’s supposed coffin at Mecca, and passes a hoop around the ball. When he leaves the stage, the ball follows him. This trick uses a stream of compressed air directed at the globe from a hidden container in the performer’s sleeve. The conjurer walks to a stool, drapes it with a shawl, and reveals a life-size statue, which goes through various charming transformations. The illusion is reminiscent of Professor Pepper’s work. Finally, he produces pigeons from a borrowed hat and toy balloons that float in the air. Overall, it’s an entertaining and intriguing act. {279}

POWELL, THE PMAGICIAN
{280}

V.

William G. Robinson for years acted as Alexander Herrmann’s stage manager and machinist. He is a devotee of the magic art, a collector of rare books on legerdemain, and the inventor of many ingenious sleights, tricks, and illusions. When not employed at the theatre, he spends his time haunting the second-hand book stores, searching for literature on his favorite hobby. He has found time to write a profoundly interesting brochure called Spirit Slate-Writing, published by the Scientific American Company. After reading this work, I cannot see how any sane person can credit the reality of “independent slate-writing.” It is a mere juggling trick.

William G. Robinson spent many years as Alexander Herrmann’s stage manager and machinist. He is passionate about magic, collects rare books on sleight of hand, and has invented many clever tricks and illusions. When he’s not working at the theater, he enjoys browsing second-hand bookstores, looking for literature on his favorite hobby. He even managed to write a fascinating brochure titled Spirit Slate-Writing, published by the Scientific American Company. After reading this work, I can’t understand how any rational person could believe in the reality of “independent slate-writing.” It’s just a juggling trick.

CHUNG L SOO.
(Mr. Wm. G. Robinson.)

Robinson was born in New York City, April 2, 1861, and received a common school education. He started life as “a worker in brass and other metals,” but he abandoned the profession of Tubal Cain for conjuring. After the death of Herrmann, Robinson went as assistant to Leon Herrmann for several seasons, and then started out to astonish the natives on his own account, but without any appreciable success. Just about this time there came to the United States a Chinese conjurer named Ching Ling Foo, with a repertoire of Oriental tricks. One of them was the production of a huge bowl of water from a table-cloth, followed by live pigeons and ducks, and last but not least a little almond-eyed Celestial, his son. This was but a replica of the trick which Phillippe learned from the Chinese many years ago. Foo’s performances drew crowds to the theatres. It was the novelty of the thing that caught the public fancy. In reality, the Mongolian’s magic was not to be compared with that of Herrmann, Kellar, or Goldin. Beneath the folds of a Chinese robe one may conceal almost anything, ranging in size from a bedpost to a cannon ball. When Foo’s manager boastfully advertised to forfeit $500 if any American could fathom or duplicate any of the Celestial’s tricks, “Billy” Robinson came forward and accepted the challenge. But nothing came of it. Foo’s impressario “backed water,” to use a boating phrase. Robinson was so taken with Ching Ling Foo’s act that he decided to give similar séances, disguising himself as a Chinaman. Under the name of Chung Ling Soo he went to England, {281} accompanied by his wife and a genuine Chinese acrobat. He opened at the Empire Theatre, and not only reproduced Foo’s best tricks but added others of his own, equally as marvelous. His success was instantaneous. Theatrical London went wild over the celebrated Chinese wizard, and gold began to flow into the coffers of the Robinson ménage. So well was the secret kept that for months no one, except the attachés of the theatre, knew that Chung Ling Soo was a Yankee and not a genuine Chinaman. The make-up of himself and wife was perfect. Robinson {282} even had the audacity to grant interviews to newspaper reporters. He usually held these receptions at his lodgings, where he had an apartment fitted up à la Chinois; the walls hung with silken drapery embroidered with grotesque dragons. The place was dimly lit by Chinese lanterns. Propped up on silken cushions, the “Yankee Celestial” with his face made up like a finely painted mask, sipped his real oolong, and laughed in his capacious sleeves at the credulity of the journalistic hacks. He gave his opinion on the “Boxer” trouble, speaking a kind of gibberish which the previously tutored Chinese acrobat pretended to interpret into English. Gradually it leaked out in theatrical circles that Chung Ling Soo was a Yankee, but this information never came to the public ear generally.

Robinson was born in New York City on April 2, 1861, and received a basic education. He started his career as “a worker in brass and other metals,” but he left that profession to pursue magic. After the death of Herrmann, Robinson worked as an assistant to Leon Herrmann for several seasons, then set out to impress audiences on his own, but without much success. Around that time, a Chinese magician named Ching Ling Foo arrived in the United States with a collection of Oriental tricks. One of his acts involved producing a large bowl of water from a tablecloth, followed by live pigeons and ducks, and finally, a little almond-eyed boy from China, his son. This was just a variation of a trick that Phillippe had learned from the Chinese years earlier. Foo’s performances attracted large crowds to theaters, thanks to the novelty factor. In reality, Foo’s magic couldn’t compare to that of Herrmann, Kellar, or Goldin. Under a Chinese robe, one could hide almost anything, from a bedpost to a cannonball. When Foo’s manager arrogantly claimed he would pay $500 to anyone who could figure out or duplicate any of the magician’s tricks, “Billy” Robinson stepped up to take the challenge. However, nothing came of it. Foo’s promoter withdrew the challenge, to put it mildly. Robinson was so impressed with Ching Ling Foo’s act that he decided to put on similar shows, dressing up as a Chinese man. Under the name Chung Ling Soo, he traveled to England, {281} accompanied by his wife and a real Chinese acrobat. He debuted at the Empire Theatre, not only replicating Foo’s best tricks but adding his own equally astonishing ones. He achieved immediate success. Theatergoers in London went crazy for the famous Chinese magician, and money began to flow into Robinson’s household. The secret was kept so well that for months, only the theater staff knew that Chung Ling Soo was actually an American and not a real Chinese person. The makeup of him and his wife was perfect. Robinson {282} even had the audacity to give interviews to reporters. He usually held these meetings at his home, which was decorated à la Chinois; the walls were draped with silk embroidered with bizarre dragons. The place was dimly lit by Chinese lanterns. Sitting on silk cushions, the “Yankee Celestial” with his face painted like an intricate mask, sipped his real oolong tea and chuckled in his large sleeves at the gullibility of the press. He shared his thoughts on the “Boxer” trouble, speaking a sort of gibberish that the previously trained Chinese acrobat pretended to translate into English. Word gradually spread in theatrical circles that Chung Ling Soo was actually American, but this information never reached the general public.

At the close of the “Boxer” uprising the real Ching Ling Foo had returned to his beloved Flowery Kingdom, loaded down with bags full of dollars extracted from the pockets of the “Foreign Devils,” yclept Americans. Under his own vine and bamboo tree he proceeded to enjoy life like a regular Chinese gentleman; to burn joss sticks to the memory of his ancestors, and study the maxims of Confucius. But the longing for other worlds to conquer with his magic overcame him, and so in the year 1904 he went to England. Great was his astonishment to find that a pretended Mongolian had preceded him and stolen all of his thunder. In January, 1905, Robinson was playing at the Hippodrome, London, and Ching Ling Foo at the Empire. There was great rivalry between them. The result was that Foo challenged Soo to a grand trial of strength, the articles of which appeared in the Weekly Despatch. “I offer £1,000 if Chung Ling Soo, now appearing at the Hippodrome, can do ten out of the twenty of my tricks, or if I fail to do any one of his feats.”

At the end of the “Boxer” uprising, the real Ching Ling Foo returned to his beloved Flowery Kingdom, loaded with bags full of cash taken from the pockets of the “Foreign Devils,” known as Americans. Under his own vine and bamboo tree, he began to enjoy life like a true Chinese gentleman; he burned joss sticks in memory of his ancestors and studied the teachings of Confucius. But his desire to conquer other worlds with his magic overcame him, so in 1904, he traveled to England. He was astonished to find that a phony Mongolian had gotten there first and stolen all his spotlight. In January 1905, Robinson was performing at the Hippodrome in London, while Ching Ling Foo was at the Empire. There was intense competition between them. As a result, Foo challenged Soo to a grand test of strength, the details of which were published in the Weekly Despatch. “I offer £1,000 if Chung Ling Soo, currently performing at the Hippodrome, can do ten out of the twenty tricks I can do, or if I fail to perform any of his feats.”

A meeting was arranged to take place at the Despatch office, on January 7, 1905, at 11 a. m. The challenged man, “Billy” Robinson alias Chung Ling Soo, rode up to the newspaper office in his big red automobile, accompanied by his manager and assistants. He was dressed like a mandarin. The acrobat held over his master’s head a gorgeous Chinese umbrella. Robinson gave an exhibition of his skill before a committee of newspaper {283} men and theatrical managers. Foo came not. The next day arrived a letter from Ching Ling Foo’s impressario saying that the Mongolian magician would only consent to compete against his rival on the following condition: “That Chung Ling Soo first prove before members of the Chinese Legation that he is a Chinaman.” This was whipping the Devil (or shall I say dragon?) around the stump. The original challenge had made no condition as to the nationality of the performers.

A meeting was scheduled to take place at the Despatch office on January 7, 1905, at 11 a.m. The challenged man, “Billy” Robinson, also known as Chung Ling Soo, arrived at the newspaper office in his big red car, accompanied by his manager and assistants. He was dressed like a mandarin, and the acrobat held a beautiful Chinese umbrella over his master’s head. Robinson showcased his skills in front of a committee of newspaper {283} reporters and theater managers. Foo did not show up. The next day, a letter arrived from Ching Ling Foo’s promoter stating that the Mongolian magician would only agree to compete against his rival under one condition: “That Chung Ling Soo first prove before members of the Chinese Legation that he is Chinese.” This was like playing games with the situation. The original challenge had not included any conditions regarding the performers' nationality.

The Despatch said: “The destination of the challenge money remains in abeyance, and the questions arise: ‘Did Foo fool Soo? And can Soo sue Foo?’ ” {284}

The Despatch said: “The fate of the challenge money is still undecided, and the questions come up: ‘Did Foo trick Soo? And can Soo take legal action against Foo?’ ” {284}

The merits of this interesting mix-up are thus summed up by Mr. John N. Hilliard, in an editorial published in the Sphinx, Kansas City, Mo., March 15, 1905:

The benefits of this intriguing mix-up are summarized by Mr. John N. Hilliard in an editorial published in the Sphinx, Kansas City, Mo., March 15, 1905:

“While we do not take the controversy with undue seriousness, there is an ethical aspect in the case, however, that invites discussion. In commenting disparagingly on the professional ability of the Chinese conjurer, in belittling his originality and his achievements in the magic arts, Mr. Robinson (Chung Ling Soo) is really throwing stones at his own crystal dwelling place. Despite the glowing presentments of his press agent, one single naked truth shines out as clearly as a frosty star in a turquoise sky. It is violating no confidence to assert that had it not been for Ching Ling Foo, the professional status of Mr. William E. Robinson, masquerading as a Chinaman, and adopting the sobriquet of ‘Chung Ling Soo,’ would be more or less of a negative quantity to-day. Ching Ling Foo, the genuine Chinaman, is indisputably the originator, so far as the Western hemisphere is concerned, at least, of this peculiar act, and Robinson is merely an imitator. Robinson is shrewd and has a ‘head for business.’ He doubtless realizes, as well as his critics, that in the dress of the modern magician he would not be unqualifiedly successful, despite his skill with cards and coins and his knowledge of the art. The success of Ching Ling Foo in this country was his opportunity. Adopting the dress and make-up of a Mongolian, and appropriating the leading features of Ching’s act, he went to Europe, where the act was a novelty, and scored a great success. Of course, from a utilitarian point of view, this success is legitimate; but in the light of what the American magician really owes to the great Chinese conjurer, it is ridiculous for Robinson to pose as ‘the original Chinese magician,’ and for him to say that Ching Ling Foo is ‘a performer of the streets,’ while he is the ‘court magician to the Empress Dowager.’ This may be good showmanship, but it is not fair play. The devil himself is entitled to his due; and, the question of merit aside, the indubitable fact remains that it is Ching Ling Foo who is the ‘original Chinese magician,’ while ‘Chung Ling Soo’ is an imitator of his act and a usurper in the Oriental kingdom. {285} But outside of the ethical nature of the controversy, we refuse to take it seriously.”

“While we don’t take the controversy too seriously, there is an ethical side to this issue that deserves discussion. By criticizing the professional skills of the Chinese magician and downplaying his creativity and achievements in magic, Mr. Robinson (Chung Ling Soo) is essentially throwing stones at his own home. Despite the glowing reports from his press agent, one stark truth stands out like a bright star in a clear sky. It’s not breaking any trust to say that if it weren’t for Ching Ling Foo, the professional status of Mr. William E. Robinson, who pretends to be Chinese and goes by the name ‘Chung Ling Soo,’ would be pretty insignificant today. Ching Ling Foo, the real Chinese performer, is undeniably the originator, at least in the Western hemisphere, of this unique act, while Robinson is just an imitator. Robinson is clever and knows how to do business. He surely understands, just like his critics, that dressed as a modern magician he wouldn’t be completely successful, despite his skills with cards and coins and his knowledge of the craft. Ching Ling Foo's success in this country was his chance. By adopting the outfit and look of a Mongolian and copying the key features of Ching’s act, he went to Europe, where the act was new and achieved great success. Of course, from a practical standpoint, this success is valid; but considering what the American magician really owes to the great Chinese conjurer, it’s absurd for Robinson to claim he’s ‘the original Chinese magician’ and to say that Ching Ling Foo is ‘a performer from the streets,’ while he’s the ‘court magician to the Empress Dowager.’ This might be good showmanship, but it's not fair play. Even the devil deserves his due; and aside from the question of merit, the undeniable fact remains that it’s Ching Ling Foo who is the ‘original Chinese magician,’ while ‘Chung Ling Soo’ is just an imitator of his act and a usurper in the Oriental world. {285} But beyond the ethical aspect of this issue, we refuse to take it too seriously.”

A London SIGN BOARD OF CHUNG LING SOO.

Robinson calls himself “Chung Ling Soo, he of the One Button [mandarin], Royal Chinese Conjurer.” Chung Ling Soo, in the vernacular of Confucius, means Double Luck, or extra good luck. Wherever he goes he puts on exhibition in the lobby of the theatre the resplendent robes of his ancestors—“a piece of sacrilege,” says an English paper, “no Chinaman the world has ever known has been guilty of before. Some of the exhibits are from the Imperial palace at Pekin.” These gorgeous garments were doubtless purchased in some Chinese bazaar in London. According to a Holloway journal, Robinson is the possessor of a wonderful collection of Oriental embroideries, carvings, armor, and swords, and last but not least, “a splendid {286} palanquin which cost the Chinese equivalent of 1,000 guineas. It was presented to him by the late Dowager Empress of China, and is constructed of solid ebony inlaid with gold and precious stones.” In this palanquin, Robinson comes on the stage to perform his bullet-catching feat, supposed to be a replica of a similar adventure when he was attacked by “Boxers” in China. This is Herrmann’s old trick, with an Oriental setting. Some years ago, a German-American wizard, Prof. Mingus, invented a method of catching live gold fish on the end of a line fixed to an ordinary bamboo fishing rod. The line being cast in the air, a gold fish appeared dangling upon the hook. The fish was then thrown into a bowl of water and shown to the audience. Several fish were caught in this manner. Robinson adopted this trick with great success. Pestered to death for an explanation of the mystery by his journalistic friends, he finally condescended to explain (?) it. He thus described it in the News of the World, Holloway, England, April 9, 1905:

Robinson refers to himself as “Chung Ling Soo, the One Button [mandarin], Royal Chinese Conjurer.” Chung Ling Soo, in the language of Confucius, means Double Luck or extra good fortune. Wherever he goes, he showcases the magnificent robes of his ancestors in the theater lobby—“a piece of sacrilege,” says a British newspaper, “something no Chinaman in history has ever done before. Some of the items are from the Imperial palace in Beijing.” These stunning garments were likely bought in some Chinese market in London. According to a Holloway journal, Robinson owns a fantastic collection of Eastern embroideries, carvings, armor, and swords, and last but not least, “a magnificent {286} palanquin that cost the Chinese equivalent of 1,000 guineas. It was given to him by the late Dowager Empress of China, and it’s made of solid ebony inlaid with gold and precious stones.” Robinson enters the stage in this palanquin to perform his bullet-catching act, supposedly based on a real incident when he was attacked by “Boxers” in China. This is Herrmann’s classic trick, but with an Oriental twist. Years ago, a German-American magician, Prof. Mingus, created a method for catching live goldfish on the end of a line attached to a standard bamboo fishing rod. With the line cast into the air, a goldfish appeared hanging from the hook. The fish was then placed in a bowl of water and shown to the audience. Several fish were caught this way. Robinson successfully adapted this trick. After being hounded for an explanation of the mystery by his journalist friends, he finally agreed to reveal (?) it. He described it in the News of the World, Holloway, England, April 9, 1905:

“Anyone may know how Chung does the goldfish trick, but it does not follow that having been told one can do it. When Chung Ling Soo makes casts in the air with his rod and line, little Suce Seen, the Celestial handmaiden, stands meekly some yards away, holding a glass bowl of water. The hook is a powerful magnet, and if one could examine the goldfish caught, one would detect pieces of metal attached to the bodies of the finny captures. The live goldfish repose in little Suce Seen’s sleeve, and when a more than usually skillful cast brings the magnetic bait for a second into the interior of the girl’s sleeve, a ‘catch’ has at once been effected, and the fish is seen dangling and wriggling in the air at the end of the line.”

“Anyone can learn how Chung performs the goldfish trick, but that doesn’t mean just because you’ve been told, you can do it. When Chung Ling Soo casts his rod and line into the air, little Suce Seen, the Celestial handmaiden, stands quietly a few yards away, holding a glass bowl of water. The hook is actually a strong magnet, and if you could inspect the goldfish that are caught, you would find pieces of metal attached to their bodies. The live goldfish rest in little Suce Seen’s sleeve, and when a particularly skillful cast brings the magnetic bait back into the girl’s sleeve, a ‘catch’ has instantly been made, and the fish can be seen dangling and wriggling in the air at the end of the line.”

It is needless to remark that this is a fish story. Chung Ling Soo is romancing. The gold fish are concealed in the handle of the rod. The fish that appears on the hook at each cast of the line is an imitation affair of silk, which is hidden in the hollow lead sinker. A substitution is made, and the real fish thrown into the bowl by the conjurer. The dainty little Chinese maiden (Mrs. Robinson) has nothing more to do with the trick than the people in the audience. She merely holds the bowl and looks cute.

It’s unnecessary to say that this is a fish story. Chung Ling Soo is performing a trick. The goldfish are hidden in the handle of the rod. The fish that comes up on the hook with each cast is a fake made of silk, tucked inside the hollow lead sinker. A switch is made, and the real fish is secretly tossed into the bowl by the magician. The delicate little Chinese maiden (Mrs. Robinson) has no more involvement in the trick than the audience. She just holds the bowl and looks adorable.

The following is a sample of some of the nonsense published {287} about Robinson, taken from the Weekly Despatch, April 9, 1905:

The following is a sample of some of the nonsense published {287} about Robinson, taken from the Weekly Despatch, April 9, 1905:

“Chung Ling Soo rose from the ranks, and his fame as a sorcerer penetrated to the Chinese Empress Dowager, who commanded him to court, where, after years of service, he was promoted to many Celestial honors, and ultimately the rank of Mandarin was bestowed upon him. His skin is yellow, his eyes are black and oblique, and his teeth are absolutely inky, as all true Celestials of rank should be.” Any one acquainted with the art of stage “make-up” knows how easily these facial effects can be produced. There is even a black paste for the teeth. I don’t doubt this much of the journalist’s story—but the “Celestial honors” and the “rank of Mandarin”—shade of the illustrious Münchausen preserve us! Poor old Ching Ling Foo, the original Chinaman, has doubtless devoted his ingenious rival and “foreign devil” to the innumerable hells of the Chinese Buddhists.

“Chung Ling Soo worked his way up, and his reputation as a magician reached the Chinese Empress Dowager, who summoned him to court. After years of service, he received many prestigious honors and was eventually given the title of Mandarin. He has yellow skin, slanted black eyes, and pitch-black teeth, as all genuine high-ranking Celestials should. Anyone familiar with stage makeup knows how easily these facial features can be achieved. There’s even a black paste for the teeth. I believe a good portion of the journalist's story—but the 'Celestial honors' and the 'rank of Mandarin'—goodness gracious! Poor old Ching Ling Foo, the original Chinese performer, has surely sent his clever rival and 'foreign devil' to the endless hells of the Chinese Buddhists.”

So much for the Oriental ancestry of my old friend, Billy Robinson, the “One Button Man” of the Celestial Empire (Theatre of London, England).

So much for the Eastern heritage of my old friend, Billy Robinson, the "One Button Man" from the Celestial Empire (Theatre of London, England).

Robinson is the inventor of the clever stage illusion “Gone,” which Herrmann exhibited, and which still forms one of the principal specialties of Kellar. I am indebted to my friend, Henry V. A. Parsell, for an accurate description of the trick, as at present worked by Mr. Kellar.

Robinson created the clever stage illusion “Gone,” which Herrmann showcased and still remains one of Kellar's main acts. I owe my friend, Henry V. A. Parsell, for an accurate description of the trick as it is currently performed by Mr. Kellar.

“At the rise of the curtain the stage is seen to have its rear part concealed by a second curtain and drapery, which, being drawn up, discloses a substantial framework. This framework, at the first glance, gives one the impression that it is that horrible instrument of death, the guillotine. As will be seen, it consists simply of two uprights, with a bar across the top and another a little below the middle. Just below the centre bar is a windlass, the two ropes of which pass through two pulleys fixed to the top bar. The machine stands out boldly against a black background, the distance from which is indeterminate.

“At the rise of the curtain, the stage has its back part hidden by a second curtain and drapery, which, when drawn up, reveals a solid framework. At first glance, this framework looks like the terrible instrument of death, the guillotine. As you will see, it is simply made up of two vertical posts, with a bar across the top and another a bit below the middle. Just below the middle bar is a windlass, with two ropes running through two pulleys attached to the top bar. The machine stands out prominently against a black background, the distance from which is unclear.”

“After the introduction of the fair maiden ‘who is to be gone,’ an ordinary looking bent wood chair is shown. The chair is then placed on the stage behind the framework, and by means of snap hooks the two ropes from the windlass are attached {288} to the side of the chair. The maiden is now seated in the chair and her skirt adjusted that it may not hang too low.

“After the introduction of the fair maiden ‘who is to be gone,’ an ordinary-looking bent wood chair is shown. The chair is then placed on the stage behind the framework, and using snap hooks, the two ropes from the windlass are attached to the side of the chair. The maiden is now seated in the chair, and her skirt is adjusted so it doesn’t hang too low.”

“GONE,” Robinson's IILLUSION.

“A couple of assistants now work the windlass and elevate the chair and its occupant until they are well above the middle cross bar. One assistant then retires, the other remains with one hand resting against the side of the framework. The performer fires his pistol thrice, upon which the maiden vanishes and the {289} fragments of the chair fall to the ground. The illusion is produced by a black curtain which lies concealed behind the middle cross bar. When the pistol is fired, the assistant, whose hand is on the frame, presses a spring which releases this black curtain which is instantly drawn up in front of the suspended girl. At this same moment the girl undoes a couple of catches which allow the main part of the chair to drop. She, meanwhile, being seated on a false chair-bottom to which the ropes are attached.”

“A couple of assistants now operate the windlass and lift the chair and its occupant until they are well above the middle cross bar. One assistant then steps back, while the other stays with one hand resting against the side of the framework. The performer fires his pistol three times, causing the maiden to disappear and the {289} pieces of the chair to fall to the ground. The trick is created by a black curtain that is hidden behind the middle cross bar. When the pistol is fired, the assistant with his hand on the frame presses a spring that releases this black curtain, which is quickly drawn in front of the suspended girl. At the same moment, the girl releases a couple of catches that allow the main part of the chair to drop, while she is seated on a false chair-bottom to which the ropes are attached.”

As originally devised by Mr. Robinson, the illusion was based upon the Pepper ghost-show. Between the cross-bars of a slanting frame was a sheet of plate glass which, being invisible, left the lady on the chair in full view as long as the light fell upon her. A screen of the same color as the background was concealed above the curtain and placed at such an angle as to allow its reflection to pass out to the audience. The firing of the pistol was the signal for the assistant to turn a switch. The lady was then veiled in relative darkness while the screen was illuminated and its reflection on the plate glass concealed her from sight. Carrying around the country a big sheet of plate glass is not only an expensive luxury but a risky one, so the illusion was simplified in the manner described by Mr. Parsell.

As originally designed by Mr. Robinson, the illusion was based on the Pepper ghost show. Between the cross-bars of a slanted frame was a sheet of plate glass that was practically invisible, keeping the lady on the chair in full view as long as the light shone on her. A screen the same color as the background was hidden above the curtain and positioned at an angle that allowed its reflection to reach the audience. The firing of the pistol signaled the assistant to flip a switch. The lady was then shrouded in relative darkness while the screen lit up, and its reflection on the plate glass hid her from view. Carrying a large sheet of plate glass around the country is not only costly but also risky, so the illusion was simplified in the way described by Mr. Parsell.

VI.

Buatier de Kolta was the greatest inventor of magic tricks and illusions since the days of Robert-Houdin. He was an absolutely original genius, who set at defiance Solomon’s adage. “There is nothing new under the sun,” by producing in rapid succession a series of brilliant feats that astounded the world of magic. I am indebted to my friend, Dr. W. Golden Mortimer, for facts concerning the career of de Kolta.

Buatier de Kolta was the greatest inventor of magic tricks and illusions since Robert-Houdin. He was a truly original genius who defied Solomon’s saying, “There is nothing new under the sun,” by quickly producing a series of amazing feats that amazed the magic world. I owe my friend, Dr. W. Golden Mortimer, for the information about de Kolta’s career.

Joseph Buatier de Kolta was born in Lyons, France, in the year 1845. For centuries his father’s people had inhabited the ancient palace of the Emperor Claudius. Each firstborn male of the Buatier family was given the Roman name. The subject of our sketch had a sister and two brothers, the latter, with himself, being set apart for the priesthood. His brother Claudius was not given to churchly ways, but the second brother actually entered upon the holy orders. Joseph was at college when he {290} first saw the wonders of magic as revealed by a strolling magician, and he became so fascinated with the possibilities of the art that he entered upon it at once.

Joseph Buatier de Kolta was born in Lyons, France, in 1845. For centuries, his father's family had lived in the ancient palace of Emperor Claudius. Each firstborn son in the Buatier family was given a Roman name. The subject of our story had a sister and two brothers, with himself and one brother destined for the priesthood. His brother Claudius wasn't into church life, but the other brother did go on to become a priest. Joseph was in college when he first witnessed the wonders of magic performed by a traveling magician, and he became so captivated by the possibilities of the art that he immediately pursued it.

BUATIER DE KOLTA

He commenced his professional career at Geneva, Italy, in 1867, and shortly after became associated with his cousin, Julias Vidos de Kolta, who for fifteen years thereafter acted as his business manager. De Kolta was his mother’s maiden name, adopted by her ancestors from one of the Hungarian provinces. Buatier de Kolta, as the magician was now known, traveled through Italy, where he presented a two hours’ entertainment, consisting of original sleights with a multiplicity of small properties. In 1875 he opened in London, where a great furore was made with his flying cage, which he had introduced in Italy some two years earlier. Though de Kolta was not given to {291} mishaps, on the first presentation of his trick he threw the cage out into the audience, an accident which has been repeated by other performers.

He started his professional career in Geneva, Italy, in 1867, and soon after teamed up with his cousin, Julias Vidos de Kolta, who was his business manager for the next fifteen years. De Kolta was his mother’s maiden name, taken from one of the Hungarian provinces by her ancestors. Buatier de Kolta, as the magician was now called, traveled across Italy, where he performed a two-hour show featuring original tricks with an assortment of small props. In 1875, he debuted in London, creating a huge sensation with his flying cage, which he had introduced in Italy about two years earlier. Although de Kolta typically avoided accidents, during the first performance of his trick, he accidentally threw the cage into the audience, a mishap that has since been repeated by other performers.

BUATIER DE KOLTA’S FLYING CAGE.

He married Miss Alice Allen, in London, December 8, 1887. She afterwards traveled with him as his assistant, and acted as his business manager. In the year 1891, he made his first appearance in the United States by playing a four months’ engagement at the Eden Musée, New York City. On that occasion he introduced the large vanishing cage, which he intended as a satire on the flying cage because of the repeated supposition that a bird was killed at each performance of that trick, but he never liked the large cage and soon abandoned it. In 1903 he returned to this country, and opened at the Eden Musée, on September 15, where he played many months. Among other new tricks he {292} exhibited an improvement on the “rising cards,” consisting in the continuous and successive rising of every card in a pack from out a glass tumbler; and a little sketch entitled “la danse des millions,” in which the money-catching idea was elaborated. This number, delivered in Alexandrine verses with all the charm of a classic, was intended as a hit at the extravagance of the Panama Canal Company under the régime of De Lesseps and his associates.

He married Miss Alice Allen in London on December 8, 1887. She later traveled with him as his assistant and acted as his business manager. In 1891, he made his first appearance in the United States with a four-month engagement at the Eden Musée in New York City. During that time, he introduced the large vanishing cage, which he intended as a satire on the flying cage, due to the ongoing speculation that a bird was killed at each performance of that trick, but he never liked the large cage and soon got rid of it. In 1903, he returned to the country and opened at the Eden Musée on September 15, where he performed for many months. Among other new tricks, he {292} showcased an improvement on the “rising cards,” featuring the continuous and successive rising of every card in a pack from a glass tumbler; and a small sketch titled “la danse des millions,” which elaborated on the money-catching concept. This number, delivered in Alexandrine verses with all the charm of a classic, was meant to critique the extravagance of the Panama Canal Company under the leadership of De Lesseps and his associates.

On that occasion he introduced an absolutely new illusion, the effect of which was as follows: The curtain rose showing a platform in the center of the stage. It was about four feet square and eighteen inches high, with four legs. The conjurer appeared carrying a satchel in one hand. He informed the audience that he kept his wife in the receptacle. It was a convenient way of transporting her about with him. Opening the satchel, he took therefrom a die about six inches square, remarking that his consort was concealed within it. This he placed on the platform. After arranging two open fans on the back of the platform he touched a spring, whereupon the die opened to about two and a half feet square. Presto!—he lifted up the die and his wife appeared on the platform, sitting cross-legged like a Turkish lady on a divan.

On that occasion, he introduced a completely new illusion, the effect of which was as follows: The curtain lifted to reveal a platform in the center of the stage. It was about four feet square and eighteen inches high, supported by four legs. The magician appeared, carrying a bag in one hand. He told the audience that he transported his wife in the bag. Opening it, he pulled out a die about six inches square, saying that his wife was hidden inside it. He set the die on the platform. After placing two open fans at the back of the platform, he pressed a spring, causing the die to expand to about two and a half feet square. Presto!—he lifted the die, and his wife appeared on the platform, sitting cross-legged like a Turkish lady on a divan.

The secret of this surprising illusion died with Buatier de Kolta. His wife refused to reveal it after his death.

The secret of this astonishing illusion died with Buatier de Kolta. His wife wouldn't share it after he passed away.

From New York de Kolta went to New Orleans to play an engagement at the Orpheum Theatre. In that city he died of acute Bright’s disease on October 7, 1903. The body was taken to London for burial.

From New York, de Kolta went to New Orleans to perform at the Orpheum Theatre. In that city, he died of acute Bright's disease on October 7, 1903. His body was taken to London for burial.

Among the better known tricks and illusions invented by de Kolta may be mentioned the following: The flying bird cage (1873); the vanishing lady (1889); flowers from a paper cone (1886); the cocoon and living pictures (1887); and his disappearance, at the top of a twenty-one-foot ladder set upright against a bridge, in full light; soup plate and handkerchiefs; the decanters and flying handkerchiefs; multiplying billiard balls; production of a large flag on a staff; new ink and water trick, etc. {293}

Among the more famous tricks and illusions created by de Kolta are the following: the flying birdcage (1873); the vanishing lady (1889); flowers from a paper cone (1886); the cocoon and living pictures (1887); and his disappearance from the top of a twenty-one-foot ladder set upright against a bridge, in full view; soup plates and handkerchiefs; the decanters and flying handkerchiefs; multiplying billiard balls; the production of a large flag on a staff; the new ink and water trick, etc. {293}

In conjunction with J. Nevil Maskelyne, he invented the “Black Art, or the Mahatmas Outdone.” It has been exposed by the Strand, February, 1903, as follows:

In collaboration with J. Nevil Maskelyne, he created the “Black Art, or the Mahatmas Outdone.” It was revealed by the Strand, February, 1903, as follows:

“It is necessary for the benefit of those who have never seen an act of this kind to explain that everything is performed in a dark chamber—either the whole stage or a chamber fitted up in the center of it—draped entirely in black—sides, back, floor, and ceiling. The hall is placed almost in darkness, the only lights being a set of sidelights and footlights, which are turned toward the audience with reflectors behind, making it impossible for eyes to penetrate into the darkness beyond them. Everything used in the chamber is white, even the performer’s dress, forming a contrast necessary to the illusion.

“It’s important for the benefit of those who have never witnessed this kind of performance to explain that everything takes place in a dark room—either the entire stage or a central area set up for it—completely draped in black—sides, back, floor, and ceiling. The hall is mostly dark, with only a few sidelights and footlights aimed at the audience, using reflectors behind them, making it impossible for anyone to see into the darkness beyond. Everything in the room is white, including the performer’s outfit, creating the necessary contrast for the illusion.”

“The séance is usually commenced by the production of tables and goblets from space. In fact, everything required is mysteriously obtained from apparent nothingness. The performer, usually dressed in an Eastern costume, all of white, enters the empty chamber, and, requiring a wand, raises his hand, when one comes floating into it. He next taps the floor at the left side of the chamber and a small table suddenly appears. This he repeats at the right side, with the same result. He now taps one of the tables and a large goblet appears upon it in the same mysterious manner. This also he repeats at the other table, having now two tables several yards apart, with a goblet upon each. The whole are brought forward for inspection and replaced within the chamber. The performer takes one of the goblets, raises it, turns it over and around in several ways, and it is seen that the other is going through exactly the same movements without anyone being near it. The performer replaces his goblet upon the table; but the other remains suspended alone in mid-air, and the performer places a large ring over it and around it, showing wires or any other connection to be absent. He brings it forward and again hands it for examination, but on regaining it does not take it to the table, for by a wave of his hand the table comes dancing out to him and on receiving the goblet dances back to its original position. He next proceeds to borrow several watches and other articles of jewelry, which he takes into the chamber and places in the goblet on the {294} right. They are clearly seen to drop from his hand from several inches above; he shows his hands empty and immediately rushes across to the other goblet, brings it forward, and allows the audience themselves to take out all the jewelry which was placed in the right goblet only a moment previous. Having finished with these articles, they disappear as mysteriously and quickly as they appeared.

“The séance usually starts with the appearance of tables and goblets from thin air. In fact, everything needed seems to come from nothing. The performer, typically dressed in an all-white Eastern outfit, enters the empty room and, wanting a wand, raises his hand, and one floats into it. He then taps the floor on the left side of the room, and a small table suddenly appears. He does the same on the right side, achieving the same effect. He taps one of the tables, and a large goblet appears on it just as mysteriously. He repeats this at the other table, now having two tables several yards apart, each with a goblet on it. The whole setup is shown for inspection and then put back in the room. The performer picks up one of the goblets, lifts it, turns it over and around in various ways, and it’s clear that the other goblet is doing exactly the same thing with no one near it. The performer places his goblet back on the table, but the other one stays suspended in mid-air, and he places a large ring over it, demonstrating that there are no wires or connections. He brings it forward again for examination, but when he gets it back, he doesn’t put it on the table—instead, with a wave of his hand, the table dances out to him, and when he places the goblet on it, the table dances back to its original spot. Next, he borrows several watches and pieces of jewelry, taking them into the chamber and putting them in the goblet on the {294} right. They are clearly seen dropping from his hand several inches above; he shows his hands are empty and quickly rushes to the other goblet, bringing it forward and letting the audience take out all the jewelry that was just placed in the right goblet. Once he’s done with these items, they vanish as mysteriously and quickly as they appeared.”

“The next illusion performed is the production from space of a live lady’s bust suspended in a frame. The performer raises his wand and a large picture-frame suddenly hangs itself upon it. This is brought for examination, then placed in the center of the chamber, where it remains suspended in mid-air and sets up a swinging motion by itself. It is then covered momentarily with an Eastern rug, and when removed, a lady, devoid of legs, whose body completely fills the frame, is seen swinging with it. The ‘live picture’ is covered momentarily, and when the covering is withdrawn a large Union Jack is seen to have taken the place of the lady, who has vanished.

“The next trick is the appearance of a live woman’s bust hanging in a frame. The performer lifts his wand, and a large picture frame suddenly appears on it. This is shown for inspection, then placed in the center of the room, where it hangs in mid-air and begins to swing on its own. It is then briefly covered with an Eastern rug, and when the rug is removed, a woman without legs, whose body completely fills the frame, is revealed swinging with it. The ‘live picture’ is covered again, and when the cover is taken off, a large Union Jack is seen in place of the woman, who has disappeared.

“BLACK ART”—SOME OF ITS MYSTERIES.

“The performer proceeds next with a decapitation act, in which a lady is beheaded in full view of the audience. At a wave of his hand a lady appears, and hands to him her own gruesome means of execution, a large, glittering sabre, which he takes, {295} and with one swing cuts her head clean off where she stands. Catching the head as it falls, he places a pair of wings at the back of it, when it becomes a flying cherub, and immediately soars all about the chamber, finally returning to his outstretched hand. He then removes the wings and replaces the head upon the lady’s shoulders, restoring her to life, for which kindness she quickly embraces him and vanishes. Wishing to get another such share of her favors, the performer endeavors to bring her back by magic aid, but is surprised by the appearance of a grinning ghost, whose whole body consists of a skull, with a moving jaw, draped with a white sheet. He catches it, and detaching its skull brings it forward for a closer scrutiny, the jaw moving all the time and the sheet dancing about alone. He then throws the skull into the air and it is seen no more.

The performer continues with a decapitation act, where a lady is beheaded right in front of the audience. At a wave of his hand, a lady appears and hands him her own creepy execution tool, a large, sparkling sabre, which he takes, {295}, and with one swing, he cleanly cuts her head off while she stands. Catching the head as it falls, he puts a pair of wings on the back of it, and it transforms into a flying cherub, soaring all around the room before finally returning to his outstretched hand. He then removes the wings and puts the head back on the lady’s shoulders, bringing her back to life. She quickly embraces him in gratitude and then disappears. Wanting to receive more of her affection, the performer tries to summon her back with magic, but he is surprised by the appearance of a grinning ghost, whose body is just a skull with a moving jaw, covered with a white sheet. He catches it, and detaching its skull, he brings it closer for a better look, while the jaw keeps moving and the sheet dances around by itself. He then throws the skull into the air, and it is never seen again.

INVISIBLE AATTENDANT Producing THE Table. The SWINGING BUST EXPLAINED.

“The séance is generally concluded by an invisible flight, the vanishing performer immediately reappearing amongst the audience. He takes the dancing sheet and entirely covers himself with it, standing in the center of the chamber, taking great care to drape himself in such a manner as to show the shape of his body. In a few seconds the sheet collapses, and before it has time to reach the ground a shout is heard in the back of the {296} hall; the audience turning around naturally are surprised to see the performer standing amongst them, smilingly bowing in acknowledgment of the applause which greets him.

“The séance usually ends with an invisible escape, the disappearing performer suddenly reappearing among the audience. He grabs the dancing sheet and completely covers himself with it, standing in the middle of the room, making sure to drape it in a way that highlights his body shape. In a few seconds, the sheet falls, and before it hits the ground, a shout comes from the back of the {296} hall; the audience turns around and is surprised to see the performer standing among them, smiling and bowing in response to the applause that welcomes him.

Decapitation.
Showing the girl’s head covered with a black hood—The girl acting for the head falling to her knees.
Le Commandeur, Marius Cazeneuve

“As before mentioned, the whole of this takes place in darkness, obtained by the chamber being draped in black velvet and the floor covered with black felt. The brightness of the lights turned towards the audience, contrasting with the denseness of the black behind, dazzles the eye to such an extent that it cannot discern anything in the chamber that is not white or of a very light color. The stage is all arranged before the act, and the tables are in their respective places, but cannot be seen on account of their being draped with black velvet. The goblets, frame, lady, ghost, etc., are all placed in readiness behind a black screen, also draped. None of this can be seen while they are behind the lights, if kept covered in black, no matter how near to the front they are placed. But how do they float about and appear so mysteriously? An assistant is within the chamber, dressed in black velvet throughout, with black gloves and mask, covering all signs of white about him and making him perfectly invisible. He wears no boots, and the felt {297} upon the floor deadens the sound of all his movements. He it is who really produces all the articles. When the performer stretches his hand out for the wand, the assistant brings it from behind the screen and hands it to him with a floating movement. As the performer taps the floor he immediately pulls away the black covering and the table instantly appears to view. The goblets are painted black inside, allowing him to hold them at the back with his fingers inside, unnoticed. After the tables are both produced he places the goblets upon them at the right moment with one hand while he pulls off the velvet with the other. The exposition is so quick and sudden that nothing suspicious can be noticed. The turning of the goblet is also the work of the invisible assistant, and is quickly changed from one hand to another when the ring is being passed over it. The watches, etc., are not placed in the goblet as they appear to be, but dropped behind it into the assistant’s hands, who takes them over to the other while the performer is exhibiting his empty hands. The picture-frame is also handed by the assistant, and when it is apparently placed in mid-air is really passed to the assistant, who quickly hangs it up. When it is covered the lady steps from behind the screen to the frame, and stands upon a swing which nearly reaches to the floor behind it, and catches hold of the frame sides; the assistant draws away the velvet which draped her, and keeps the swing in motion. The frame is attached to the wires of this swing. The lady is dressed in white to the waist, which exactly reaches the bottom of the frame. Below the frame she is dressed in black velvet. When the frame is again covered she steps back behind the screen while the assistant fits the Union Jack in the frame. In the decapitation act there are two ladies, one dressed all in white, the other standing behind her dressed in black, with her head covered by a black hood. When the performer swings the sabre the assistant covers the white lady’s head with a black velvet hood, at the same time pulling the hood quickly from the other lady’s head, who immediately falls to her knees. The illusion looks perfect—a body apparently standing without a head and the head apparently falling. When the wings are put on she flaps them by means of a wire and runs round the {298} chamber, stooping at intervals, so as to take an irregular course. The beheaded lady is restored by exactly the reverse method, and she disappears behind the screen. The ghost is danced about on a stick by the assistant, and when its skull is thrown into the air it is caught in a black bag. The performer takes the sheet and goes behind it and hands it to the assistant, and it is the latter who is seen draping himself, the performer running around to {299} the back of the hall meanwhile, where he waits to see the sheet drop. The assistant, allowing time for this, simply lets go the top of the sheet, and, of course, cannot be seen behind it. The performer runs in before it has time to reach the ground, his invisible flight and immediate reappearance greatly astonishing the spectators.”

“As mentioned earlier, everything happens in darkness, created by draping the chamber in black velvet and covering the floor with black felt. The bright lights aimed at the audience contrast sharply with the dense black background, dazzling the eyes so much that nothing in the chamber can be seen except for white or very light colors. The stage is all set before the act, with the tables placed accordingly, but they can't be seen due to the black velvet drapes. The goblets, frame, lady, ghost, etc., are all ready behind a black screen, also draped. None of this can be seen while it’s hidden behind the lights, no matter how close they are to the front. But how do they float around and appear so mysteriously? An assistant is in the chamber, dressed from head to toe in black velvet, including black gloves and a mask, hiding all signs of white and making him completely invisible. He wears no shoes, and the felt on the floor muffles all sounds of his movements. He is the one who really handles all the items. When the performer reaches out for the wand, the assistant retrieves it from behind the screen and hands it over with a floating movement. As the performer taps the floor, he quickly pulls away the black covering, and the table instantly comes into view. The goblets are painted black inside, allowing him to hold them from the back with his fingers inside, unnoticed. After both tables are revealed, he places the goblets on them at the right moment with one hand while pulling off the velvet with the other. The reveal is so quick and sudden that nothing suspicious is noticed. The turning of the goblet is also done by the invisible assistant, quickly switching it from one hand to another when the ring is passed over it. The watches, etc., are not placed in the goblet as they seem to be, but dropped behind it into the assistant’s hands, who then passes them to the other side while the performer shows his empty hands. The picture frame is also handed by the assistant, and when it appears to be suspended in mid-air, it is actually passed to him, who quickly hangs it up. When it’s covered, the lady steps out from behind the screen to the frame, standing on a swing that nearly reaches the floor behind it, grabbing hold of the frame’s sides; the assistant removes the velvet that covered her and keeps the swing moving. The frame is attached to the wires of this swing. The lady is dressed in white down to her waist, which exactly meets the bottom of the frame. Below the frame, she is in black velvet. When the frame is covered again, she steps back behind the screen while the assistant fits the Union Jack into the frame. In the decapitation act, there are two ladies: one in all white, the other standing behind her dressed in black, with her head covered by a black hood. When the performer swings the saber, the assistant quickly puts a black velvet hood over the white lady’s head while yanking the hood off the other lady’s head, who immediately drops to her knees. The illusion looks perfect—a body that seems to stand without a head and a head that appears to fall. When the wings are on, she flaps them using a wire and runs around the chamber, bending at intervals to create an irregular path. The beheaded lady is restored using the exact reverse method and disappears behind the screen. The ghost is manipulated on a stick by the assistant, and when its skull is thrown into the air, it lands in a black bag. The performer takes the sheet, goes behind it, and hands it to the assistant, who is the one seen draping himself, while the performer runs to the back of the hall, waiting for the sheet to drop. The assistant, allowing time for this, simply lets go of the top of the sheet and, of course, cannot be seen behind it. The performer dashes in before it hits the ground, his invisible run and immediate reappearance greatly astonishing the audience.”

CAZENEUVE PPERFORMING A TTRICK.
{300}

VII.

Cazeneuve, better known as le commandeur Cazeneuve, the great card expert and magician, was born in Toulouse in 1840. He adopted magic, after witnessing a performance of that original genius, Bosco. His chivalric title (commander of the imperial order of Medjidie) was conferred upon him by the Sultan of Turkey, with whom he was a favorite. At the Court of Russia he and his charming wife made a great sensation with the second-sight trick. When the Franco-Prussian war broke out, Cazeneuve returned to Toulouse and raised two companies of soldiers, one of which was composed entirely of theatrical people. He served as captain of the 1st regiment of Tirailleurs d’Elite, under the command of Colonel Riu, and fought bravely for France. After peace was declared he prepared a new programme of magic and toured Europe and the Americas. He has a handsome home in his native city of Toulouse, where he has collected many rare curios. In the year 1905, Cazeneuve was touring Algeria with a magic show. He is a member of several scientific societies, and manifests great interest in physics.

Cazeneuve, better known as le commandeur Cazeneuve, the great card expert and magician, was born in Toulouse in 1840. He got into magic after seeing a performance by that original genius, Bosco. His chivalric title (commander of the imperial order of Medjidie) was given to him by the Sultan of Turkey, who was a fan of his. At the Russian Court, he and his charming wife caused quite a stir with the second-sight trick. When the Franco-Prussian war started, Cazeneuve returned to Toulouse and raised two companies of soldiers, one of which was made up entirely of people from the theater. He served as captain of the 1st regiment of Tirailleurs d’Elite, under Colonel Riu, and fought bravely for France. After peace was declared, he put together a new magic show and toured Europe and the Americas. He has a beautiful home in his hometown of Toulouse, where he has collected many rare curios. In 1905, Cazeneuve was touring Algeria with a magic show. He is a member of several scientific societies and shows a great interest in physics.

I first saw Carl Hertz in Baltimore at the old vaudeville theatre “across the bridge,” some twenty years ago. I remember him as a clever, good-looking young fellow, possessed of considerable dash, and very neat in the performance of card tricks. His specialty was the “bird-cage trick,” which he did to perfection. He was born in San Francisco, of German parents. His first manager was M. de Frère. Hertz has traveled extensively in the Orient. With the bird-cage trick he puzzled the best informed fakirs of India. In Borneo he met with a most romantic adventure. He is probably the only man who has had to offer himself as a burnt-offering to escape an amorous Princess. He was giving a series of magical entertainments before a Malay Sultan and Court, and not only succeeded in fascinating the yellow-skinned monarch, but his daughter as well. The young princess proposed marriage to the conjurer. “On Mr. Hertz informing the lady, through an interpreter, that he was already wedded, she replied that made no difference to her, as she would rule his other ladies. Here was a fix. However, with the {301} connivance of the British Vice-Consul, Mr. Hertz took the place of his lawful spouse in the Phœnix illusion, and jumping into the blazing caldron waved an affectionate adieu to the astonished and dismayed Princess. Mrs. Hertz had to keep up the delusion by weeping copiously while her husband was being conveyed to the coast in a basket.”

I first saw Carl Hertz in Baltimore at the old vaudeville theater “across the bridge” about twenty years ago. I remember him as a clever, good-looking young man, full of energy, and very precise in his card trick performances. His standout act was the “bird-cage trick,” which he executed flawlessly. He was born in San Francisco to German parents. His first manager was M. de Frère. Hertz has traveled a lot in the East. With the bird-cage trick, he amazed even the most knowledgeable fakirs in India. In Borneo, he had a truly wild adventure. He is probably the only person who had to offer himself as a sacrifice to escape an infatuated princess. He was performing a series of magic shows for a Malay Sultan and his Court, and not only captivated the yellow-skinned monarch but also his daughter. The young princess proposed marriage to the magician. When Mr. Hertz informed her, through an interpreter, that he was already married, she replied that it didn’t matter to her, as she would be in charge of his other wives. This was quite a predicament. However, with the help of the British Vice-Consul, Mr. Hertz took the place of his wife in the Phœnix illusion, and jumping into the blazing cauldron, he waved a loving goodbye to the shocked and dismayed princess. Mrs. Hertz had to maintain the ruse by crying profusely while her husband was being transported to the coast in a basket.

In the Sandwich Islands, on one occasion, a chief leaped upon the stage where Hertz was performing and began worshiping him as a god. How very real must have been the effect of Hertz’s magic upon the untutored mind of that simple native.

In the Sandwich Islands, at one point, a chief jumped onto the stage where Hertz was performing and started worshiping him like a god. The impact of Hertz’s magic on the uneducated mind of that simple native must have been incredibly profound.

In the year 1904, a troupe of Hindoo jugglers, acrobats and snake charmers were brought to the United States to entertain lovers of the marvelous at the St. Louis Exposition. Among them was a man with an unpronounceable name, whom the management dubbed “Alexander.” I met the dusky necromancer at Martinka’s in the summer of 1904. He went about the streets of New York garbed in his rich Oriental costume. The street gamins always followed him from his hotel to the Palace of Magic and stood about the doorway in crowds, awaiting in breathless astonishment some feat of wizardry. But the impassive Hindoo paid no attention to his youthful admirers, but went on blowing wreaths of smoke from Egyptian cigarettes, and making purchases of magical apparatus with which to astonish the natives of his beloved India. Taking magic tricks to India is like carrying coals to Newcastle. But Alexander had a very high opinion of Occidental conjuring, and fully realized the fact that the sorcerers of the West, aided by all the resources of modern science, were the superiors of the Hindoo fakirs, except perhaps in one particular—feats of hypnotism and apparent death. I saw Alexander, in Martinka s little back shop, support a couple of heavy iron weights, which were fastened at the ends of a cord, upon his eyelids. The cord rested on the lids, the weights dangling at the ends of the string. The pressure upon the eyeballs must have been tremendous. Alexander presented Dr. Ellison with a wand—the thigh-bone of a sacred simian from the famous monkey temple of India. The bone was inscribed with cabalistic characters and Sanskrit sentences. The monkey is famous for playing {302} tricks, and the thigh-bone of a sacred monkey consequently ought to make an admirable mystic wand for a conjurer. The doctor prizes this unique relic very highly, and is thinking of building a shrine of Benares copper for its reception. In the future, crowds of wandering wizards will doubtless make pilgrimages to this shrine to gaze in ecstasy at the holy relic, just as crowds of East Indians visit the temple where Buddha’s wisdom tooth is displayed for the delectation of the faithful.

In 1904, a group of Indian jugglers, acrobats, and snake charmers was brought to the United States to entertain those who loved the marvelous at the St. Louis Exposition. Among them was a man with an unpronounceable name, whom the management called “Alexander.” I met the enigmatic performer at Martinka’s in the summer of 1904. He walked the streets of New York dressed in his elaborate Eastern attire. The street kids always followed him from his hotel to the Palace of Magic, gathering at the door in crowds, waiting in breathless amazement for some magic trick. But the unflappable Indian paid no mind to his young fans, instead, he blew rings of smoke from Egyptian cigarettes and picked up magical props to dazzle the locals of his beloved India. Bringing magic tricks to India is like carrying coals to Newcastle. But Alexander held a very high opinion of Western magic and fully understood that Western magicians, equipped with all the benefits of modern science, surpassed Indian fakirs, except maybe in one area—hypnotism and apparent death. I saw Alexander in Martinka's small workshop, balancing a couple of heavy iron weights, which were attached to the ends of a cord, on his eyelids. The cord lay on his lids, with the weights hanging off the ends. The pressure on his eyeballs must have been immense. Alexander presented Dr. Ellison with a wand—the thigh-bone of a sacred monkey from the famous monkey temple in India. The bone was engraved with mystical symbols and Sanskrit phrases. Monkeys are known for their tricks, so the thigh-bone of a sacred monkey would make an excellent mystical wand for a magician. The doctor values this unique artifact greatly and is considering building a shrine of Benares copper to house it. In the future, crowds of wandering magicians will likely make pilgrimages to this shrine to marvel at the sacred relic, just as crowds of East Indians visit the temple where Buddha's wisdom tooth is displayed for the enjoyment of the faithful.

VIII.

In the year 1894 there flashed on the theatrical horizon of Europe an eccentric gentleman conjurer, who performed with a mask on his face, advertising himself as L’Homme Masqué (the Masked Man).

In 1894, an eccentric magician appeared on the European theater scene, performing with a mask on his face and calling himself L’Homme Masqué (the Masked Man).

“Who is he?” inquired the quid nuncs of the vaudeville theatres.

“Who is he?” asked the quid nuncs of the vaudeville theaters.

Nobody seemed to know. Had the Man in the Iron Mask, celebrated by Voltaire and Alexander Dumas, come to life again?

Nobody seemed to know. Had the Man in the Iron Mask, made famous by Voltaire and Alexander Dumas, come back to life?

“What does he wear a mask for?” asked the public.

“What does he wear a mask for?” asked the crowd.

“To hide his aristocratic features,” replied the manager of L’Homme Masqué. “He wishes to remain incognito.”

“To conceal his upper-class looks,” replied the manager of L’Homme Masqué. “He wants to stay anonymous.”

Eventually he permitted his name to leak out. It was Marquis d’O. “But ‘O’ is not a name,” cried the quid nuncs. “It is a letter, an exclamation of surprise or terror.” “Not so fast,” remarked the Dryasdusts. “There was a Marquis d’O who lived in the seventeenth century. He was a noted duelist and gambler, but that did not prevent him from being a favorite with Henri III of France. Possibly L’Homme Masqué is a descendant of the famous nobleman of the old régime. He is unquestionably a Frenchman, for he speaks like a native.”

Eventually, he allowed his name to be known. It was Marquis d’O. “But ‘O’ isn’t a name,” exclaimed the quid nuncs. “It’s just a letter, an expression of surprise or fear.” “Hold on,” replied the Dryasdusts. “There was a Marquis d’O who lived in the seventeenth century. He was a famous duelist and gambler, but that didn’t stop him from being a favorite of Henri III of France. It’s possible that L’Homme Masqué is a descendant of that well-known nobleman from the old regime. He’s definitely French, since he speaks like a native.”

The masked man refused to further reveal his identity. In one respect he resembled the favorite of the Valois King. He was familiar with cards. After losing 800,000 francs at Monte Carlo, he took up magic as a profession and made his début, March, 1894. I have ascertained that the Marquis is a native of Peru, South America. His real name I do not know. The “O” perhaps is a nom de thèatre. Again, it may be an {303} abbreviation of Olivarez. Mr. Downs writes as follows in the Sphinx, January, 1903, concerning the mysterious marquis:

The masked man wouldn’t reveal his identity any further. In some ways, he was like the favorite of the Valois King. He knew his way around cards. After losing 800,000 francs at Monte Carlo, he took up magic as a career and made his debut in March 1894. I've confirmed that the Marquis is originally from Peru, South America. I don't know his real name. The “O” might be a stage name. It could also be a {303} shorthand for Olivarez. Mr. Downs writes the following in the Sphinx, January 1903, about the mysterious marquis:

L Homme’ Masqué (Marquis d’O) and myself are especially engaged to give a series of magical performances at the Casino Theatre, Spa, Belgium, Nov. 15 to Dec. 31, 1902. The Marquis is a remarkably clever magician of the non-apparatus school and gives an hour and thirty minutes’ performance, changing his show each evening. He uses only cards, handkerchiefs, flowers, eggs and other small objects for his illusions. He is eminently original and possesses a great personality. He is a decided sensation in the theatrical world. His success has been so pronounced that he has had many imitators who have donned the mask and traded on his reputation. The Society of Magicians in Hamburg presented him with a valuable gold-tipped wand set with diamonds. Like Robert-Houdin, the Marquis presents his audiences with many charming souvenirs, some of them of considerable value, such as cigarette cases, cigars, bouquets, etc. He is very popular in aristocratic circles. When in London, he received as high as £20 for a private entertainment and was invited everywhere.”

L'Homme Masqué (Marquis d’O) and I are set to perform a series of magical shows at the Casino Theatre in Spa, Belgium, from November 15 to December 31, 1902. The Marquis is an exceptionally talented magician from the non-apparatus school and presents a performance lasting an hour and a half, changing his show every night. He only uses cards, handkerchiefs, flowers, eggs, and other small items for his illusions. He is incredibly original and has a captivating personality. He has made a significant impact in the theatrical world. His success is so remarkable that many imitators have started using his mask and cashing in on his reputation. The Society of Magicians in Hamburg honored him with a valuable gold-tipped wand adorned with diamonds. Like Robert-Houdin, the Marquis offers his audiences many delightful souvenirs, some of them quite valuable, such as cigarette cases, cigars, bouquets, and more. He is very popular in high society. While in London, he earned as much as £20 for a private show and received invitations everywhere.

To keep the public guessing is the particular business of a conjurer, but to keep people guessing as to your identity as well as your tricks, caps the climax in the art of mystery mongering. Imagine the Sphinx wearing a mask. This business of a wizard disguising his features with a black mask is a piece of sublime audacity. Vive le Marquis d’O! Is it not a pity that such an act cannot be copyrighted? Think of some really original idea and produce it on the stage and immediately hundreds of imitators will spring up like mushrooms in a single night. Not only will they copy your act, but your patter as well.

Keeping the public guessing is what a magician does best, but making people unsure about your identity along with your tricks is the ultimate achievement in the art of mystery. Picture the Sphinx wearing a mask. The act of a magician covering his face with a black mask is an incredible bold move. Long live the Marquis d’O! Isn’t it a shame that such a stunt can’t be protected by copyright? Come up with a truly original concept and put it on stage, and instantly you’ll see hundreds of imitators popping up like mushrooms overnight. Not only will they mimic your performance, but they’ll also steal your lines.

Two of our foremost American conjurers, Downs and Houdini, can testify to this fact. T. Nelson Downs, the “King of Coins,” a native of Marshaltown, Iowa, invented a number of original sleights with coins, which he embodied in an act known as the Miser’s Dream. A brilliant success was the result, whereupon a legion of imitators, billing themselves as Coin Kings, sprang up everywhere. Downs, however, remains the unapproachable manipulator of coins; his imitators have gone {304} to the wall, one after the other. Downs’ act is really unique, He is also a fine performer with cards. Edward VII of England, who has a penchant for entertainments of magic and mystery, had Downs give private séances for him, and was charmed with the American’s skill.

Two of our top American magicians, Downs and Houdini, can confirm this. T. Nelson Downs, the “King of Coins,” from Marshalltown, Iowa, created several original coin tricks, which he showcased in an act called the Miser’s Dream. It was a huge success, leading to a wave of imitators who labeled themselves as Coin Kings emerging everywhere. However, Downs remains the unrivaled master of coin manipulation; his imitators have all fallen by the wayside, one after another. Downs’ act is truly one of a kind. He’s also an excellent card performer. Edward VII of England, who enjoys magic and mystery shows, had Downs perform private sessions for him and was impressed by the American’s talent.

IX.

A word or two here concerning that brilliant entertainer, Harry Houdini, whose handcuff act is the sensation of two continents.

A word or two about that amazing performer, Harry Houdini, whose handcuff act is the talk of two continents.

Mr. Houdini, whose real name is Weiss, was born April 6, 1873, in Appleton, Wisconsin. He began his career as an entertainer when but nine years of age, doing a contortion and trapeze act in Jack Hoffler’s “five cent” circus in Appleton. His mother took him away from the sawdust arena and apprenticed him to a locksmith. Here he was initiated into the mysteries of locks and keys, and laid the foundation of his great handcuff act. Locksmithing, despite the fact that King Louis XVI of France worked at it as an amateur, possessed no charms for the youthful Houdini. To use his own expression, “One day I made a bolt for the door, and never came back to my employer.” Again he went with a circus, where he acted as a conjurer, a clown and a ventriloquist. He made a specialty of the rope-tying business and performed occasionally with handcuffs, but without sensational results. Finally the circus landed in Rhode Island and opened up in a town where Sunday performances were forbidden by law, but were greatly desired by a large section of the population. As the fine was light, the proprietor ran the risk, and gave a show on the Sabbath. A summons followed, and each member of the troupe was fined. As Houdini epigrammatically put it: “The manager couldn’t find the fine, so we all found ourselves in confinement.” Houdini was locked up in a cell with a number of side-show freaks, the fat lady, the living skeleton, and the German giant. The fat lady was too wide for the compartment, the giant too long. With tears in their eyes they emplored Houdini to pick the lock and let them out. Finally the young conjurer consented, and dexterously picked the lock, whereupon he and his companions {305} marched out of the jail in triumph, and paraded down the main street of the town in Indian file, to the great amusement of the populace. Houdini was rearrested on the charge of jail-breaking, but the judge let him off with a reprimand. This event decided his career. He became a “Handcuff King.”

Mr. Houdini, whose real name is Weiss, was born on April 6, 1873, in Appleton, Wisconsin. He started his career as an entertainer at just nine years old, performing a contortion and trapeze act in Jack Hoffler’s “five cent” circus in Appleton. His mother took him away from the sawdust arena and had him apprentice as a locksmith. There, he learned the ins and outs of locks and keys, which laid the groundwork for his famous handcuff act. Despite the fact that King Louis XVI of France tried his hand at locksmithing as a hobby, young Houdini found it unappealing. In his own words, “One day I made a bolt for the door, and never came back to my employer.” He then joined another circus, where he performed as a magician, clown, and ventriloquist. He specialized in rope-tying and occasionally used handcuffs, but without making a big impression. Eventually, the circus arrived in Rhode Island and set up in a town where Sunday shows were illegal but highly sought after by many residents. Since the fine was minimal, the owner took the risk and held a show on Sunday. A summons followed, and each member of the troupe was fined. As Houdini wittily remarked: “The manager couldn’t find the fine, so we all found ourselves in confinement.” Houdini ended up locked in a cell with several sideshow performers, including the fat lady, the living skeleton, and the German giant. The fat lady was too wide for the compartment, and the giant too tall. With tears in their eyes, they begged Houdini to pick the lock and set them free. Eventually, the young magician agreed and skillfully picked the lock, after which he and his companions {305} triumphantly marched out of the jail and paraded down the main street of the town in a single file, much to the amusement of the townspeople. Houdini was rearrested for breaking out of jail, but the judge let him off with a warning. This event shaped his future, and he became known as the “Handcuff King.”

HARRY Houdini
(The Handcuff King)

His salary at the Alhambra Theatre, London, was $300 a week. One week at St. Petersburg, Russia, netted him over $2,000. He appeared before royalty. {306}

His salary at the Alhambra Theatre in London was $300 a week. One week in St. Petersburg, Russia, earned him over $2,000. He performed for royalty. {306}

HARRY Houdini, IN Handcuffs AND CHAINS

The handcuff act when exhibited with the proper mise en scène is certainly very mystifying and calculated to produce a profound impression on the minds of susceptible people. Taking the cue from the Davenport Brothers, Houdini might have advertised himself as a spirit medium, thereby creating a great sensation. But he preferred not to play the charlatan. I am not personally acquainted with his method of working the trick, therefore I express no opinion on the subject, except to say that the locks of the handcuffs are picked with a key of some {307} kind which is adroitly secreted about the person of the performer; or some soft piece of iron or copper wire which can be converted into a skeleton key. In the event of his being stripped naked (as often occurs in the case of Houdini) the key is probably hidden in the nose, ear, mouth, or bushy hair of the Handcuff King—or else slipped to him by a confederate, or concealed in a pocket in the drapery of the cabinet. I quote the following from the Strand Magazine (Sept., 1903):

The handcuff act, when performed with the right mise en scène, is definitely very mysterious and designed to leave a lasting impact on impressionable audiences. Following the example of the Davenport Brothers, Houdini could have promoted himself as a spirit medium, generating significant buzz. However, he chose not to be a fraud. I don’t personally know how he performs the trick, so I have no opinion on it except to say that the locks of the handcuffs are picked with some kind of key skillfully hidden on the performer; or a flexible piece of iron or copper wire that can be made into a skeleton key. If he is stripped down (as often happens with Houdini), the key is likely concealed in his nose, ear, mouth, or thick hair—or it could be passed to him by an accomplice, or hidden in a pocket in the fabric of the cabinet. I quote the following from the Strand Magazine (Sept., 1903):

“For a man fettered with handcuffs, leg-irons, and chains to free himself in less time than it has taken to fasten him has long been so mystifying a performance that many people have acquired the impression that it bordered on the supernatural. The secret is, however, like many of the best tricks ever invented, in reality a surprisingly simple one.

“For a man locked up with handcuffs, leg irons, and chains to free himself faster than it took to put them on has long been such a baffling act that many have come to think it’s almost supernatural. The secret is, however, like many of the best tricks ever created, actually quite simple.”

FIG. 1—THE Artist Secured WITH SIX PAIRS OF Handcuffs.

“In the first place, it must be remembered that handcuffs such as are used by Scotland Yard are constructed with spring-locks, which are fastened or released by means of a key, or some article which answers the same purpose, which pulls back the spring. Without the aid of such a key it is impossible for any human being to free himself from the regulation handcuffs employed by the police. And herein lies the whole {308} secret—the performer has a key, or rather several keys. All his ingenuity is exercised in concealing these about his person, or inside the cabinet to which he retires to release himself after being, to all appearances, helplessly secured.

“In the first place, it's important to note that the handcuffs used by Scotland Yard are designed with spring locks that can be locked or unlocked using a key or something similar that retracts the spring. Without such a key, it's impossible for anyone to free themselves from the standard police handcuffs. And this is the entire {308} secret—the performer has a key, or rather multiple keys. All their cleverness goes into hiding these on their person or inside the cabinet where they go to escape after appearing completely bound.”

“Some of these keys are concealed in the framework of the cabinet, which is generally constructed of piping, having additional pieces which appear to be essential portions of the framework, but which in reality are only intended to hold the keys. Other keys the performer keeps disposed about his person in sundry small pockets especially made for the purpose, and so arranged that he is able to place his hand upon some one or other of them in whatever position he may be. The best places for concealment are—first, a pocket between the knees, to permit the key to be reached when the performer is fastened in a crouched position; secondly, a pocket about six inches up inside the leg of the trousers; thirdly, a key carried in the hip pocket of the trousers, for use when pinioned with the arms behind the back; and finally, a small pocket inside the top of the waistcoat, or wherever it may be found convenient.

“Some of these keys are hidden within the structure of the cabinet, which is usually made of piping, featuring extra parts that seem to be crucial components of the framework but are actually just meant to hold the keys. Other keys are carried by the performer in various small pockets specifically designed for this purpose, arranged so that he can easily access them regardless of his position. The best hiding spots are—first, a pocket between the knees, so he can reach for the key when crouched; second, a pocket about six inches up inside the trouser leg; third, a key kept in the hip pocket of the trousers, useful when his arms are behind his back; and finally, a small pocket at the top of the waistcoat or wherever it’s convenient.”

FIG. 2—THE Handkerchief AND Key Drawn FROM THE WVEST. Fig. 3—UNLOCKING THE Handcuffs WITH THE Key.
{309}

“Let us now turn to the photographs, which have been especially taken for this article, and which render the whole proceeding very clear. In Fig. 1 the performer is fastened with six pairs of handcuffs. In such a position it seems impossible that he can free himself; but by putting his hands over his head and down his coat collar he has caught the end of a silk handkerchief thrust into the breast of his waistcoat, to which a key is attached. Fig. 2 shows the handkerchief and key drawn to the front; while Fig. 3 shows the key inserted in the lock.

“Now, let’s look at the photographs that were specifically taken for this article, which make the entire process very clear. In Fig. 1, the performer is secured with six pairs of handcuffs. In that position, it seems impossible for him to escape; however, by raising his hands over his head and reaching down his coat collar, he has managed to grab the end of a silk handkerchief that was tucked into the breast of his waistcoat, to which a key is attached. Fig. 2 shows the handkerchief and key pulled to the front; while Fig. 3 shows the key inserted in the lock.”

FIG 4—Method OF USING THE Key WHEN OUT OF REACH OF THE Fingers.

“Fig. 4 shows the method employed when the position is such that it is impossible, owing to the awkwardness of the attitude, to pull the lock back. A piece of violin string is made into a loop and kept inside the cabinet. When it is impossible to draw the key, and with it the lock spring, with the fingers, the loop is put over the key, the heel of the boot placed {310} in the other end of the loop, and the lock is then easily drawn back. After one pair has been opened the others follow as a matter of course.

“Fig. 4 shows the method used when the position makes it difficult to pull the lock back due to the awkward stance. A piece of violin string is made into a loop and kept inside the cabinet. When it’s impossible to turn the key and activate the lock spring with your fingers, you put the loop over the key, place the heel of your boot in the other end of the loop, and easily pull the lock back. After one pair is opened, the others follow naturally.”

“Figs. 5 and 6 show another position, the key this time being obtained from the waistcoat. Fig. 7 shows one of the most difficult positions in which it is possible to be placed. The silk handkerchief shown is just peeping from the waistcoat, and is brought out by the aid of the tongue, it being possible to draw out a good silk by licking it. In Fig. 8 the performer has rolled over and obtained a good hold of the handkerchief, which, by a quick jerk of the head, he throws over his back, and eventually gets hold of it with his hands, as shown in Fig. 9. If the key falls to the floor he rolls over and picks it up, the rattle of the handcuffs hiding the sound of the falling key. His next movement is to free his hands from his feet, which he does in the manner already described. The key for this position can also be obtained from the leg of the trousers.

“Figs. 5 and 6 show another position, this time getting the key from the waistcoat. Fig. 7 illustrates one of the most challenging positions you can find yourself in. The silk handkerchief is just peeking out from the waistcoat, and it's pulled out with the help of the tongue; you can draw out a decent silk by licking it. In Fig. 8, the performer has rolled over and has a solid grip on the handkerchief, which he tosses over his back with a quick jerk of the head, eventually grabbing it with his hands, as shown in Fig. 9. If the key drops to the floor, he rolls over to pick it up, the noise from the handcuffs masking the sound of the key falling. His next move is to free his hands from his feet, which he does in the way described earlier. The key for this position can also be obtained from the leg of the trousers.”

FIGS. 5 AND 6—Another Position, THE Key Being Obtained FROM THE WWAISTCOAT.
FIG. 7—ONE OF THE MOST Difficult POSITIONS.
(The performer is drawing out the handkerchief with his tongue.)
FIG. 8—TE Handkerchief AND KEY DRAWN Out.
FIG 9—THE Handkerchief THROWN OVER THE Back AND THE Key CCAUGHT BY THE HAND.

“Fig. 10 shows the implements of torture and the condition of the performer’s wrists after an exhibition. The special keys {312} are split with a saw about half an inch down, to allow for variation in the sizes of various locks (Fig. 11). It should be understood that an expert, when about to give a performance, inquires what position it is intended to place him in. He then causes, as an introduction, a few pairs of his own handcuffs to be placed on his wrists, and while freeing himself from these in his cabinet he arranges his keys to suit the position in which he will next be placed. Other implements besides keys are also used: a piece of bent wire is often quite sufficient. Most experts are also conjurers, and ‘palm’ the key, especially in the case of a nude test, when they are stripped and locked up in a cell; or they make use of a concealing key, which is made telescopic, the handle being constructed to close down the side of {313} the key, and the whole being fixed under the toes by a piece of shoemaker’s wax and detached when inside the cell.

“Fig. 10 shows the torture devices and the state of the performer’s wrists after a show. The special keys {312} are sawed about half an inch down to accommodate different lock sizes (Fig. 11). It should be noted that an expert, before performing, asks what position he will be put in. He then starts by having a few pairs of his own handcuffs placed on his wrists, and while freeing himself from them in his cabinet, he adjusts his keys according to the position he will be in next. Other tools, besides keys, are also used: a piece of bent wire is often enough. Most experts are also magicians and can 'palm' the key, especially during a nude test when they are stripped and locked in a cell; or they use a concealing key that can telescope, with the handle designed to fold down the side of {313} the key, and the entire thing is secured under their toes with a bit of shoemaker’s wax and removed once inside the cell."

FIG. 10—THE Performer AND HIS IMPLEMENTS.
(Showing the Condition of the Wrists after an Exhibition.)
FIG. 11—Various Kids OF KEYS

“Although, when the secret is explained, it seems very easy to accomplish, it must be understood that it is necessary for a successful performer to possess very hard, strong wrists and abundance of finger strength, and to be a man of some resource. It is almost impossible for any person to fasten an expert securely unless he himself understands the secret of the method of escape, and even then he may not be successful. On one occasion a performer underwent a severe test by a person who understood the secret, and therefore did not use any keys whatever, but by a very ingenious method overcame the efforts of the gentleman in question to fasten him. He obtained some very small gold-filled wire and made it into the form of a wire ring, which was partly covered by a broad gold one, to which the wire ring was attached. Thus prepared he underwent the test, unwrapping the wire ring when in the cabinet. Needless to state, in a very short time he was free.

“Even though it seems really easy to do once the secret is revealed, it’s important to realize that a successful performer needs to have very strong wrists and plenty of finger strength, as well as being quite resourceful. It's nearly impossible for anyone to secure an expert unless they also know the secret of the escape method, and even then, they might not succeed. Once, a performer faced a tough challenge from someone who knew the secret and didn’t use any keys. Instead, with a clever technique, he managed to outsmart the gentleman trying to restrain him. He took some very thin gold-filled wire and shaped it into a wire ring, which was partially covered by a wider gold ring that the wire ring was attached to. With this setup, he underwent the test and unwrapped the wire ring while inside the cabinet. It goes without saying that he was free in no time.”

“Handcuffs are sometimes brought to fetter the performer with the locks plugged or otherwise tampered with. But it is the performer’s own fault if he is trapped. It is a very easy matter to tamper with the locks—a few lead pellets dropped {314} down the barrel will effectually prevent the lock from being drawn. This method has often been attempted, but not successfully.

“Handcuffs are sometimes used to restrain the performer, with the locks modified or messed with. However, it’s the performer’s own responsibility if he gets stuck. It's quite simple to interfere with the locks—a few lead pellets dropped {314} down the barrel will effectively stop the lock from being released. This technique has often been tried, but not successfully.”

“Now that the methods have been explained and illustrated, it will be very easily perceived that there is nothing supernatural about the secret of handcuff manipulation.”

“Now that the methods have been explained and illustrated, it will be very easy to see that there's nothing supernatural about the secret of handcuff manipulation.”

Houdini is not only a Handcuff King, but a skillful performer with cards. When too many imitators shall have made his specialty a drug on the market, he can take to some other branch of conjuring. He has a very fine trunk illusion which he often combines with his handcuff act. For seven years past he has been collecting data for an extensive biographical encyclopedia of magicians. In his travels on the continent of Europe he has visited the homes and haunts of famous conjurers of the past and secured valuable material for his prospective book. Thanks to this interesting man, photographs of the tombs of Robert-Houdin and Bosco have been made, and considerable light thrown on their careers. In a letter to me, October 9, 1905, he says: “When in Russia, I searched in vain for the grave of the fascinating Pinetti—that pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur par excellence of the eighteenth century—but, alas, my labors were not rewarded. But in St. Petersburg I picked up an exceedingly rare portrait of Pinetti, which I prize highly and which will form the frontispiece to my book on magicians.” Houdini is a reincarnation of Sir Walter Scott’s Old Mortality, who went about furbishing up the tombstones of the illustrious dead of his faith. When at home (New York City), Harry Houdini lives among his books and curios. He has also a handsome farm in Massachusetts. Houdini’s brother, under the stage name of Hardeen, is also a handcuff expert.

Houdini is not just the Handcuff King; he's also a talented card magician. When too many imitators make his specialty less special, he can switch to another area of magic. He has a fantastic trunk illusion that he often mixes with his handcuff act. For the past seven years, he has been gathering information for an extensive encyclopedia of magicians. While traveling across Europe, he has visited the homes and favorite spots of famous magicians from the past and collected valuable material for his upcoming book. Because of this interesting man, we've got photographs of the graves of Robert-Houdin and Bosco, and he has shed significant light on their lives. In a letter to me dated October 9, 1905, he wrote: “When in Russia, I searched in vain for the grave of the captivating Pinetti—that master magician of the eighteenth century—but, unfortunately, my efforts were unsuccessful. However, in St. Petersburg, I found an incredibly rare portrait of Pinetti that I cherish and will use as the frontispiece for my book on magicians.” Houdini is like a modern-day version of Sir Walter Scott’s Old Mortality, who roamed around restoring the gravestones of the famous dead from his faith. When he's home in New York City, Harry Houdini enjoys his books and curiosities. He also owns a beautiful farm in Massachusetts. Houdini’s brother, who performs under the stage name Hardeen, is also a handcuff expert.

X.

In this review of magicians I have met, I must not fail to mention Charles Edwin Fields of the Royal Aquarium and Crystal Palace, London, England. This veteran of the wand was born in London, May 15, 1835, and received a good education at private academies in England and France. He has appeared before royalty and instructed hundreds of people in {315} the mystic art. In the days when magic literature was sparse, Prof. Fields obtained large sums of money from wealthy amateurs for the secrets of tricks. Alas, the golden age of wizardry has passed. Magic is an “open secret.” The Professor’s occupation is gone.

In this review of magicians I've met, I want to highlight Charles Edwin Fields from the Royal Aquarium and Crystal Palace in London, England. This seasoned magician was born in London on May 15, 1835, and received a solid education at private schools in England and France. He has performed for royalty and taught hundreds of people in {315} the art of magic. Back when there weren't many books on magic, Prof. Fields made a lot of money from wealthy amateurs for the secrets behind his tricks. Sadly, the golden age of magic has come to an end. Magic has become an “open secret.” The Professor's profession is no more.

I come now to François de Villiers, the French illusionist, who is an excellent performer. He is able to invest the simplest parlor trick with a halo of interest, thanks to his wit and bonhomie. He was born in the Island of Malta, where Cagliostro went to work in the chemical laboratory of the Grand Commander Pinto. De Villiers when but a callow youth ran away from the parental home and joined a French circus which happened to be touring the Island of Malta. He wandered all over the continent of Europe with the knights of the sawdust circle, playing many parts, acrobat, clown and conjurer. Finally he took up magic as a profession.

I now turn to François de Villiers, the French illusionist, who is an outstanding performer. He can turn the simplest parlor trick into something fascinating, thanks to his humor and friendliness. He was born on the Island of Malta, where Cagliostro worked in the chemical laboratory of Grand Commander Pinto. When he was just a naïve young man, de Villiers ran away from home and joined a French circus that happened to be touring Malta. He traveled all over Europe with the circus, taking on many roles: acrobat, clown, and magician. Eventually, he decided to pursue magic as his profession.

De Villiers next drifted to India, where he became a subject of the British crown. Being of an adventurous nature, he joined a cavalry regiment and wore the khaki of the Queen. When his term of enlistment had expired, he went to Spain and fought valiantly under the banner of Don Carlos. Captured by the government forces, he was tried as a rebel and condemned to be shot, but his sentence was commuted to banishment, thanks to the timely intervention of the British Ambassador, to whom he had appealed for aid. De Villiers is now a naturalized citizen of the United States and his home is in New York City.

De Villiers then moved to India, where he became a subject of the British crown. Being adventurous by nature, he joined a cavalry regiment and wore the Queen's khaki uniform. After his enlistment ended, he went to Spain and fought bravely under Don Carlos's banner. Captured by government forces, he was tried as a rebel and sentenced to death, but his sentence was changed to exile thanks to the swift intervention of the British Ambassador, to whom he had appealed for help. De Villiers is now a naturalized citizen of the United States and lives in New York City.

Ziska is a magician of ability and possessed of much originality. Assisted by Mr. King, he does an act in which magic is blended with comedy. It is entitled “The Magician and His Valet.” The conjurer is very clever and the valet very clumsy, but no exposés of the tricks are made; Mr. Ziska is too much of an artist to permit that.

Ziska is a talented magician with a lot of originality. With the help of Mr. King, he performs a show that combines magic and comedy. It's called “The Magician and His Valet.” The magician is very skilled, while the valet is quite clumsy, but none of the tricks are revealed; Mr. Ziska is too much of an artist to allow that.

J. Warren Keane is a clever manipulator of cards and billiard balls. He gives a pleasing act of magic.

J. Warren Keane is a skilled card and billiard ball magician. He puts on an entertaining magic show.

Prof. Barney Ives is possessed of great originality. Some of his inventions have become famous. In this respect he is a rival to the celebrated Henry Hardin. {316}

Prof. Barney Ives is incredibly original. Some of his inventions have gained fame. In this way, he competes with the renowned Henry Hardin. {316}

De Biere and Stillwell are conjurers who are fast rising into prominence. Stillwell is a handkerchief manipulator.

De Biere and Stillwell are magicians who are quickly becoming well-known. Stillwell specializes in handkerchief tricks.

Next in line we have Malini, Fred Hurd, Hal Merton and Maro, all of them clever magicians. Hurd’s rabbit and duck trick has to be seen to be appreciated. Maro is not only an excellent illusionist, but a musician and a crayon artist. Merton, a favorite in the lyceum field, was at one time the editor of “Mahatma.” Malini’s forte is cards, and he devotes most of his time to giving drawing-room and club entertainments. Of late years he has made London his home. Among the clever amateurs I have met may be mentioned Mr. Guy L. Baker, of Buffalo, N. Y., and Mr. LeRoy McCafferty and Mr. John J. Allen, of Washington, D. C. Mr. Baker is an excellent drawing-room conjurer and the originator of a novel method of working the rising card trick à la de Kolta, by means of a clockwork apparatus in the body of a small table. Mr. McCafferty is good at hanky-panky, particularly with billiard balls; and Mr. Allen, an ardent student of the art of deception, bids fair to become a good entertainer.

Next up, we have Malini, Fred Hurd, Hal Merton, and Maro, all of whom are talented magicians. Hurd’s rabbit and duck trick needs to be seen to be appreciated. Maro is not only an amazing illusionist but also a musician and a crayon artist. Merton, a favorite in the lyceum scene, was once the editor of “Mahatma.” Malini specializes in card tricks and spends most of his time performing at drawing rooms and clubs. In recent years, he has made London his home. Among the skilled amateurs I've met are Mr. Guy L. Baker from Buffalo, N.Y., and Mr. LeRoy McCafferty and Mr. John J. Allen from Washington, D.C. Mr. Baker is a fantastic drawing-room magician and the creator of a unique way to perform the rising card trick à la de Kolta, using a clockwork mechanism hidden in a small table. Mr. McCafferty excels at sleight of hand, especially with billiard balls; and Mr. Allen, a passionate student of the art of deception, shows promise of becoming a great entertainer.

Ere I bring this chapter to a close I must not neglect to pay a tribute to my old-time friend, Dr. Leonard Caughey, of Baltimore, Md., the finest amateur conjurer, rope-tying and cabinet medium I have ever met. A dentist by profession, he devoted his leisure time to magic. He died some fifteen years ago in Washington, D. C. His cousin, Mr. Charles M. Caughey, also an amateur pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur, is at present United States Consul to Palermo, Sicily, the birthplace of Cagliostro. From Dr. Caughey I received my first scientific instruction in the art of palming and mediumistic marvels. I owe him a debt of gratitude. In my little book “Hours With the Ghosts” I have described some of my adventures with this admirable amateur necromancer, who has passed from the lesser to the Greater Mysteries. Long before Professor Hoffmann had written his great treatise on “Modern Magic,” Dr. Caughey was thoroughly initiated into all branches of magic, something unusual in those days, and was giving splendid entertainments for churches, lyceums, etc. A fine mechanic, he made most of his apparatus, some of it of a very elaborate character. I imported Hoffmann’s {317} book from England and showed it to him. He was paralyzed with astonishment at the revelations contained in the volume and exclaimed, “The golden days of magic are over. The Götterdämmerung (Twilight of the Gods) has come! The world will be as full of magicians as the Jersey coast is of mosquitoes. The palmy days of Herrmann, Houdin and Heller are ended.” His prophecy has been more or less fulfilled. The vail of Isis is lifted and the mysteries of magic laid open to all who care to delve in its literature and inform themselves. Alas, unscrupulous professionals have contributed to this state of things by exposing tricks on the stage for the benefit of the public at large. This is indeed killing outright the goose that lays the golden eggs. Initiate the hoi polloi into the secrets of the cult, and magic will soon be relegated to the parlor as an after-dinner amusement, unless some absolutely original genius like Robert-Houdin or de Kolta arises and recreates the art. The Society of British Magicians, known as “The Magic Circle of Great Britain,” expels a member who wilfully exposes any magical trick or illusion on the stage. The Society of American Magicians comes out strongly against the reprehensible practice of stage exposés, but as yet has taken no steps to expel members who offend against the law. But that will doubtless come in time.

Before I wrap up this chapter, I must acknowledge my old friend, Dr. Leonard Caughey from Baltimore, Maryland, who was the best amateur magician, rope-tie expert, and cabinet medium I've ever met. A dentist by trade, he spent his free time on magic. He passed away about fifteen years ago in Washington, D.C. His cousin, Mr. Charles M. Caughey, also an amateur magician, is currently the United States Consul in Palermo, Sicily, the birthplace of Cagliostro. Dr. Caughey was the one who taught me my first lessons in the art of palming and mediumistic wonders, and I am very grateful to him. In my little book “Hours With the Ghosts,” I've shared some of my experiences with this remarkable amateur necromancer, who has moved on to greater mysteries. Long before Professor Hoffmann wrote his famous book on “Modern Magic,” Dr. Caughey was well-versed in all aspects of magic, which was quite rare back then, and he was putting on amazing shows for churches and lyceums. A talented craftsman, he made most of his equipment, including some very intricate pieces. I brought Hoffmann’s {317} book over from England and showed it to him. He was shocked by the insights in the book and exclaimed, “The golden days of magic are over. The Götterdämmerung (Twilight of the Gods) has come! The world will be as filled with magicians as the Jersey coast is with mosquitoes. The glory days of Herrmann, Houdin, and Heller are finished.” His prediction has largely come true. The veil of Isis has been lifted, and the secrets of magic are open to anyone who wants to explore its literature. Unfortunately, unscrupulous professionals have contributed to this by revealing tricks on stage for the benefit of the public. This is indeed killing the goose that lays the golden eggs. If you let the general public in on the secrets of the craft, magic will soon be just a parlor trick for after-dinner entertainment, unless a truly original genius like Robert-Houdin or de Kolta emerges to revive the art. The Society of British Magicians, known as “The Magic Circle of Great Britain,” expels any member who intentionally exposes a magic trick or illusion on stage. The Society of American Magicians strongly opposes the unacceptable practice of stage exposures, but so far hasn't kicked out any members who break the rules. However, that will likely change in time.

THE RIDDLE OF THE SPHINX.

“Thus they placed Sphinxes before the gates of their temples, meaning by that to say that their theology contained all the secrets of wisdom under an enigmatic form.”—MARIETTE: Voyage dans la Haute-Egypt, Vol. II, p. 9.

“Therefore, they positioned Sphinxes in front of the entrances of their temples, intending to convey that their belief system held all the secrets of wisdom in a mysterious form.”—MARIETTE: Voyage dans la Haute-Egypt, Vol. II, p. 9.

I.

What is the meaning of this Egyptian Temple, transplanted from the banks of the Nile to prosaic London? The smoke and grime have attacked it and played sad havoc with its sandstone walls, painted with many hieroglyphics. The fog envelops it with a spectral embrace. No Sphinxes guard its portal. Alas, its glories have departed! But stop a bit! There is a gentleman in evening dress, with a tall hat pushed well back from his forehead, sitting in a small box-like receptacle on one side of the colossal entrance, his face framed in by a small window; and another man, similarly attired, standing at an iron wicket leading into the sanctum sanctorum. The temple, then, is guarded by two up-to-date, flesh-and-blood Sphinxes in swallow-tail coats and opera hats. Ah me, what a travesty on the human-headed monsters of the land of Mizraim. See the long line of worshipers waiting to obtain admission to the Mysteries. Has the cult of Isis and Osiris been revived? The devotees deposit coins with Sphinx No. 1 and receive from him yellow tickets in exchange, the presentation of which to Sphinx No. 2 permits their entrance into the temple.

What’s the deal with this Egyptian temple, moved from the banks of the Nile to ordinary London? The smoke and dirt have taken a toll on it, wreaking havoc on its sandstone walls covered in hieroglyphics. The fog wraps around it like a ghostly hug. There are no Sphinxes standing guard at its entrance. Sadly, its former glory is gone! But wait a second! There's a guy in evening wear, with a tall hat pushed back on his head, sitting in a small box-like structure next to the huge entrance, his face framed by a small window; and another similarly dressed man is standing at an iron gate leading into the sacred area. So, the temple is guarded by two modern, living Sphinxes in tailcoats and opera hats. Oh, what a twist on the mythical creatures from the land of Egypt. Look at the long line of people waiting to get into the Mysteries. Has the worship of Isis and Osiris come back? The worshipers hand coins to Sphinx No. 1 and get yellow tickets in return, which they show to Sphinx No. 2 to gain entry to the temple.

What does it all mean?

What does it all mean?

Dear reader, this is Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, London, and the people are crowding to see a conjuring exhibition by Colonel Stodare. His Sphinx trick is the great attraction.

Dear reader, this is Egyptian Hall, Piccadilly, London, and the crowd is gathering to see a magic show by Colonel Stodare. His Sphinx trick is the main attraction.

Stodare is dust long ago, and the Sphinx no longer a mystery. Its riddle has been solved. {319}

Stodare is long gone, and the Sphinx is no longer a mystery. Its riddle has been solved. {319}

THE Sphinx IILLUSION.
(From the English edition of Hoffmann’s Magic. London, 1877.)
{320}

But let us rehearse its history.

But let's go over its history.

The Sphinx illusion, which has formed the basis of nearly all tricks performed by the aid of looking-glasses, was invented by Thomas Tobin, of the Polytechnic Institution, London. Colonel Stodare, the conjurer, had the honor of first introducing it to the world. The “London Times” (October 19, 1865) describes it as follows:

The Sphinx illusion, which has been the foundation for almost all tricks using mirrors, was created by Thomas Tobin from the Polytechnic Institution in London. Colonel Stodare, the magician, had the honor of being the first to present it to the public. The “London Times” (October 19, 1865) describes it as follows:

“Most intricate is the problem proposed by Colonel Stodare, when, in addition to his admirable feats of ventriloquism and legerdemain, he presents to his patrons a novel illusion called the ‘Sphinx.’ Placing upon an uncovered table a chest similar in size to the cases commonly occupied by stuffed dogs or foxes, he removes the side facing the spectators, and reveals a head attired after the fashion of an Egyptian Sphinx. To avoid the suspicion of ventriloquism, he retires to a distance from the figure, supposed to be too great for the practice of that art, taking his position on the border-line of the stalls and the area, while the chest is on the stage. Thus stationed, he calls upon the Sphinx to open its eyes, which it does—to smile, which it does also, though the habitual expression of its countenance is most melancholy, and to make a speech, which it does also, this being the miraculous part of the exhibition. Not only with perspicuity, but with something like eloquence, does it utter some twenty lines of verse; and while its countenance is animated and expressive, the movement of the lips, in which there is nothing mechanical, exactly corresponds to the sounds articulated.

“The most complicated issue is presented by Colonel Stodare, who, aside from his impressive ventriloquism and sleight of hand, introduces a new illusion known as the ‘Sphinx’ to his audience. He places an open chest on a table, about the same size as those typically used for stuffed dogs or foxes, and removes the side facing the audience to reveal a head dressed like an Egyptian Sphinx. To prevent any suspicions of ventriloquism, he stands at a distance that seems too far for that trick, positioning himself at the edge of the seats while the chest stays on stage. From this spot, he commands the Sphinx to open its eyes, which it does—to smile, which it also does, despite its overall sad look, and to give a speech, which it does, this being the most astonishing part of the performance. It clearly articulates around twenty lines of poetry with clarity and a hint of eloquence; while its face shows movement and expression, the movement of its lips, which is entirely non-mechanical, perfectly matches the sounds that are produced.”

“This certainly is one of the most extraordinary illusions ever presented to the public. That the speech is spoken by a human voice there is no doubt, but how is a head to be contrived which, being detached from anything like a body, confined in a case, which it completely fills, and placed on a bare-legged table, will accompany a speech, that apparently proceeds from its lips, with a strictly appropriate movement of the mouth, and a play of the countenance that is the reverse of mechanical? Eels, as we all know, can wriggle about after they have been chopped into half a dozen pieces; but a head that, like that of the Physician Douban, in the Arabian tales, pursues its eloquence after it has been severed from the body, scarcely comes within the reach of possibilities; unless, indeed, the old-fashioned assertion that ‘King Charles walked and talked half an hour after his head was cut off,’ is to be received, not as an illustration of defective punctuation, but as a positive historical statement.

“This is undoubtedly one of the most incredible illusions ever presented to the public. There’s no doubt that the speech is delivered by a human voice, but how can a head, completely detached from any body, confined in a case that it completely fills, and placed on a table without legs, move its mouth in sync with words that seem to come from its lips, showing facial expressions that are far from mechanical? We all know that eels can still squirm after being cut into pieces; however, a head that, like that of the Physician Douban in Arabian tales, continues to speak after being separated from the body seems almost impossible—unless, of course, we take the old story that ‘King Charles walked and talked half an hour after his head was cut off’ not as a mispunctuation example but as a true historical fact.”

“Davus might have solved the ‘Anthropoglossus,’ but Colonel Stodare presents us with a Sphinx that is really worthy of an Oedipus.”

“Davus might have figured out the ‘Anthropoglossus,’ but Colonel Stodare presents us with a Sphinx that truly deserves an Oedipus.”

II.

Mr. Alfred Thompson, the well known theatrical manager, attended one of Stodare’s performances at the Egyptian Hall, and was lucky enough to penetrate the secret of the Sphinx. In {321} an article contributed to the New York Journal, some twenty years ago, he writes:

Mr. Alfred Thompson, the famous theater manager, went to one of Stodare's shows at the Egyptian Hall and was fortunate enough to uncover the secret of the Sphinx. In {321} an article he wrote for the New York Journal about twenty years ago, he says:

“I happened to rise in my seat. In a moment the whole illusion was swept away, and all because of the lack of a silk handkerchief. As I stood up my eye caught, hovering between two of the table legs, the marks of two fingers, such marks as may often be seen on a mirror when the light falls at a certain angle upon it.

“I stood up in my seat, and in an instant, the whole illusion disappeared, all because a silk handkerchief was missing. As I rose, I noticed two finger marks hovering between the table legs, similar to those you often see on a mirror when the light hits it at just the right angle.”

COLONEL STODARE.

“Those two finger marks, though close to the carpet, gave me the key to the riddle of the Sphinx. In my mental photograph I saw the confederate kneeling behind the table, his head passing through superposed apertures, one in the top of the table, the other in the bottom of the box. The figure was concealed from view by two mirrors of pure silver-plated glass, set at such an angle as to reflect either side of the room (on the stage) in such a way that what to the eye was evidently the back of the same room seen beneath and beyond the table, was really only a reproduction of those sides visible in the mirrors between the legs of the table. {322}

“Those two finger marks, although near the carpet, gave me the key to the riddle of the Sphinx. In my mind, I pictured the accomplice kneeling behind the table, his head passing through overlapping openings—one in the top of the table and the other in the bottom of the box. The figure was hidden from view by two mirrors made of pure silver-plated glass, angled to reflect either side of the stage so that what appeared to be the back of the same room beneath the table was just a reflection of those sides visible in the mirrors between the table legs. {322}

“This Sphinx was the sensation of London for weeks following, and having occasion to go to Paris a few days later, I offered the secret to Robert-Houdin’s successor, Hamilton, who, however, refused my terms until he knew the trick. This delay of his was much regretted by him, for some other speculator produced the secret some three months later and made a colossal sensation in Paris with his ‘Decapite Parlant.’

“This Sphinx was the talk of London for weeks afterward, and when I went to Paris a few days later, I offered the secret to Robert-Houdin’s successor, Hamilton. He turned down my offer until he understood the trick. He really regretted that delay because another performer revealed the secret about three months later and created a huge sensation in Paris with his ‘Decapite Parlant.’”

“In the same year I introduced the illusion for the first time on the stage in the celebrated spectacle of ‘Babil and Bijou’ at Covent Garden Theatre. In the ballet of ‘The Seasons’ Mlle. Henriette Dor, one of the most poetical dancers ever seen, appeared as the White Rose, and I designed a large rose bud on its stalk, which, coming up through the bed of summer flowers, blossomed wide until from its open petals the beautiful Dor rose up, apparently materializing as she issued from the calix on the stalk. The ballet girls were so arranged in groups around three sides (not in front) as to aid the deception by their adjusted reflections in the mirrors.

“That same year, I introduced the illusion for the first time on stage in the famous show ‘Babil and Bijou’ at Covent Garden Theatre. In the ballet ‘The Seasons,’ Mlle. Henriette Dor, one of the most poetic dancers ever seen, appeared as the White Rose. I designed a large rosebud on its stem, which emerged from a bed of summer flowers and bloomed wide until the beautiful Dor rose up, seemingly materializing as she emerged from the calyx on the stem. The ballet dancers were arranged in groups on three sides (not in front) to enhance the illusion with their reflections in the mirrors.”

“Practically it was the same trick—two mirrors at a right angle and a trap door. This curious trick was never improved on. It was added to and altered at the Polytechnic, where, among other adaptations of the same principle, was shown an animated tableau of Sir Joshua Reynolds’ famous cherubs. Three cherubs’ heads appeared in a moonlit sky, floating, and sang in sweet child voices the verses of an anthem.

“Essentially, it was the same trick—two mirrors at a right angle and a trap door. This intriguing trick was never improved upon. It was built upon and modified at the Polytechnic, where, among other adaptations of the same idea, they showcased an animated scene of Sir Joshua Reynolds’ famous cherubs. Three cherubs’ heads appeared in a moonlit sky, floating, and sang sweetly in childlike voices the verses of an anthem.”

“Curiously enough I met the original Sphinx not three years ago in the person of a business manager who had been Stodare’s agent, and only three months back one of those very cherubs in Mr. Fred Solomon, the comedian, who was then a chorister at the Chapel Royal, and who was threatened with all sorts of tortures if he let the cat or the cherub out of the bag.”

“Interestingly, I ran into the original Sphinx not three years ago in the form of a business manager who had been Stodare’s agent, and just three months ago, I encountered one of those very cherubs in Mr. Fred Solomon, the comedian, who was then a choir member at the Chapel Royal, and who was threatened with all sorts of punishments if he spilled the beans or let the cherub out of the bag.”

III.

One of the best explanations of the Sphinx is given by Professor Hoffmann in his work on magic. I quote as follows from him:

One of the best explanations of the Sphinx is given by Professor Hoffmann in his work on magic. I quote him as follows:

“For the benefit of those who have never seen this illusion presented upon the stage, we will describe its effect a little more minutely. The Sphinx is always made a separate portion of the entertainment, as it is necessary to lower the curtain for a few moments before and after its appearance, in order to arrange and remove the necessary preparations. The curtain rises, and reveals a round or oval table, supported upon three slender legs, and utterly devoid of drapery. This stands in a curtained recess of ten or twelve feet square, open on the side towards the audience. The performer comes forward bearing a cloth covered box, fifteen to twenty inches square, and places it upon the table already mentioned. He then unlocks the box, the front of which drops down, so as to give a perfect view of the interior, in which is seen a head of Egyptian fashion, and colored in perfect imitation of life. The performer now retires to a position in the very midst of the audience, and raising his wand, says in a tone of command, ‘Sphinx, awake!’ The Sphinx slowly opens its eyes, looking first to the front with a strong {323} gaze; then, as if gradually gaining consciousness, to the one side and the other, the head moving slightly with the eyes. Questions are put by the performer to the head, and are answered by it, the play of the mouth and features being in perfect harmony with the sounds uttered. Finally, in answer to a query of the operator, the Sphinx declaims a neatly turned oracle in verse. This concludes the exhibition, and the performer closes the box. Should the audience call for an encore, the performer addresses them to the following or some similar effect:

“For those who haven't seen this illusion performed on stage, let me explain it in detail. The Sphinx is always a distinct part of the show, as the curtain needs to drop for a few moments before and after its appearance to set up and take away the necessary props. The curtain rises to reveal a round or oval table supported by three slender legs and covered with no drapery. This table is placed in a curtained area about ten or twelve feet square, open on the audience side. The performer steps forward with a cloth-covered box, about fifteen to twenty inches square, and places it on the table. He unlocks the box, causing the front to drop down so the audience can clearly see inside, revealing a head designed to look like an ancient Egyptian, colored to appear lifelike. The performer then moves to stand right in the middle of the audience and raises his wand, commanding, ‘Sphinx, awake!’ The Sphinx slowly opens its eyes, first gazing directly ahead with intensity, then, as if becoming aware, turns its head slightly side to side. The performer asks the head questions, and it replies, with its mouth and features perfectly synced to the sounds. Finally, in response to one of the operator's questions, the Sphinx recites a well-crafted oracle in verse. This concludes the show, and the performer closes the box. If the audience cheers for an encore, the performer addresses them like this:

“ ‘Ladies and gentlemen, I am glad that the Sphinx has afforded you satisfaction, and I should be only too pleased to be able to indulge the desire which you kindly testify of seeing it again. Unfortunately, this is not possible. The charm by which I am enabled, as you have seen, to revivify for a space the ashes of an ancient Egyptian, who lived and died some centuries ago, lasts but for fifteen minutes. That time has now expired, and the head which has astonished you with its mysterious eloquence has again returned to its original dust.’ As he speaks the last words, he again opens the box, and the head is found to have disappeared, leaving in its place a handful of ashes.

“Ladies and gentlemen, I'm delighted that the Sphinx has entertained you, and I’d be glad to grant your wish to see it again. Unfortunately, that’s not possible. The charm allowing me to briefly bring back the life of an ancient Egyptian, who lived and died centuries ago, lasts only for fifteen minutes. That time has now passed, and the head that has amazed you with its mysterious eloquence has returned to its original dust.” As he speaks those last words, he opens the box again, and the head is found to be gone, leaving only a handful of ashes.

FIG. 1. FIG. 2.

“This singular illusion depends upon the well-known principle, common to optics as to mechanics, that the ‘angle of reflection is equal to the angle of incidence.’ Thus, if a person standing at the point a, in Fig. 1, look into a mirror placed in the position indicated by the line b c, he will see reflected, not himself, but whatever object may be placed at the point d. By an ingenious application of this principle a looking-glass may be used to conceal a given object behind it, while at the same time an image reflected in the glass may be made to represent what would be presumably seen if no glass were there, and thus prevent the presence of the mirror from being suspected. This is the secret of the Sphinx. The table, as already mentioned, has three legs, one in front, and one at each side. Between these legs the spectator sees apparently the curtains at the back of the recess, but really a reflection of the curtains at the sides. The space between the middle leg and that on either side is occupied by pieces of looking-glass (see Fig. 2, which represents a ground plan of the arrangements), extending from a to b, and a to c. The glass extends quite down to the floor, which is covered with cloth of the same material and color as the surrounding curtains. The {324} spectators, therefore, looking towards the table, see above it the curtains at the back, and below it the reflection of the curtains at the sides; which, however, if the relative angles are properly arranged, appears to be simply the continuation or lower portion of the curtains at the back. The illusion is perfect, and the spectator, from the position assigned to him, cannot possibly discover, by the evidence of his senses, that he is looking at any other than an ordinary bare-legged table, with the background visible in the usual way.

“This unique illusion is based on the well-known principle in both optics and mechanics that the ‘angle of reflection is equal to the angle of incidence.’ So, when someone at point a in Fig. 1 looks into a mirror placed along line b c, they won’t see themselves; instead, they will see whatever object is positioned at point d. By cleverly using this principle, a mirror can conceal an object behind it while reflecting an image that gives the impression there's nothing there, effectively hiding the mirror. This is the secret of the Sphinx. As mentioned earlier, the table has three legs—one at the front and one on each side. Between these legs, the viewer sees what appears to be the curtains at the back of the recess, but in reality, it’s the reflection of the curtains on either side. The space between the middle leg and the ones on the sides contains mirrors (see Fig. 2, which shows the layout), extending from a to b, and a to c. The mirrors reach all the way to the floor, which is covered with fabric matching the surrounding curtains in material and color. The {324} audience members looking toward the table see the back curtains overhead and below that, the reflection of the side curtains, which, if the angles are set correctly, appear to be a continuation of the lower part of the back curtains. The illusion is flawless, and from their positions, the audience can’t tell by their senses that they are looking at anything other than a regular table with bare legs, with the background appearing as it typically would.”

“The rest is a very simple matter. The person who is to represent the Sphinx is beforehand placed, duly attired, underneath the table. There is a trap in the table through which he can pass his head at the proper moment. This trap is a round piece of wood, covered to match the surface of the table, and working on a hinge on the side nearest to the audience. It has no spring, but is kept closed by means of a button on the opposite side, and when released hangs down perpendicularly. It must be large enough to allow the passage of the somewhat elaborate headpiece of the Sphinx, and would therefore leave an open space visible round the neck. This difficulty is met by the expedient of having a wooden collar, the upper surface of which is a facsimile in size and pattern of the trap. This collar is fastened round the neck of the representative of the Sphinx. When he lifts his head up through the trap, the collar exactly fills the opening, and thus shows no break in the surface of the table. The box is bottomless, and when brought forward by the performer is empty. A little caution has to be observed in placing it upon the table, for, if the performer were to approach the table from the side, his legs would be reflected in the glass, and would thereby betray the secret. He must therefore make his appearance from some quarter outside of the curtained recess, and advance to a position well in front of, and at some little distance from the table, when, by moving in a straight line from the audience towards the middle leg a, he prevents this inconvenient reflection. The placing the box upon the table, and the unlocking it, allow time for the representative of the Sphinx to get his head into position within it. This done, the box is opened, and the rest depends on the dramatic talent of the performer and his assistant. The performance being concluded, the box is again locked, and the head withdrawn, a handful of ashes being introduced on the trap in its stead.

"The rest is straightforward. The person playing the Sphinx is already positioned, dressed appropriately, beneath the table. There’s a trapdoor in the table where he can stick his head out at the right moment. This trapdoor is a round piece of wood resembling the table’s surface and swings on a hinge closest to the audience. It doesn’t have a spring but stays closed with a button on the other side, and when released, it hangs straight down. It needs to be large enough to accommodate the fancy headpiece of the Sphinx, meaning there will be a visible opening around the neck. This issue is solved with a wooden collar that matches the trapdoor in size and design, secured around the Sphinx's representative's neck. When he lifts his head through the trapdoor, the collar perfectly covers the opening, leaving no noticeable gap in the table's surface. The box is bottomless, and when the performer brings it forward, it appears empty. Care must be taken when placing it on the table; if the performer approaches from the side, his legs will be reflected in the glass, revealing the trick. So, he must come from outside the curtained area and move to a spot well ahead of the table, maintaining a straight line from the audience to the middle leg a to avoid this reflection. Putting the box on the table and unlocking it gives the Sphinx's representative time to position his head inside. Once that’s done, the box is opened, and success relies on the acting skills of the performer and his assistant. After the show, the box is locked again, the head is pulled back, and a handful of ashes is placed on the trapdoor instead.”

“The angle at which the two mirrors should be set cannot be determined absolutely, but will vary according to the distance and position of the surrounding drapery.”

“The angle at which the two mirrors should be positioned can't be fixed but will adjust based on the distance and placement of the surrounding curtains.”

The above method is generally employed in working the Sphinx illusion, but it differs in one respect from that used by Colonel Stodare. In the Colonel’s presentation of the trick, the box was not bottomless. It had a trap in it corresponding with a similar trap in the top of the table. Stodare carried the mystic chest to the “run down” after the lid was closed, and then, by his ventriloquial power, caused a muffled voice to issue from the receptacle, presumably that of the Sphinx. Thus the spectators were led to believe that the head was still in the {325} box, and that the table had nothing whatever to do with the trick. On opening the chest great was the surprise of everyone to behold the head completely vanished, the heap of ashes having taken its place. This was a very clever bit of mise en scène, and showed what an artist Stodare was.

The method described above is commonly used in performing the Sphinx illusion, but it has one key difference from what Colonel Stodare employed. In the Colonel’s version of the trick, the box wasn’t bottomless. It had a trap that matched a similar trap on top of the table. Stodare would carry the mystic chest to the "run down" after closing the lid, and then, with his ventriloquism skills, he would create a muffled voice coming from the box, supposedly that of the Sphinx. This led the audience to believe that the head was still in the {325} box, and that the table had nothing to do with the trick. When the chest was opened, everyone was shocked to see the head completely gone, with a pile of ashes in its place. This was a very clever piece of mise en scène, demonstrating how skilled Stodare was as an artist.

And now for a word or two concerning the career of the clever producer of the Sphinx. Colonel Stodare never smelt powder nor directed the manœuvres of a regiment of red coats. His title was self-assumed, to bedazzle the English public. He never wielded any weapon save a wooden wand tipped with ivory. But he did that to perfection. His real name was Alfred Inglis. Little or nothing is known of his early life and education. His first appearance was at the Egyptian Hall, London, on Easter Monday, April 17, 1865, when he introduced, for the first time in England, those celebrated illusions of Hindostan, the “Mango Tree” and the “Indian Basket.” It was on the occasion of his two-hundredth consecutive representation at the aforesaid hall that Stodare introduced the “Sphinx” trick, which at once attracted crowds. On Tuesday evening, November 21, 1865, he had the honor to appear before Queen Victoria, at Windsor Castle, on the occasion of the birthday of H. R. H. the Princess Royal, afterwards the Empress Frederick of Germany. Stodare died of consumption in 1866. He wrote two small treatises on magic: The Art of Magic (1865) and Stodare’s Fly-notes (1866).

And now, let’s take a moment to talk about the career of the clever producer of the Sphinx. Colonel Stodare never saw battle nor led a regiment of redcoats. His title was self-given, meant to impress the English public. He never used any weapon except for a wooden wand tipped with ivory. But he did that perfectly. His real name was Alfred Inglis. Little is known about his early life and education. He first performed at the Egyptian Hall in London on Easter Monday, April 17, 1865, where he introduced, for the first time in England, those famous illusions from India, the “Mango Tree” and the “Indian Basket.” It was during his two-hundredth consecutive performance at that hall that Stodare introduced the “Sphinx” trick, which instantly drew large crowds. On Tuesday evening, November 21, 1865, he had the honor of performing before Queen Victoria at Windsor Castle for the birthday of H. R. H. the Princess Royal, who later became the Empress Frederick of Germany. Stodare died of tuberculosis in 1866. He wrote two short books on magic: The Art of Magic (1865) and Stodare’s Fly-notes (1866).

IV.

The inventor of the Sphinx, Mr. Tobin, sold the secret to M. Talrich, of Paris, the proprietor of a wax-works exhibition on the Boulevard de la Madeline. Talrich called his collection of figures the Musée Français. Impressed with the success of Madame Tussaud’s “Chamber of Horrors,” in connection with her wax-works exhibition in London, Talrich transformed the “Talking Head” into the “Decapitated Speaker.” His presentation of the illusion was calculated to strike terror in the mind of the observer. Underneath his museum was a damp and mouldy cellar, which he fitted up for the exhibition. The visitor was conducted down a stairway, dimly lighted by a couple of antique {326} lamps suspended from the vaulted roof. When he reached the bottom he was suddenly confronted with a group of wax figures representing a scene under the Inquisition. Every detail of a torture chamber was given, such as is described by Victor Hugo in his Notre Dame de Paris. The cowled emissaries of the Holy Office were depicted in the act of putting a wretched victim to the torture. The light from a flambeau, held by one of the figures, illumined the ghastly scene. In this uncertain light everything was horribly majestic. Pushing onward and turning to the right, “the spectator passed through a dimly-lighted corridor, and found himself in front of a balustrade, breast-high, which extended across the entrance of a narrow recess. In the middle of this gloomy cellar, the floor of which was carpeted with musty straw, was seen a table, on which rested a human head, leaning slightly to one side and apparently asleep. On being addressed by the exhibitor the head raised itself, opened its eyes, and related its own history, including the details of its decapitation, after which it replied, in various languages, to questions put by those present.”

The creator of the Sphinx, Mr. Tobin, sold the secret to M. Talrich in Paris, who owned a wax figure exhibition on the Boulevard de la Madeline. Talrich named his collection the Musée Français. Inspired by the success of Madame Tussaud’s “Chamber of Horrors” in London, Talrich revamped the “Talking Head” into the “Decapitated Speaker.” His setup was designed to instill fear in the audience. Beneath his museum was a damp, moldy cellar that he converted for the exhibition. Visitors were led down a staircase, dimly lit by a couple of antique {326} lamps hanging from the arched ceiling. At the bottom, they were suddenly faced with a group of wax figures depicting a scene from the Inquisition. Every detail of a torture chamber was included, similar to what Victor Hugo described in Notre Dame de Paris. The hooded agents of the Holy Office were shown in the act of torturing a miserable victim. The light from a torch held by one of the figures illuminated the horrifying scene. In this flickering light, everything appeared disturbingly grand. Moving on and turning right, “the spectator walked through a dim corridor and found themselves in front of a waist-high balustrade that stretched across the entrance to a narrow alcove. In the center of this gloomy cellar, with a floor covered in musty straw, was a table holding a human head, tilted slightly to one side and seemingly asleep. When the exhibitor spoke to it, the head lifted itself, opened its eyes, and told its own story, including the details of its decapitation, after which it answered questions from those present in various languages.”

One day a party of young students, out for a lark, began shooting bread pellets at the head, in order to test whether it had entirely lost all sensation. The Decapitated One, in his wrath, abused them soundly, in language that savored more of modern Paris than the days of the Inquisition. This affair got noised abroad, and gay young boulevardiers made up regular parties to go and shoot pellets at the head; this amusement they called “pop-gun practice.” Some of these pellets, not so well “bred” (pardon the pun) as others, struck certain portions of the table which were apparently open, but from which they rebounded, clearly indicating that the supposed vacant space was really a sheet of looking-glass. M. Talrich then put a close-meshed wire grating between the spectators and their victim, but alas! the secret of the Inquisition was disclosed, and the palmy days of the Musée Francais were over. Says Houdin: “The cause of M. Talrich’s failure was the same that brought disaster to the Brothers Davenport. Too great confidence in the Parisian public led both parties to offer what, after all, were but ingenious conjuring tricks as supernatural phenomena.” {327}

One day, a group of young students, looking for some fun, started shooting bread pellets at the head to see if it had completely lost all feeling. The Decapitated One, furious, scolded them harshly, using language that felt more at home in modern Paris than during the Inquisition. This event spread quickly, and lively young people began forming groups to go and shoot pellets at the head, calling this pastime “pop-gun practice.” Some of the pellets, not as well aimed (sorry for the pun) as others, hit parts of the table that seemed open but bounced back, clearly revealing that the supposed empty space was actually a sheet of mirror. M. Talrich then put a fine wire grate between the spectators and their target, but sadly, the secret of the Inquisition was revealed, and the glory days of the Musée Francais were over. Houdin says, “The reason for M. Talrich’s failure was the same that led to the downfall of the Brothers Davenport. Overconfidence in the Parisian public caused both groups to present what were, after all, just clever tricks as supernatural events.” {327}

V.

A few years ago, the eminent English novelist, H. Rider-Haggard, evolved from his elastic imag­i­na­tion a weird and wonderful romance of Darkest Africa, called “She, who must be obeyed.” It was redolent of magic and mystery. The beautiful sorceress, “She,” a damsel of Greek descent, had lived for centuries in the heart of Africa, ruling over generations of black subjects with an iron despotism, and subduing them by her necromantic power. She was worshiped as a goddess. Her immortality upon earth was due to the rejuvenating effects of the mystic fire of Kor, into which she plunged and renewed her youth at certain periods. Balling in love with a young English explorer, who had succeeded in penetrating into her realm, the Rosicrucian spell was broken, and the beautiful “She” shriveled up and expired in agony while attempting to bathe in the flames of Kor. The scene, as depicted by the novelist, is very awe-inspiring. The book had a great vogue in its day, and was dramatized with fine effect.

A few years ago, the renowned English novelist H. Rider-Haggard created a bizarre and amazing story set in Darkest Africa titled “She, who must be obeyed.” It was filled with magic and mystery. The beautiful sorceress, “She,” a woman of Greek descent, had lived for centuries in the heart of Africa, ruling over generations of black subjects with a firm grip, controlling them with her supernatural powers. She was revered like a goddess. Her immortality was thanks to the rejuvenating effects of the mystical fire of Kor, in which she would immerse herself to regain her youth at specific times. When she fell in love with a young English explorer who managed to enter her domain, the Rosicrucian spell was broken, and the beautiful “She” withered and died in pain while trying to bathe in the flames of Kor. The scene, as portrayed by the novelist, is truly awe-inspiring. The book was very popular in its time and was adapted into a successful play.

“SHE. FIG. 1. “SHE.” FIG. 2.

“Have you seen ‘She’?” was the apparently ungrammatical question asked by theatre-goers.

“Have you seen ‘She’?” was the seemingly ungrammatical question asked by theatergoers.

Finally, the conjurer, always ready to seize upon the fads and fancies of the day to make capital out of them, took the chief motif of Rider-Haggard’s romance, and built upon it one {328} of the very best illusions in the domain of magic, called “She.” I have understood that the inventor of “She” was the Chevalier Thorne. In this act, a young lady, garbed as the witch of the Dark Continent, was cremated in full view of the audience. It was the Sphinx trick over again, but in a more ingenious shape. The lady mounted a bare-legged table, whereupon an asbestos canopy was lowered over her, so that she was completely concealed from the audience. Suddenly flames and smoke poured forth from beneath the canopy. The shrieks of the victim were heard. When the cover was raised, nothing was to be seen except a blackened skull and some charred bones—the lady was presumably cremated. In another version of the trick, the skull and bones were dispensed with, and the lady reappeared in a private box or came running down the center aisle of the theatre, after the canopy was lifted.

Finally, the magician, always eager to capitalize on the trends and whims of the moment, took the main motif of Rider-Haggard’s story and created one {328} of the best illusions in magic, called “She.” I’ve heard that the creator of “She” was Chevalier Thorne. In this act, a young woman, dressed as the witch from the Dark Continent, was set on fire in full view of the audience. It was a variation of the Sphinx trick, but more cleverly done. The woman stepped onto a bare-legged table, and an asbestos canopy was lowered over her, completely hiding her from the audience. Suddenly, flames and smoke erupted from under the canopy. The screams of the woman could be heard. When the cover was lifted, all that remained was a blackened skull and some charred bones—the woman was presumed to be cremated. In another version of the trick, the skull and bones were not shown, and the woman reappeared in a private box or came running down the center aisle of the theater after the canopy was removed.

Now for an explanation of the illusion.

Now, let’s explain the trick.

The spectators saw an innocent-looking table with four legs, and beneath it, supported by a central rod, four supports holding lighted candles, very much on the order of a chandelier. This latter effect seemed to preclude the idea of mirrors being used. “But things are seldom what they seem,” in magic at least. In reality the table had but two legs, and there were but two candles burning, the remaining legs and tapers being reflections. How was the deception accomplished? In the following manner: Converging at the central standard (Fig. 1) were two plane mirrors, fixed at an angle of ninety degrees with each other and forty-five degrees with the side panels of the screen which boxed in the table from the rest of the stage. These mirrors reflected the side panels, which were of the same color as the panel at the back, and made the spectators believe that they saw underneath the table the rear of the screen. They also reflected the two legs of the table and the two supports with their lighted candles. The triangular wooden box, upon the sides of which the mirrors were fastened, extended to the back panel of the screen. It was covered with cloth of the same color as that of the screen. This box was on a level with the top of the table.

The audience saw an innocent-looking table with four legs, and underneath it, supported by a central rod, were four holders for lit candles, similar to a chandelier. This effect seemed to rule out the use of mirrors. “But things are seldom what they seem,” especially in magic. In reality, the table only had two legs, and there were only two candles burning, with the extra legs and candles being mere reflections. How was the trick done? Here’s how: converging at the central standard (Fig. 1) were two flat mirrors, fixed at a ninety-degree angle to each other and at a forty-five-degree angle to the side panels of the screen that enclosed the table from the rest of the stage. These mirrors reflected the side panels, which matched the color of the back panel, making the audience think they saw the back of the screen beneath the table. They also reflected the two legs of the table and the two supports with their lit candles. The triangular wooden box, to which the mirrors were attached, extended to the back panel of the screen. It was covered with cloth that matched the color of the screen. This box was level with the top of the table.

The lady got away through a trap, after having placed the skull and bones in position and ignited a lot of red fire (Fig 2). {329}

The lady escaped through a trap after she arranged the skull and bones and set a lot of red fire ablaze (Fig 2). {329}

Another illusion in which the looking-glass plays a part is that of the Decapitated Princess. Instead of a table, a chair is used. The head stands upright upon two swords, which rest on the arms of the chair. A mirror, placed at an angle of forty-five degrees, reaching from the front part of the arms to the back edge of the seat, reflects the bottom of the chair, thereby inducing the spectators to believe that they see the back of the chair; ergo, the seat is empty. Of course, this seat is covered with like material as that of the back of the elaborately carved throne chair. The glass conceals the trap at the back, through which the lady sticks her head and part of her body. She wears about her neck a lace collar, so arranged as to rest nicely on the two Swords.

Another illusion involving the mirror is the Decapitated Princess. Instead of a table, a chair is used. The head sits upright on two swords that rest on the arms of the chair. A mirror, angled at forty-five degrees and extending from the front of the arms to the back edge of the seat, reflects the bottom of the chair, leading the audience to believe they see the back of the chair; therefore, the seat appears to be empty. This seat is covered with the same material as the back of the intricately carved throne chair. The mirror hides the trap at the back, through which the lady places her head and part of her body. She wears a lace collar around her neck, arranged to rest nicely on the two swords.

THE Beheaded PRINCESS.
(From Hopkins’ Magic, etc. Sci. Amer. Co.)
{330}

I first saw this interesting illusion exhibited in a café chantant in Paris. The fat, thick-necked, little Frenchman, who presented the trick to the audience, reminded me of one of those human-headed bulls carved upon the walls of Assyrian palaces and temples. His hair and beard were oiled and curled. He bellowed out the marvels of his decapitated Princess, and flirted the skirts of his long Prince Albert coat like an animal lashing flies off its flanks with its tail. According to this Chevalier d’Ananias, the Princess lost her charming little powdered head during the reign of Robespierre I; it “sneezed into the basket” of the guillotine one fine morning while the knitting women sat around the scaffold and plied their needles and tongues. “Down with the Aristocrats!” Thanks to an eminent surgeon, who begged the head from the executioner, it was restored to life by hypnotic power. The surgeon handed it down to his descendants. Finally it came into possession of the showman, by what means the gentleman did not relate.

I first saw this fascinating illusion showcased in a café chantant in Paris. The chunky, thick-necked little Frenchman who performed the trick for the audience reminded me of those human-headed bulls carved into the walls of Assyrian palaces and temples. His hair and beard were oiled and styled. He boomed about the wonders of his decapitated Princess and flicked the hems of his long Prince Albert coat like an animal swatting flies off its back with its tail. According to this Chevalier d’Ananias, the Princess lost her charming little powdered head during the reign of Robespierre I; it "sneezed into the basket" of the guillotine one fine morning while the knitting women sat around the scaffold, busy with their needles and gossip. "Down with the Aristocrats!" Thanks to a skilled surgeon who begged the head from the executioner, it was revived by hypnotic power. The surgeon passed it down to his descendants. Eventually, it ended up with the showman, though the gentleman didn’t explain how that happened.

A few days after the above exhibition, I saw the poor little Princess eating cabbage soup in a second-class cabaret. Her manager was with her. Her head was on her body at the time.

A few days after the above exhibition, I saw the poor little Princess eating cabbage soup in a second-class cabaret. Her manager was with her. Her head was on her body at the time.

TREWEYISM.

“Le mime-comédien Trewey est un pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur merveilleus, créateur vraiment surprenant d’ombres chinoises avec l’unique secours de ses mains. On peut dire que Trewey est de ceux qui ont agrandi le cercle de la fantasmagorie et en ont fait un des astres les plus vagabonds de la fantaisie.”—DOM BLASIUS: L’Intransigeant.

“Mime-artist Trewey is a remarkable magician, truly an astonishing creator of shadow puppetry using only his hands. It can be said that Trewey is one of those who have expanded the realm of imagination and turned it into one of the most whimsical stars of fantasy.”—DOM BLASIUS: L’Intransigeant.

I.

My favorite character in French fiction is Alexander Dumas’ inimitable D’Artagnan, le mousquetaire par excellence, who comes out of Gascony with nothing but a rusty suit of clothes on his back, an ancestral sword at his side, his father’s blessing, and a bony sorrel horse under him, to seek his fortune in the world. Aided by his good rapier, his wonderful sang froid, splendid audacity and versatile talents, he elbows his way to the foot of a throne, to become captain of the Grand Monarque’s bodyguard, and eventually a marshal of France.

My favorite character in French fiction is Alexander Dumas' unforgettable D’Artagnan, le mousquetaire par excellence, who comes from Gascony with nothing but a shabby outfit, an old family sword at his side, his father's blessing, and a skinny sorrel horse to seek his fortune in the world. With his trusty rapier, impressive sang froid, boldness, and various skills, he makes his way to the foot of a throne, eventually becoming the captain of the Grand Monarque’s bodyguard and later a marshal of France.

In the world of magic we have a similar character, not a mere figment, however, of the novelist’s imag­i­na­tion, but a living, breathing personality. I refer to Félicien Trewey, the eminent French fantaisiste, whose life reads like a romance. M. Trewey possesses all of the qualities of heart and mind of Dumas’ hero—audacity, versatility, tireless energy in the pursuit of his profession, bonhomie, and what not. Had he lived in the seventeenth century, he doubtless would have been a soldier of fortune like D’Artagnan, fought duels, made love to duchesses, and outwitted a cardinal, but having been born in an age of steam and electricity, and fully realizing the fact that science has reduced the art of war to mere mechanics, he sought out a career that promised the most romance and adventure, and became a mousquetaire of magic, wielding the wand instead of {332} the sword. It is a long, long way from the half-starved mountebank of a wandering caravan to an Officier d’Académie and landed proprietor living at ease in one’s old age. But Trewey has accomplished all this.

In the world of magic, we have a character that's not just a product of a novelist’s imagination, but a living, breathing person. I'm talking about Félicien Trewey, the famous French fantasist, whose life is like a storybook. M. Trewey has all the qualities of heart and mind of Dumas’ hero—boldness, adaptability, relentless energy in his career, friendliness, and more. If he had lived in the seventeenth century, he surely would have been a fortune-seeker like D’Artagnan, dueled, won over duchesses, and outsmarted a cardinal. But since he was born in an age of steam and electricity, and fully understood that science has turned warfare into just mechanics, he chose a path that promised the most romance and adventure, becoming a musketeer of magic, wielding a wand instead of a sword. It’s a vast leap from the half-starved charlatan of a traveling caravan to an Officier d’Académie and landowner enjoying a comfortable old age. But Trewey has achieved all of this.

II.

TREWEY’S Villa AT ASNIÉRES SUR SEINE. AU CLAIR DE LA LUNE.

One evening, when strolling along the Boulevard, I saw outside of the Concert des Ambas­sa­deurs, a bill­board, with the fol­low­ing an­nounce­ment: “Le Grand Trewey! Equilibre, Jonglerie, Pres­ti­dig­i­ta­tion.—Le Chapeau Multiforme ou 25 Têtes sous un Chapeau.—Mime.—Musique.—Sil­houettes et Ombres des Mains, etc. Amusements Scien­tifiques et Récréatifs.”

One evening, while walking along the Boulevard, I saw a billboard outside the Concert des Ambassadeurs that announced: “The Great Trewey! Balance, Juggling, Sleight of Hand.—The Multiform Hat or 25 Heads under One Hat.—Mime.—Music.—Silhouettes and Shadows of Hands, etc. Scientific and Recreational Entertainment.”

PROGRAMME

PREMIÈRE PARTIE
TREWEY
Dans ses créations.
Ouverture. — Equilbres et Jongleries.

DEUXIÈME PARTIE
Fantaisies. — La Valse des Assiettes. — Les Cuvettes tapageuses. — Le Papier multiforme. — La Harpe éolienne. — Le Tabarin moderne.
ENTR’ACTE

TROISIÈME PARTIE
LES OMBRES DES MAINS
PAR
TREWEY

Ouverture.

Opening.

  • 1re Série. — Le Lapin — Les deux Oies. — Le Perroquet. — Le Poisson. — L’Eléphant. — Le Taureau. — Le Cygne. — Le Prédicateur. — Le Chat. — Le Chien.
  • 2e Série. — Le batelier. — Le Pècheur. — Le Jockey. — La Danseuse de corde.
  • 3e Série. — Les Amours du Policeman, pantomime.
  • 4e Série. — Silhouettes et Protils illustrés.
  • 5e Série. — Le Clown et l’Ane savant.
  • 6e Série. — Le Buveur normand et le Rigolo. — Au Revoir..., galop final.
Le piano sera tenu par M. Henri DEVIENNE.

Tous les dimanches et jeudis, à 2 heures.
TREWEY
MATINÉE DE FAMILLE

My interest was at once aroused. Here was no ordinary artist, but a man of versatility. I bought a ticket, and was soon seated in the theatre. After the usual infliction of skirt-dancers, acrobats and eccentric singers with raspy voices, the curtain rose on M. Trewey’s act. I sighed with relief. Ah, here was an oasis in the vast Sahara of vaudeville claptrap and mediocrity. {333} I was not disappointed. The stage was elegantly set with gilt tables. The scene was boxed in with rich silk curtains à la Pinetti. A burst of applause (not confined to the claque either), and the great Trewey appeared. A long black cloak enveloped him.

My interest was immediately piqued. This was no ordinary artist, but a truly versatile man. I bought a ticket and soon found myself seated in the theater. After the typical barrage of skirt-dancers, acrobats, and quirky singers with scratchy voices, the curtain rose for M. Trewey’s act. I let out a sigh of relief. Ah, here was an oasis in the vast desert of mediocre vaudeville nonsense. {333} I was not let down. The stage was elegantly decorated with gold tables. The scene was framed by rich silk curtains, reminiscent of Pinetti. A wave of applause erupted (and not just from the hired clappers), and the great Trewey appeared. He was wrapped in a long black cloak.

Throwing this off, he appeared in full court costume—a gentleman of the reign of Louis XVI. I felt like asking him, “When did you see last the Chevalier Pinetti?” After a very superior exhibition of juggling and sleight of hand with cards and coins, {334} he passed on to ombromanie, or hand-made shadows, among them being portraits of Thiers, Gladstone, Czar Alexander III, Emile Zola, Gambetta, Bismarck, Crispi and Lord Salisbury. The art of casting silhouettes of animals, such as the dog, the cat, and the rabbit, upon an illuminated wall is very ancient. The Italian painter, Campi, was one of the first to add new types to the collection of figures. Trewey raised the art to the dignity of a stage performance, and endowed it with movement and life. I shall quote as follows from an article on Trewey, contributed by me to the “Cosmopolitan Magazine” some years ago:

Throwing this off, he showed up in full court attire—a gentleman from the era of Louis XVI. I felt like asking him, “When did you last see the Chevalier Pinetti?” After a very impressive display of juggling and sleight of hand with cards and coins, {334} he moved on to ombromanie, or hand-made shadows, including portraits of Thiers, Gladstone, Czar Alexander III, Emile Zola, Gambetta, Bismarck, Crispi, and Lord Salisbury. The art of casting silhouettes of animals, such as dogs, cats, and rabbits, onto an illuminated wall is very ancient. The Italian painter, Campi, was one of the first to introduce new figures to this art. Trewey elevated it to a stage performance, giving it movement and life. I will quote as follows from an article on Trewey that I contributed to “Cosmopolitan Magazine” a few years ago:

TREWEY EXHIBITING Upon A SSTAGE.
TREWEY’S SILHOUETTES OF EMINENT MEN.
THE Pulpit Pantomime.
TREWEY’S Hands.

“He stands behind a screen, which is brilliantly illuminated by an oxyhydrogen light, and with his hands projects the silhouettes—pictures of soldiers, peasants, abbés, etc., to say nothing of animals. To form the headgear of his men and women, such as the grotesque bonnets of Norman bonnes, the képis of the little piou-pious, and the mortar-boards of the English scholastics, he has recourse to small pieces of cardboard cut to resemble the respective cranial coverings. Trewey is not content with the ‘cold profiles,’ as he calls them, of living creatures, {336} but endows his shadows with animation. His old peasants, for example, smoke, imbibe liquor from large jugs, inhale snuff, roll their eyes, open their mouths, gesticulate; his animals are exceedingly mobile. Besides this, he makes his characters enact charming little pantomimic scenes. One he calls the ‘serenade.’ A piece of cardboard, fashioned to represent the side of a house, constitutes the scenery. A gendarme (supposed to be violently {337} in love with the servant girl) knocks at the door of the mansion, whereupon his fair inamorata appears at the upstairs window. After an exchange of compliments, she withdraws from the window and reappears at the door. She gives to her lover a drink from a suspicious bottle, and he, after wiping his beard, kisses her and retires. Then comes the strolling musician, playing a lugubrious melody on the clarinet. The owner of the house rushes to the bedroom window and motions the player away, but the musician derisively strikes up a lively tune. The irate proprietor now makes his appearance armed with a long broom, with which he thrashes the clarinettist. The musician still persisting, paterfamilias next produces the water jug, and from the upstairs window pours the contents upon the head of the luckless serenader, who quickly makes his exit.

“He stands behind a screen, brightly lit by an oxyhydrogen light, and with his hands, he projects silhouettes—images of soldiers, farmers, priests, and others, not to mention animals. To create the headgear for his characters, like the funny bonnets of Norman maids, the képis of young soldiers, and the mortarboards of English students, he uses small pieces of cardboard cut to look like their respective hats. Trewey isn’t satisfied with just the ‘cold profiles,’ as he calls them, of living beings, but he gives life to his shadows. His old peasants, for instance, smoke, drink from large jugs, sniff tobacco, roll their eyes, open their mouths, and gesture; his animals are extremely lively. In addition, he has his characters perform delightful little pantomime scenes. One he calls the ‘serenade.’ A piece of cardboard, shaped to resemble the side of a house, serves as the backdrop. A gendarme—who is supposedly madly in love with the maid—knocks on the door of the house, and his lovely inamorata appears at the upstairs window. After a few flirtatious exchanges, she leaves the window and shows up at the door. She offers her lover a drink from a suspicious bottle, and after he wipes his beard, he kisses her and leaves. Next comes a wandering musician, playing a sad tune on his clarinet. The homeowner rushes to the bedroom window and waves the player away, but the musician cheekily strikes up a lively song. Now the angry owner appears with a long broom, using it to chase the clarinet player away. The musician continues to play, prompting the homeowner to grab a water jug and, from the upstairs window, dump the contents over the unfortunate serenader, who quickly makes a run for it.”

EEXERCISES FOR THE FINGERS BY TREWEY.

“The little accessories used in this act, such as the helmet for the policeman, the broom, bottle, etc., are cut from pasteboard and, where necessary, attached to the fingers of the performer by means of india-rubber rings. The water jug, however, is an actual little vessel, which is filled with sand. When this is poured out it simulates a flow of water in the most natural manner.

“The small props used in this performance, like the police helmet, broom, bottle, etc., are made from cardboard and, when needed, attached to the performer’s fingers with rubber bands. The water jug, however, is a real small container filled with sand. When this is poured out, it convincingly mimics the flow of water.”

“ ‘The pulpit orator’ is a clever silhouette. About the left arm of the performer is tied a small box, which represents the pulpit; the bent fingers make a canopy. Between the fingers of {338} the right hand is held a bit of pasteboard, cut in the shape of a mortar-board cap. The paraphernalia is very simple. You see the learned divine ascend the pulpit, bend forward in prayer, then begin to exhort an imaginary congregation. He thumps the pulpit rail vehemently, twists himself into all sorts of grotesque positions, and wipes his perspiring brow. After having blessed the people, he descends from his elevated perch.”

“‘The pulpit speaker’ is a clever silhouette. A small box is attached to the performer’s left arm, representing the pulpit; the bent fingers create a canopy. Between the fingers of {338} the right hand holds a piece of cardboard shaped like a mortarboard cap. The props are very simple. You see the learned speaker climb the pulpit, lean forward in prayer, then start to address an imaginary audience. He pounds the pulpit rail passionately, twists himself into all sorts of funny positions, and wipes his sweaty brow. After blessing the people, he steps down from his high perch.”

I learned from him many interesting things about shadowgraphy and sleight of hand generally. To excel in the art of ombromanie requires long practice. The fingers have to be exercised continuously in certain peculiar movements, such as are depicted in the accompanying illustration. Dexterity is largely dependent upon the formation of the hand, one of the particular characteristics of skillfulness being “the faculty of reversing the metacarpal phalanges of the fingers, so that when the hand is extended it is convex.” Trewey possesses this faculty. Another peculiarity of his hands is the formation of the fingers: they differ very much in length. The middle finger exceeds the ring finger by nearly an inch.

I learned a lot from him about shadowgraphy and sleight of hand in general. To be really good at ombromanie takes a lot of practice. Your fingers need to be continually exercised in certain unique movements, like those shown in the accompanying illustration. Skill is heavily influenced by the shape of the hand, with one key feature of proficiency being “the ability to bend the metacarpal phalanges of the fingers so that when the hand is extended, it is curved.” Trewey has this ability. Another unique aspect of his hands is the shape of his fingers: they vary significantly in length. The middle finger is almost an inch longer than the ring finger.

III.

I met Trewey some weeks later, in London, at the Empire Theatre, and we struck up a great friendship which has lasted to this day. The story of his life is full of interest, and is a typical example of the folly of setting anyone to a vocation for which he has no particular taste. Intended at first for the priesthood by his parents, and subsequently for a mechanical trade, Trewey followed his own inclinations—conjuring and juggling. I will quote again from my paper in the “Cosmopolitan Magazine”:

I met Trewey a few weeks later in London at the Empire Theatre, and we quickly became good friends, a bond that still lasts today. His life story is really interesting and shows the mistake of pushing someone into a career they aren't suited for. Initially, his parents wanted him to become a priest, and later they aimed for him to pursue a mechanical trade. However, Trewey chose to follow his true passions—magic and juggling. I'll quote again from my article in the “Cosmopolitan Magazine”:

“Like most artists who have risen to eminence on the French stage, Trewey has known hardships and bitter poverty. His youth was a struggle against adverse conditions. But he had in him, in its truest sense, the soul of old Gaul—that joyous insouciance, that sardonic humor, which laughs at fortune and snaps its finger at the world. Natural vivacity will often keep a Frenchman alive, though his body is clothed in rags and his {339} stomach is empty. Trewey was born at Angoulême, France, during the Revolution of 1848. His father was an engineer in a paper mill. Trewey pére was ambitious for his son to enter the Church, so he sent him to the Seminary of the Holy Trinity at Marseilles to study for the priesthood. But fate had willed otherwise. When quite a young boy, Trewey had been taken to see a circus at Marseilles. Among the mountebanks was a conjurer, who gave a very interesting exhibition. The feats of magic of this strolling Merlin so fascinated the little Trewey that he forthwith secretly vowed to become a professional pre­sti­di­gi­ta­teur as soon as he grew up. The studies pursued at the Jesuit college did not cure the boy of his love for the stage. He divided his time between Latin verbs and juggling, mathematics and the art of palmistry. Soon he was able to give little exhibitions, private, of course, for the amusement of his comrades. The good fathers must have thought him a very eccentric youth, for he was continually trying to balance his slate on the tip of his nose. Many a well-deserved cat-o’-nine-tails he got for his improvised feats of equilibration. Lying awake at night in the silent dormitory, he invented tricks, then fell asleep to dream of the wild delights of the mountebank’s life—wandering like a gipsy over the country in a caravan, and performing at the little French villages and towns before crowds of rustics. He pictured himself dressed in gorgeous raiment, exhibiting magic tricks for the amusement of gaping yokels—pulling rabbits from hats, turning omelets into doves, and producing bowls of goldfish from shawls. The boom, boom, of the bass drum, calling the spectators together, resounded in his ears. The boy had in him the spirit of adventure; the blood of some old strolling player of an ancestor ran in his veins. He longed to escape from under the watchful domination of the ‘black robes,’ as he designated the good priests of the seminary. Three years passed. One day, during the Christmas holidays, Trewey refused to return to his studies, so his father placed him in the engine room of the paper mill to learn machinery. Cog wheels and oil cans possessed no more fascination for him than Latin and Greek. One fine summer day he ran away from home in company with an acrobat. {340}

“Like most artists who have risen to prominence on the French stage, Trewey faced hardships and severe poverty. His youth was a battle against tough circumstances. But he had, in the truest sense, the spirit of old Gaul—that carefree joy, that sardonic humor, which laughs at fate and gives the world the finger. Natural liveliness often keeps a Frenchman going, even when he’s wearing rags and his stomach is empty. Trewey was born in Angoulême, France, during the Revolution of 1848. His father worked as an engineer in a paper mill. Trewey’s father hoped for his son to join the Church, so he sent him to the Seminary of the Holy Trinity in Marseille to prepare for the priesthood. But fate had other plans. As a young boy, Trewey went to see a circus in Marseille. Among the performers was a magician who put on a fascinating show. The tricks of this traveling magician captivated little Trewey so much that he secretly promised himself he would become a professional magician when he grew up. The studies at the Jesuit college didn’t dampen his love for the stage. He split his time between Latin verbs and juggling, math and palmistry. Soon, he was able to put on little shows, private ones, of course, for his friends’ entertainment. The good fathers must have thought he was quite eccentric, as he was always trying to balance his slate on the tip of his nose. He earned many well-deserved whippings for his makeshift balancing acts. Lying awake at night in the quiet dormitory, he would invent tricks, then fall asleep dreaming of the thrilling life of a performer—wandering like a gypsy across the country in a caravan and entertaining crowds in small French villages. He pictured himself dressed in vibrant costumes, showcasing magic tricks to amazed villagers—pulling rabbits from hats, turning omelets into doves, and producing bowls of goldfish from scarves. The boom, boom of the bass drum, calling the audience together, echoed in his ears. The boy had an adventurous spirit; the blood of some old performer ran in his veins. He longed to escape the watchful eyes of the ‘black robes,’ as he called the kind priests of the seminary. Three years passed. One day, during the Christmas holidays, Trewey refused to go back to his studies, so his father put him to work in the engine room of the paper mill to learn about machinery. Gears and oil cans were no more interesting to him than Latin and Greek. One beautiful summer day, he ran away from home with an acrobat.”

“Trewey, at this period of his career, was not over fifteen years of age, and had but little experience of men and manners. The quiet cloisters of a Jesuit seminary are not conducive to knowledge of the world. Life now became hard for Trewey and his companion, the youthful tumbler. They exhibited in market places, cafés, and in inn yards. The life they led was next door to starvation. Soon Trewey left the acrobat and obtained an engagement at one of the small music halls of Marseilles. The munificent sum of six francs per week (one dollar and twenty cents) was the salary he received for his services. In addition to his juggling exhibition, given several times a day, he was obliged to appear in a pantomime performance at night. In this troupe was the famous Plessis, who eventually became one of the foremost comedians of France, rivaling even the great Coquelin.

“Trewey, at this point in his life, was just over fifteen years old and had very little experience with people and social situations. The peaceful atmosphere of a Jesuit seminary doesn’t really help in understanding the world. Life became tough for Trewey and his friend, the young acrobat. They performed in public squares, cafés, and at inns. Their lifestyle was barely above starvation. Soon, Trewey parted ways with the acrobat and got a job at one of the small music halls in Marseille. He earned a generous salary of six francs a week (about one dollar and twenty cents) for his work. Along with his juggling acts, which he performed several times a day, he also had to take part in a pantomime at night. In this troupe was the renowned Plessis, who later became one of the leading comedians in France, even rivaling the great Coquelin.”

“In those days it was the custom for people to throw money on the stage to favorite performers. Applauding with the hands being monopolized by a paid claque, there was no better way for enthusiastic spectators, in French places of amusement, to show their appreciation of the talents of an artist, than by showering upon him gold, silver or copper coins. The vaudeville artists did not consider it beneath their dignity to stoop and gather up these substantial evidences of public favor.

“In those days, it was common for people to throw money on stage to their favorite performers. Since applause from the audience was taken over by paid clappers, enthusiastic spectators in French entertainment venues had no better way to show their appreciation for an artist's talent than by showering them with gold, silver, or copper coins. The vaudeville performers didn’t see it as beneath them to bend down and collect these tangible signs of public favor.”

“Said Trewey to me: ‘I saved these coins until I was able to purchase two fine costumes. Then I secured an engagement at the Alcazar at Marseilles.’

“Said Trewey to me: ‘I saved these coins until I could buy two nice costumes. Then I got a job at the Alcazar in Marseilles.’”

“Other engagements followed this, and Trewey became the most popular performer in the south of France. The desire for a roving life led him to become the proprietor of a traveling pantomime and vaudeville company. His versatility was shown here. He juggled, conjured, played Pierrot in the pantomime, danced in the clodoche, and managed the finances of the troupe. After two years of this life, he got an engagement at Bordeaux. It was here that he invented his ombromanie, and straightway became famous. From Bordeaux he migrated to Paris. His success was instantaneous.”

“Other engagements followed, and Trewey became the most popular performer in the south of France. His craving for a life on the go led him to own a traveling pantomime and vaudeville company. His versatility was evident here. He juggled, performed magic tricks, played Pierrot in the pantomime, danced in the clodoche, and managed the troupe's finances. After two years of this lifestyle, he landed a gig in Bordeaux. It was here that he invented his ombromanie and quickly became famous. From Bordeaux, he moved to Paris. His success was immediate.”

The journalists rallied to his aid. He became the lion of the hour. L’Illustration named his art Treweyism. His reputation was established. {341}

The journalists came together to support him. He became the hero of the moment. L’Illustration referred to his style as Treweyism. His reputation was solidified. {341}

IV.

Trewey is a mimic par excellence. He is past master in the art of pantomime and facial expression. One of his particular acts, which has given rise to numerous imitations, is entitled, “Tabarin, or Twenty-five Heads Under One Chapeau.” Thanks to a piece of black felt cloth, circular in shape, with a hole cut in the center, Trewey is able to manufacture in a few minutes all the varieties of headgear required for the Tabarin. For example: Napoleon—A couple of twists of the cloth, and lo! you have a representation of le chapeau de Marengo, the little cocked hat which Napoleon made famous, and about which so many legends cluster. With this hastily improvised hat on his head, Trewey assumes the Napoleonic attitude—one hand thrust into his vest, the other behind his back. His physiognomy is that of the great Emperor, as depicted by the painters of the Imperial régime. The likeness is perfect. And so with fat French priests, soldiers, bonnes, landladies, artists, diplomats, etc. It is a portrait gallery of French types; Gavarni lives for us again. And just here, let me digress a moment to explain the origin of the curious word Tabarin, which, as all lovers of French comedy know, has passed into the repertory of the national theatre. In the seventeenth century, that bridge of memories, the old Pont Neuf of Paris, was the rendezvous of quacksalvers and mountebanks. Booths for the sale of various articles lined the sides of the bridge. People flocked there to see the sights, to laugh, chat, make love and enjoy life as only Parisians can. Students and grisettes of the Quartier Latin elbowed ladies and gentlemen of the court. Bourgeois families came to study the flippant manners of their superiors. Poodle clippers plied their trade; jugglers amused the quid nuncs with feats of dexterity; traveling dentists pulled teeth and sold balsams; clowns tumbled, and last, but not least, pickpockets lifted purses and silk handkerchiefs with impunity. Says Augustus J. C. Hare (Walks in Paris): “So central an artery is the Pont Neuf, that it used to be a saying with the Parisian police, that if, after watching three days, they did not see a man cross the bridge, he must have left Paris.” Any popular witticism in verse was long known as un Pont-Neuf. One of the principal {342} vendors of quack nostrums of the Pont Neuf was Montdor. He was aided by a buffoon named Tabarin, who made facetious replies to questions asked by his master, accompanied with laughable grimaces and grotesque gestures. The modern ringmaster and clown of the circus have similar scenes together, minus the selling of medicines. Tabarin was celebrated for his wit. Some of his bon mots have descended to our time. He performed the feat of making some ten different hats out of the brim of a felt hat, giving appropriate facial portraits beneath each, and using wigs and beards to enhance the effect. Such, in brief, is the story of the famous Merry Andrew whose name has become a by-word in France for buffoonery and broad humor. The biographies of such men would make interesting reading for the student of history. But Dame Clio has eyes only for tremendous battles, diplomatic intrigues, the doings of royalty and great folk. The little world of everyday life, that busy ant hill where the human comedy is so ardently played, is beneath her notice. The life and adventures of quacksalvers, minor poets, wandering jugglers, faugh!—that is asking too much of the Muse of History. Says Guizot: “History has no room for all those who throng about her gates without succeeding in getting in and leaving traces of their stay.”

Trewey is a phenomenal mimic. He’s a master in the art of pantomime and facial expressions. One of his standout acts, which has inspired many copies, is called “Tabarin, or Twenty-five Heads Under One Hat.” With just a piece of black felt cloth, round with a hole in the center, Trewey can quickly create all sorts of headgear for the Tabarin. For example, to represent Napoleon—just a couple of twists of the cloth and voila! You have a version of the famous Marengo hat, the little bicorne that Napoleon made iconic, surrounded by numerous legends. Wearing this makeshift hat, Trewey adopts Napoleon's signature pose—one hand in his vest, the other behind his back. His face takes on the likeness of the great Emperor as depicted by artists of the Imperial era. The resemblance is spot-on. And this extends to portraying fat French priests, soldiers, nannies, landladies, artists, diplomats, and more. It’s like a gallery of French characters; Gavarni comes to life again. Now, let me take a moment to explain the curious origin of the word “Tabarin,” which, as fans of French comedy know, has made its way into national theater. In the seventeenth century, the old Pont Neuf in Paris was a hangout for quacks and street performers. Stalls selling various items lined the bridge. People gathered there to see the shows, laugh, chat, flirt, and enjoy life like only Parisians can. Students and young women from the Quartier Latin mixed with ladies and gentlemen of the court. Middle-class families came to observe the carefree behavior of the upper class. Dog groomers worked on their craft; jugglers entertained the curious with their tricks; traveling dentists pulled teeth and sold remedies; clowns performed acrobatics, and, not to be forgotten, pickpockets lifted wallets and silk handkerchiefs without a care. Augustus J. C. Hare noted in his book *Walks in Paris*: “The Pont Neuf is such a central artery that it was often said by the Parisian police that if they didn’t see a man cross the bridge after watching it for three days, he must have left Paris.” Any popular joke in verse was long referred to as a “Pont-Neuf.” One of the main quack remedy sellers on the Pont Neuf was Montdor, aided by a funny guy named Tabarin, who made witty remarks in response to his master's questions, paired with comical expressions and silly gestures. The modern circus ringmaster and clown have similar interactions, just without selling medicine. Tabarin was known for his humor, and some of his clever sayings have lasted to this day. He performed the trick of creating ten different hats using just the brim of a felt hat, presenting matching facial portraits beneath each one, and using wigs and beards to enhance the look. This is a brief overview of the famous Merry Andrew, whose name has become synonymous with silliness and broad humor in France. The biographies of such individuals would make fascinating reading for anyone interested in history. Yet, History seems to only have eyes for great battles, diplomatic schemes, and the actions of royalty and influential figures. The small world of daily life, that bustling ant hill where the human comedy takes place, is beneath her attention. The lives and adventures of quacks, minor poets, wandering jugglers, alas—that’s too much to ask of the Muse of History. Guizot said: “History doesn’t have room for everyone who crowds around her gates without managing to enter and leave a mark.”

But occasionally a man or woman rises from the dregs of the people and compels recognition; and, sad to relate, nine times out of ten, through the commission of crimes. Have we not Cagliostro and Madame de la Motte, thorough-paced scoundrels and charlatans, but, nevertheless, very delightful folk, who have added a tinge of romance to history? I for one, with Thackeray, confess a weakness for the tittle-tattle of court gossip and backstairs diplomacy. Behind the scenes with Louis XV and XVI, Frederick the Great and Catherine II is far more entertaining than the battles of the period. Casanova gives one a better picture of eighteenth century morals and manners than any of the great historians of the time. History is the dry bones of an epoch; the memoir writers are the Ezekiels who behold the bones clothed with flesh and thrilling with life-blood.

But sometimes a man or woman rises from the lowest ranks of society and demands attention; and, unfortunately, nine times out of ten, it's due to committing crimes. Don’t we have Cagliostro and Madame de la Motte, complete scoundrels and con artists, who are still fascinating figures that bring a bit of romance to history? I, like Thackeray, admit to having a fascination with the gossip of court life and behind-the-scenes politics. The stories behind Louis XV and XVI, Frederick the Great, and Catherine II are much more entertaining than the battles of the time. Casanova provides a clearer picture of 18th-century morals and manners than any of the prominent historians of that period. History is the bare bones of an era; the memoir writers are the ones who see the bones covered with flesh and pulsing with life.

THE TABARIN.

Wandering one morning across the old Pont Neuf, all these thoughts came to my mind. Once again, as in the days of long {344} ago, I saw, in my imag­i­na­tion, the bridge crowded with people. There came to me the faint rustling of silk skirts, the clatter of high-heeled shoes upon the paving stones. Boom! boom! goes the drum. I hear the strident voice of Montdor shouting out his wares, and the unctuous notes of the comical Tabarin uttering a bon mot.

Wandering one morning across the old Pont Neuf, all these thoughts filled my mind. Once again, like in the days long ago, I envisioned the bridge packed with people. I could almost hear the soft rustle of silk skirts, the clatter of high heels on the stones. Boom! boom! goes the drum. I hear Montdor shouting out his goods and the smooth lines of the funny Tabarin delivering a witty remark.

V.

Trewey is the inventor of many clever card sleights and passes; for example, a color change executed by taking cards from the back of the pack with the fork of the thumb and forefinger and placing them on the front. The origin of this clever sleight is not generally known. I have seen him throw cards from the stage of the Alhambra Theatre, London, to the topmost gallery. This is a tremendous feat, as the Alhambra is one of the largest theatres in the world. He possesses the peculiar talent of writing in reverse, necessitating the use of a mirror in order to read it. The artistic sentiment was born in him. It seems to be a family characteristic. Rosa Bordas, the celebrated French chanteuse patriotique, is his cousin-german. A writer in L’Echo des Jeunes thus apostrophises him in verse:

Trewey is the creator of many clever card techniques and moves; for instance, a color change done by taking cards from the back of the deck with the tips of the thumb and forefinger and placing them at the front. The origin of this smart move isn’t widely known. I’ve seen him throw cards from the stage of the Alhambra Theatre in London to the highest gallery. This is an incredible feat since the Alhambra is one of the largest theaters in the world. He has the unique skill of writing in reverse, which requires using a mirror to read it. The artistic talent was ingrained in him. It seems to be a family trait. Rosa Bordas, the famous French singer, is his cousin. A writer in L’Echo des Jeunes praises him in verse:

Dans le monde artistique ou son étoile brille,
Trewey ne peut que resortir,
Vraiment, cela tient de famille,
Vu que bon sang ne peut mentir.”

The most exclusive and aristocratic salons of Paris and Vienna have engaged his services for private séances. In Spain, Belgium, Austria, Russia and England he was the sensation of the day. At the present time he is living in retirement at Asnières, near Paris, where he has purchased a charming home known as the Villa Traversière au clair de la lune. During the Exposition of 1900 he was the manager of the Theatre Phono-Cinéma. Trewey was a great friend of the French inventor, Lumière, and was the first to introduce the cinematographe to the public of London and Paris. At his villa he spends his time inventing and improving devices to be used in moving-picture apparatus, corresponding with his friends, meditating upon the works of his favorite authors, Confucius and {346} Epictetus, and writing songs, farces and dramatic articles. In the year 1903 he was made an Officier d’Académie by the French Government. He married Miss Ixa, of Trocadero fame. Among his pupils may be mentioned the lady conjurer, Mlle. Patrice.

The most exclusive and elite salons in Paris and Vienna have hired him for private séances. He was the talk of the town in Spain, Belgium, Austria, Russia, and England. Right now, he's living in retirement in Asnières, near Paris, where he has bought a lovely home known as the Villa Traversière au clair de la lune. During the 1900 Exposition, he managed the Théâtre Phono-Cinéma. Trewey was a close friend of the French inventor Lumière and was the first to introduce the cinematographe to audiences in London and Paris. At his villa, he spends his time inventing and improving devices for moving-picture technology, writing to his friends, reflecting on the works of his favorite authors, Confucius and {346} Epictetus, and creating songs, farces, and dramatic pieces. In 1903, he was honored as an Officier d’Académie by the French government. He married Miss Ixa, of Trocadero fame. Among his students is the female magician, Mlle. Patrice.

From “THE ENTR’ACTE, London, May 7, 1887.

Trewey relates many interesting anecdotes of contemporary French magicians whom he has met on his travels. He is literally a man without envy. His admiration for Buatier de Kolta was unbounded. They were close friends.

Trewey shares many fascinating stories about modern French magicians he's encountered during his travels. He is truly a man without envy. His admiration for Buatier de Kolta was limitless. They were good friends.

He once toured the Continent with the Hungarian conjurer, Velle, who was the first to give exhibitions within a marked circle, where the audience could gather on all sides. Velle impersonated Mephisto to perfection. Trewey and August Lassaigne were once partners. Lassaigne was born in Toulouse, in 1819. Besides being a magician he was an æronaut, having made 347 ascensions. He died in Montpellier in the year 1887.

He once traveled across Europe with the Hungarian magician, Velle, who was the first to perform shows within a defined circle, allowing the audience to gather from all sides. Velle perfectly portrayed Mephisto. Trewey and August Lassaigne were once partners. Lassaigne was born in Toulouse in 1819. In addition to being a magician, he was also an aeronaut, having completed 347 ascensions. He passed away in Montpellier in 1887.

When Trewey first toured the United States, under the management of Alexander Herrmann, he was very much annoyed by impostors, who advertised themselves as Drewey, but their performances were only weak imitations of the original—the merest shadows of a shade. In the wake of the whale follow little fishes—“pikers”—who grab at the crumbs dropped by the monarch of the sea, being too lazy or indifferent to find hunting seas of their own.

When Trewey first toured the United States with Alexander Herrmann as his manager, he was really annoyed by frauds who called themselves Drewey. Their acts were just pale imitations of the original—barely even a shadow of it. After the big fish, the whale, come the little fish—“pikers”—who snatch at the scraps dropped by the king of the sea, too lazy or uninterested to find their own waters to explore.

“Many amateurs are more skillful than professionals,” said Trewey to me. “I have in mind my friend Alexandre Asso, who was born in Paris in the year 1828. While a student, he once happened to be present at a soirée where M. Comte was giving an exhibition. He was so fascinated that he afterwards took lessons in legerdemain from the professor. When he finished his schooling, he entered the service of the Count de Nigra, then Ambassador to Italy, and remained with him for forty years, visiting London, St. Petersburg, Vienna, and other great capitals. Asso often entertained the Count and his friends with conjuring séances. In this way he amused society at nearly all the Courts of Europe, besides giving many entertainments for the benefit of the poor. In spite of his advanced age, he still keeps in practice as a conjurer at his villa at Asnières. He {347} retired from an active life in 1903. We see a great deal of each other.

“Many amateurs are more skilled than professionals,” Trewey said to me. “I'm thinking of my friend Alexandre Asso, who was born in Paris in 1828. While he was a student, he happened to be at a soirée where M. Comte was performing. He was so captivated that he later took lessons in sleight of hand from the professor. After finishing school, he started working for Count de Nigra, who was then the Ambassador to Italy, and stayed with him for forty years, traveling to London, St. Petersburg, Vienna, and other major cities. Asso often entertained the Count and his friends with magic shows. In this way, he brought joy to nearly all the courts of Europe, in addition to hosting many events to support the poor. Despite his old age, he still practices as a magician at his villa in Asnières. He {347} retired from an active life in 1903. We see a lot of each other.

A LEAF FROM TREWEY’S Note Book.

“Then we have M. Pitau, a wine merchant, who studied legerdemain to amuse his friends and increase his custom. He was a capital guest at the hotel table. People loved to be seated near him, for he was not only skilful at hanky panky with glasses, plates, napkins, knives, corks, coins, etc., but he was a brilliant raconteur and a mimic. His most amusing trick was the following: He would place his hat over his plate, which held perhaps a chop and potatoes. Passing his hand under the hat he would bring forth several five-franc pieces. Then he would pass it a second time beneath the chapeau and bring out five or six gold one-hundred-franc pieces. Now he would exclaim: ‘Ladies and gentlemen, I will give what is left on the plate for ten centimes.’ Lifting the hat, a child’s sock or an old shoe {348} would be seen, the chop and potatoes having vanished. This feat was always greeted with shouts of laughter. Pitau often gave entire performances for charitable purposes.”

“Then there's M. Pitau, a wine merchant who learned sleight of hand to entertain his friends and attract customers. He was a great guest at the hotel dining table. People loved to sit next to him because he was not only skilled at tricks with glasses, plates, napkins, knives, corks, coins, etc., but he was also a fantastic storyteller and mimic. His most entertaining trick involved placing his hat over his plate, which might have contained a chop and potatoes. With a sweep of his hand under the hat, he'd produce several five-franc coins. Then he'd go under the hat a second time and pull out five or six gold one-hundred-franc coins. He’d then declare, ‘Ladies and gentlemen, I’ll sell what’s left on the plate for ten centimes.’ When he lifted the hat, you’d see a child’s sock or an old shoe, with the chop and potatoes completely gone. This trick always resulted in bursts of laughter. Pitau often performed full shows for charitable causes.”

Behind the scenes in an Egyptian temple would doubtless have revealed many curious secrets of natural magic to the uninitiated. Like all so-called sorcerers, the priests evidently compiled works on the subject of their art for the benefit of their successors. But not one of these has come down to us. Hermes Trismegistus is said to have written two myriads of books on the occult sciences. He was the Alexander Dumas of the Egyptian pantheon.

Behind the scenes in an Egyptian temple would surely have uncovered many fascinating secrets of natural magic to those who were unaware. Like all so-called sorcerers, the priests clearly created works on their craft for the benefit of future generations. But none of these have survived to this day. Hermes Trismegistus is said to have written a staggering number of books on the occult sciences. He was the Alexander Dumas of the Egyptian pantheon.

Trewey, an apt descendant of the ancient magi of the land of Mizraim, has compiled a ponderous folio of illusions and feats of juggling and legerdemain; a great manuscript volume of mysteries, the text of which is illustrated by pen-and-ink sketches by himself. Over two thousand magical experiments are described and explained in this tome of thaumaturgy, gathered from all sources, many of them being his own inventions, perhaps the majority of them. I know that this volume exists, for I have seen it and glanced over it. I have urged Trewey to publish the work. Perhaps he will some day, now that he has the leisure for literary labors. He is at present at work on his invention, the Treweyorama, which will be exhibited soon in Paris.

Trewey, a skilled descendant of the ancient magicians from Mizraim, has put together an impressive book filled with illusions and tricks of juggling and sleight of hand. It's a hefty manuscript of mysteries, complete with his own pen-and-ink illustrations. This volume contains descriptions and explanations of over two thousand magical experiments, gathered from various sources, many of which are his own creations—probably the majority of them. I know this book exists because I have seen it and browsed through it. I've encouraged Trewey to publish his work. Maybe he will one day, now that he has the time for writing. He is currently working on his invention, the Treweyorama, which will be showcased soon in Paris.

INDEX OF TRICKS AND ILLUSIONS

Aerial suspension, Houdin’s, 141, 142.

Aerial suspension, Houdini’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Alchemy, pretended, of Cagliostro, 55.

Cagliostro's fake alchemy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Altars, magic, 6–9.

Altars, magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–9.

Amateur conjuring, 205–209, 346–348.

Amateur magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–209, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–348.

Anderson, bullet-catching trick, 173; second sight, 173.

Anderson, bullet-catching trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; clairvoyance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Automata, 26, 107–119.

Automata, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–119.

Balsamo, mask of, 42, 43.

Balsamo mask, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Basket trick, Hindoo, 246, 247.

Basket trick, Hindu, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Bel, priests of, and Daniel, 4.

Bel, priests of, and Daniel, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bible account of Daniel and priests of Bel, 4.

Bible account of Daniel and the priests of Bel, 4.

Bird, Pinetti’s mechanical, 29.

Bird, Pinetti’s robot, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Black art, Buatier de Kolta’s, 293–299.

Black art, Buatier de Kolta’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–299.

Blind man’s game of piquet, 22.

Blind man's piquet game, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Blitz, Signor, ventriloquial experience with Paginini, 178–180.

Blitz, Sir, ventriloquist experience with Paganini, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–180.

Blue room. See Metempsychosis.

Blue room. See Reincarnation.

Bosco, cup-and-ball trick, 169–171; pocket-picking experiment, 167, 168.

Bosco, cup-and-ball trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–171; pickpocketing experiment, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Bottle, inexhaustible, 165, 166.

Bottle, endless, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Boumski and the duck, 230, 231.

Boumski and the duck, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Box, magic, 22.

Box, magical, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bullet-catching trick, Anderson’s, 173; Herrmann’s, 231, 231–233; Houdin’s, 152.

Bullet-catching trick, Anderson’s, 173; Herrmann’s, 231, 231–233; Houdin’s, 152.

Burglar-proof desk, Houdin’s, 128–131.

Burglar-proof desk, Houdin’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–131.

Bust of Socrates, Houdin’s, 140, 141.

Bust of Socrates, Houdin’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Cabaret du Néant, 104–106.

Cabaret du Néant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–106.

Cagliostro, casket, 143–149; crystal vision, 51–53; pretended alchemy, 55; spirit séance, 55, 59; spirit writing, 54, 55.

Cagliostro, box, 143–149; clear vision, 51–53; fake alchemy, 55; ghost séance, 55, 59; ghost writing, 54, 55.

Camera, use of, in magic, 16.

Camera use in magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Card box, magic, 22.

Magic card box, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Card trick, Comte’s, 161.

Card trick, Comte's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cellini, Benvenuto, experience with a sorcerer, 13–16.

Cellini, Benvenuto, dealing with a sorcerer, 13–16.

Ceres, temple of, machinery for deception, 3.

Ceres, temple of, tools for trickery, 3.

Chambers, secret, in ancient temples, 2, 3.

Chambers, concealed, in ancient temples, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Chapeaugraphy. See Tabarin.

Chapeaugraphy. See Tabarin.

Chess player, Kempelen’s automaton, 107–116; Maelzel’s experiences with, 107–111.

Chess player, Kempelen’s automaton, 107–116; Maelzel’s experiences with, 107–111.

Clock, Houdin’s magic, 126.

Clock, Houdini's magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Clever swan, Pinetti’s, 26.

Smart swan, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Comte, card trick, 161; ventriloquism, 160, 161.

Comte, card trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; ventriloquism, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Concave mirrors, and art of phan­tas­ma­goria, 2, 13, 15, 16, 91.

Concave mirrors and the art of phantasmagoria, 2, 13, 15, 16, 91.

Confederates, use of, 29, 30.

Confederates, usage of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Conradi, inventor of lamp trick, 237.

Conradi, the inventor of the lamp trick, 237.

Crystal vision, Cagliostro, 51–53; psychology of, 51, 52.

Crystal vision, Cagliostro, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–53; psychology of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Cup-and-ball trick, Bosco’s, 169–171.

Cup-and-ball trick, Bosco’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–171.

Cybele, miraculous statue of, 9–11.

Cybele, miraculous statue of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–11.

Daniel, and priests of Bel, 4.

Daniel and Bel's priests, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Davenport Brothers, rope trick, 250.

Davenport Brothers, rope trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Decapitated princess, 329, 330.

Decapitated princess, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Decapitè parlant, 325, 326.

Decapitated speaking, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

De Grisy’s watch trick, 1921.

De Grisy’s watch trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

De Kolta, Buatier, black art, 293–299; magic die, 292.

De Kolta, Buatier, black art, 293–299; magic die, 292.

Dessoir, Max, on psychology of crystal gazing, 51, 52.

Dessoir, Max, on the psychology of crystal gazing, 51, 52.

Die, magic, 292.

Die, magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Doors, temple, opened when fire is lighted on altar, 6–8; trumpet blown on opening, 5, 6.

Doors of the temple opened when fire is lit on the altar, 6–8; a trumpet sounded upon opening, 5, 6.

Double vision of Dr. Sarak, 257, 267–269.

Double vision of Dr. Sarak, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–269.

Duck, Boumski and the, 230, 231.

Duck, Boumski, and the, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Fakir of Ava, watch trick, 241–243.

Fakir of Ava, watch trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–243.

Fish eggs, magic hatching, 256, 257.

Fish eggs, magical hatching, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Fox sisters, spirit rapping, xxx.

Fox sisters, spirit communication, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Frikell, lessons in magic, 184, 185.

Frikell, magic lessons, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Ghost illusion, Pepper’s, 92–94; Robertson’s, 87–92; Robert-Houdin’s adaptation of, 95–97; Robin’s, 95, 97–100.

Ghost illusion, Pepper’s, 92–94; Robertson’s, 87–92; Robert-Houdin’s adaptation of, 95–97; Robin’s, 95, 97–100.

Ghosts. See under Cagliostro.

Ghosts. See under Cagliostro.

Gibécière, use of, 17, 18.

Gibécière, usage of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Golden head and rings, Pinetti’s, 26.

Gold head and rings, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Goldfish trick, Robinson’s, 286.

Goldfish trick, Robinson's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Goldin, invisible flight, 275–277.

Goldin, invisible flight, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–277.

“Gone,” Robinson’s illusion, 287–289.

"Gone," Robinson's illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–289.

Handcuff trick, Houdini’s, 306–314.

Houdini's handcuff trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–314.

Heller, Robert, second sight, 188–191.

Heller, Robert, second sight, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–191.

Heron, temple tricks revealed, 5–9.

Heron, temple secrets revealed, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–9.

Herrmann, Alexander, bullet catching trick, 231–233; impromptu trick, 217; spirit-writing, 219; Thibetan mail, 219, 220; Vanity Fair illusion, 233, 234; watch trick, 229, 230.

Herrmann, Alexander, bullet catching trick, 231–233; impromptu trick, 217; spirit-writing, 219; Thibetan mail, 219, 220; Vanity Fair illusion, 233, 234; watch trick, 229, 230.

Hindoo basket, 246, 247.

Hindu basket, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Hoffmann, Prof., explanation of Sphinx illusion, 322–324.

Hoffmann, Prof., explanation of the Sphinx illusion, 322–324.

Horse, alleged stopping of, by power of will, 266, 267.

Horse, supposedly stopping due to the power of will, 266, 267.

Houdin. See Robert-Houdin.

Houdin. See Robert-Houdin.

Houdini, Harry, handcuff trick, 306–314.

Houdini’s handcuff trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–314.

Hypnotic feat of Egyptian sorcerer, 1.

Hypnotic skill of Egyptian wizard, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Indian basket. See Hindoo basket.

Indian basket. See Hindu basket.

Invisible flight, Goldin’s, 276, 277.

Invisible flight, Goldin's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Kellar and Fakir of Ava, 241–243; levitation mystery, 243–245; rope tricks, 248–250; Yoge’s lamp, 237, 238.

Kellar and Fakir of Ava, 241–243; levitation trick, 243–245; rope tricks, 248–250; Yoge’s lamp, 237, 238.

Kempelen, chess-playing automaton, 107–116.

Kempelen, chess-playing robot, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–116.

Kircher, Father, temple trick described, 9–11.

Kircher, Father, temple trick explained, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–11.

Lamp, mysterious, Pinetti, 26; Yoge’s, Kellar, 237, 238.

Lamp, mysterious, Pinetti, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; Yoge’s, Kellar, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Levitation mystery, Kellar’s, 243–245.

Levitation mystery, Kellar’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–245.

Light and heavy chest, Houdin’s, 138–140, 150–152.

Light and heavy chests, Houdin’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–140, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–152.

Lustral water vase, magic, 11.

Vase of purifying water, magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Maelzel, and the chess-player, 107–111.

Maelzel and the chess player, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–111.

Magic clock, Houdin’s, 126.

Magic clock, Houdini’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Magic mirror, Cagliostro’s, 51–53; concave, 2, 13, 15, 16, 91.

Magic mirror, Cagliostro’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–53; concave, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__.

Magic villa, Houdin’s, 153, 154.

Magic villa, Houdin’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Magical bouquet, Pinetti’s, 27.

Magical bouquet, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mango tree, xxviii–xxx.

Mango tree, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–xxx.

Maskelyne’s “Psycho,” 116–119; spirit music-box, 119–121.

Maskelyne’s “Psycho,” __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–119; spirit music box, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–121.

Matthews, Brander, explanation of Houdin’s casket trick, 146–149.

Matthews, Brander, explanation of Houdin’s casket trick, 146–149.

Metempsychosis, 100–104.

Metempsychosis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–104.

Music-box, spirit, Maskelyne’s, 119–121.

Music box, spirit, Maskelyne’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–121.

Mysteries of “Yud,” 266, 267.

Mysteries of "Yud," __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Mysterious lamp, Pinetti’s, 26.

Mysterious lamp, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ombromanie. See Shadowgraphy.

Ombromancy. See Shadowgraphy.

Orange tree, Houdin’s, 142, 143.

Orange tree, Houdin's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Paganini, demon of, 98, 99; experience with Signor Blitz, 178–180.

Paganini, demon of, 98, 99; experience with Signor Blitz, 178–180.

Parsell, Henry V. A., exposé of spirit music-box, 119–121; Robinson’s “Gone,” 287–289.

Parsell, Henry V. A., expose of spirit music-box, 119–121; Robinson’s “Gone,” 287–289.

Pepper, ghost illusion, 92, 93; metempsychosis, 100–104.

Pepper's ghost, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__; metempsychosis, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__–104.

Phantasmagoria, art of, 2, 13, 15, 16, 91.

Phantasmagoria, art of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__.

Pinetti, beheaded dove, 26, 27; clever swan, 26; golden head and rings, 26; fettering and binding experiments, 27; magical bouquet, 27; mechanical bird, 29; mysterious lamp, 26; recovered ring, 28, 29, 38; ring and ribbons, 27; second sight, 35; stage, 36; Wise little Turk, 26.

Pinetti, beheaded dove, 26, 27; clever swan, 26; golden head and rings, 26; fettering and binding experiments, 27; magical bouquet, 27; mechanical bird, 29; mysterious lamp, 26; recovered ring, 28, 29, 38; ring and ribbons, 27; second sight, 35; stage, 36; Wise little Turk, 26.

Piquet, blind man’s game of, 22.

Piquet, the blind man's game of, 22.

Pistol trick, fatal, of De Grisy, 22.

Pistol trick, deadly, of De Grisy, 22.

Polyoscope, Seguin’s, 94.

Polyoscope, Seguin’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

“Psycho,” Maskelyne’s, 116–119.

“Psycho,” Maskelyne’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–119.

Recovered ring, Pinetti’s, 28, 29, 38.

Recovered ring, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Ring and ribbons, Pinetti’s, 27.

Ring and ribbons, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Robert-Houdin, aeriel suspension, 141, 142; bullet-catching, 152; burglar-proof desk, 128–131; bust of Socrates, 140, 141; Cagliostro’s casket, 143–149; ghost illusion, 97–100; history of Kempelen’s chess-player, 112–116; light and heavy chest, 138–140, 150–152; magic clock, 126; magic villa, 153, 154; orange tree, 142, 143; stage, 138; trick table, 137.

Robert-Houdin, aerial suspension, 141, 142; bullet-catching, 152; burglar-proof desk, 128–131; bust of Socrates, 140, 141; Cagliostro’s casket, 143–149; ghost illusion, 97–100; history of Kempelen’s chess player, 112–116; light and heavy chest, 138–140, 150–152; magic clock, 126; magic villa, 153, 154; orange tree, 142, 143; stage, 138; trick table, 137.

Robertson, ghost illusion, 87–92.

Robertson, ghost illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–92.

Robin, ghost illusion, 95, 97–100; stage, 164, 165.

Robin, ghostly illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–100; stage, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__.

Robinson, goldfish trick, 286; illusion “Gone,” 287–289.

Robinson, goldfish trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; illusion “Gone,” __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__–289.

Rods turning into serpents, x.

Rods turning into snakes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rope tricks, Davenport Brothers, 250; Kellar’s, 248–250; Pinetti’s, 27.

Rope tricks, Davenport Brothers, 250; Kellar’s, 248–250; Pinetti’s, 27.

Salverte, description of temple tricks, 2.

Salvete, description of temple tricks, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sarak, Dr., double vision, 257, 267–269; hatching fish eggs by magic, 256, 257; stopping horse by power of will, 266, 267.

Sarak, Dr., double vision, 257, 267–269; hatching fish eggs with magic, 256, 257; stopping a horse by the power of will, 266, 267.

Second sight, Anderson’s, 173; Heller’s, 188–191; invented by Pinetti, 35; silent, 194–198; Wyman’s, 203; Zancigs’, 199, 200.

Second sight, Anderson’s, 173; Heller’s, 188–191; invented by Pinetti, 35; silent, 194–198; Wyman’s, 203; Zancigs’, 199, 200.

Séguin’s polyoscope, 94.

Séguin’s polyoscope, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sepulchre, marvellous, 5.

Tomb, stunning, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Serpents, rods turning into, x.

Snakes turning into rods, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Servante, 18.

Servant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shadowgraphy, Trewey’s, 333338.

Shadow play, Trewey’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

“She,” illusion, 327328.

“She,” illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Shirt trick, Pinetti’s, 2931.

Shirt trick, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Silent second sight, Svengalis’, 194198.

Silent second sight, Svengalis’, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Slade, Dr., and spirit slates, xxvi.

Slade, Dr., and spirit boards, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Slot machine, antiquity of, 11.

Slot machine, historical significance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spectres. See Ghost illusion.

Ghosts. See Ghost illusion.

Sphinx illusion, 318–326.

Sphinx illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–326.

Spirit music-box, Maskelyne’s, 119–121.

Spirit music box, Maskelyne’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–121.

Spirit rapping, xxx.

Spirit rapping, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spirit séance, Cagliostro’s, 59.

Spirit séance, Cagliostro's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Spirit writing, Cagliostro’s, 54; Herrmann’s, 219.

Spirit writing, Cagliostro’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; Herrmann’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Stage, Houdin’s, 138.

Stage, Houdini’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Stodare, Colonel, and Sphinx illusion, 320, 324, 325.

Stodare, Colonel, and Sphinx illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Svengalis, silent second sight, 194–198.

Svengalis, silent intuition, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–198.

Swing, magic, xx–xxiii.

Swing, magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–23.

Sword trick, xxiii, xxiv.

Sword trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Tabarin, Trewey’s, 341, 342.

Tabarin, Trewey’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Tables, conjuring, 18, 138.

Tables, magic, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Talrich’s decapitè parlant, 325, 326.

Talrich’s decapitè parlant, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Tarsus, temple of, illusions, 2.

Tarsus, temple of illusions, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Tavern of the dead. See Cabaret du Néant.

Tavern of the dead. See Cabaret du Néant.

Temple doors. See Doors, temple.

Temple doors. See Temple doors.

Ten-Ichi, thumb-tying trick, 27.

Ten-Ichi, thumb-tying trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Theurgists, deceptions of, 2.

Theurgists, deceptive practices of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Thibetan mail, 219, 220.

Thibetan mail, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Thompson, Alfred, and Sphinx illusion, 320–322.

Thompson, Alfred, and Sphinx illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–322.

Thumb-tying trick, Pinetti’s, 27; Ten Ichi’s, 27.

Pinetti’s thumb-tying trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; Ten Ichi’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Thurston, Howard, tricks and illusions of, 278.

Thurston, Howard, tricks and illusions of, 278.

Tobin, Thomas, inventor of Sphinx illusion, 318.

Tobin, Thomas, the inventor of the Sphinx illusion, 318.

Trewey, shadowgraphy, 333–338; Tabarin, 341, 342.

Trewey, shadowgraphy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–338; Tabarin, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Trick table, Houdin’s, 137, 138.

Trick table, Houdini's, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Trunk trick, 249.

Trunk trick, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

“Vanity Fair” illusion, 233, 234.

“Vanity Fair” fantasy, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Ventriloquism, Blitz, 178–180; Comte, 160, 161.

Ventriloquism, Blitz, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–180; Comte, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__.

Watch trick, De Grisy’s, 19–21; Fakir of Ava’s, 241–243; Herrmann’s, 229, 230.

Watch trick, De Grisy’s, 19–21; Fakir of Ava’s, 241–243; Herrmann’s, 229, 230.

Whist playing automaton. See “Psycho.”

While playing the automaton. See “Psycho.”

Wine and milk trick, 12.

Wine and milk hack, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wise little Turk, Pinetti’s, 26.

Wise little Turk, Pinetti’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wyman, second sight, 203.

Wyman, second sight, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yoge’s lamp, Kellar’s, 237, 238.

Yoge’s lamp, Kellar’s, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

“Yud,” mystery of, 266–267.

“Yud,” mystery of, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–267.

Zancigs, second sight, 199, 200.

Zancigs, clairvoyance, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Zöllner’s illusion, xix.

Zöllner's illusion, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

FINIS
TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE:

Original spelling and grammar have been generally retained, with some exceptions noted below. Original printed page numbers are shown like this: {52}. Illustrations have been moved from within paragraphs of text to nearby locations between paragraphs. Footnotes have been relabeled 1–29, and moved from within paragraphs to nearby locations between paragraphs. Several missing full stops were inserted, commonly at the end of a line of text. The transcriber produced the cover image and hereby assigns it to the public domain. Original page images are available from archive.org—search for “cu31924029935743”.

spelling and grammar have generally been kept the same, with a few exceptions noted below. Original printed page numbers are shown like this: {52}. Illustrations have been moved from within text paragraphs to nearby places between paragraphs. Footnotes have been renumbered 1–29 and relocated from within paragraphs to nearby spots between them. Several missing periods have been added, usually at the end of a line of text. The transcriber created the cover image and assigns it to the public domain. Original page images can be found at archive.org—search for “cu31924029935743”.

  • Page  26. Changed “in unison with the head, head,” to “in unison with the head,”.
  • Page 140. Right double quotation mark removed after “six spectators.”.
  • Page 141. “inedequate” to “inadequate”.
  • Page 146. Right single quotation mark inserted after “impression of Cagliostro’s seal.”.
  • Page 162. “(London, March, 1846):” to “(London, March, 1846).”.
  • Page 219. “Hermann” to “Herrmann”.
  • Page 226. “secene” to “scene”.
  • Page 229. Right single quotation mark inserted after “order of the Medjidie.”
  • Page 257. “Apparenty” to “Apparently”.
  • Page 263. “Fortuntely” to “Fortunately”.
  • Page 316. Removed right double quotation mark from ‘magic are over.” ’.
  • Page 327. “wierd” to “weird”.
  • Page 348. “unintiated” to “uninitiated”.
  • Page 350. Changed “Shadowgraphy, Trewey’s, 33–338” to “Shadowgraphy, Trewey’s, 333–338”.
  • Page 351. Added page reference “2” for entry “Tarsus”.



        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!